FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP
S-3, 1997-06-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: GATEWAY DATA SCIENCES CORP, NT 10-Q, 1997-06-17
Next: FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP, 424B5, 1997-06-17




    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 17, 1997
                                             REGISTRATION NO. 333-______     

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>                                                                     <C>
                        Delaware                                                         13-3172275              
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
	                              600 STEAMBOAT ROAD
	                         GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830
	                                (203) 625-2700
 (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
	                               JOHN C. ANDERSON
	                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
	                              600 STEAMBOAT ROAD
	                         GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830
	                                (203) 625-5673
       (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

</TABLE>
   	                            WITH A COPY TO:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>							<C>
	     PAUL D. STEVELMAN, ESQ.                             STEPHEN B. ESKO, ESQ.
         FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.                            Brown & Wood LLP
                 600 STEAMBOAT ROAD                               One World Trade Center
            GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830                        New York, New York  10048


		       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     From time to time on or after the effective date of the registration statement, as determined by market conditions.
</TABLE>                                                    
			                        ---------------------------

     IF THE ONLY SECURITIES  BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE  BEING OFFERED
PURSUANT  TO  DIVIDEND  OR  INTEREST  REINVESTMENT  PLANS,  PLEASE CHECK  THE
FOLLOWING BOX. / /
     IF ANY OF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE TO BE OFFERED
ON  A DELAYED OR CONTINUOUS  BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE  415 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. /X/
     IF THIS FORM IS FILED TO  REGISTER ADDITIONAL SECURITIES FOR AN OFFERING
PURSUANT  TO RULE 462(B) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING
BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION STATEMENT  NUMBER OF THE EARLIER
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SAME OFFERING./ /____________
     IF THIS FORM IS A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 462(C)
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT
REGISTRATION STATEMENT NUMBER OF THE EARLIER EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
FOR THE SAME OFFERING./ /____________
     IF DELIVERY OF  THE PROSPECTUS IS EXPECTED  TO BE MADE PURSUANT  TO RULE
434, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX./ /

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>  <C>                              <C>	       <C>             <C>		<C> 
	                                                 Proposed         Proposed
                                           Amount         Maximum          Maximum        Amount of
        Title of Each Class of             to be       Offering Price     Aggregate     Registration
     Securities to Be Registered         Registered      Per Unit*     Offering Price*       Fee
Asset Backed Securities . . . . . . .  $1,000,000,000       100%       $1,000,000,000    $303,030.31

</TABLE>
     *  Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be  necessary to delay its  effective date until the  Registrant
shall  file  a   further  amendment  which  specifically   states  that  this
Registration Statement  shall thereafter become effective  in accordance with
Section  8(a)  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  or  until the  Registration
Statement  shall become  effective on  such  date as  the Commission,  acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

     Pursuant to Rule  429 of the Securities and  Exchange Commission's Rules
and  Regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Prospectus
and  Prospectus  Supplement  contained in  this  Registration  Statement also
relates to  Registrant's registration  statement No. 333-21071  as previously
filed by the Registrant on Form S-3.

   Information  contained herein is  subject to  completion or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to  buy be  accepted  prior to  the  time the  registration  statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to  sell or
the  solicitation of an  offer to buy  nor shall  there be any  sale of these
securities in  any State in which  such offer, solicitation or  sale would be
unlawful prior to  registration or qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 17, 1997

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED __________, 1997)

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

   $___________ (APPROXIMATE) CLASS A, (    %) (VARIABLE PASS-THROUGH RATE)
                  ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-___

  DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE ON THE __TH DAY OF EACH MONTH, COMMENCING ON _______
__, 199_


     The  Series  199_-___   Certificates  will  consist   of  the  Class   A
Certificates (the "Senior Certificates"), one  or more classes of subordinate
certificates (the "Subordinate Certificates"),  and the Class R  Certificates
(the  "Residual  Certificates").  The  Senior  Certificates, the  Subordinate
Certificates and  the  Residual  Certificates are  collectively  referred  to
herein  as  the "Certificates."  Only  the  Senior Certificates  are  offered
hereby.

     The Certificates will represent the entire beneficial ownership interest
in a trust  fund (the "Trust Fund") to  be created pursuant to a  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  dated as of __________ __,  199_, among Financial Asset
Securities Corp.  (the "Depositor"), (              ),  as servicer (referred
to  herein as "(          )", the "Seller" or the "Servicer," as applicable),
and (            ), as trustee (the  "Trustee"). The Trust Fund will  consist
primarily of  a pool of  certain (adjustable  rate) (fixed rate)  home equity
(revolving credit line) loans made or to be made in the future (the "Mortgage
Loans") secured (partially)(primarily) by second deeds of trust or  mortgages
on  residential   properties  (or,  in   certain  limited  cases,   mixed-use
properties)  that  are  primarily  one- to  four-family  properties  (each  a
"Mortgaged Property"), the collections in respect of such Mortgage Loans, and
certain other property relating to such  mortgage loans.  (The Mortgage Loans
will be subject  to monthly mortgage rate  adjustments based upon  changes in
the  average of  the prime  rate published  in The  Wall Street  Journal (the
"Index"), as described herein under "The Mortgage Pool.")

     The  Trust Fund  is subject  to optional  termination under  the limited
circumstances described herein. Any  such optional termination may  result in
an early retirement of the Senior Certificates offered hereby.  Distributions
to Certificateholders will be made on the ___th day of each month or, if such
___th  day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter (each,
a "Distribution Date"), commencing in _________ 199_.

     The Senior Certificates will have an initial aggregate principal balance
of approximately $___________ and will  evidence in the aggregate an  initial
beneficial  ownership interest of approximately ____%  in the Trust Fund. The
remaining beneficial ownership  interest in the Trust Fund  will be evidenced
by the Subordinate Certificates and the Residual Certificates. The rights  of
the Subordinate Certificateholders  to receive distributions with  respect to
the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be  subordinated  to  the  rights  of  the Senior
Certificateholders to the extent described herein. 

     Except  for  certain  representations  and  warranties relating  to  the
Mortgage Loans, (          )'s  obligations with respect to  the Certificates
are limited to its contractual servicing obligations. The Senior Certificates
evidence interests in the Trust Fund only and are payable solely from amounts
received with respect thereto. The  Senior Certificates do not constitute  an
obligation   of  or   an   interest  in   the  Depositor,   the   Trustee  or
(             ),  or any  of their  respective  affiliates, and  will not  be
insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN  THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE  INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE  S-8 HEREIN AND
IN THE PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.

THE SENIOR  CERTIFICATES  OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
THE RELATED  TRUST FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS
OF  THE DEPOSITOR, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT 
DESCRIBED HEREIN.  NEITHER THE  SENIOR CERTIFICATES NOR THE LOANS ARE INSURED
OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  OR THE  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                              GREENWICH CAPITAL
                            M A R K E T S,  I N C.
                             --------------------

___________ __, 199_

     THE YIELD TO  INVESTORS ON THE SENIOR CERTIFICATES WILL  BE SENSITIVE IN
VARYING  DEGREES TO, AMONG  OTHER THINGS,  THE RATE  AND TIMING  OF PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS (INCLUDING  PREPAYMENTS) OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS  (AND TO THE LEVEL OF
THE  INDEX). THE YIELD TO  MATURITY OF THE SENIOR  CERTIFICATES MAY VARY FROM
THE  ANTICIPATED YIELD  TO THE  EXTENT SUCH  CERTIFICATES ARE PURCHASED  AT A
DISCOUNT OR PREMIUM AND TO THE EXTENT THE RATE AND TIMING OF PAYMENTS THEREON
IS SENSITIVE  TO PREPAYMENTS.  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS OF THE  SENIOR CERTIFICATES
SHOULD CONSIDER,  IN  THE  CASE  OF ANY  SUCH  CERTIFICATES  PURCHASED  AT  A
DISCOUNT, THE RISK  THAT A LOWER THAN ANTICIPATED  RATE OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
COULD RESULT IN AN ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD AND,
IN THE CASE OF ANY SENIOR CERTIFICATES PURCHASED  AT A PREMIUM, THE RISK THAT
A  FASTER THAN  ANTICIPATED RATE  OF PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS COULD  RESULT IN  AN
ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD.

     An election  will be  made to  treat  the Trust  Fund as  a real  estate
mortgage investment conduit (the "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes.

     Greenwich  Capital Markets, Inc.  (the "Underwriter") intends  to make a
secondary market in the  Senior Certificates but has no obligation  to do so.
There is currently no secondary market for the Senior Certificates and  there
can be  no assurance that such a market will  develop or, if it does develop,
that it will continue.
                            ______________________

     The Senior Certificates  are being offered by the  Underwriter from time
to time  in negotiated  transactions or  otherwise  at varying  prices to  be
determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to  the Depositor are expected to be
approximately $____________, plus accrued interest, before deducting issuance
expenses payable by the Depositor.

     The Senior Certificates are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior
sale, when,  as  and if  delivered to  and accepted  by  the Underwriter  and
subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel. It is  expected that
delivery of the Senior Certificates will  be made against payment therefor on
or about _______ __, 199_, at  the offices of the Underwriter, 600  Steamboat
Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
                            ______________________

     This Prospectus Supplement  does not contain complete  information about
the offering of the Senior Certificates.  Additional information is contained
in  the Prospectus  and  purchasers are  urged to  read both  this Prospectus
Supplement and the  Prospectus in full. Sales of  the Senior Certificates may
not be  consummated unless  the purchaser has  received both  this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus.

     UNTIL  NINETY DAYS  AFTER THE  DATE OF  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT, ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  SENIOR CERTIFICATES, WHETHER  OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND  THE PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS  IN ADDITION  TO  THE OBLIGATION  OF
DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND THE PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.


                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

     This Summary  of Terms is qualified in its  entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the  accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms  used in this Summary
of  Terms are  defined elsewhere  in  this Prospectus  Supplement  or in  the
Prospectus.

Title of Certificates		Asset  Backed  Certificates,  Series  199__-___
                              	(the "Certificates"), consisting of the Class A
                              	Certificates (the  "Senior Certificates"),  one
                              	or  more  classes of  subordinate  certificates
                              	(the "Subordinate Certificates")  and the Class
                              	R Certificates  (the "Residual  Certificates").
                              	Only  the   Senior  Certificates   are  offered
                              	hereby.

The Depositor       		Financial    Asset    Securities    Corp.  (the
				"Depositor"),  a Delaware  corporation,  and an
				indirect  limited purpose finance subsidiary of
				National Westminster  Plc and  an affiliate  of
				Greenwich    Capital    Markets,    Inc.   (the
				"Underwriter").  See  "The  Depositor"  in  the
				Prospectus and "Method of Distribution" herein.
				None of the Depositor, National Westminster Plc
				or  any of their affiliates or any other person
				or entity will insure or guarantee or otherwise
				be obligated with respect to the Certificates.


Servicer and Seller      	(        ) ("(        )")  will  serve  as  the 
				Servicer (in  such  capacity,  the "Servicer").
				See "Servicing of Mortgage Loans--The Servicer"
				herein.  The Mortgage  Loans were originated by
				(        )  and were  acquired by the Depositor
				pursuant to a purchase agreement, dated  ______
				(the "Purchase Agreement"), between (     ), as
				seller, and the Depositor, as purchaser.

Cut-off Date        		_______ __, 199_.

Closing Date        		On or about ____________ __, 199_.

Trustee        			(        ), a (        ), not in its individual
				capacity  but  solely  as  trustee  on   behalf 
				of the Certificateholders (the "Trustee").

Description of Certificates

     A. General          	The  Certificates  will be issued pursuant to a
                         	Pooling  and Servicing Agreement, dated  as  of
                         	________  __,  199_ (the "Pooling and Servicing
	                        Agreement"), among the  Depositor, the Servicer
				and the Trustee.

               			The  Senior  Certificates,   together  with the
				Subordinate   Certificates   and  the  Residual 
				Certificates,   will   represent   the   entire 
				beneficial ownership  interest in  a trust fund
				(the "Trust") whose assets include:  a pool  of 
				(adjustable)   (fixed)   rate  home equity (re-
				volving credit  line) loans made (or to be made
				in the future)  (the  "Mortgage  Loans")  under 
				certain  home  equity  (revolving credit  line)
				loan  agreements (the  "Loan  Agreements")  and  
				secured   (partially)   (primarily)   by second
               			(deeds of  trust)  (mortgages)  on  residential
				properties   (or,  in  certain  limited  cases,
				mixed-use properties) that are  primarily  one-
				to   four-family   properties  (the  "Mortgaged
				Properties"); the collections in respect of the
				Mortgage Loans received after the Cut-Off Date;
				property  that  secured a Mortgage  Loan  which
				has  been  acquired  by  foreclosure or deed in
				lieu of  foreclosure; (a surety bond or  letter
				of credit); an  assignment  of the  Depositor's
				rights under the Purchase Agreement (as defined
				below); rights  under  certain hazard insurance
				policies covering the Mortgaged Properties; and
               			certain other property, as described more fully 
				herein.

     B. Distributions         	Distributions on  the Senior  Certificates will
                              	be made on  the ___th day of each  month or, if
                              	such day  is not a  business day, on  the first
                              	business day  thereafter, commencing  on ______
                              	__,   199_  (each,   a  "Distribution   Date").
                              	Distributions on each Distribution Date will be
                              	made to Certificateholders of record as of  the
                              	last business  day  of the month  preceding the
				month  of  such  Distribution  Date   (each,  a
				"Record   Date"),   except   that   the   final
				distribution  on the  Senior Certificates  will
				be  made only upon presentment and surrender of
				the Senior Certificates at the office or agency
				of the Trustee in New York, New York.

               			Distributions on  the Mortgage  Loans  will  be
				applied   to   the  payment  of  principal  and
				interest on the Certificates in accordance with 
				the priorities  described  below. The rights of
               			the Subordinate Certificateholders and Residual
               			Certificateholders  to   receive  distributions  
				with   respect  to  the   Mortgage   Loans  are 
				subordinated  to  the rights  of   the   Senior
				Certificateholders  to   the  extent  described 
				herein. 

     				1. Interest	Interest  will, to  the  extent
						funds are  available  therefor,
						be   paid    on    the   Senior 
						Certificates in an amount equal
						to one month's interest at  the
                         			Pass-Through    Rate   on   the
						Certificate  Principal  Balance
						thereof,   together   with  any 
						Unpaid  Interest Shortfall with 
						respect thereto.  See "Descrip-
						tion  of   the   Certificates--
						Distributions" herein.

			     2. Principal	On   each   Distribution  Date,
						Certificateholders    of    the
                         			Senior   Certificates  will  be 
						entitled    to   receive,    as
                         			payments of principal,  to  the
						extent  funds   are   available
						therefor after distributions of
						interest on the Senior Certifi-
						cates,  the  Class  A   Formula
						Amount  for  such  Distribution
						Date.   Certificateholders   of
						such Certificates also  will be
                   				entitled to receive  any Unpaid
						Liquidation  Loss Amounts.  See
						"Description   of the  Certifi-
						cates--Distributions" herein.

Pass-Through Rate		The   Pass-Through   Rate   for   a   particular
				Distribution Date  will be equal to (____%) (the
				weighted average of the  Net Loan Rates  of  the 
				Mortgage  Loans).  The  Net  Loan  Rate  for any 
				Mortgage Loan will be equal to the Loan  Rate of 
				such Mortgage Loan on the first day of the month
				preceding the month of such  Distribution Date,
				less ____%  per  annum  servicing fee rate (the
				"Servicing Fee Rate"). The  initial Pass-Through
				Rate  for  the first  Distribution Date for the 
				Certificates  in _____ 199_  is  expected to be
				approximately  ____%).  See "The Mortgage Pool-
				-General" herein.

The Mortgage Loans       	The  Mortgage  Loans are (partially)(primarily)
                         	secured by second deeds  of trust  or mortgages
				on Mortgaged  Properties.    The Mortgage Loans
				were originated by (   ) and on or prior to the
				Closing Date, (    )  will  sell  the  Mortgage 
				Loans  to  the Depositor pursuant to a purchase 
				agreement  (the  "Purchase   Agreement").   The 
				aggregate Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of the   
				Mortgage Loans is $_________ (the "Cut-Off Date 
				Pool Balance").

               			The   combined   loan-to-value  ratio  of  each 
				Mortgage  Loan,  computed  using  (the  maximum 
				amount the borrower was permitted to draw  down 
				under  the related  Loan Agreement (the "Credit
               			Limit"))  and taking into  account the  amounts  
				of  any  related  senior  mortgage  loans  (the 
				"Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio") did  not exceed 
				__%  as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date.  The  weighted 
				average Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  the 
				Mortgage Loans was ___% as of the Cut-Off Date.  
				See "THE MORTGAGE LENDING PROGRAM--Underwriting  
				Procedures  Relating  to  the  Mortgage  Loans"
               			herein.

               			Interest  on  each  Mortgage  Loan  is  payable 
				monthly  and  computed  on  the related average 
				daily  outstanding  Principal  Balance for each 
				billing cycle at a (fixed)(variable)  rate  per  
				annum (the "Loan Rate")  equal (to ___%)(at any 
				time  (subject to minimum and maximum rates, as
               			described  herein  under "The Mortgage  Lending 
				Program--Mortgage  Loan   Terms,"  and  further 
				subject  to   applicable  usury limitations) to
				the sum of (i) (the prime rate published in the 
				"Money   Rates"  section  of  The  Wall  Street 
				Journal generally on the Monday of the  week in 
				which such Loan Rate adjusts (or, if no rate is  
				published  on such  day,  then   on   the  next
               			succeeding calendar day  on which a prime  rate 
				is published), rounded  to  the  nearest  (   ) 
				percent)  and  (ii)  a margin generally  within 
				the range of ___%  to  ___%.  The Loan  Rate is 
				subject to adjustment  (      ).)  With respect  
				to  each Mortgage  Loan, a "billing  cycle"  is  
				the  calendar   month  preceding  a  Due  Date.  
				Interest accrued at such rate  will  be  due on 
				the  Due Date in the  month following the close  
				of the billing  cycle.  (As  to  each  Mortgage 
				Loan, the Due  Date  is  the __th  day  of  the 
				month.)  The  Cut-Off  Date  Principal Balances
                		ranged  from  zero  to  $_______  and  averaged  
				$_______.  (Credit  Limits  under  the Mortgage 
				Loans  as of the  Cut-Off  ranged from approxi-
				mately $_____ to $______ and averaged $______.)   
				Each Mortgage Loan was originated in the period 
				from  _______ to _________,  (and,  as  of  the  
				Cut-Off Date, the weighted average Credit Limit   
				Utilization   Rate  (as   defined  herein)  was
               			approximately ___%).  See "THE MORTGAGE LENDING  
				PROGRAM"  and  "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   MORTGAGE 
				LOANS" herein.

Servicing      			(        ) will serve as the Servicer under the  
				Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  The Servicer 
				will be responsible for the  servicing  of  the 
				Mortgage Loans and will receive  from  interest
               			collected   on  the  Mortgage  Loans  a monthly 
				servicing  fee on each  Mortgage Loan  equal to  
				the Principal  Balance  thereof  multiplied  by 
				the Servicing   Fee  Rate  (such  product,  the 
				"Servicing Fee"). See  "Servicing  of  Mortgage  
				Loans--Servicing Compensation  and  Payment  of 
				Expenses" herein.

               			(The   Servicer  is  obligated  to  make   cash 
				advances  ("Advances") with  respect to  delin-
				quent  payments  of  principal  of and interest 
				on any  Mortgage  Loan  to the extent described  
				herein.  The Trustee will be  obligated to make 
				any such Advance  if the Servicer  fails in its 
				obligation  to  do so,  to the  extent provided  
				in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.   See
               			"Servicing of Mortgage Loans--Advances" herein.)

Optional Termination          	On any Distribution Date on which the aggregate
                              	Principal   Balance  of   the  Mortgage   Loans
                              	included in the Trust Fund (the "Pool Principal
                              	Balance")  is  less   than  __%  of  the   Pool
                              	Principal Balance of the  Mortgage Loans as  of
                              	the Cut-off  Date (the "Cut-off  Date Principal
                              	Balance"), the Servicer will have the option to
                              	purchase, in whole, the Mortgage Loans and  the
                              	REO Property,  if any,  remaining in  the Trust
                              	Fund.  See "Description  of the  Certificates--
                              	Optional Termination" herein.

Federal Income Tax
  Considerations         	An  election  will  be made  to treat the Trust 
				Fund as  a  "real  estate  mortgage  investment 
				conduit"  (the "REMIC") for federal income  tax 
				purposes.  The Senior and  Subordinate Certifi-
				cates   will  constitute "regular interests" in  
				the REMIC  and the  Residual Certificates  will  
				constitute   the   sole   class   of  "residual  
				interests"  in  the REMIC.  The Senior Certifi-
				cates may be issued at a premium.  See "Certain 
                         	Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein  and in 
                         	the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations          	The acquisition of  a Senior  Certificate by  a
                              	pension  or  other  employee  benefit  plan  (a
                              	"Plan")  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement
                              	Income  Security  Act   of  1974,  as   amended
                              	("ERISA"), could, in some instances, result  in
				a prohibited transaction  or other violation of
                              	the  fiduciary  responsibility   provisions  of
                              	ERISA and Code Section 4975. Certain exemptions
                              	from the  prohibited transaction  rules granted
                              	under  Prohibited  Transaction  Class Exemption
                              	83-1 and under Prohibited Transaction Exemption
                              	90-59 could be applicable to the acquisition of
                              	Senior   Certificates.    Any  Plan   fiduciary  
				considering  whether  to  purchase  any  Senior  
				Certificates on behalf of a Plan should consult  
				with its counsel regarding the applicability of 
				the provisions of ERISA and the Code.

Legal Investment         	The   Senior   Certificates will not constitute
                         	"mortgage  related securities"  for purposes of 
				the Secondary Mortgage  Market Enhancement  Act 
				of 1984 ("SMMEA") because some of the Mortgages  
				securing   Mortgage    Loans   are   not  first 
				mortgages.    Accordingly,   many  institutions  
				with legal authority to  invest  in  comparably  
				rated   securities   based   solely   on  first  
				mortgages  may  not   be  legally authorized to  
				invest in  the Senior Certificates.  See "Legal 
				Investment" in the Prospectus.

Ratings        			It is a condition of the issuance of the Senior 
				Certificates   that  they  be rated "(    )" by 
				(            )  ("(     )")  and  (      )   by  
				(           )  ("(       )" and,  together with
               			(         ),   the  "Rating  Agencies").    The 
				security  ratings  of  the  Senior Certificates 
				should be evaluated independently from  similar  
				ratings  on   other  types  of  securities.   A 
				security rating is not a recommendation to buy, 
				sell or hold securities and may be  subject  to 
				revision  or  withdrawal  at  any  time  by the 
				Rating Agencies. See "Ratings" herein.


                                 RISK FACTORS

     (Cash Flow Considerations.   During the first (  )-year draw down period
under the  related Loan  Agreements fort the  Mortgage Loans,  collections on
such Mortgage Loans  may vary because, among other things,  borrowers are not
required to  make monthly payments of principal.  With respect to some of the
Mortgage  Loans, during  the second  (  )-year draw  down period,  no monthly
payments  of principal are required.   Collections on  the Mortgage Loans may
also vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.)

     (General credit risk  may also be greater to  Certificateholders than to
holders of instruments representing interests in level payment first mortgage
loans since no payment of principal generally is required until after  either
a five- or ten-year interest  only period under the related  Loan Agreements.
Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding delays in
the receipt of related proceeds  by Certificateholders could occur.  Further,
liquidation expenses (such as legal  fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance
and   preservation  expenses)   will   reduce   the   proceeds   payable   to
Certificateholders and thereby  reduce the security  for the Mortgage  Loans.
In  the event  any  of the  Mortgaged  Properties  fail to  provide  adequate
security  for the related Mortgage Loans, Certificateholders could experience
a loss.)

     Prepayment Considerations.  All of the  Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in
whole or in part at any time without penalty.  Home equity loans, such as the
Mortgage Loans,  have been originated  in significant volume only  during the
past few  years and neither  the Depositor nor  the Servicer is  aware of any
publicly available studies  or statistics on the  rate of prepayment  of such
loans.  Generally, home equity loans are not viewed by borrowers as permanent
financing.  Accordingly, the  Mortgage Loans may experience a higher  rate of
prepayment than traditional loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be
affected by a wide variety  of factors, including general economic condition,
interest  rates,  the  availability of  alternative  financing  and homeowner
mobility.  In addition,  substantially all of the Mortgage Loans contain due-
on-sale provisions and the Servicer intends to enforce such provisions unless
(i) such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or (ii) the Servicer,
in  a  manner consistent  with  reasonable commercial  practice,  permits the
purchaser of the  related Mortgaged Property to assume the Mortgage Loan.  To
the extent permitted  by applicable law, such assumption will not release the
original borrower  from its  obligation under  any such  Mortgage Loan.   See
"CERTAIN   LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF   THE  LOANS--`Due-on-Sale'  Clauses"   in  the
Prospectus.

     Legal Considerations.   The Mortgage Loans are secured by deeds of trust
or  mortgages  (which generally  are  second  mortgages).   With  respect  to
Mortgage Loans  that are  secured by  first mortgages,  the Servicer  has the
power under certain  circumstances to consent to  a new mortgage lien  on the
Mortgaged Property having  priority over such Mortgage Loan.   Mortgage Loans
secured by  second mortgages are  entitled to proceeds  that remain from  the
sale of the related Mortgaged Property after any related senior mortgage loan
and  prior statutory  liens have  been  satisfied.   In the  event  that such
proceeds  are  insufficient to  satisfy  such loans  and prior  liens  in the
aggregate,  the Trust and, accordingly, the  Certificateholders, bear (i) the
risk  of delay  in  distributions  while a  deficiency  judgment against  the
borrower is obtained  and (ii) the  risk of loss  if the deficiency  judgment
cannot be  obtained or is not  realized upon.  See "CERTAIN  LEGAL ASPECTS OF
THE LOANS" in the Prospectus.

     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement will  be treated as a  sale of the Mortgage  Loans.
The Seller will warrant  that such transfer is either a sale  of its interest
in the  Mortgage Loans  or a  grant of  a first  priority perfected  security
interest therein.  In the event of an insolvency of the  Seller, the receiver
of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as
a borrowing  by the Seller secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans.  If the
receiver  decided to  challenge  such  transfer, delays  in  payments of  the
Certificates and possible reductions  in the amount thereof could occur.  The
Depositor  will warrant  in  the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement that  the
transfer of  its interest  in the  Mortgage Loans  to  the Trust  is a  valid
transfer and assignment of such interest.

     In  the  event  of  a  bankruptcy or  insolvency  of  the  Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver  may have the power to prevent  the Trustee or
the Certificateholders from appointing a successor Servicer.

     (Servicer's Ability  to Change  the Terms of  the Mortgage  Loans.   The
Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a Loan Agreement, provided that
such   changes  (i)   do   not   adversely  affect   the   interest  of   the
Certificateholders, and (ii)  are consistent with prudent  business practice.
There can be no assurance that  changes in applicable law or the  marketplace
for home equity loans or prudent business practice will not result in changes
in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.)

     (Delinquent Mortgage Loans.  The Trust will include Mortgage Loans which
are  __ or fewer days delinquent.  The Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of such
delinquent Mortgage Loans was $______________.)


                         THE MORTGAGE LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the  "Seller" or the "Servicer")  under its
mortgage lending program.  The  Seller first offered (adjustable rate) (fixed
rate)  home equity  (revolving credit  line) loans  ("home equity  loans") in
19__.  As of (_____________), (____________) owned and serviced approximately
$__________  aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding  home  equity loans
secured by properties located in __________ (the "Seller Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     Each home  equity loan was  originated after a  review by the  Seller in
accordance  with its established underwriting procedures, which were intended
to assess the applicant's ability to assume  and repay such home equity loans
and the  adequacy of the  real property which  serves as collateral  for such
home equity loans.  The maximum (Principal Balance)(Credit Limit) for  a home
equity loan provided by the Seller was $__________.

     Each  applicant for  a  home equity  loan was  required  to complete  an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information  in the loan  application demonstrated that  there was sufficient
income and  equity to justify  making a home  equity loan and the  Seller (a)
received  a  satisfactory independent  credit  bureau  report on  the  credit
history of  the borrower  and (b) obtained,  in the case  of all  home equity
loans  originated prior  to __________  a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property or for all home equity loans originated as  of __________,
a satisfactory  appraisal completed on  forms approved by  FNMA, and if  such
information  met  the Seller's  underwriting standards,  the Seller  issued a
commitment subject  to  satisfaction  of  certain other  conditions.    These
conditions  included:   (i) obtaining  and  reviewing pay  stubs, income  tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals of  the Mortgaged  Properties were  performed by  a qualified
appraiser or an  independent third-party,  fee-based appraiser  who had  been
previously approved for such assignment by the Seller.

     It  is the  Seller's policy  to require  a title  policy insuring  title
mortgage  in accordance  with the  intended  lien position.   (Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value  Ratios, it is  the Seller's  policy not  to accept  a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.)

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans which the Seller obtained  full documentary support and was not
greater  than  __%  for  loans  for which  limited  documentary  support  was
obtained.

     After   obtaining  all  applicable   employment,  credit   and  property
information,  the Seller determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity in
the property  existed and  whether  the prospective  borrower had  sufficient
monthly income available to support the payments of interest  (at the current
Index Rate) in  addition to any senior mortgage  loan payments (including any
escrows for property  taxes and hazard insurance premiums)  and other monthly
credit obligations based  on the prospective borrower's  debt-to-gross income
ratio.  The "debt-to-gross income ratio"  is the ratio of (a) certain of  the
borrower's debt  obligations which include:   (i) the monthly  first mortgage
payment plus taxes;  (ii) monthly installment  debt payments with  a term  of
more  than ten months; (iii) five percent of the total revolving obligations;
(iv) monthly alimony  and child support obligations;  and (v) the  payment on
the home equity loan (calculated at  the Credit Limit and current prime  rate
plus margin for such home equity loan) to (b) the borrower's gross verifiable
monthly  income.   The debt-to-gross  income ratio  generally did  not exceed
(________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by signing a Loan Agreement, rescission statement, and mortgage
which secured the  repayment of principal of and interest on the related home
equity  loan.   The original  mortgage was  then recorded in  the appropriate
county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     (A borrower may access  a home equity loan by writing a  check.)  On all
home equity  loans, there  is (a ten-year)  draw down  period as long  as the
borrower is not in  default under the loan agreement.  Home equity loans bear
interest at a variable rate which  may change bi-weekly.  (Home equity  loans
may be subject to a maximum per annum interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") of  
___ %   per  annum  and  in  all  cases,  are  subject  to  applicable  usury 
limitations.)   See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS  OF  THE  LOANS--Applicability  of 
Usury Laws"  in the Prospectus.  (The daily periodic rate  on the home equity 
loans  (the "Loan Rate") is  the sum  of the Index  Rate  plus a  spread (the 
"Margin") which generally ranges between ____% and ____%, divided by 365 days 
or 366 days, as applicable.)

     (The "Index Rate"  is based on (the  "prime rate" published in  The Wall
Street Journal every second Monday  rounded to the nearest one-eighth of  one
percent  or if not published on any such  date, as next published in the Wall
Street Journal.)   The annual percentage rate for  any monthly period will be
based on the  Prime Rate in effect the  Monday on which the  rate may change.
(If a  prime rate  range is published  in The Wall  Street Journal,  then the
midpoint (average) of that range will be used.)  There are  no limitations on
increases or decreases (except for those home equity loans which have Maximum
Rates).  Only  the home equity  loans that have Maximum  Rates of ____%  also
have annual  adjustment caps  of __% as  to both  increases and  decreases in
their Loan Rates.)

     (Billing  statements are  mailed monthly.)   The  statement details  all
debits and  credits and specifies the minimum  payment due (and the available
credit line).  Notice of changes in the applicable Loan Rate are  provided by
the Seller to the Borrower with such statements.  All payments are due by the
tenth day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     (The  Loan Agreements and  Disclosure Statement further  provide that if
publication of the Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be changed
upon notification  in accordance  with such  Loan  Agreements and  Disclosure
Statements.)

     The right to obtain additional credit may be  suspended or terminated or
the borrower  may be required  to pay the  entire balance due plus  all other
accrued but  unpaid charges immediately,  if the borrower  fails to make  any
required payment by the due date, (if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the Credit Limit), if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if the  borrower dies or becomes incompetent,  if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to  any judgment,  lien, attachment  or an  execution  is issued  against the
Mortgaged Property,  the  borrower  fails  to obtain  and  maintain  required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or  does not  maintain the  property.   (In addition,  the right  to
obtain additional credit may be suspended or a borrower's Credit Limit may be
reduced, if  the value of the Mortgaged Property  decreases for any reason to
less than 80% of the  original appraised value, if the borrower is in default
under the  home equity loan, if  government action impairs the  Seller's lien
priority or if  a regulatory agency  has notified  the Seller that  continued
advances would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.)

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the periods  shown for the home equity loans  indicated on the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following  tables.   The  data  presented  in the  following  tables are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss  experience of the Mortgage Loans will  be similar to that set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>                         <C>
                                                                   As of _________
                                                                            _____
                                                              Number of
                                                                Loans                     Amount
							      __________                  ______
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                        $              
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . . . .                                              _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                             $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                      %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                      %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . . . . . . .                                                      %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . . . . .
</TABLE>


                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                      <C>
                                                                         For the Year
                                                                                Ending ________
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     With  respect to real  estate secured loans,  the general policy  of the
Servicer is to initiate foreclosure on the underlying property (i) after such
loan is 90 days  or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice of  default on a senior
lien is received by the Servicer; or (iii) if circumstances are discovered by
the  Servicer  which  would  indicate  that  a  potential  for  loss  exists.
Foreclosure  proceedings  may  be  terminated if  the  delinquency  is cured.
However, under certain circumstances, the  Servicer may elect not to commence
foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  borrower's default is
due to special circumstances which are temporary and are not expected to last
beyond a specified period.  The loans  to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings
will be  restructured in accordance  with law and  with a view  to maximizing
recovery   of   such   home  equity   loans,   including   any  deficiencies.
Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,  short  sale,
deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the  home equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the related  Mortgaged Property  will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged Property  and charge-off the  balance of  the home equity  loan
balance which  was  not  recovered  by the  liquidation  proceeds.    If  the
Mortgaged Property was  subject to a senior lien  position, the Servicer will
either satisfy such lien at the time of foreclosure sale or take other action
as  deemed necessary  to protect  the  Servicer's interest  in the  Mortgaged
Property.   If in the  judgment of the  Servicer, the cost of  maintaining or
purchasing  the senior  lien position  exceeds the  economic benefit  of such
action, the Servicer  will generally charge-off the entire  home equity loan,
seek a money judgment against the borrower or will not pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's real estate secured (revolving  credit line) loans and  applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each billing cycle, other than  the first billing cycle,
the servicing  compensation to  be paid  to the  Servicer in  respect of  its
servicing activities relating to  the Mortgage Loans will be paid  to it from
interest collections in  respect of the Mortgage  Loans and will be  equal to
____%  per  annum (the  "Servicing  Fee  Rate")  on the  aggregate  Principal
Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of each such billing cycle
(the "Servicing Fee").  With respect to the first billing cycle, the Servicer
will receive  from  such collections  ___  of the  amount  calculated in  the
preceding sentence.  All assumption fees, late payment charges and other fees
and charges, to  the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained by the
Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Certificateholders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Mortgage Loans  were  originated pursuant  to  loan agreements  and
disclosure statements (the "Loan Agreements") and are secured by mortgages or
deeds of trust, most of which are  second mortgages or second deeds of trust,
on  Mortgaged Properties.   The  Mortgaged  Properties securing  the Mortgage
Loans consist  primarily of  residential properties  (or, in certain  limited
cases, mixed-use properties) that are one to four-family properties.  (All of
the Mortgaged  Properties  are owner  occupied.)   Mixed-use properties  will
consist of structures  of not more  than three stories  which include one  to
four residential dwellings  units and space used for  retail, professional or
other commercial uses.   Such uses, which  will not involve more than  50% of
the space in the structure, may include  doctor, dentist or law offices, real
estate agencies, boutiques,  newsstands, convenience stores or  other similar
types of uses intended to cater to individual customers.  The  properties may
be located in  suburban or metropolitan districts.   Any such non-residential
use will  be in compliance  with local zoning  laws and regulations.   See"--
Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The Cut-Off Date  Pool Balance is  $___________, which is  equal to  the
aggregate  Principal Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as  of ______, 199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the _______, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89
days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The average
Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance  was $_______, the  minimum Mortgage  Cut-Off
Date Principal Balance  was zero, the maximum Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance
was $_________, (the minimum Loan Rate and the  maximum Loan Rate on the Cut-
Off Date  were ____%  and ____%  per annum, respectively,)  and the  weighted
average  Loan Rate on the Cut-Off Date was  ____% per annum.  (As of the Cut-
Off Date, the  weighted average Credit Limit Utilization Rate  was ____%, the
minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate  was zero and the maximum Credit  Limit
Utilization  Rate  was ______%.    The  "Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate"  is
determined  by dividing the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
by  the Credit Limit  of the related  Loan Agreement.)   The weighted average
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of  the Mortgage Loans was ____% as  of the Cut-
Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The Depositor  has compiled the  following additional information  as of
the Cut-Off  Date with respect  to the Mortgage  Loans to be included  in the
Trust.

                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer
to  the Trust all  of its right, title  and interest in  and to each Mortgage
Loan (including its right to purchase any Additional  Balances arising in the
future),  related  Loan  Agreements, mortgages  and  other  related documents
(collectively,  the "Related Documents"),  including all collections received
on or with  respect to each such  Mortgage Loan on or after  the Cut-Off Date
pursuant to an assignment of the Depositor's rights and obligations under the
Purchase Agreement.    The Trustee,  concurrently  with such  transfer,  will
deliver  the Certificates.  Each Mortgage  Loan transferred to the Trust will
be identified on  a schedule (the "Mortgage Loan  Schedule") delivered to the
Trustee pursuant  to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Such schedule will
include information as to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of each Mortgage
Loan, as well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     (The Pooling and Servicing Agreement  will require that, within the time
period  specified therein, the Seller deliver to the Trustee (or a custodian,
as the Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans endorsed in blank
and the Related  Documents.  In lieu  of delivery of original  mortgages, the
Seller may deliver trust and correct copies thereof which have been certified
as  to authenticity  by the  appropriate county  recording office  where such
mortgage is recorded.)

     Under  the terms  of the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  the Seller,
acting at the Depositor's request, will have (__ days after the Closing Date)
to prepare and record assignments  of the mortgages related to each  Mortgage
Loan in favor of the Trustee (unless opinions of counsel satisfactory  to the
Rating Agencies are delivered  to the Trustee to the  effect that recordation
of such assignments  is not required in the relevant jurisdictions to protect
the interests of the Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).

     Within 90 days of the Closing Date, the Trustee will review the Mortgage
Loans and the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or  Related Document
is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not cured
within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the Depositor
by the Trustee, the Seller will be obligated to repurchase the  Mortgage Loan
and to deposit the  Repurchase Price into the Collection Account.   Upon such
retransfer, the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan will be deducted from
the Pool Balance.  In lieu of any such  repurchase, the Seller may substitute
an Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan.   Any such repurchase  or substitution
will be considered a  payment in full of such Mortgage  Loan.  The obligation
of the Seller to  accept a transfer of a Defective Mortgage  Loan is the sole
remedy  regarding any  defects in  the Mortgage  Loans and  Related Documents
available to the Trustee or the Certificateholders.

     With respect to any  Mortgage Loan, the "Repurchase  Price" is equal  to
the Principal  Balance of  such Mortgage  Loan at  the time  of any  transfer
described above  plus  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon to  the date  of
repurchase.

     An "Eligible Substitute  Mortgage Loan" is a mortgaged  loan substituted
by  the Seller for a Defective Mortgage Loan  which must, on the date of such
substitution,  (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not 5% more or less than the Principal  Balance
relating to  such Defective Mortgage  Loan; (ii) (have  a Loan Rate  not less
than the  Loan Rate of  the Defective Mortgage Loan  and not more  than 1% in
excess of the Loan  Rate of such Defective Mortgage Loan; (iii)   have a Loan
Rate  based on the same Index with adjustments  to such Loan Rate made on the
same Interest Rate  Adjustment Date as  that of the Defective  Mortgage Loan;
(iv) have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage
Loan  and not  more than  100 basis  points higher  than the  Margin for  the
Defective Mortgage Loan); (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher  level of
priority as the mortgage relating to the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have a
remaining term  to maturity not  more than six  months earlier and  not later
than  the remaining term  to maturity of  the Defective Mortgage  Loan; (vii)
comply  with each  representation and warranty  as to the  Mortgage Loans set
forth  in  the Purchase  Agreement  (deemed to  be  made as  of  the  date of
substitution); and (viii) satisfy certain other  conditions specified  in the  
Purchase Agreement.   To the  extent the Principal  Balance  of  an  Eligible 
Substitute Mortgage  Loan is less  than the Principal Balance of the  related 
Defective  Mortgage Loan, the Seller will be required  to  make  a deposit to 
the Collection  Account  equal  to  such difference ("Substitution Adjustment 
Amounts").

     The Seller  will make certain  representations and warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all material  respects of certain  information furnished  to the
Trustee  with respect  to each  Mortgage Loan  (e.g., Cut-Off  Date Principal
Balance and  the Loan  Rate).   In addition,  the Seller  will represent  and
warrant, on  the Closing Date, that, among  other things: (i) at  the time of
transfer to the  Depositor, the Seller has transferred or assigned all of its
right, title and  interest in each Mortgage  Loan and the  Related Documents,
free of any lien (subject to certain exceptions); and (ii) each Mortgage Loan
was  generated  under  a  Loan  Agreement  that  complied,  at  the  time  of
origination, in all material respects with applicable state and federal laws.
Upon discovery  of a  breach of any  such representation  and warranty  which
materially  and adversely affects the interests  of the Certificateholders in
the Mortgage Loan and Related Documents, the Seller will have a period  of 60
days after discovery or notice of the breach to effect a cure.  If the breach
cannot be  cured within the  60-day period, the  Seller will be  obligated to
repurchase or substitute  the Defective Mortgage  Loan from the  Trust.   The
same procedure and limitations that are set forth above for the repurchase or
substitution  of Defective  Mortgage Loans  will apply  to the transfer  of a
Mortgage Loan that is required to be repurchased or substituted because  of a
breach  of  a representation  or  warranty  in  the Purchase  Agreement  that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders.

     Mortgage Loans  required to be transferred to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     The  Senior Certificates  offered hereby  will be  issued pursuant  to a
Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, dated  as of ______ __,  199_ (the "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement"), among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee.
Set forth below are summaries  of the specific terms and  provisions pursuant
to  which the Senior Certificates will be  issued. The following summaries do
not purport  to be complete  and are subject  to, and are qualified  in their
entirety  by  reference to,  the  provisions  of  the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  When particular  provisions  or  terms used  in  the Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  are  referred  to,  the  actual  provisions  (including
definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference.

     The  Series   199_-___  Certificates  will   consist  of  the   Class  A
Certificates (the "Senior Certificates"), one or more  classes of subordinate
certificates  (collectively, the "Subordinate Certificates"), and the Class R
Certificates  (the "Residual  Certificates").  The  Senior Certificates,  the
Subordinate  Certificates  and  the  Residual  Certificates  are collectively
referred to  herein as the  "Certificates." Only the Senior  Certificates are
offered hereby.

     The  Senior  Certificates  will have  an  initial  Certificate Principal
Balance of approximately $_______________, and will evidence in the aggregate
an initial beneficial ownership interest  of approximately ____% in the Trust
Fund. The remaining beneficial  ownership interest in the Trust Fund  will be
evidenced by  the Subordinate Certificates and the Residual Certificates. The
rights   of   the    Subordinate   Certificateholders   and    the   Residual
Certificateholders  to receive  distributions with  respect  to the  Mortgage
Loans will be subordinated  to the rights of the Senior Certificateholders to
the extent described herein. 

     The Senior Certificates will be  issuable in fully registered form only.
The Senior  Certificates will  be issued in  minimum dollar  denominations of
$(1,000)  and  integral  multiples  of  $(1)  in  excess  thereof.  A  single
Certificate may be  issued in an amount  different than described above.  The
assumed final maturity date of the Senior Certificates is  ________ __, ____,
which  is the  Distribution Date  immediately following the  latest scheduled
maturity date of any Mortgage Loan in the Mortgage Pool.

BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior  Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will hold  their  Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC")  in the United States(, or Cedel
Bank, soci t   anonyme, ("CEDEL") or  the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") (in
Europe))  if they  are participants  of such  systems, or  indirectly through
organizations  which  are  participants  in  such  systems.   The  Book-Entry 
Certificates will be issued in  one  or  more  certificates  which  equal the 
aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Certificates  and  will  initially be 
registered  in  the  name  of  Cede  &  Co., the nominee of  DTC.  (CEDEL and 
Euroclear will  hold omnibus positions on behalf of their  participants through
customers' securities accounts  in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective depositaries which in turn will  hold   such  positions
in   customers'  securities  accounts   in  the depositaries'  names  on  the
books of  DTC.    Citibank  N.A.  will act  as depositary for  CEDEL and  the
Brussels, Belgium  Branch of  Morgan Guarantee Trust Company  of New  York will
act as  depositary for  Euroclear (in  such capacities,  individually  the 
"Relevant  Depositary"  and collectively  the "European Depositaries").)   
Investors may hold such  beneficial interests in the Book-Entry Certificates
in minimum denominations representing Certificate Principal Balances  of 
$1,000  and in integral  multiples in  excess thereof. Except  as described
below,  no person  acquiring  a Book-Entry  Certificate (each,  a  "beneficial
owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  physical certificate
representing  such  Certificate  (a  "Definitive  Certificate"). Unless and 
until  Definitive Certificates are issued, it  is anticipated that the  only
"Certificateholder" of  the Certificates  will be  Cede &  Co., as nominee of
DTC.  Certificate  Owners will not be  Certificateholders as that term is
used  in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Certificate Owners are only
permitted to exercise their  rights indirectly through Participants  and
DTC.

PAYMENTS  ON MORTGAGE LOANS; DEPOSITS TO  COLLECTION ACCOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT

     The Trustee shall  establish and maintain on  behalf of the Servicer  an
account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The  Collection Account  will be  an  Eligible Account  (as defined  herein).
Subject to  the investment provision  described in the  following paragraphs,
upon receipt  by the  Servicer of amounts  in respect  of the  Mortgage Loans
(excluding amounts  representing the  Servicing Fee,  administrative charges,
taxes,  assessments, credit  insurance  charges,  insurance  proceeds  to  be
applied to  the restoration  or  repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar
items), the  Servicer will  deposit such amounts  in the  Collection Account.
Amounts so deposited may be invested in Eligible Investments (as described in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) maturing  no later than one Business Day
prior  to the date on which  the amount on deposit  therein is required to be
deposited  in  the Distribution  Account  or  on  such Distribution  Date  if
approved by the Rating Agencies.

     The Trustee will establish an account (the "Distribution  Account") into
which will  be deposited  amounts withdrawn from  the Collection  Account for
distribution to Certificateholders  on a Distribution Date.  The Distribution
Account will  be an  Eligible Account.   Amounts  on deposit  therein may  be
invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day prior
to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible  Account" is  an account  that is  ((i) maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies,  (ii)
one or more accounts with  a depository institution which accounts  are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance Fund  ("BIF") of the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  with a
minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of (    ), (iii)  a segregated trust
account maintained with  the Trustee or  an affiliate of  the Trustee in  its
fiduciary  capacity or  (iv) otherwise  acceptable to  each Rating  Agency as
evidenced  by  a letter  from  each  Rating Agency  to  the Trustee,  without
reduction or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates).

     Eligible   Investments  are  specified  in  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  and are  limited to  investments  which meet  the criteria  of the
Rating Agencies from time to time as being consistent with their then current
ratings of the Certificates.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     General. Distributions  on the Senior  Certificates will be made  by the
Trustee on the __th day  of each month, or if such day is not a business day,
on the first business day thereafter, commencing on _______ __, 199_ (each, a
"Distribution Date"),  to the  persons in whose  names such  Certificates are
registered at  the close of  business on the  last business day  of the month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date (the "Record Date").

     Distributions on each Distribution  Date will be made by check mailed to
the address of  the person entitled thereto  as it appears on  the applicable
Certificate  Register  or, in  the  case  of  a Certificateholder  who  holds
Certificates  with  an  aggregate initial  Certificate  Principal  Balance of
$___________  or more  and who  has  so notified  the Trustee  in  writing in
accordance  with the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  by wire  transfer in
immediately available  funds to  the account of  such Certificateholder  at a
bank  or  other  depository  institution  having  appropriate  wire  transfer
facilities; provided, however, that the final distribution in  retirement  of 
the Senior Certificates will be made only  upon presentment and  surrender of 
such Certificates at the Corporate  Trust Office  of  the  Trustee.  On  each  
Distribution  Date, a Certificateholder of a  Senior Certificate will receive
such Certificateholder's Percentage  Interest  of  the amounts required to be
distributed  with  respect  to  the  Senior  Certificates.   The  "Percentage
Interest" evidenced by a Senior Certificate will equal the percentage derived
by  dividing the  denomination of  such Senior  Certificate by  the aggregate
denominations of all Senior Certificates.

DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall maintain  a distribution  account (the  "Distribution
Account") on behalf  of the Certificateholders.  The Trustee shall,  promptly
upon  receipt, deposit  in the  Distribution Account  and retain  therein the
following:

          (i)  the  aggregate  amount  remitted  by  the  Servicer  from  the
     Certificate Account;

          ((ii) all Advances;) and

          (iii)  any amount  required  to  be deposited  by  the Servicer  in
     connection with any losses on Permitted Investments.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall  withdraw funds  from  the Distribution  Account  for
distribution  to Certificateholders as described below under "--Allocation of
Available  Funds"  and may  from  time  to  time  make withdrawals  from  the
Distribution Account for the following purposes:

          (i) to pay to the Servicer as servicing compensation earnings on or
     investment  income  with  respect  to   funds  in  or  credited  to  the
     Distribution Account;

          (ii) to withdraw  any amount deposited in the  Distribution Account
     and not required to be deposited therein; and

          (iii) to  clear  and terminate  the Distribution  Account upon  the
     termination of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

ALLOCATION OF AVAILABLE FUNDS.

     General.  Distributions to  Certificateholders  will  be  made  on  each
Distribution  Date  in an  amount equal  to  the amount  of  Available Funds.
"Available Funds" as  of any Distribution Date,  is the sum of  the following
amounts:

          (i) the aggregate  amount on deposit in the  Certificate Account as
     of the  close of  business on  the  immediately preceding  Determination
     Date; and

          (ii) Advances with respect to such Distribution Date,

less the sum of:

               (x) the portion thereof representing (A) Principal Prepayments
          and Liquidation Proceeds received after the last day of the related
          Prepayment  Period and  (B)  all  Scheduled  Payments  or  portions
          thereof received in respect of  scheduled principal and interest on
          the Mortgage Loans due after the preceding Due Date, and

               (y) amounts  permitted to  be withdrawn  from the  Certificate
          Account  pursuant   to  clauses  (i)-(vii),   inclusive  under   "-
          -Withdrawals from the Certificate Account" above.

     On  each  Distribution  Date,  the  Trustee  shall  withdraw  from   the
Distribution Account  the Available Funds  and make distributions  thereof as
described below and to the extent of Available Funds:

     (i)  to the Senior Certificateholders, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
     interest accrued  during  the related  Interest  Accrual Period  at  the
     applicable  Pass-Through Rate for the  Senior Certificates on the Senior
     Certificate   Principal   Balance  immediately   prior  to  the  related 
     Distribution  Date, reduced by such Class'  pro rata share of shortfalls 
     in  interest   due  to  prepayments  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  for  such  
     Distribution Date and (b) any  Unpaid Interest Shortfall with respect to 
     such Class;

     (ii) to the  Senior Certificateholders, an  amount equal to the  Class A
     Principal Formula  Amount to  reduce the  Certificate Principal  Balance
     thereof to zero; and 

     (iii)    to   the  Servicer,  Nonrecoverable  Advances   not  previously
     reimbursed.

     As  more fully  described in  the Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, the
remaining  Available  Funds for  such  Distribution  Date,  if any,  will  be
distributed  to  the  Certificateholders  of  the  Subordinate  and  Residual
Certificates.

     Definitions. 

     The  "Pass-Through Rate"  for any  Distribution Date  is defined  in the
Summary  of  Terms   above.  The  "Unpaid  Interest  Shortfall"   as  to  any
Distribution  Date  is the  amount, if  any,  by which  the aggregate  of the
Interest Shortfalls for a Class  of Certificates for prior Distribution Dates
exceeds the  aggregate of  the amounts  paid on prior  Distribution Dates  to
Certificateholders  of  Certificates   of  such  Class  as   Unpaid  Interest
Shortfalls.  The "Interest  Shortfall" as  to  any Distribution  Date is  the
amount, if any, by which the amount  paid to Certificateholders of a Class of
Certificates on such  Distribution Date is  less than the  amount of  current
interest required to  be paid to the Certificateholders of such Class on such
Distribution Date.

     The "Class A Principal Formula  Amount" with respect to any Distribution
Date is  an amount  equal to the  sum of  (i) the Class  A Percentage  of the
aggregate of the  principal portion of each Scheduled  Payment due during the
related Due  Period, whether  or not  received; (ii) the  Class A  Prepayment
Percentage  of the aggregate  of Principal Prepayments  for such Distribution
Date; (iii)  with respect  to unscheduled  recoveries allocable to  principal
(including  insurance  proceeds)  of  any Mortgage  Loan  which  was  finally
liquidated during the related Prepayment Period, the lesser of (A)  the Class
A Prepayment  Percentage of such  recovery attributable to principal  of such
Mortgage  Loan and  (B) the  Class A  Percentage times the  related Principal
Balance; and (iv) any Unpaid Principal Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

     The "Class  A Percentage" with  respect to any Distribution  Date equals
the  percentage  equivalent  of a  fraction  the numerator  of  which  is the
Certificate Principal Balance  of the Senior Certificates and the denominator
of which is  the Pool  Principal Balance. The  "Pool Principal Balance"  with
respect  to any  Distribution  Date  equals the  aggregate  of the  Principal
Balances of  the Mortgage  Loans outstanding  on the  Due Date  in the  month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     The "Class A  Prepayment Percentage"  with respect  to any  Distribution
Date is 100%; provided, however, that the Class A Prepayment Percentage for a
Distribution  Date occurring in  or after _______  199_ will be  equal to the
Class A Percentage for such Distribution Date if:

          (a) the percentage, for the preceding Distribution Date, determined
     by dividing

               (i)  the  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balances  of  the
          Subordinate Certificates by

               (ii) the Pool Principal Balance

     is equal to or greater than __%; and

          (b) (i)  either 
               (A)  aggregate Realized  Losses  do  not  exceed  __%  of  the
               Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance of  the  Subordinate
               Certificates,  and  no more  than  __% of  the  Mortgage Loans
               (measured by Principal Balance) are 61 days or more delinquent
               (or are in foreclosure or converted to REO Properties); or
               (B)  aggregate  Realized Losses  do  not  exceed  __%  of  the
               Original Certificate  Principal  Balance  of  the  Subordinate
               Certificates;  and  (ii)   at  least  one  of   the  following
               conditions is satisfied: (1) no  more than __% of the Mortgage
               Loans (measured  by Principal  Balance) are  61  days or  more
               delinquent   (or  are  in  foreclosure  or  converted  to  REO
               Properties)  or (2)  no more  than __%  (or ____%,  if certain
               additional  tests   are  met  regarding   recent  performance)
               (measured by Principal Balance) are 91 days or more delinquent
               (or are in foreclosure or converted to REO Properties); and

          (c) no  Rating Agency has  reduced the original rating  assigned to
     the Senior Certificates  due to a perceived deterioration  in the credit
     quality of the Mortgage Loans;

or certain other criteria more  fully described in the Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement are met.

     The  "Certificate  Principal  Balance"  with  respect  to  the  Class  A
Certificates, as  of any Distribution Date, will  be equal to the Certificate
Principal  Balance thereof  on the  Closing Date  (the "Original  Certificate
Principal Balance") minus all distributions of principal with respect thereto
on previous Distribution Dates.

     A "Principal  Prepayment" with respect  to any Distribution Date  is any
mortgagor payment or other  recovery of principal on a Mortgage  Loan that is
received in advance  of its scheduled Due  Date and is not  accompanied by an
amount as  to interest  representing scheduled  interest due  on any date  or
dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.

     The  "Unpaid Liquidation Loss  Amount" with respect  to any Distribution
Date  is the  amount calculated  under clause (iii)(B)  of the  definition of
"Class A Formula Amount" for all  Liquidated Loans for the Distribution  Date
following the Prepayment  Period during which such Mortgage  Loans or related
REO Properties became Liquidated Loans, less the  sum of (a) the aggregate of
amounts actually distributed pursuant to clause (iii) of such definition with
respect to such  Liquidated Loans on any  such Distribution Date and  (b) the
aggregate   of   Unpaid   Liquidation  Loss   Amounts   distributed   to  the
Certificateholders of the Senior Certificates on any prior Distribution Date.

     The "Unpaid  Principal Shortfall" with respect to  any Distribution Date
is the amount,  if any, by which  previous distributions of principal  of the
Senior  Certificates are less than the aggregate Class A Formula Amounts (net
of amounts under clause  (iv) of the definition of "Class  A Formula Amount")
distributed on prior Distribution Dates.

     The "Principal  Balance" of  any Mortgage Loan  or related  REO Property
equals (i) as  of the Cut-off Date,  the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance, and
(ii) as of  any other date, the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance minus the sum
of (a) the  principal portion of the  Scheduled Payments due with  respect to
such Mortgage Loan or REO Property during each Due Period ending prior to the
most recent Distribution Date which were received or with respect to which an
Advance  was made,  and (b) all  Principal Prepayments  with respect  to such
Mortgage Loan  or REO Property,  and all Liquidation  Proceeds to the  extent
applied by  the Servicer  as recoveries  of principal  with  respect to  such
Mortgage  Loan  or REO  Property,  which  were  distributed on  any  previous
Distribution Date, and  (c) any Realized Loss with  respect thereto allocated
for any previous Distribution Date.

     A "Realized Loss" (i) with  respect to any defaulted Mortgage  Loan that
is  finally liquidated (a "Liquidated Loan"), is  the amount of loss realized
equal to the portion of the  Principal Balance remaining after application of
all  amounts recovered  (net  of  amounts reimbursable  to  the Servicer  for
related Advances, expenses and Servicing Fees) towards interest and principal
owing on the  Mortgage Loan and (ii)  with respect to certain  Mortgage Loans
the principal balances or the scheduled payments of principal and interest of
which have been reduced in connection with bankruptcy proceedings, the amount
of such reduction.

SUBORDINATION OF THE SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES

     The rights of the Certificateholders of the Subordinate Certificates and
the Residual  Certificates  to  receive distributions  with  respect  to  the
Mortgage Loans will be subordinated  to such rights of the Certificateholders
of the Senior Certificates to  the extent described below. This subordination
is  intended   to  enhance   the  likelihood  of   regular  receipt   by  the
Certificateholders  of the  Senior Certificates  of  the full  amount of  the
monthly  distributions  due  them,  and  to  afford  such  Certificateholders
protection  against  Realized  Losses.    The  protection  afforded  to   the
Certificateholders  of  Senior  Certificates by  means  of  the subordination
feature   will  be   accomplished   by  the   preferential   right  of   such
Certificateholders  to receive,  prior to  any distribution  being made  on a
Distribution Date in respect of the Subordinate Certificates, the amounts due
them on each Distribution Date out of Available Funds on deposit on such date
in  the  Certificate  Account  and,  if  necessary,  by  the  right  of  such
Certificateholders  to receive  future  distributions  with  respect  to  the
Mortgage   Loans   that   would   otherwise   have   been  payable   to   the
Certificateholders of the Subordinate Certificates.

     Unless  reduced  by  cash  flow deficiencies  due  to  delinquencies  or
liquidation  losses,  the  entitlement  of  the   Senior  Certificates  to  a
disproportionate  percentage (100% unless certain tests  are satisfied as set
forth in the definition of Class A Prepayment  Percentage)  of  all Principal 
Prepayments will have the effect of  accelerating  the  amortization  of such 
Class from what  it would have been if such amounts had  been distributed pro 
rata on the basis of the Certificate Principal Balances of all of the Classes  
of Certificates.  Any such acceleration will increase the relative  interests  
of the Subordinate Certificates in the Trust Fund and the protection afforded  
to the  Senior Certificates  afforded thereby.  If, however,  as a  result of  
losses on  the Mortgage Loans,  the Pool Principal  Balance becomes less than  
the aggregate Certificate Principal Balance of the  Senior  Certificates, the  
protection afforded by the subordination  feature  will be  exhausted and the  
Senior Certificateholders will thereafter bear all losses  and  delinquencies 
in respect of the Mortgage Loans.

     On  each  Distribution  Date,  the   Certificateholders  of  Subordinate
Certificates will be entitled to distributions of principal and interest from
Available  Funds,  if  any,  remaining  in  the  Certificate   Account  after
distribution  to  the  Senior   Certificateholders  of  amounts  representing
principal and interest described above under "Distributions." 

EXAMPLE OF DISTRIBUTIONS

     The  following chart  sets  forth  an example  of  distributions on  the
Certificates for the first month of the Trust Fund's existence:

____ _              Cut-off Date.

____ _ - ____	(A)	Prepayment Period.  The Servicer  receives Principal
			Prepayments and interest thereon to the date of such
                        prepayment. For  succeeding Distribution  Dates, the
                        Prepayment Period will  commence on the __th  of the
                        preceding calendar  month and end on the __th of the
                        month of such Distribution Date.

____ __        	(B)	Record Date (the  last  business  day  of  the  month 
                    	preceding the month of the related Distribution Date).

____ __        	(C)  	Due Date (the first calendar day of the month in which
                    	the   related  Distribution  Date  occurs).  Scheduled 
			Payments  of  principal  and  interest on the Mortgage  
			Loans are due from Mortgagors.

Through ____ __ (D)  	The  Servicer  receives  Scheduled  Payments   due  on
                        ____ __ during this period.

____ __        	(E)  	Determination Date (the  __th day of each month).  The
                    	Trustee   determines  the   amount   of  principal and 
			interest (including the amount, if any, of Advances to 
			be   made  by  the  Servicer)  to  be  distributed  to 
			Certificateholders on the following Distribution Date.

____ __        	(F)  	Distribution Date.

Succeeding monthly periods follow the pattern of (A) through (F), except that
the Prepayment Period is as indicated in the description above.
________________
(A)  Principal Prepayments received during this period will be distributed to
     Certificateholders on ____ __, 199_. When a Mortgage Loan is  prepaid in
     full, interest  on the amount  prepaid is collected  only from the  last
     scheduled Due  Date to  the date of  prepayment. Interest in  respect of
     Principal Prepayments received during the period from the second through
     the __th  day of  a month  will be  paid to  the Servicer as  additional
     servicing compensation.  With respect to Prepayment  Interest Shortfalls
     resulting from Principal Prepayments received during the period from the
     __th through the  last day of a calendar month, the Servicer will reduce
     its Servicing Fee for such month and make a corresponding deposit in the
     Certificate  Account,  in  each  case  to  the  extent  described  under
     "Servicing  of Mortgage Loans--Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection
     with Certain Prepaid Mortgage Loans" herein.

(B)  Distributions of principal and interest on ____ __, 199_ will be made to
     Senior  Certificateholders of  record at  the close  of business  on the
     Record Date.

(C)  Scheduled Payments  are due  on this  date and,  when received, will  be
     passed through  on  the related  Distribution  Date, with  the  interest
     adjusted to the applicable Net Loan Rates.

(D)  Scheduled Payments due on ____ _, 199_ will be deposited by the Servicer
     in  the Certificate  Account within  one Business  Day of  receipt. Such
     payments will include the scheduled principal payments, plus interest at
     the applicable Net Loan Rates on the Cut-off Date Principal Balance.

(E)  As  of the  close of business  on __________  __, 199_ the  Trustee will
     determine the amount of principal and interest (including the amount, if
     any,  of  Advances to  be made  by  the Servicer)  which will  be passed
     through to Senior Certificateholders.  The Trustee will be obligated  to
     distribute those Scheduled Payments due on ____ _,  199_ which have been
     received on or before ___________ __, 199_ (or which were the subject of
     an Advance), as  well as all Principal Prepayments  received on Mortgage
     Loans during  the related  Prepayment Period (the  Cut-off Date  through
     ____  __, 199_).  In the  event a  Prepayment Interest  Shortfall occurs
     during such  Prepayment Period, the  Servicing Fee otherwise  payable to
     the Servicer  for such month  shall, to  the extent  of such  Prepayment
     Interest Shortfall,  be deposited  by  the Servicer  in the  Certificate
     Account for distribution to Certificateholders on ____ __, 199_.

(F)  The Trustee will  make distributions to  Certificateholders on the  __th
     day of the month in which the related Due Date occurs, or if such day is
     not a business day, on the next business day.

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     On   each  Distribution   Date,  the  Trustee   will  forward   to  each
Certificateholder a statement generally setting forth:

          (i) the amount of the related distribution to Certificateholders of
     such   Class  of   Certificates  allocable   to   principal,  separately
     identifying the aggregate  amount of any Principal  Prepayments included
     therein,  any Unpaid Principal  Shortfall included in  such distribution
     and any remaining Unpaid Principal Shortfall after giving effect to such
     distribution;

          (ii) the amount of such distribution to  Certificateholders of such
     Class  of  Certificates  allocable  to  interest,  any  Unpaid  Interest
     Shortfall  included  in  such  distribution  and  any  remaining  Unpaid
     Interest Shortfall after giving effect to such distribution;

          (iii)  if the distribution to the  Certificateholders of such Class
     of Certificates is less than the full amount that would be distributable
     to  such Certificateholders  if there  were  sufficient funds  available
     therefor,  the amount  of the  shortfall and  the allocation  thereof as
     between principal and interest;

          (iv)  the   Certificate  Principal   Balance  of   each  Class   of
     Certificates after  giving effect  to the  distribution of  principal on
     such Distribution Date;

          (v) the Pool Principal Balance for the following Distribution Date;

          (vi) the Class A Percentage for the following Distribution Date;

          (vii)  the related amount of the Servicing Fees paid to or retained
     by the Servicer;

          (viii) the Pass-Through  Rate for such  Class of Certificates  with
     respect to the current Due Period;

          ((ix) the amount  of Advances included in the  distribution on such
     Distribution Date and the aggregate amount of Advances outstanding as of
     the close of business on such Distribution Date;)

          (x) the  number and aggregate  principal amounts of  Mortgage Loans
     (A)  delinquent (exclusive of Mortgage Loans in foreclosure) (1) 1 to 30
     days,  (2) 31 to 60 days, (3) 61 to  90 days and (4) 91 or more days and
     (B) in foreclosure and delinquent (1)  1 to 30 days, (2) 31 to  60 days,
     (3)  61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or  more days, as of the close of business
     on the last day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date;

          (xi) with respect to any Mortgage  Loan that became an REO Property
     during  the preceding  calendar  month, the  loan  number and  Principal
     Balance  of  such Mortgage  Loan  as of  the  close of  business  on the
     Determination  Date preceding  such  Distribution Date  and the  date of
     acquisition thereof;

          (xii) the total number and  principal balance of any REO Properties
     as of  the close of  business on the  Determination Date  preceding such
     Distribution Date;

          (xiii)   the  Class  A  Prepayment  Percentage  for  the  following
     Distribution Date;

          (xiv) the aggregate  amount of Realized Losses incurred  during the
     preceding calendar month; and

          (xv) the Unpaid Liquidation Loss Amount. 

     In addition, within  a reasonable period of  time after the end  of each
calendar year, the Trustee will prepare and deliver to each Certificateholder
of  record  during  the   previous  calendar  year  a   statement  containing
information  necessary  to  enable Certificateholders  to  prepare  their tax
returns. Such statements will not have been examined and reported upon  by an
independent public accountant.

AMENDMENT

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the
Servicer and the Trustee, without  the consent of Certificateholders, for any
of  the purposes  set  forth  under "The  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement--
Amendment"  in  the  Prospectus.  In  addition,  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer and the  Trustee with
the consent of the Certificateholders of a Majority in Interest of each Class
of Senior  and Subordinate Certificates  affected thereby for the  purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in  any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions  of the  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or  of modifying  in any
manner the rights of the  Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment may (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
payments required to be distributed on any Certificate without the consent of
the  Certificateholder of  such  Certificate; (ii)  adversely  affect in  any
material  respect the  interests of  the Certificateholders  of any  Class of
Certificates in a manner other than as described in clause (i) above, without
the  consent  of  the  Certificateholders  of  Certificates  of   such  Class
evidencing as to such Class Percentage Interests aggregating at least 66%; or
(iii)  reduce the  aforesaid percentage  of  aggregate outstanding  principal
amounts of  Certificates of each  Class, the Certificateholders of  which are
required  to  consent to  any  such amendment,  without  the  consent of  the
Certificateholders of all Certificates of such Class.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     The Servicer  will have the  right to repurchase all  remaining Mortgage
Loans and  REO  Properties in  the  Mortgage Pool  and  thereby effect  early
retirement of the Certificates, subject to the Pool Principal Balance of such
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties at  the time of repurchase being less  than
or equal to  __ of the Cut-off  Date Principal Balance thereof.  In the event
the  Servicer  exercises such  option,  the purchase  price  distributed with
respect to each Certificate will be 100% of its then  outstanding Certificate
Principal  Balance and  in  the case  of  a Senior  Certificate,  one month's
interest thereon at the applicable  Pass-Through Rate plus any unpaid accrued
interest.  Any repurchase of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties may result
in an early retirement of the Senior Certificates.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED LOANS

     As to any  Mortgage Loan which is  delinquent in payment  by 91 days  or
more, the Servicer may, at its  option, purchase such Mortgage Loan from  the
Trust Fund at a  price equal to  100% of the  Principal Balance thereof  plus
accrued  interest  thereon at  the  applicable Net  Loan  Rate from  the date
through which interest  was last paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to
the first day of the month in which such amount is to be distributed.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Events of Default  will consist of: (i)  any failure by the  Servicer to
deposit  in the  Certificate Account  the required  amounts  or remit  to the
Trustee any  payment (other  than an Advance  required to  be made  under the
terms of the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement) which continues unremedied for
five business days after the giving of written notice of such failure to  the 
Servicer by the  Trustee or the Depositor or  to the Servicer and the Trustee 
by  the Certificateholders of  Certificates having  not  less than 25% of the 
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates; (ii) any failure by the Servicer 
to  observe or perform in  any material respect  any  other  of its covenants  
or agreements  in  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  which  continues 
unremedied  for 60 days after the giving of written notice of such failure to 
the Servicer  by the Trustee or the Depositor,  or to  the  Servicer  and the 
Trustee by the Certificateholders of Certificates  evidencing  not  less than 
25%  of  the  Voting   Rights evidenced by the Certificates; (iii) insolvency, 
readjustment  of  debt,  marshalling  of  assets  and liabilities  or similar  
proceedings, and  certain actions by  or on behalf of the Servicer indicating 
its  insolvency or inability  to pay its  obligations or (vi)  any failure of 
the  Servicer to make any  Advance which continues  unremedied for the period 
of one business day after  the  date  on  which  telecopied  notice  of  such 
failure,  requiring  the  same  to  be remedied, shall have been given to the 
Servicer by the Trustee.  As of any date of determination,  99% of the Voting
Rights  will  be  allocated  among  Certificateholders of  the  Class  A  and
Subordinate  Certificates in proportion to the Certificate Principal Balances
of their respective Certificates on  such date; and Certificateholders of the
Residual  Certificates will  collectively be  entitled  to 1%  of the  Voting
Rights. Voting Rights will be  allocated among the Certificates of each  such
Class in accordance with the respective Percentage Interests.

RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     So long as an Event of Default under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
remains unremedied,  the Trustee  may, and upon  the receipt  of instructions
from  Certificateholders of  Certificates having  not  less than  25% of  the
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates, the Trustee shall, terminate all
of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  and in  and  to the  Mortgage Loans,  whereupon  the Trustee  will
succeed  to all  of  the  responsibilities, duties,  and  liabilities of  the
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  including the obligation
to make Advances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in  the event of an Event of
Default arising from the Servicer's failure  to make an Advance as  described
in clause (vi) in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee shall terminate all of
the rights and  obligations of the Servicer  under the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  and in  and to the  Mortgage Loans  as described in  the preceding
sentence.

     No  Certificateholder,  solely  by virtue  of  such  Certificateholder's
status as  a Certificateholder,  will have  any right  under the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect thereto,  unless
such Certificateholder previously has given  to the Trustee written notice of
default and  unless the  Certificateholders of  Certificates having  not less
than 25% of the Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates have made written
request to  the  Trustee to  institute such  proceeding in  its  own name  as
Trustee thereunder and have offered  to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and
the Trustee  for ___  days has  neglected or  refused to  institute any  such
proceeding.

THE TRUSTEE

     (             )  will be  the Trustee  under the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   The  Depositor  and   (        )  may  maintain   other  banking
relationships in  the ordinary  course of business  with the  Trustee. Senior
Certificates may be  surrendered at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
located    at    (___________________________________    _____),   Attention:
(__________ Series 199_-___)  or at such other  addresses as the Trustee  may
designate from time to time.

                YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

(DELAY IN DISTRIBUTIONS; INDEX LAG

     The  effective yield to the  holders of the  Senior Certificates will be
lower than  the yield  otherwise produced  by the  applicable  rate at  which
interest  is passed through  to such holders  and the purchase  price of such
Certificates  because monthly  distributions  will  not  be payable  to  such
holders until the __th day (or following business day) of the month following
the month  in  which interest  accrues  on the  Mortgage  Loans (without  any
additional distribution  of interest or  earnings thereon in respect  of such
delay).  (In addition, the Loan Rate applicable  for any Adjustment Date will
be the most recent Index announced 45 days prior to each Adjustment Date. See
"The Mortgage Pool" herein.))

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer may purchase from the  Trust Fund a Mortgage Loan which  is
delinquent in  payment 91 days or more. The  purchase price for such Mortgage
Loan shall be  equal to 100%  of the Principal  Balance thereof plus  accrued
interest thereon at  the applicable Net Loan Rate from the date through which
interest was last paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to the first  day 
of  the  month in  which such  amount  is to  be distributed.  To the  extent 
such rights are exercised,  prepayments allocated  to the Senior Certificates 
will increase.

(LIMITATION ON ADJUSTMENTS

     Although   each   of   the  Mortgage   Loans   bears   interest   at  an
(fixed)(adjustable) Loan Rate,  the monthly adjustments of the  Loan Rate for
any Mortgage Loan will  not exceed the  Periodic Rate Cap  and the Loan  Rate
will in no event exceed the  Maximum Rate for such Mortgage Loan,  regardless
of the level  of interest rates generally  or the rate otherwise  produced by
the  Index and  the  Gross Margin.  (In addition,  such  adjustments will  be
subject to rounding to the nearest one-eighth of 1%.))


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Depositor will  apply the  net proceeds  of the sale  of the  Senior
Certificates  (together with the net proceeds  of the sale of the Subordinate
Certificates) against the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     An  election will  be made  to treat  the Trust  Fund as a  "real estate
mortgage investment conduit" (a "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes. The
Senior  and Subordinate Certificates  will constitute "regular  interests" in
the REMIC  and the Residual  Certificates will  constitute the sole  class of
"residual interests" in the REMIC.

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

     The Senior  Certificates may  be issued  at a  premium. For purposes  of
determining the  amount and rate  of accrual  of original issue  discount and
market  discount,  the  Depositor  intends  to  assume  that  there  will  be
prepayments  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  at  a   rate  equal  to  __%  CPR.  No
representation is made as to whether  the Mortgage Loans will prepay at  that
rate or any  other rate. See "Yield, Prepayment  and Maturity Considerations"
herein and  "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences" in the  Prospectus. If
the Certificateholders of the Senior Certificates are treated as holding such
Certificates at a premium, such  Certificateholders should consult their  tax
advisors regarding the election to amortize bond premium and the method to be
employed.

     As  is  described   more  fully  under   "Certain  Federal  Income   Tax
Consequences"  in  the  Prospectus, the  Senior  Certificates  will represent
qualifying  assets under Sections  856(c)(5)(A) and 7701(a)(19)(C)(v)  of the
Code, and net interest income attributable to the Senior Certificates will be
"interest on  obligations secured by  mortgages on real property"  within the
meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code, to the extent the assets  of the
Trust Fund  are assets  described in such  sections. The  Senior Certificates
will represent  qualifying assets under  Section 860G(a)(3) if acquired  by a
REMIC within the prescribed time periods of the Code.

     The Code imposes a tax on REMICs equal to 100% of the net income derived
from  "prohibited  transactions"  (the  "Prohibited  Transactions  Tax").  In
general,  subject to certain  specified exceptions, a  prohibited transaction
means the disposition of a Mortgage Loan, the receipt of income from a source
other  than a  Mortgage  Loan  or certain  other  permitted investments,  the
receipt  of compensation  for services,  or gain  from the disposition  of an
asset  purchased  with the  payments  on  the  Mortgage Loans  for  temporary
investment  pending distribution on  the Certificates. It  is not anticipated
that the Trust  Fund will engage in  any prohibited transactions in  which it
would recognize a material amount of net income.

     In addition, certain  contributions to  a Trust Fund  that elects to  be
treated as  a REMIC made after the day on which such Trust Fund issues all of
its interests could result in the imposition of a tax on the Trust Fund equal
to 100%  of the value of the  contributed property (the "Contributions Tax").
The Trust Fund  will not accept contributions  that would subject it  to such
tax.

     In addition,  a Trust Fund that elects to be treated as a REMIC may also
be subject to federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income
from foreclosure property," determined  by reference to the  rules applicable
to  real estate  investment  trusts. "Net  income from  foreclosure property"
generally means gain from the  sale  of  a  foreclosure  property other  than 
qualifying rents  and other qualifying income for  a  real  estate investment  
trust.  It  is  not  anticipated  that  the  Trust  Fund  will  recognize net 
income from foreclosure property subject to federal income tax.

     Where any Prohibited  Transactions Tax,  Contributions Tax,  tax on  net
income from  foreclosure property or  state or local income  or franchise tax
that may be imposed on the REMIC arises  out of a breach of the Servicer's or
the  Trustee's  obligations,  as  the case  may  be,  under  the Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement  and in respect  of compliance with then  applicable law,
such tax will be  borne by the Servicer or Trustee in either  case out of its
own funds. In the event that either the Servicer or the Trustee, as the  case
may  be, fails  to pay or  is not  required to pay  any such  tax as provided
above,  such tax will be  borne by the  Certificateholders of the Subordinate
Certificates. It is not anticipated that  any material state or local  income
or franchise tax will be imposed on the Trust Fund.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any Plan fiduciary which proposes  to cause a Plan to acquire any of the
Senior  Certificates should  consult with  its  counsel with  respect to  the
potential consequences under  the Employee Retirement Income  Security Act of
1974, as  amended ("ERISA"),  and  the Code,  of the  Plan's acquisition  and
ownership of such Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
Section 406  of ERISA  prohibits "parties  in interest"  with  respect to  an
employee benefit  plan subject  to ERISA  and the  excise tax  provisions set
forth  under Section  4975 of the  Code (a  "Plan") from engaging  in certain
transactions  involving  such Plan  and  its  assets  unless a  statutory  or
administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code
imposes  certain  excise  taxes on  prohibited  transactions  involving plans
described  under  that Section;  ERISA  authorizes  the imposition  of  civil
penalties  for  prohibited  transactions involving  plans  not  covered under
Section 4975 of the Code.

     Certain employee benefit plans, including governmental plans and certain
church plans, are not subject to ERISA's requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such plans  may be invested in the Senior  Certificates without regard to the
ERISA considerations described  herein and in the Prospectus,  subject to the
provisions of other  applicable federal and state law. Any such plan which is
qualified and exempt from  taxation under Sections  401(a) and 501(a) of  the
Code may nonetheless be subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth
in Section 503 of the Code.

     Except  as noted  above, investments  by  Plans are  subject to  ERISA's
general  fiduciary  requirements,  including  the  requirement  of investment
prudence and diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be
made in accordance with the documents  governing the Plan. A fiduciary  which
decides  to invest  the assets of  a Plan  in the Senior  Certificates should
consider, among other factors, the  extreme sensitivity of the investments to
the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to  Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc.,  an administrative exemption  (Prohibited Transaction  Exemption 90-59;
Exemption  Application No.  D-8374)  (the "Exemption")  from  certain of  the
prohibited transaction rules  of ERISA and the related  excise tax provisions
of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding
and the  subsequent resale  by Plans of  certificates in  pass-through trusts
that consist  of certain receivables,  loans and other obligations  that meet
the conditions  and requirements of  the Exemption. The Exemption  applies to
mortgage loans such as the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund.

     Among the conditions  that must be satisfied for  the Exemption to apply
are the following:

          (1)  the acquisition  of the  certificates by  a Plan  is on  terms
     (including  the  price  for  the  certificates) that  are  at  least  as
     favorable to the  Plan as they would  be in an arm's  length transaction
     with an unrelated party;

          (2) the rights and interest  evidenced by the certificates acquired
     by the Plan are  not subordinated to the rights and  interests evidenced
     by other certificates of the trust fund;

          (3) the certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at
     the time of  such acquisition that is  one of the three  highest generic
     rating  categories from Standard  & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P"), Moody's
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Duff & Phelps Inc. ("D&P") or Fitch
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch");

          (4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
     Restricted Group (as defined below);

          (5)  the   sum  of  all  payments  made  to  and  retained  by  the
     underwriters in  connection with  the distribution  of the  certificates
     represents  not more than  reasonable compensation for  underwriting the
     certificates; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the seller
     pursuant to the assignment of the loans to the trust fund represents not
     more than  the fair market value of such loans;  the sum of all payments
     made to and retained by the  servicer and any other servicer  represents
     not  more than reasonable compensation  for such person's services under
     the agreement pursuant to which  the loans are pooled and reimbursements
     of such person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and

          (6)  the  Plan  investing in  the  certificates  is  an "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:

               (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets
          of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

               (ii) certificates  in such  other investment  pools must  have
          been rated in one  of the three  highest rating categories of  S&P,
          Moody's, Fitch or  D&P for at  least one year  prior to the  Plan's
          acquisition of certificates; and

               (iii)  certificates   evidencing  interests   in  such   other
          investment pools must  have been purchased by  investors other than
          Plans  for at  least one  year prior to  any Plan's  acquisition of
          certificates.

     Moreover,    the     Exemption    provides    relief     from    certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the  Plan fiduciary causes  a Plan to  acquire certificates in  a trust as to
which the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the  receivables held
in the trust provided that, among  other requirements, (i) in the case  of an
acquisition in connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least
fifty percent  of each class of certificates in  which Plans have invested is
acquired by persons independent of  the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary
(or its affiliate) is  an obligor with respect to five percent or less of the
fair market value of the obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's
investment in certificates  of any Class does not  exceed twenty-five percent
of all  of the  certificates of  that Class  outstanding at  the time of  the
acquisition;  and  (iv)  immediately  after the  acquisition,  no  more  than
twenty-five percent of  the assets  of the  Plan with respect  to which  such
person is a  fiduciary are invested in certificates  representing an interest
in one or more trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the  same entity.
The  Exemption  does  not  apply  to  Plans  sponsored  by  the  Seller,  the
Underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer,  any obligor with respect to Mortgage
Loans included  in the Trust Fund constituting more  than five percent of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance  of the assets in the  Trust Fund, or
any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").

     The  Underwriter  believes  that   the  Exemption  will  apply   to  the
acquisition and  holding of the  Senior Certificates  by Plans  and that  all
conditions of  the  Exemption other  than  those within  the  control of  the
investors will be met. In addition, as of the date hereof, there is no single
Mortgagor that is the  obligor on 5%  of the Mortgage  Loans included in  the
Trust Fund  by aggregate unamortized principal  balance of the assets  of the
Trust Fund.

     Prospective  Plan investors  should consult  with  their legal  advisors
concerning the impact of  ERISA and the Code, the applicability  of PTCE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Exemption, and the potential consequences
in their specific circumstances, prior to making  an investment in the Senior
Certificates.  Moreover, each Plan  fiduciary should determine  whether under
the general fiduciary  standards of investment prudence  and diversification,
an investment  in the Senior Certificates is appropriate for the Plan, taking
into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of
the Plan's investment portfolio.


                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement  between the  Depositor and  the Underwriter  (an affiliate  of the
Depositor), the  Depositor has agreed  to sell  to the  Underwriter, and  the
Underwriter  has  agreed   to  purchase  from   the  Depositor,  the   Senior
Certificates. Distribution  of the  Senior Certificates will  be made  by the
Underwriter  from time  to time  in negotiated  transactions or  otherwise at
varying prices to  be determined at the time of sale.  In connection with the
sale of  the  Senior Certificates,  the  Underwriter may  be deemed  to  have
received  compensation  from  the  Depositor  in  the  form  of  underwriting
discounts.

     The Depositor  has been advised  by the Underwriter  that it  intends to
make  a market in  the Senior  Certificates but has  no obligation  to do so.
There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Senior Certificates
will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.

     The Depositor has  agreed to indemnify the Underwriter  against, or make
contributions  to the  Underwriter  with  respect  to,  certain  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon  for the Depositor and for the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition  of the issuance of the Senior  Certificates that they
be rated "(   )" by (    ) and (   ) by (        ) (together with (    ), the
"Rating Agencies").

     The  ratings assigned  by Duff  & Phelps  Credit  Rating Co.  ("D&P") to
securities  address the  likelihood of  the receipt  by the  holders  of such
securities  of  all  distributions  to  which they  are  entitled  under  the
transaction structure.   D&P's ratings reflect its analysis  of the riskiness
of  the mortgages and its analysis of the structure of the transaction as set
forth in the operative documents.  D&P's ratings do not address the effect on
yield  on the  securities attributable  to prepayments  or recoveries  on the
underlying assets.

     The  ratings assigned  by  Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P. ("Fitch")  to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on  the
assets by  the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to
which such  securities are issued.   Fitch's ratings take  into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such securities,  and
the extent to which  the payment stream on the  pool is adequate to make  the
payments  required by such securities.   Fitch ratings  on such securities do
not, however, constitute  a statement regarding  frequency of prepayments  of
the assets.

     The  ratings assigned by Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by holders of securities  of
all distributions  to which such holders of securities are entitled.  Moody's
ratings on securities do  not represent any assessment  of the likelihood  or
rate of  principal prepayments.  The  ratings do not address  the possibility
that holders  of securities might suffer a lower  than anticipated yield as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of  The  McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc.  ("Standard &  Poor's"),  to securities
address the likelihood of the receipt  of all distributions on the assets  by
the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such
securities are issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of  the related pool, including any  credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated  with such securities, and the extent
to  which  the payment  stream  on such  pool  is adequate  to  make payments
required by such securities.  Standard & Poor's  ratings on such certificates
do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on
the related  assets.  The letter  "r" attached to a Standard  & Poor's rating
highlights  derivative, hybrid  and certain  other types  of securities  that
Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence of an "r" symbol in
the rating of a class of securities should not be taken as an indication that
such securities will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>								   <C>
NO   DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR   OTHER  PERSON   HAS  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION   NOT  CONTAINED  IN   THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR  THE PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN  OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST  NOT BE RELIED
UPON  AS HAVING  BEEN AUTHORIZED  BY THE  DEPOSITOR OR
THE UNDERWRITER.   THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE                      $__,___,___,___
PROSPECTUS   DO  NOT  CONSTITUTE   AN  OFFER   OF  ANY
SECURITIES  OTHER THAN THOSE  TO WHICH THEY  RELATE OR
AN OFFER  TO SELL, OR  A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER  TO
BUY,  TO ANY PERSON IN  ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE  UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER THE
DELIVERY   OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER                          $______
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION  THAT  THE                ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  CORRECT  AS  OF ANY
TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.


                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                  PAGE

                 PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Summary of Terms                                 S-3
Risk Factors                                     S-7
The Mortgage Lending Program                     S-8
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans                  S-10
Description of the Mortgage Loans                S-11
Description of the Certificates                  S-13
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity 
Considerations                                   S-22
Use of Proceeds                                  S-22
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences          S-22
ERISA Considerations                             S-23
Underwriting                                     S-25                FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
Legal Matters                                    S-25                        (DEPOSITOR)
Ratings                                          S-25                   ---------------------------
                      PROSPECTUS                                         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                                            (      , 199 )
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report 
  on Form 8-K                                       2                   ---------------------------
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference     2
Available Information                               2
Reports to Securityholders                          3
Summary of Terms                                    4               GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Risk Factors                                       12
The Trust Fund                                     17
Use of Proceeds                                    22
The Depositor                                      22
Loan Program                                       22
Description of the Securities                      24
Credit Enhancement                                 33
Yield and Prepayment Considerations                38
The Agreements                                     41
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans                 54
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations          66
State Tax Considerations                           85
ERISA Considerations                               85
Legal Investment                                   88
Method of Distribution                             89
Legal Matters                                      90
Financial Information                              90
Rating                                             90

</TABLE>

   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to buy  be  accepted prior  to  the time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.   This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation of an  offer to buy  nor shall there  be any  sale of these
securities in any  State in which such  offer, solicitation or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or  qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 17, 1997

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED ___________, 1997)

                                $_____________
                        HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
       $___________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED NOTES, SERIES 199_-_
    $__________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-_

     The Home  Equity Loan Trust 199__ (the  "Trust") will be formed pursuant
to a trust agreement  to be dated as of ______,  199_ (the "Trust Agreement")
and  entered into  by  Financial Asset  Securities  Corp. (the  "Depositor"),
________________ and _____________,  as owner trustee (the  "Owner Trustee").
The Trust will  issue $___________ aggregate principal amount  of Home Equity
Loan Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes").  The Notes will be issued pursuant  to
an indenture to be dated as of __________ __, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between
the  Trust and ____________, as  indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee").
The Trust  will also issue  $____________ aggregate principal amount  of Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Certificates" and,
together with the Notes, the "Securities").

     The Trust  will consist of  certain (adjustable rate) (fixed  rate) home
equity  revolving credit line  loans made  or to be  made in  the future (the
"Mortgage Loans") secured  (primarily) by second deeds of  trust or mortgages
on  residential properties that are primarily one- to four-family properties,
the collections in respect of such Mortgage Loans, and certain other property
relating to such  mortgage loans.  (In addition, the Securities will have the
benefit  of an  irrevocable  and  unconditional  limited  financial  guaranty
insurance  policy (the "Policy")  issued by ______________  (the "Certificate
Insurer") covering (describe).)

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Notes will be made on the
_________ day of each month or,  if such date is not a Business  Day, then on
the succeeding  Business  Day (each  a  "Distribution Date"),  commencing  on
________, 199_ to the  extent described herein.  Interest will  accrue on the
Notes at a rate  (the "Note Rate") equal  to ___% per annum from  the Closing
Date to the  first Distribution Date and  at (a floating rate  equal to LIBOR
(as defined herein) plus ___% per annum) (___% per annum) thereafter.

     The  Certificates will represent  fractional undivided interests  in the
Trust.   Distribution of principal and  interest on the Certificates  will be
made on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein.  Interest will
accrue on the Certificates at a rate (the "Pass-Through Rate") equal  to ___%
per annum  from the Closing  Date to  the first Distribution  Date and  at (a
floating  rate  equal  to  LIBOR  plus  ___%  per  annum)  (___%  per  annum)
thereafter.

     Payments of interest and principal on the Notes will have equal priority
with  payments of principal and  interest (and will be made  pro rata) on the
Certificates.

     There is currently no market for the Securities offered hereby and there
can be  no assurance that such  a market will  develop or if it  does develop
that it will continue.  See "RISK FACTORS" herein.


     FOR A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN  INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS"  ON PAGE S-10 AND IN THE
PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.
                             ____________________

THE SECURITIES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR  OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,  OWNER TRUSTEE,
INDENTURE TRUSTEE  OR ANY  AFFILIATE THEREOF, EXCEPT  TO THE  EXTENT PROVIDED
HEREIN.   THE SECURITIES ARE  NOT INSURED  OR GUARANTEED BY  ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  ANY  REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     The Securities  offered hereby will  be purchased  by Greenwich  Capital
Markets, Inc.  (and        ) ((collectively,)  the  "Underwriter")  from  the
Depositor and will, in  each case, be offered by the Underwriter from time to
time to the public in negotiated transactions or  otherwise at varying prices
to  be  determined at  the  time of  sale.   The  aggregate  proceeds to  the
Depositor from the  sale of the Notes  are expected to be  $_____________ and
from the  sale of  the Certificates  are expected  to  be $__________  before
deducting expenses payable by the Depositor of $_______.

     The Securities  are offered subject  to prior  sale and  subject to  the
Underwriters' right to  reject orders in whole  or in part.   It is  expected
that the Notes will be delivered in book-entry form through the facilities of
The Depository Trust Company, (Cedel Bank, soci t  anonyme, and the Euroclear
System) on or about _______, 199_.  The Securities will be offered in (Europe
and) the United States of America.

                             ____________________

     UNTIL  NINETY DAYS  AFTER THE  DATE OF  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT, ALL
DEALERS   EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS   IN  THE   SECURITIES,   WHETHER  OR   NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS  TO  INVESTORS.    THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO THE
OBLIGATION  OF  DEALERS  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  TO  DELIVER  A  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                             ____________________

     Each Series of  Securities offered hereby constitute part  of a separate
Series of Asset Backed Securities being offered by Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc. from time  to time pursuant to the Prospectus  dated _________ __, 1996.
This Prospectus  Supplement does not  contain complete information  about the
offering  of the  Securities.   Additional  information is  contained in  the
Prospectus and  investors are urged  to read both this  Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus in full.   Sales of the Securities may not be  consummated
unless the  purchaser has  received both this  Prospectus Supplement  and the
Prospectus.

                             ____________________

                       GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.


_______________, 199_

                                   SUMMARY

     The following summary  of certain pertinent information is  qualified in
     its   entirety  by  reference  to  the  detailed  information  appearing
     elsewhere   in  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  in  the  accompanying


     Prospectus.  Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined elsewhere
     in the Prospectus Supplement or in the Prospectus.

Trust                    Home  Equity Loan Trust  199_-_ (the "Trust"  or the
                              "Issuer"),    a    Delaware    business   trust
                              established pursuant to the Trust Agreement (as
                              defined  herein), dated  as of  ___,  199_ (the
                              "Cut-Off Date").    The property  of the  Trust
                              will include:  a pool  of (adjustable)  (fixed)
                              rate  home equity  loan  revolving credit  line
                              loans made  or to  be made  in the future  (the
                              "Mortgage  Loans"), under  certain home  equity
                              revolving  credit  line  loan  agreements  (the
                              "Credit   Line    Agreements")   and    secured
                              (primarily)   by   second  (deeds   of   trust)
                              (mortgages) on residential  properties that are
                              primarily one-  to four-family  properties (the
                              "Mortgaged  Properties");  the  collections  in
                              respect  of the  Mortgage Loans  received after
                              the  Cut-Off  Date;  property  that  secured  a
                              Mortgage Loan  which has been acquired by fore-
                              closure or  deed  in lieu  of  foreclosure;  (a
                              surety bond or letter of credit); an assignment
                              of the  Depositor's rights  under the  Purchase
                              Agreement;   rights   under    certain   hazard
                              insurance  policies   covering  the   Mortgaged
                              Properties;  and  certain  other  property,  as
                              described more fully herein.

                              The  Trust will  include  the unpaid  principal
                              balance of each Mortgage Loan as of the Cut-Off
                              Date  (the  "Cut-Off Date  Principal  Balance")
                              plus any additions  thereto as a result  of new
                              advances made pursuant to the applicable Credit
                              Line  Agreement  (the   "Additional  Balances")
                              during the life of the Trust.  With  respect to
                              any date, the  "Pool Balance" will be  equal to
                              the aggregate of the Principal Balances of  all
                              Mortgage Loans as of such date.  The "Principal
                              Balance" of  a Loan  (other  than a  Liquidated
                              Loan) on  any day is equal to  its Cut-Off Date
                              Principal  Balance,  plus  (i)  any  Additional
                              Balances  in  respect  of such  Mortgage  Loan,
                              minus (ii) all collections credited against the
                              Principal Balance  of  such  Mortgage  Loan  in
                              accordance   with  the   related  Credit   Line
                              Agreement prior  to such  day.   The  Principal
                              Balance of a  Liquidated Loan  after the  final
                              recovery of related  Liquidation Proceeds shall
                              be zero.

Securities Offered       (i)  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset  Backed  Notes,  (the
                              "Notes");  and  (ii)  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset
                              Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates" and,
                              together  with  the Notes,  the  "Securities").
                              Each Security represents  the right to  receive
                              payments  of  interest  at  the  variable  rate
                              described below, payable  monthly, and payments
                              of principal  at such  time and  to the  extent
                              provided below.

Depositor                Financial   Asset  Securities   Corp.,  a   Delaware
                              corporation,  and an  indirect limited  purpose
                              finance subsidiary of  National Westminster Plc
                              and an affiliate of  Greenwich Capital Markets,
                              Inc.


Servicer                 __________  (the  "Servicer").   The  Servicer  will
                              service  the  Mortgage  Loans   pursuant  to  a
                              Servicing  Agreement  dated  _________ 1,  199_
                              between the Issuer and the Servicer.

Indenture                The  Notes will be  issued pursuant to  an indenture
                              dated as  of _________, 199_  (the "Indenture")
                              between the Trust  and ________________________
                              in  its  capacity  as  indenture  trustee  (the
                              "Indenture  Trustee").   The Indenture  Trustee
                              will  allocate distributions  of principal  and
                              interest   to  holders   of   the  Notes   (the
                              "Noteholders")   in    accordance   with    the
                              Indenture.

Trust Agreement          Pursuant to a  trust agreement dated as  of ________
                              1,  199_  (the  "Trust  Agreement"), among  the
                              Depositor,  ________  and  _________________ in
                              its  capacity  as  owner  trustee  (the  "Owner
                              Trustee"),   the    Trust   will    issue   the
                              Certificates in an initial aggregate amount  of
                              $__________.   The Certificates  will represent
                              fractional undivided interests in the Trust.

The Mortgage Loans       The Mortgage Loans are (primarily) secured by second
                              deeds  of  trust  or   mortgages  on  Mortgaged
                              Properties.  The Mortgage Loans were originated
                              by (  ) and on or prior to the Closing  Date, (
                              )     will  sell  the  Mortgage  Loans  to  the
                              Depositor pursuant to a purchase agreement (the
                              "Purchase Agreement").   The  aggregate Cut-Off
                              Date Principal Balance of the Mortgage loans is
                              $___________ (the "Cut-Off Date Pool Balance").

                         The combined  loan-to-value ratio  of each  Mortgage
                              Loan,  computed using  the  maximum amount  the
                              borrower was  permitted to draw down  under the
                              related  Credit  Line  Agreement  (the  "Credit
                              Limit") and taking into  account the amounts of
                              any   related   senior  mortgage   loans   (the
                              "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio")  did not exceed
                              __%  as  of  the Cut-Off  Date.    The weighted
                              average  Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio  of  the
                              Mortgage  Loans was  ____%  as  of the  Cut-Off
                              Date.   See "THE HOME  EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM--
                              Underwriting   Procedures   Relating   to   the
                              Mortgage Loans" herein.

                         Interest on  each Mortgage  Loan is payable  monthly
                              and  computed  on  the  related  average  daily
                              outstanding Principal Balance  for each billing
                              cycle at a  variable rate per annum  (the "Loan
                              Rate") equal  at any  time (subject  to minimum
                              and maximum  rates, as  described herein  under
                              "THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM--Mortgage Loan
                              Terms," and further subject to applicable usury
                              limitations)  to the sum of (i) (the prime rate
                              published in  the "Money Rates" section  of The
                              Wall Street Journal generally on the Monday  of
                              the week in  which such Loan Rate  adjusts (or,
                              if no  rate is published  on such day,  then on
                              the  next  succeeding calendar  day on  which a
                              prime  rate  is  published),  rounded  to   the
                              nearest 1/8  of 1  percent) and  (ii) a  margin
                              generally  within the  range of  ___% to  ___%.
                              The  Loan Rate  is subject  to adjustment  (   
                                ).   With respect  to each  Mortgage Loan,  a
                              "billing cycle" is the calendar month preceding
                              a Due Date.  Interest accrued at such rate will
                              be due on the Due  Date in the month  following
                              the close of  the billing cycle.   (As to  each
                              Mortgage Loan,  the Due Date is the __th day of
                              the  month.)     The  Cut-Off   Date  Principal
                              Balances ranged  from $______  to $_______  and
                              averaged  $_______.   Credit  Limits under  the
                              Mortgage Loans  as of the  Cut-Off ranged  from
                              approximately  $_____ to  $______ and  averaged
                              $______.   Each Mortgage Loan was originated in
                              the period from  _______ to _________, and,  as
                              of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              Credit  Limit  Utilization   Rate  (as  defined
                              herein) was approximately ___%.   See "THE HOME
                              EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM" and "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                              MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

Collections              All  collections  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be
                              allocated by  the Servicer  in accordance  with
                              the Loan  Agreements between  amounts collected
                              in respect of interest ("Interest Collections")
                              and amounts  collected in respect  of principal
                              ("Principal Collections" and  collectively with
                              Interest Collections, the  "Collections").  The
                              Servicer  will  generally  deposit  Collections
                              distributable  to  the  Holders in  an  account
                              established   for   such  purpose   under   the
                              Servicing Agreement (the "Collection Account").
                              See "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  SERVICING AGREEMENT--
                              Allocation  and  Collection"  herein  and  "THE
                              AGREEMENTS--Payments  on  Loans;   Deposits  to
                              Security Account" and "--Collection Procedures"
                              in the Prospectus.

Description of the Securities

     A.   Distributions  On  each  Distribution  Date,  collections  on   the
                              Mortgage Loans will be applied in the following
                              order of priority:

                         (i)  to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

                        (ii)  as payment for the accrued interest due and any
                              overdue   accrued   interest   (with   interest
                              thereon) on  the respective  Security Principal
                              Balances of the Notes and the Certificates;

                       (iii)  as  principal on the  Securities, the excess of
                              Principal Collections over  Additional Balances
                              created during the preceding Collection Period,
                              such amount  to be allocated between  the Notes
                              and Certificates,  pro  rata,  based  on  their
                              respective Security Principal Balances;

                        (iv)  as principal on the Securities, as  payment for
                              any  Liquidation Loss  Amounts on  the Mortgage
                              Loans;

                         (v)  as payment for the premium on the Policy;

                        (vi)  to reimburse  prior draws  made on the  Policy;
                              and

                       (vii)  any remaining amounts to the Depositor.


                         As to any Distribution Date, the "Collection Period"
                              is the  calendar month  preceding the  month of
                              such Distribution Date.

                         "Liquidation  Loss Amount" means with respect to any
                              Liquidated  Mortgage   Loan,  the   unrecovered
                              Principal  Balance thereof  at the  end  of the
                              related   Collection  Period   in  which   such
                              Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan
                              after  giving  effect  to the  Net  Liquidation
                              Proceeds in connection therewith.

     B.   Note Rate      Interest   will  accrue   on  the   unpaid  Security
                              Principal Balance of the Notes at the per annum
                              rate  (the "Note Rate") equal to ___% per annum
                              from the Closing Date to the first Distribution
                              Date and thereafter interest will accrue on the
                              Notes   from   and  including   the   preceding
                              Distribution Date to but excluding such current
                              Distribution Date  (each, an  "Interest Accrual
                              Period") at (a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as
                              defined herein)  plus ___%) (___%).   (Interest
                              will be calculated  on the basis of  the actual
                              number of days in each Interest Accrual  Period
                              divided by 360.)  A  failure to pay interest on
                              any  Notes  on   any  Distribution  Date   that
                              continues for five days constitutes an Event of
                              Default under the Indenture.

     C.   Pass-Through 
          Rate           Interest will accrue on the unpaid Principal Balance
                              of  the Certificates at the per annum rate (the
                              "Pass-Through Rate")  equal to  ___% per  annum
                              from the Closing Date to the first Distribution
                              Date and thereafter interest will accrue on the
                              Certificates for  each Interest  Accrual Period
                              at  (a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined
                              herein) plus  ___%) (___%).   (Interest will be
                              calculated on the basis of the actual number of
                              days in each Interest Accrual Period divided by
                              360.)    A  failure  to  pay  interest  on  any
                              Certificates  on  any  Distribution  Date  that
                              continues for five days constitutes an Event of
                              Default under the Trust Agreement.

     D.   Distribution 
          Date           The ____ day of each month or,  if such day is not a
                              Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day,
                              commencing  with _______,  199_.   A  "Business
                              Day" is any day other than a Saturday or Sunday
                              or another day on which banking institutions in
                              New  York,  New  York  (and  ____________)  are
                              authorized or obligated by  law, regulations or
                              executive order to be closed.

     E.   Record Date    The  last day preceding  a Distribution Date  or, if
                              the   Securities  are   no  longer   Book-Entry
                              Securities, the last day of the month preceding
                              a Distribution Date.

     F.   Final Scheduled
          Distribution 
          Dates          With      respect      to      the     Certificates,
                              ___________________.     To   the  extent   not
                              previously paid, the Security Principal Balance
                              of  the Notes will  be due on  the Distribution
                              Date in _______, 199_.  Failure to pay the full
                              principal  balance of  Notes on  or before  the
                              applicable   final   scheduled   payment  dates
                              constitutes  an  Event  of  Default  under  the
                              Indenture.

     G.   Form and 
          Registration   The  Securities  will  initially   be  delivered  in
                              book-entry   form  ("Book-Entry   Securities").
                              Holders of  such Securities may  elect to  hold
                              their  interests through  The Depository  Trust
                              Company ("DTC"),  (in  the  United  States,  or
                              Cedel Bank,  soci t  anonyme, ("Cedel")  or the
                              Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear"),  in  Europe).
                              Transfers within DTC (, Cedel or  Euroclear, as
                              the  case may be,)  will be in  accordance with
                              the usual rules and operating procedures of the
                              relevant system.  So long as the Securities are
                              Book-Entry Securities, such  Securities will be
                              evidenced by one or  more securities registered
                              in the  name of  Cede & Co.   ("Cede"),  as the
                              nominee   of  DTC  (or   one  of  the  relevant
                              depositaries   (collectively,   the   "European
                              Depositaries")).       Cross-market   transfers
                              between persons holding  directly or indirectly
                              through   DTC(,   on   the    one   hand,   and
                              counterparties holding  directly or  indirectly
                              through Cedel or Euroclear, on the other,) will
                              be  effected  in  DTC   through  Citibank  N.A.
                              ("Citibank") or  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company
                              of   New   York    ("Morgan"),   the   relevant
                              depositaries    of    Cedel    and   Euroclear,
                              respectively, and  each a  participating member
                              of  DTC.    The  Securities will  initially  be
                              registered  in the name of Cede.  The interests
                              of such  Holders  will be  represented by  book
                              entries on the records of DTC and participating
                              members  thereof.  No Holder of a Security will
                              be  entitled  to  receive  a  definitive   note
                              representing such person's  interest, except in
                              the event that Securities  in fully registered,
                              certificated form ("Definitive Securities") are
                              issued   under   the    limited   circumstances
                              described in  "DESCRIPTION OF  THE SECURITIES--
                              Book-Entry Registration  of Securities"  in the
                              Prospectus.  All  references in this Prospectus
                              Supplement to Securities reflect  the rights of
                              Holders of such  Notes only as such  rights may
                              be exercised through  DTC and its participating
                              organizations for  so long  as such  Securities
                              are   held  by  DTC.    See  "RISK  FACTORS  --
                              Book-Entry Securities" herein.

     H.   Denominations  The   Securities   will   be   issued   in   minimum
                              denominations  of   $(________)  and   integral
                              multiples thereof.

(Letter of Credit)
     (Surety Bond)
      Issuer             _________________ (the  "(Letter of  Credit) (Surety
                              Bond)  Issuer").   See "THE (LETTER  OF CREDIT)
                              (SURETY BOND) ISSUER" herein.

(Letter of Credit)
     (Surety Bond)       On  the Closing Date, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
                              Bond) Issuer  will issue a  (letter of  credit)
                              (surety bond) (the  "(Letter of Credit) (Surety
                              Bond)") in favor of the Owner Trustee on behalf
                              of  the  Trust.   In  the  event that,  on  any
                              Distribution Date, available amounts on deposit
                              in the Collection  Account with respect  to the
                              preceding Collection Period are insufficient to
                              provide for  the payment of the amount required
                              to  be  distributed  to  the  Holders  and  the
                              Servicer on such Distribution Date, the Trustee
                              will  draw on  the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety
                              Bond),  to the extent of the (Letter of Credit)
                              (Surety  Bond)  Amount  for  such  Distribution
                              Date, in an  amount equal  to such  deficiency.
                              See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES--The (Letter
                              of Credit)  (Surety Bond)  and "--Distributions
                              on   the   Securities"   herein   and   "CREDIT
                              ENHANCEMENT" in the Prospectus.

((Letter of Credit) 
     (Surety Bond) 
      Amount             The amount  available under  the (Letter of  Credit)
                              (Surety Bond) (the  "(Letter of Credit) (Surety
                              Bond)  Amount")  for the  initial  Distribution
                              Date will  be $                   .   For  each
                              Distribution  Date thereafter,  the (Letter  of
                              Credit)  (Surety  Bond) Amount  will  equal the
                              lesser of (i)      % of the  Pool Balance as of
                              the  first  day  of  the  preceding  Collection
                              Period  (after  giving  effect  to any  amounts
                              distributed with  respect to  principal of  the
                              Mortgage   Loans  on   the  Distribution   Date
                              occurring in such  preceding Collection Period)
                              and (ii) the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond)
                              Amount as  of the  first day  of the  preceding
                              Collection  Period,  minus  any  amounts  drawn
                              under the  (Letter  of  Credit)  (Surety  Bond)
                              during such  preceding Collection  Period, plus
                              any  amounts paid  to  the (Letter  of  Credit)
                              (Surety Bond)  Issuer on the  Distribution Date
                              occurring in  such preceding  Collection Period
                              up to  the amount of any previous  draws on the
                              (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).)

Servicing                The  Servicer  will  be  responsible for  servicing,
                              managing and making collections on the Mortgage
                              Loans.   On the  ________ business day,  but no
                              later than the  ________ calendar day,  of each
                              month (the "Determination  Date"), the Servicer
                              will  calculate,   and  instruct   the  Trustee
                              regarding, the amounts to be paid, as described
                              herein, with respect to the related  Collection
                              Period to the Holders.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                              SECURITIES--Distributions  on  the  Securities"
                              herein.   The  Servicer will receive  a monthly
                              servicing  fee in the amount of ____% per annum
                              (the "Servicing Fee Rate"), of the related Pool
                              Balance and certain other amounts, as servicing
                              compensation from the Trust.  See "SERVICING OF
                              THE MORTGAGE LOANS--Servicing  Compensation and
                              Payment  of  Expenses"  herein.    In   certain
                              limited circumstances, the  Servicer may resign
                              or  be  removed,  in  which  event  either  the
                              Trustee  or  a  third-party  servicer  will  be
                              appointed   as   successor   Servicer.      See
                              "SERVICING   OF   THE   LOANS--Certain  Matters
                              Regarding the  Servicer" and  "THE AGREEMENTS--
                              Events  of  Default;   Rights  Upon  Events  of
                              Default" in the Prospectus.

(Final Payment of Principal;
     Termination         The  Trust will  terminate on the  Distribution Date
                              following      the      earlier      of     (i)
                              _________________________  and  (ii)  the final
                              payment  or  other  liquidation   of  the  last
                              Mortgage  Loan  and  Private  Security  in  the
                              Trust.  The  Mortgage Loans will be  subject to
                              optional  repurchase  by  the  Servicer on  any
                              Distribution Date  after the  Principal Balance
                              is reduced to an amount  less than or equal  to
                              $        ((5)%   of   the   initial   Principal
                              Balance).   The repurchase  price will be equal
                              to the sum of the outstanding Principal Balance
                              and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at  the
                              weighted average of the  Loan Rates through the
                              day preceding the final Distribution Date.  See
                              "DESCRIPTION   OF   THE    SECURITIES--Optional
                              Termination"  herein   and  "THE   AGREEMENTS--
                              Termination;  Optional   Termination"  in   the
                              Prospectus.)

Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences             In the opinion  of Tax Counsel (as  defined herein),
                              for federal income tax purposes, the Securities
                              will be characterized  as indebtedness, and the
                              Trust should be characterized as an owner trust
                              and will not be characterized as an association
                              (or publicly  traded partnership) taxable  as a
                              corporation.  Each holder of a Security, by the
                              acceptance of a  Security, will agree  to treat
                              the Security as  indebtedness and the Trust  as
                              an  owner trust  for federal,  state  and local
                              income  and   franchise  tax  purposes.     See
                              "CERTAIN FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES" and
                              "STATE  TAX CONSEQUENCES"  herein and  "CERTAIN
                              FEDERAL INCOME  TAX CONSIDERATIONS"  and "STATE
                              TAX CONSIDERATIONS" in  the Prospectus concern-
                              ing the application of federal, state and local
                              tax laws.

Legal Investment         The Securities will not constitute "mortgage related
                              securities"  for  purposes   of  the  Secondary
                              Mortgage   Market  Enhancement   Act  of   1984
                              ("SMMEA"),  because   some  of   the  Mortgages
                              securing  the  Mortgage  Loans  are  not  first
                              mortgages.  Accordingly, many institutions with
                              legal authority to  invest in comparably  rated
                              securities based solely on first mortgages  may
                              not  be legally  authorized  to invest  in  the
                              Certificates.        See    "LEGAL   INVESTMENT
                              CONSIDERATIONS" herein  and "LEGAL  INVESTMENT"
                              in the Prospectus.

ERISA                    Generally,   plans   that   are   subject   to   the
                              requirements   of  ERISA   and  the   Code  are
                              permitted  to  purchase  instruments  like  the
                              Notes that are debt  under applicable state law
                              and  have  no   "substantial  equity  features"
                              without reference to the prohibited transaction
                              requirements of  ERISA and  the Code.   In  the
                              opinion of  ERISA Counsel (as  defined herein),
                              the Notes  will be  classified as  indebtedness
                              without substantial  equity features  for ERISA
                              purposes.   However, if the Notes are deemed to
                              be   equity   interests   and   no   statutory,
                              regulatory or administrative exemption applies,
                              the Trust will hold plan assets by  reason of a
                              Plan's investment in  the Notes.   Accordingly,
                              any  Plan  fiduciary   considering  whether  to
                              purchase the Notes  on behalf of a  Plan should
                              consult   with   its  counsel   regarding   the
                              applicability of  the provisions  of ERISA  and
                              the   Code   and   the  availability   of   any
                              exemptions.  Under current law the purchase and
                              holding  of the Certificates by or on behalf of
                              any employee benefit plan (a "Plan") subject to
                              the fiduciary responsibility  provisions of the
                              Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of
                              1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"), may  result in  a
                              "prohibited transaction" within  the meaning of
                              ERISA  and the Code  or other violation  of the
                              fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA
                              and Section 4975  of the Code.   (Consequently,
                              Certificates  may  not  be  transferred  to   a
                              proposed  transferee that is  a Plan subject to
                              ERISA   or   that  is   described   in  Section
                              4975(e)(1) of the  Code, or a person  acting on
                              behalf of any such Plan  or using the assets of
                              such  plan  unless the  Owner  Trustee and  the
                              Depositor  receive   the  opinion   of  counsel
                              reasonably  satisfactory to  the Owner  Trustee
                              and  the  Depositor  to  the  effect  that  the
                              purchase and  holding of such  Certificate will
                              not result  in the  assets of  the Trust  being
                              deemed to  be "plan assets" for  ERISA purposes
                              and  will not be a prohibited transaction under
                              ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.)  See "ERISA
                              CONSIDERATIONS" herein and in the Prospectus.

Rating                   It  is a condition to the issuance of the Securities
                              that they be  rated _________ by at  least ____
                              nationally   recognized    statistical   rating
                              organizations  (each a  "Rating  Agency").   In
                              general, ratings address credit risk and do not
                              address  the  likelihood  of  prepayments.    A
                              security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
                              sell or hold securities.

                                 RISK FACTORS

(CASH FLOW CONSIDERATIONS

     During the  first (  )-year  draw down period  under the  related Credit
Line Agreements  for the Mortgage  Loans, collections on such  Mortgage Loans
may vary  because, among  other things,  borrowers are  not required to  make
monthly payments of principal.   With respect to some of  the Mortgage Loans,
during  the  second  (  )-year  draw  down period,  no  monthly  payments  of
principal are required.  Collections on the Mortgage Loans may also  vary due
to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.

     General credit risk  may also be greater  to Holders than to  holders of
instruments  representing interests  in level  payment  first mortgage  loans
since no paymentof principal generally is required until after either a five-
 or ten-year interest  only period under the related  Credit Line Agreements.
Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding delays in
the  receipt of  related proceeds by  Holders could  occur if the  (Letter of
Credit)  (Surety Bond)  provider were  unable to  perform on  its obligations
under the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond).  Further,  liquidation expenses
(such  as legal  fees, real  estate taxes,  and maintenance  and preservation
expenses) will reduce the proceeds payable to  Holders and thereby reduce the
security  for  the  Mortgage  Loans.   In  the  event  any  of the  Mortgaged
Properties fail to provide adequate  security for the related Mortgage Loans,
Holders  could experience  a loss  if the  (Letter  of Credit)  (Surety Bond)
provider were unable to  perform its obligations under the (Letter of Credit)
(Surety Bond).)

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.   Home equity loans, such  as the Mortgage Loans,  have been
originated in significant volume  only during the past few years  and neither
the Depositor nor the Servicer is aware of any publicly available  studies or
statistics on the rate  of prepayment of such loans.   Generally, home equity
loans are not viewed by  borrowers as permanent financing.   Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans  may experience a  higher rate of prepayment  than traditional
loans.  The Trust's  prepayment experience may be affected by  a wide variety
of  factors, including  general  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  the
availability of alternative financing and  homeowner mobility.  In  addition,
substantially all of  the Mortgage Loans  contain due-on-sale provisions  and
the Servicer intends  to enforce such provisions unless  (i) such enforcement
is  not  permitted  by applicable  law  or  (ii) the  Servicer,  in  a manner
consistent with reasonable commercial practice, permits  the purchaser of the
related  Mortgaged Property  to  assume the  Mortgage  Loan.   To the  extent
permitted by  applicable law, such  assumption will not release  the original
borrower from  its obligation  under any  such Mortgage Loan.   See  "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The Mortgage  Loans are secured  by deeds of  trust or mortgages  (which
generally are  second mortgages).   With respect  to Mortgage Loans  that are
secured  by  first  mortgages,  the  Servicer has  the  power  under  certain
circumstances to consent  to a new  mortgage lien  on the Mortgaged  Property
having priority  over such Mortgage  Loan.  Mortgage Loans  secured by second
mortgages are entitled to proceeds that  remain from the sale of the  related
Mortgage Property after any related  senior mortgage loan and prior statutory
liens have been satisfied.  In the  event that such proceeds are insufficient
to  satisfy such loans and prior  liens in the aggregate  (and the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) provider is unable to perform its obligations under the
(Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond)  or if  the coverage under  the (Letter  of
Credit) (Surety Bond) is exhausted)  the Trust and, accordingly, the Holders,
bear (i)  the risk  of delay  in distributions  while  a deficiency  judgment
against the borrower is obtained and (ii) the risk  of loss if the deficiency
judgment  cannot be  obtained or is  not realized  upon.  See  "CERTAIN LEGAL
ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement  will be treated as  a sale of the  Mortgage Loans.
The Seller will  warrant that such transfer is either a  sale of its interest
in the  Mortgage Loans  or a  grant of  a first  priority perfected  security
interest therein.  In the event of an insolvency of  the Seller, the receiver
of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as
a borrowing  by the Seller secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans.  If the
receiver  decided to  challenge  such  transfer, delays  in  payments of  the
Securities and possible  reductions in the amount  thereof could occur.   The
Depositor  will warrant  in  the Trust  Agreement  that the  transfer of  its
interest  in  the Mortgage  Loans  to  the  Trust  is a  valid  transfer  and
assignment of such interest.

     If a conservator, receiver or trustee  were appointed for the Seller, or
if certain  other  events relating  to the  bankruptcy or  insolvency of  the
Seller were to  occur, Additional Balances  would not be  transferred by  the
Seller to the  Trust pursuant to the  Purchase Agreement (as assigned  by the
Depositor to  the Trust).  In  such an event,  an Event of Default  under the
Pooling and  Servicing Agreement and  Indenture would commence and  the Owner
Trustee  would attempt  to sell  the Mortgage  Loans (unless  Holders holding
Securities evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of each of
the Security  Principal Balance  of the Notes  and the  Certificates instruct
otherwise), thereby causing  early payment of the  Security Principal Balance
of the Notes and the Certificates.

     In  the  event  of  a bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of  the  Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver  may have the power to prevent  the Trustee or
the Holders from appointing a successor Servicer.

SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer  may  agree to  changes  in  the terms  of  a  Credit Line
Agreement,  provided  that such  changes  (i)  do  not adversely  affect  the
interest  of the  Holders,  and  (ii) are  consistent  with prudent  business
practice.  There  can be no assurance that  changes in applicable law  or the
marketplace  for home  equity loans  or  prudent business  practice will  not
result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.

(DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Trust will  include  Mortgage  Loans which  are  89  or fewer  days
delinquent.  The  Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of  such delinquent Mortgage
Loans was $______________.)


                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

     The  Issuer, Home  Equity Loan  Trust 199_, is  a business  trust formed
under the laws of  the State of Delaware pursuant to the  Trust Agreement for
the  transactions  described  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement.    The  Trust
Agreement constitutes the "governing instrument"  under the laws of the State
of Delaware  relating to business  trusts.  After  its formation,  the Issuer
will  not  engage  in any  activity  other than  (i)  acquiring,  holding and
managing the Mortgage  Loans and the other  assets of the Trust  and proceeds
therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (iii) making payments
on the Notes  and the Certificates and (iv) engaging in other activities that
are  necessary, suitable  or convenient  to accomplish  the foregoing  or are
incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The property  of the Trust will  consist of:   (i) each of  the Mortgage
Loans that  are _________;  (ii) collections on  the Mortgage  Loans received
after the Cut-Off  Date; (iii) Mortgaged Properties relating  to the Mortgage
Loans that  are acquired by foreclosure or deed  in lieu of foreclosure; (iv)
the Collection  Account and the Distribution Account  (excluding net earnings
thereon); (v) the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond); and (vi) an assignment of
the Depositor's rights under the  Purchase Agreement, including all rights of
the Depositor to purchase Additional Balances.

     The Trust's  principal offices are  in __________, Delaware, in  care of
________________________, as Owner Trustee, at (                      ).



                  THE (LETTER OF CREDIT)(SURETY BOND) ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________.

     (Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer)



                       THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the  "Seller" or the "Servicer")  under its
home equity lending program.   The Seller first offered  adjustable rate home
equity revolving  credit line  loans ("home equity  loans") in  19__.   As of
(_____________), (____________) owned and  serviced approximately $__________
aggregate  principal  amount  of outstanding  home  equity  loans  secured by
properties located in __________ under  home equity credit lines (the "Seller
Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     Each home  equity loan was  originated after a  review by the  Seller in
accordance  with its established underwriting procedures, which were intended
to assess the applicant's ability to assume  and repay such home equity loans
and the  adequacy of the  real property which  serves as collateral  for such
home equity loans.   The maximum Credit Limit for a home equity loan provided
by the Seller was $__________.

     Each applicant  for  a home  equity  loan was  required  to complete  an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information  in the loan  application demonstrated that  there was sufficient
income  and equity to  justify making a  home equity loan  and the Seller (a)
received  a  satisfactory  independent credit  bureau  report  on  the credit
history  of the borrower  and (b)  obtained, in the  case of all  home equity
loans  originated prior  to __________  a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property or for all home  equity loans originated as of __________,
a satisfactory appraisal  completed on forms  approved by  FNMA, and if  such
information  met the  Seller's underwriting  standards, the  Seller  issued a
commitment  subject  to satisfaction  of  certain  other conditions.    These
conditions  included:   (i) obtaining  and  reviewing pay  stubs, income  tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals of  the Mortgaged  Properties were performed  by a  qualified
appraiser or  an independent  third-party, fee-based  appraiser who had  been
previously approved for such assignment by the Seller.

     It  is the  Seller's policy  to  require a  title policy  insuring title
mortgage  in accordance  with  the  intended lien  position.   Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value  Ratios, it  is the  Seller's policy  not to accept  a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans which the Seller obtained  full documentary support and was __%
for loans for which limited documentary support was obtained.

     After  obtaining   all  applicable  employment,   credit  and   property
information,  the Seller determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity in
the  property existed  and whether  the prospective  borrower had  sufficient
monthly income available to support  the payments of interest at  the current
prime rate plus the applicable margin  based on the credit limit in  addition
to  any senior  mortgage loan  payments (including  any escrows  for property
taxes and  hazard insurance  premiums) and  other monthly credit  obligations
based  on  the  prospective  borrower's  debt-to-gross  income  ratio.    The
"debt-to-gross  income ratio" is the  ratio of (a)  certain of the borrower's
debt obligations which  include:  (i) the monthly first mortgage payment plus
taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments with  a term of more  than ten
months; (iii) five  percent of the total revolving  obligations; (iv) monthly
alimony and child support obligations; and (v) the payment on the home equity
loan calculated at  the Credit Limit and  current prime rate plus  margin for
such home  equity loan to (b) the borrower's gross verifiable monthly income.
The debt-to-gross income ratio generally did not exceed (________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by  signing a Credit Line Agreement,  rescission statement, and
mortgage  which secured  the repayment  of principal of  and interest  on the
related  home equity loan.   The original  mortgage was then  recorded in the
appropriate county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     A borrower  may access a home  equity loan by  writing a check.   On all
home equity  loans, there  is (a ten-year)  draw down  period as long  as the
borrower is not in  default under the loan agreement.  Home equity loans bear
interest at a  variable rate which may  change bi-weekly.  Home  equity loans
may be subject to a maximum per  annum  interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") of  
___%  per  annum  and  in   all  cases,   are  subject  to  applicable  usury  
limitations.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--Applicability of Usury 
Laws"  in the Prospectus.  The  daily  periodic rate on the home equity loans 
(the "Loan Rate") is the sum of the Index  Rate plus  a spread (the "Margin") 
which generally ranges between ____% and ____%, divided by 365  days  or  366 
days, as applicable.

     The  "Index Rate" is  based on (the  prime rate published  in the "Money
Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal generally on the Monday of the week
in which such  Loan Rate adjusts  (or, if no rate  is published on  such day,
then on the next succeeding calendar day on which a prime rate is published),
rounded to the nearest 1/8 of 1 percent.)  The annual percentage rate for any
bi-weekly period  will be  based on the  Prime Rate in  effect the  Monday on
which the rate may  change.  (If a prime rate range is  published in The Wall
Street Journal,  then the midpoint  (average) of  that range  will be  used.)
There  are no limitations  on increases or  decreases (except for  those home
equity loans which have Maximum Rates).  Only the home equity loans that have
Maximum Rates of  ____% also have annual  adjustment caps of  __% as to  both
increases and decreases in their Loan Rates.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly.  The statement details all debits
and  credits and specifies the  minimum payment due  and the available credit
line.   Notice of  changes in the  applicable Loan  Rate are provided  by the
Seller  to the Borrower  with such statements.   All payments are  due by the
tenth day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     The Credit  Line Agreements  and Disclosure  Statements further  provide
that if publication of the Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be
changed upon notification in accordance  with such Credit Line Agreements and
Disclosure Statements.

     The right to obtain additional credit may be suspended or  terminated or
the borrower may be  required to pay  the entire balance  due plus all  other
accrued but  unpaid charges  immediately, if the  borrower fails to  make any
required payment by the due date,  if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the Credit  Limit, if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if  the borrower dies or  becomes incompetent, if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to  any  judgment, lien  or attachment  or  execution is  issued  against the
Mortgaged  Property,  the borrower  fails  to  obtain  and maintain  required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or does not maintain the property.  In addition, the right to obtain
additional  credit may  be  suspended or  a  borrower's Credit  Limit  may be
reduced, if the value  of the Mortgaged Property decreases for  any reason to
less than 80% of the original appraised value, if the  borrower is in default
under the home  equity loan, if government  action impairs the Seller's  lien
priority or  if a regulatory  agency has notified  the Seller  that continued
advances would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.


DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the periods shown for  the home equity loans indicated on the  table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following  tables.   The  data  presented  in the  following  tables  are for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss experience of the  Mortgage Loans will be similar to that  set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                        <C>                               <C>
                                                               As of _________
                                                                             _____
                                                           Number of
                                                             Loans                            Amount
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                       $              
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . .                                                             _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . .                                                            $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . .                                                                     %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . .                                                                     %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . . .                                                                     %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . .

</TABLE>


                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C>
                                                                       For the Year
                                                                      Ending ________
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . .                              %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Servicing Agreement.

     With  respect to real  estate secured loans,  the general policy  of the
Servicer is to initiate foreclosure on the underlying property (i) after such
loan is 90 days  or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice of  default on a senior
lien is received by the Servicer; or (iii) if circumstances are discovered by
the  Servicer  which  would  indicate  that  a  potential  for  loss  exists.
Foreclosure  proceedings  may  be  terminated if  the  delinquency  is cured.
However, under certain circumstances, the  Servicer may elect not to commence
foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  borrower's default is
due to special circumstances which are temporary and are not expected to last
beyond a specified period.  The loans  to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings
will be  restructured in accordance  with law and  with a view  to maximizing
recovery   of   such   home  equity   loans,   including   any  deficiencies.
Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,  short  sale,
deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such lien at the time of foreclosure sale or take other action
as  deemed necessary  to protect  the  Servicer's interest  in the  Mortgaged
Property.   If in the  judgment of the  Servicer, the cost  of maintaining or
purchasing  the senior  lien position  exceeds the  economic benefit  of such
action, the Servicer  will generally charge-off the entire  home equity loan,
seek a money judgment against the borrower or will not pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's real  estate secured  revolving credit  line loans and  applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the servicing compensation  to be paid to the Servicer  in respect of
its servicing activities  relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid  to it
from interest collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans and will  be equal
to  ____% per  annum (the  "Servicing Fee Rate")  on the  aggregate Principal
Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as of  the first day of  each such Collection
Period (the "Servicing  Fee").  With respect to the  first Collection Period,
the Servicer will receive from such collections  ___ of the amount calculated
in the  preceding sentence.   All assumption fees,  late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges, to  the  extent collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Holders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Mortgage  Loans  were originated  pursuant  to loan  agreements  and
disclosure  statements  (the "Credit  Line  Agreements") and  are  secured by
mortgages or  deeds of trust,  most of which  are second mortgages  or second
deeds of  trust, on Mortgage  Properties.  The Mortgaged  Properties securing
the Mortgage Loans  consist primarily of residential properties  that are one
to  four-family properties.    ____  of the  Mortgaged  Properties are  owner
occupied.  See "--Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The  Cut-Off Date Pool  Balance is $___________,  which is  equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances  of the Mortgage  Loans as of ______,  199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").   As of the Cut-Off  Date, the Mortgage Loans  were not more
than 89 days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The
average Cut-Off  Date Principal  Balance was  $_______, the  minimum Mortgage
Cut-Off Date Principal  Balance was zero, the maximum  Cut-Off Date Principal
Balance was $_________,  the minimum Loan Rate  and the maximum Loan  Rate on
the Cut-Off  Date  were ____%  and  ____% per  annum,  respectively, and  the
weighted average  Loan Rate on the Cut-Off  Date was ____% per annum.   As of
the  Cut-Off Date,  the weighted  average Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate was
____%, the  minimum Credit Limit  Utilization Rate  was zero and  the maximum
Credit Limit  Utilization Rate  was ______%.   The "Credit  Limit Utilization
Rate" is  determined by  dividing  the Cut-Off  Date Principal  Balance of  a
Mortgage Loan by the Credit Limit of the related  Credit Line Agreement.  The
weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans was ____%
as of the Cut-Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The  Depositor has compiled  the following additional  information as of
the Cut-Off Date  with respect to the  Mortgage Loans to  be included in  the
Trust.

                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At  the time of issuance of  the Securities, the Depositor will transfer
to  the Trust all  of its right, title  and interest in  and to each Mortgage
Loan (including  its right to purchase any Additional Balances arising in the
future),   related  Credit  Line  Agreements,  mortgages  and  other  related
documents (collectively, the "Related  Documents"), including all collections
received  on or with respect to each such  Mortgage Loan on or after the Cut-
Off Date pursuant to an assignment of the Depositor's rights  and obligations
under  the Purchase  Agreement.   The Owner  Trustee, concurrently  with such
transfer, will deliver the Securities.  Each Mortgage Loan transferred to the
Owner Trust will  be identified on a schedule (the  "Mortgage Loan Schedule")
delivered to the  Owner Trustee  pursuant to  the Purchase  Agreement.   Such
schedule will include information as to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of
each Mortgage Loan, as well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     The  Purchase  Agreement  will  require  that,  within  the time  period
specified therein, the  Seller deliver to the Owner Trustee  (or a custodian,
as the Owner Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans endorsed in
blank and the  Related Documents.  In lieu of delivery of original mortgages,
the Seller  may deliver  trust and  correct  copies thereof  which have  been
certified as to authenticity by the appropriate county recording office where
such mortgage is recorded.

     Under the  terms of the  Purchase Agreement, the  Seller, acting  at the
Depositor's request, will have  (__ days after  the Closing Date) to  prepare
and record  assignments of  the mortgages  related to each  Mortgage Loan  in
favor of the Owner  Trustee (unless opinions of  counsel satisfactory to  the
Rating  Agencies and  the  Certificate  Insurer are  delivered  to the  Owner
Trustee  and the Certificate  Insurer to the effect  that recordation of such
assignments  is not  required in  the relevant  jurisdictions to  protect the
interests of the Owner Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).

     Within 90 days  of the Closing Date,  the Owner Trustee will  review the
Mortgage Loans and  the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or Related
Document is found to be defective in any material respect  and such defect is
not cured within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the
Depositor by  the Owner Trustee, the  Seller will be  obligated to repurchase
the Mortgage Loan  and to  deposit the Repurchase  Price into the  Collection
Account.  Upon  such retransfer, the Principal Balance of  such Mortgage Loan
will be deducted from the Pool Balance.  In lieu of any  such repurchase, the
Seller  may  substitute an  Eligible  Substitute  Mortgage  Loan.   Any  such
repurchase or  substitution will  be considered  a  payment in  full of  such
Mortgage Loan.   The  obligation  of the  Seller to  accept a  transfer of  a
Defective  Mortgage Loan  is the  sole remedy  regarding any  defects in  the
Mortgage Loans and  Related Documents available to  the Owner Trustee or  the
Holders.

     With respect  to any Mortgage Loan,  the "Repurchase Price"  is equal to
the Principal  Balance of  such Mortgage  Loan at  the time  of any  transfer
described  above plus  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon to  the date  of
repurchase.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the  Seller for a  Defective Mortgage  Loan which must,  on the  date of such
substitution,  (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not 5% more or less than  the Principal Balance
relating to such Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the  Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan  and not more than 1% in excess
of the Loan  Rate of such Defective  Mortgage Loan; (iii)   have a Loan  Rate
based on  the same Index with adjustments to such  Loan Rate made on the same
Interest  Rate Adjustment Date  as that of the  Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv)
have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan
and not  more than 100 basis points higher than  the Margin for the Defective
Mortgage Loan; (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as
the mortgage relating  to the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi)  have a remaining
term  to maturity not  more than  six months earlier  and not  later than the
remaining term to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan;  (vii) comply with
each representation and  warranty as to the  Mortgage Loans set forth  in the
Purchase Agreement (deemed to be made  as of the date of substitution);   and
(viii) satisfy certain other conditions  specified in the Purchase Agreement.
To the extent  the Principal Balance of an Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan
is  less than the  Principal Balance of the  related Defective Mortgage Loan,
the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the Collection Account equal
to such difference ("Substitution Adjustment Amounts").

     The Seller  will make certain  representations and warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all material  respects of certain  information furnished  to the
Owner  Trustee  with  respect  to  each Mortgage  Loan  (e.g.,  Cut-Off  Date
Principal Balance and the Loan Rate).  In addition, the Seller will represent
and warrant, on the  Closing Date, that, among other things:  (i) at the time
of transfer to the Depositor, the  Seller has transferred or assigned all  of
its  right,  title  and  interest  in each  Mortgage  Loan  and  the  Related
Documents,  free of any  lien (subject to certain  exceptions); and (ii) each
Mortgage Loan  was generated under a Credit  Line Agreement that complied, at
the time of origination,  in all material respects with  applicable state and
federal laws.   Upon discovery  of a  breach of any  such representation  and
warranty which materially and adversely  affects the interests of the Holders
in the Related  Mortgage Loan and Related  Documents, the Seller will  have a
period  of 60 days after discovery or notice  of the breach to effect a cure.
If the breach  cannot be cured within the  60-day period, the Seller  will be
obligated to  repurchase or substitute  the Defective Mortgage Loan  from the
Trust.  The same procedure and  limitations that are set forth above  for the
repurchase  or substitution  of Defective  Mortgage Loans  will apply  to the
transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is required to be repurchased or substituted
because of a breach of a representation or warranty in the Purchase Agreement
that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Holders.

     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred  to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."


                    DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICING AGREEMENT

     The Servicer shall establish and maintain on behalf of the Owner Trustee
an account (the  "Collection Account") for the  benefit of the Holders.   The
Collection Account will be an Eligible Account (as defined herein).   Subject
to  the  investment provision  described  in the  following  paragraphs, upon
receipt  by  the Servicer  of  amounts  in  respect  of  the  Mortgage  Loans
(excluding amounts  representing administrative charges, annual  fees, taxes,
assessments, credit insurance  charges, insurance proceeds  to be applied  to
the restoration  or repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar items),  the
Servicer  will deposit such  amounts in the  Collection Account.   Amounts so
deposited  may be  invested  in  Eligible Investments  (as  described in  the
Servicing Agreement) maturing  no later  than one Business  Day prior to  the
date on which  the amount on deposit  therein is required to  be deposited in
the  Distribution Account or  on such  Distribution Date  if approved  by the
Rating  Agencies.   Not  later than  the  fifth Business  Day  prior to  each
Distribution Date  (the "Determination Date"),  the Servicer will  notify the
Owner Trustee and the  Indenture Trustee of the amount of such  deposit to be
included in funds available for the related Distribution Date.

     The  Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee will establish one or more
accounts  (the  "Security Account")  into  which  will be  deposited  amounts
withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account  for distribution  to  Holders on  a
Distribution  Date.   The  Security  Account  will  be an  Eligible  Account.
Amounts on deposit therein will  be invested in Eligible Investments maturing
on or before the Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible Account"  is  an account  that  is (i)  maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt  rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii)
one or more accounts  with a depository institution which accounts  are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance  Fund  ("BIF")   of  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance  Corporation
established by  such fund with a  minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of
____,  (iii) a segregated trust account maintained  with the Owner Trustee or
an Affiliate of the Owner Trustee in its fiduciary capacity or (iv) otherwise
acceptable to each  Rating Agency as evidenced  by a letter from  each Rating
Agency to the  Owner Trustee, without  reduction or withdrawal of  their then
current ratings of the Securities.

     Eligible  Investments are specified  in the Servicing  Agreement and are
limited to investments  which meet the criteria  of the Rating Agencies  from
time to  time as  being consistent  with their  then current  ratings of  the
Securities.

ALLOCATIONS AND COLLECTIONS

     All collections  on the  Mortgage Loans will  generally be  allocated in
accordance  with the  Credit  Line Agreements  between  amounts collected  in
respect of interest and amounts collected in respect of principal.  As to any
Distribution Date, "Interest  Collections" will be equal to  the aggregate of
the amounts  collected during  the related  Collection Period,  including Net
Liquidation  Proceeds (as defined  below), allocated to  interest pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Line Agreements.

     As to  any Distribution Date,  "Principal Collections" will be  equal to
the sum of (i)  the amounts collected during  the related Collection  Period,
including Net  Liquidation Proceeds, and  allocated to principal  pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Line Agreements and  (ii) any Substitution Adjustment
Amounts.   "Net  Liquidation Proceeds" with  respect to  a Mortgage  Loan are
equal to  the aggregate  of all  amounts  received upon  liquidation of  such
Mortgage  Loan, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, reduced by
related expenses, but not including the portion,  if any, of such amount that
exceeds  the  Principal  Balance of  the  Mortgage  Loan at  the  end  of the
Collection Period immediately  preceding the Collection Period  in which such
Mortgage  Loan became  a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan plus  accrued and  unpaid
interest thereon through the date of liquidation.

     With  respect  to any  date, the  "Pool  Balance" will  be equal  to the
aggregate of the  Principal Balances of all  Mortgage Loans as of  such date.
The Principal Balance  of a Mortgage  Loan (other than a  Liquidated Mortgage
Loan) on any day is equal to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance thereof, plus
(i) any Additional Balances in respect  of such Mortgage Loan minus (ii)  all
collections credited against  the Principal Balance of such  Mortgage Loan in
accordance with the  related Credit Line  Agreement prior to  such day.   The
Principal  Balance of  a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan after  final recovery  of
related Liquidation Proceeds shall be zero.

HAZARD INSURANCE

     The  Servicing Agreement  provides that  the  Servicer maintain  certain
hazard insurance on the Mortgaged  Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans.
While  the terms  of the  related  Credit Line  Agreements generally  require
borrowers to maintain certain hazard insurance, the Servicer will not monitor
the maintenance of such insurance.

     The Servicing  Agreement  requires  the Servicer  to  maintain  for  any
Mortgaged Property relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon foreclosure of a
Mortgage Loan, or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure, hazard  insurance with
extended  coverage  in an  amount  equal to  the  lesser of  (a)  the maximum
insurable value of such Mortgaged Property  or (b) the outstanding balance of
such Mortgage Loan plus the  outstanding balance on any mortgage loan  senior
to  such  Mortgage Loan  at  the  time of  foreclosure  or  deed in  lieu  of
foreclosure, plus accrued interest and  the Servicer's good faith estimate of
the related liquidation expenses to be incurred in connection therewith.  The
Servicing Agreement provides that the  Servicer may satisfy its obligation to
cause  hazard policies  to  be  maintained by  maintaining  a blanket  policy
insuring against losses on such Mortgaged Properties.  If such blanket policy
contains a deductible clause,  the Servicer will  be obligated to deposit  in
the Collection Account the sums  which would have been deposited  therein but
for  such clause.  The Servicer will  initially satisfy these requirements by
maintaining a blanket policy.   As set forth above, all  amounts collected by
the  Servicer (net of  any reimbursements to  the Servicer)  under any hazard
policy (except for amounts to be applied to the restoration  or repair of the
Mortgaged Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.

     In  general, the  standard form  of  fire and  extended coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of  the improvements on the property
by  fire, lightning,  explosion, smoke,  windstorm  and hail,  and the  like,
strike  and  civil  commotion,  subject  to  the  conditions  and  exclusions
specified  in each  policy.  Although  the policies relating  to the Mortgage
Loans  will be  underwritten by  different  insurers and  therefore will  not
contain identical terms and conditions,  the basic terms thereof are dictated
by state laws and most  of such policies typically do not  cover any physical
damage resulting from the following:   war, revolution, governmental actions,
floods and other water-related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes,
landslides and mudflows), nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents,
insects or  domestic animals,  theft and,  in certain  cases vandalism.   The
foregoing list is merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured  risks and
is not intended to be all-inclusive or  an exact description of the insurance
policies relating to the Mortgaged Properties.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer will  foreclose upon  or  otherwise comparably  convert to
ownership Mortgaged  Properties securing such  of the Mortgage Loans  as come
into default  when in accordance  with applicable servicing  procedures under
the Servicing  Agreement, no  satisfactory arrangements can  be made  for the
collection of  delinquent payments.   In connection with such  foreclosure or
other  conversion,  the Servicer  will  follow  such  practices as  it  deems
necessary or  advisable and as  are in keeping  with its  general subordinate
mortgage servicing activities, provided the  Servicer will not be required to
expend  its own  funds in  connection with  foreclosure or  other conversion,
correction of default on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration of any
property unless,  in  its  sole judgment,  such  foreclosure,  correction  or
restoration will  increase net  Liquidation Proceeds.   The Servicer  will be
reimbursed out  of Liquidation  Proceeds  for advances  of its  own funds  as
liquidation expenses  before any Net Liquidation Proceeds  are distributed to
Holders or the (Transferor)(Seller).  "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect
to a  Mortgage Loan is the amount received  upon liquidation of such Mortgage
Loan reduced by  related expenses, which may  include the amount advanced  in
respect of  a senior  mortgage, up  to the  unpaid Principal  Balance of  the
Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the Servicer will receive from interest collections in respect of the
Mortgage Loan a portion  of such interest collections as  a monthly Servicing
Fee in  the amount  equal to  ___% per annum  ("Servicing Fee  Rate") on  the
aggregate Principal  Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as  of the first  day of
each such Collection Period.   All assumption fees, late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges,  to the  extent collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying agent.   In addition, the Servicer will be  entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties, such right of reimbursement being prior  to the rights of Holders
to receive any related Net Liquidation Proceeds.


                        DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

     The Notes  will  be  issued  pursuant  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of
___________,  199_, between  the  Trust  and  _______________,  as  Indenture
Trustee.   The Certificates will  be issued  pursuant to the  Trust Agreement
dated  as of  ______________,  199_,  among  the Depositor,  __________,  and
______________, as Owner Trustee.   The following summaries describe  certain
provisions of the  Securities, Indenture and Trust Agreement.   The summaries
do not  purport to  be complete and  are subject to,  and qualified  in their
entirety by reference  to, the  provisions of the  applicable agreement.   As
used  herein,  "Agreement" shall  mean  either  the  Trust Agreement  or  the
Indenture, as the context requires.

     The Securities  will be  issued in fully  registered, certificated  form
only.  The  Securities will be freely  transferrable and exchangeable  at the
corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, with respect to the Certificates
or the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes.

BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior  Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States(,  or CEDEL
or  Euroclear (in  Europe))  if they  are  participants of  such  systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Certificates will  be issued  in one  or more  certificates which
equal the aggregate principal balance  of the Certificates and will initially
be registered  in the name  of Cede &  Co., the nominee  of DTC.   (CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective depositaries  which in turn will  hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.   Citibank  N.A. will  act as  depositary for  CEDEL  and the  Brussels,
Belgium Branch  of Morgan  Guarantee Trust Company  of New  York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the Book-Entry  Certificates in  minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples of  $1 in excess thereof.   Except as described  below, no
person acquiring a  Book-Entry Certificate (each, a "beneficial  owner") will
be  entitled to receive a  physical certificate representing such Certificate
(a "Definitive Certificate").   Unless and until  Definitive Certificates are
issued,  it  is  anticipated  that   the  only  "Certificateholder"  of   the
Certificates will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners will
not be Certificateholders as that term  is used in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     On each  Distribution Date,  collections on the  Mortgage Loans  will be
applied in the following order of priority:

          (i)  to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

          (ii) as  payment  for  the accrued  interest  due  and any  overdue
     accrued interest  on the respective  Security Principal  Balance of  the
     Notes and the Certificates;

          (iii)     as principal on  the Securities, the excess  of Principal
     Collections  over  Additional  Balances  created  during  the  preceding
     Collection Period,  such amount  to be allocated  between the  Notes and
     Certificates  pro rata,  based on  their  respective Security  Principal
     Balances;

          (iv) as principal on the Securities, as payment for any Liquidation
     Loss Amounts on the Mortgage Loans;

          (v)  as payment for  the premium for the  (Letter of Credit)(Surety
     Bond);

          (vi) to reimburse prior draws made on the (Letter of Credit)(Surety
     Bond); and

          (vii)     any remaining amounts to the Depositor.

     As to  any Distribution  Date, the "Collection  Period" is  the calendar
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     "Liquidation  Loss Amount" means with respect to any Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, the unrecovered  Principal Balance thereof at the end of the Collection
Period in  which such Mortgage Loan  became a Liquidated Mortgage  Loan after
giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith.

INTEREST

     Note  Rate.   Interest  will  accrue on  the  unpaid Security  Principal
Balance of  the Notes at the per annum rate  (the "Note Rate")  equal  to __% 
per annum from the Closing Date to the first Distribution Date and thereafter 
interest  will  accrue  on  the  Notes  from  and  including  the   preceding 
Distribution  Date to but excluding  such current Distribution Date (each, an 
"Interest Accrual Period") at  (a floating rate  equal to LIBOR  (as  defined 
herein)  plus __%) (__%).   (Interest will be  calculated on the basis of the 
actual number of days in each Interest Accrual Period by  360.)  A failure to 
pay interest  on any Notes on any Distribution  Date that continues for  five  
days constitutes an Event of Default under the Indenture.

     Pass-Through  Rate.    Interest  will  accrue  on  the  unpaid  Security
Principal  Balance  of  the  Certificates  at  the   per   annum   rate  (the 
"Pass-Through  Rate")  equal  to  __% per annum from  the Closing Date to the 
first  Distribution   Date   and  thereafter  interest  will  accrue  on  the  
Certificates for  each  Interest  Accrual Period at (a floating rate equal to 
LIBOR (as defined  herein) plus __%) (__%).   (Interest will be calculated on  
the basis of the actual number  of  days  in  each  Interest  Accrual  Period  
divided by 360.)  A  failure  to  pay  interest  on  any  Certificates on any 
Distribution  Date  that  continues  for  five  days  constitutes an Event of 
Default under the Trust Agreement.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     The Trust will terminate on  the Distribution Date following the earlier
of  (i)  _________________________  and  (ii)  the  final  payment  or  other
liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust.  The  Mortgage Loans will
be subject  to optional repurchase  by the Servicer on  any Distribution Date
after the Principal  Balance is reduced  to an amount less  than or equal  to
$        ((5)% of the initial Principal  Balance).  The repurchase price will
be equal to  the sum  of the  outstanding Principal Balance  and accrued  and
unpaid interest thereon at the weighted average of the Loan Rates through the
day preceding the final Distribution Date.


                                THE DEPOSITOR

     Financial  Asset  Securities   Corp.,  the  Depositor,  is   a  Delaware
corporation organized on August 2, 1995 for the limited purpose of acquiring,
owning and  transferring Mortgage  Assets  and selling  interests therein  or
bonds secured  thereby.  It is an indirect limited purpose finance subsidiary
of National  Westminster Plc and  an affiliate of Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc.  Greenwich  Capital Markets, Inc. is a registered  broker dealer engaged
in the  United  States  government  securities and  related  capital  markets
business.   The  Depositor maintains  its principal  office at  600 Steamboat
Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.  Its telephone number is (203) 625-2700.


                                THE INDENTURE

     The following  summary describes  certain terms of  the Indenture.   The
summary does not purport  to be complete and is subject  to, and qualified in
its entirety  by reference  to, the  provisions of  the Indenture.   Whenever
particular sections or  defined terms of the Indenture are  referred to, such
sections or defined terms are thereby incorporated herein  by reference.  See
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES"  herein for a summary of  certain additional terms
of the Indenture.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

     The Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder, at such Noteholder's
request,  at its  address listed  on the  Note  Register maintained  with the
Indenture  Trustee a  report setting  forth certain  amounts relating  to the
Notes.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     With respect to  the Notes, "Events of Default" under the Indenture will
consist  of: (i)  a default  for  five days  or more  in the  payment  of any
interest on  any Note; (ii) a default  in the payment of the  principal of or
any  installment of the principal of  any Note when the  same becomes due and
payable; (iii) a default in the observance  or performance of any covenant or
agreement of the Trust made in the Indenture and the continuation of any such
default for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Trust by
the  Indenture  Trustee or  to the  Trust  and the  Indenture Trustee  by the
holders of at  least 25% in principal  amount of the Notes  then outstanding;
(iv)  any representation or warranty made by the Trust in the Indenture or in
any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith  having
been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and such breach not
having been cured within 30 days  after notice thereof is given to the  Trust
by the Indenture  Trustee or to  the Trust and the  Indenture Trustee by  the
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding; or (v)
certain  events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the
Trust.  (The amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders under the
Indenture  will generally be limited to amounts  available to be deposited in
the Collection Account.  Therefore, the failure to pay principal on the Notes
generally will not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default  until the
final  scheduled Distribution Date for such Notes.)   If there is an Event of
Default with respect to a Note due to late  payment or nonpayment of interest
due on a Note, additional interest will accrue on such unpaid interest at the
interest rate on the Note (to the extent lawful) until such interest is paid.
Such  additional interest on  unpaid interest shall  be due at  the time such
interest is paid.   If there  is an Event of  Default due to late  payment or
nonpayment of principal on a Note,  interest will continue to accrue on  such
principal at the interest  rate on the Note until such principal is paid.  If
an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes,
the Indenture Trustee or holders of  a majority in principal amount of  Notes
then  outstanding may declare  the principal of such  Notes to be immediately
due  and payable.   Such  declaration  may, under  certain circumstances,  be
rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the  Notes then
outstanding.  If the  Notes are due and payable following an Event of Default
with  respect thereto,  the Indenture  Trustee may  institute  proceedings to
collect amounts due  or foreclose on Trust property or exercise remedies as a
secured party.  If an Event of  Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the Notes, the  Indenture Trustee will be under no  obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers  under the Indenture at the request or  direction
of any  of the  holders of  the Notes,  if the  Indenture Trustee  reasonably
believes it  will not be  adequately indemnified against the  costs, expenses
and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request.
Subject  to  the  provisions  for  indemnification  and  certain  limitations
contained in the Indenture, the holders of  a majority in principal amount of
the  outstanding Notes  will have the  right to  direct the time,  method and
place of conducting  any proceeding or any remedy available  to the Indenture
Trustee, and the holders  of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may,  in certain cases,  waive any default with  respect thereto,
except  a default in  the payment  of principal or  interest or  a default in
respect of a covenant  or provision of the Indenture that  cannot be modified
without the waiver  or consent of all  the holders of the  outstanding Notes.
No holder of  a Note will  have the  right to institute  any proceeding  with
respect  to the Indenture,  unless (i) such  holder previously  has given the
Indenture Trustee  written notice of a continuing  Event of Default, (ii) the
holders  of not less  than 25% in  principal amount of  the outstanding Notes
have  made  written  request  to  the Indenture  Trustee  to  institute  such
proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders
have offered the Indenture Trustee  reasonable indemnity, (iv) the  Indenture
Trustee  has  for 60  days failed  to  institute such  proceeding and  (v) no
direction  inconsistent with  such  written  request has  been  given to  the
Indenture Trustee during  the 60-day period by  the holders of a  majority in
principal amount of  the Notes.  In  addition, the Indenture Trustee  and the
Noteholders, by accepting  the Notes, will covenant that they will not at any
time  institute against  the Trust  any  bankruptcy, reorganization  or other
proceeding  under  any federal  or  state bankruptcy  or  similar law.   With
respect to the  Trust, neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in
its  individual capacity,  nor any  holder of  a Certificate  representing an
ownership  interest  in  the  Trust  nor  any  of  their  respective  owners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors
or assigns will, in the absence of  an express agreement to the contrary,  be
personally liable for  the payment  of the  principal of or  interest on  the
Notes or for the agreements of the Trust contained in the Indenture. 

CERTAIN COVENANTS

     The Indenture will  provide that the  Trust may not consolidate  with or
merge into any  other entity, unless  (i) the entity  formed by or  surviving
such  consolidation or  merger is  organized  under the  laws  of the  United
States, any  state or the  District of  Columbia, (ii) such  entity expressly
assumes the Trust's  obligation to make  due and  punctual payments upon  the
Notes and the  performance or observance of any agreement and covenant of the
Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have  occurred and
be continuing immediately after such  merger or consolidation, (iv) the Trust
has been  advised that the ratings of the Securities then in effect would not
be  reduced or withdrawn by any  Rating Agency as a  result of such merger or
consolidation and (v)  the Trust has  received an opinion  of counsel to  the
effect that  such consolidation or merger would  have no material adverse tax
consequence  to the  Trust or  to any Noteholder  or Certificateholder.   The
Trust will not, among other things, (i)  except as expressly permitted by the
Indenture, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of the  Trust, (ii)  claim  any credit  on or  make  any deduction  from  the
principal and  interest payable in  respect of the Notes  (other than amounts
withheld under the  Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against
any present or former holder of Notes because of the payment of taxes  levied
or assessed upon the Trust,  (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part,
(iv) permit the  validity or effectiveness of the Indenture to be impaired or
permit any  person  to be  released from  any covenants  or obligations  with
respect to the Notes under the Indenture except as may be expressly permitted
thereby  or (v)  permit any  lien, charge  excise, claim,  security interest,
mortgage or  other encumbrance  to be created  on or  extend to  or otherwise
arise upon  or burden  the assets of  the Trust or  any part thereof,  or any
interest  therein or the proceeds  thereof.  The Trust may  not engage in any
activity other than  as specified under "The  Trust" herein.  The  Trust will
not  incur,  assume or  guarantee  any indebtedness  other  than indebtedness
incurred pursuant to the Notes and the Indenture.

ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

     The Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee a
written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.

INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT

     The  Indenture  Trustee will  be  required  to  mail each  year  to  all
Noteholders  a  report  relating  to   any  change  in  its  eligibility  and
qualification  to continue  as  Indenture Trustee  under  the Indenture,  any
amounts advanced  by it under  the Indenture,  the amount, interest  rate and
maturity date of any indebtedness owing by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee
in its  individual capacity, any change in  the property and funds physically
held  by  the Indenture  Trustee as  such  and any  action taken  by  it that
materially affects the Notes and that  has not been previously reported,  but
if no such changes have occurred, then no report shall be required.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing
the Notes upon the delivery to the  Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all
the  Notes or,  with certain  limitations,  upon deposit  with the  Indenture
Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

     With the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding,  the Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee may execute  a
supplemental  indenture  to  add  provisions  to, change  in  any  manner  or
eliminate any  provisions of,  the Indenture, or  modify (except  as provided
below) in any manner  the rights of the Noteholders.   Without the consent of
the   holder  of  each   outstanding  Note  affected   thereby,  however,  no
supplemental indenture  will: (i) change the  due date of any  installment of
principal of or  interest on any Note or reduce the principal amount thereof,
the  interest rate  specified thereon  or the  redemption price  with respect
thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which
any  Note or  any  interest thereon  is  payable; (ii)  impair  the right  to
institute suit  for the  enforcement of certain  provisions of  the Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the
outstanding Notes, the  consent of the holders  of which is required  for any
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any  waiver of  compliance with  certain provisions  of  the Indenture  or of
certain defaults  thereunder and  their consequences as  provided for  in the
Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the
voting of Notes held by  the Trust, the Depositor or  an affiliate of any  of
them; (v) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount  of Notes
required  to amend the sections of the Indenture which specify the applicable
percentage of aggregate  principal amount of the Notes necessary to amend the
Indenture or certain other related agreements; or (vi) permit the creation of
any lien ranking prior to or on a  parity with the lien of the Indenture with
respect  to  any of  the collateral  for  the Notes  or, except  as otherwise
permitted  or  contemplated in  the  Indenture,  terminate  the lien  of  the
Indenture on  any such collateral  or deprive the  holder of any  Note of the
security afforded by the lien  of the Indenture.  The Trust and the Indenture
Trustee may  also enter into  supplemental indentures, without  obtaining the
consent  of the Noteholders,  for the purpose of,  among other things, adding
any  provisions  to or  changing  in any  manner  or eliminating  any  of the
provisions of  the Indenture or of modifying in any  manner the rights of the
Noteholders;  provided that  such action  will  not materially  and adversely
affect the interest of any Noteholder.

VOTING RIGHTS

     At all  times, the voting rights of Noteholders under the Indenture will
be allocated among the  Notes pro rata in  accordance with their  outstanding
principal balances.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

     Neither the Depositor,  the Indenture Trustee nor  any director, officer
or employee  of the  Depositor or  the Indenture  Trustee will  be under  any
liability to the Trust or the related Noteholders for any action taken or for
refraining from  the  taking of  any action  in good  faith  pursuant to  the
Indenture or  for errors  in judgment; provided,  however, that  none of  the
Indenture  Trustee,  the  Depositor and  any  director,  officer or  employee
thereof  will be  protected against  any liability  which would  otherwise be
imposed by  reason of  willful malfeasance,  bad faith  or negligence  in the
performance of duties or by  reason of reckless disregard of obligations  and
duties under the  Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Indenture Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent
of the Indenture Trustee shall be indemnified  by the Trust and held harmless
against  any  loss,   liability  or  expense  incurred   in  connection  with
investigating, preparing to defend or  defending any legal action,  commenced
or threatened,  relating to the  Indenture other than any  loss, liability or
expense  incurred  by reason  of  willful  malfeasance,  bad faith  or  gross
negligence in the performance of its duties under such Indenture or by reason
of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Indenture.  Any
such indemnification by the Trust will reduce the amount distributable to the
Noteholders.   All persons into which the Indenture  Trustee may be merged or
with which it may be consolidated or any person resulting from such merger or
consolidation  shall be  the successor  of the  Indenture Trustee  under each
Indenture.


                             THE TRUST AGREEMENT

     The following  summary describes certain  terms of the  Trust Agreement.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to,  and qualified
in  its entirety  by reference  to, the  provisions of  the Trust  Agreement.
Whenever  particular sections  or defined  terms of  the Trust  Agreement are
referred to, such  sections or defined terms are  thereby incorporated herein
by reference.   See "DESCRIPTION OF THE  SECURITIES" herein for a  summary of
certain additional terms of the Trust Agreement.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

     Concurrently  with each distribution to the Holders of the Certificates,
the Servicer will forward to the Owner  Trustee for mailing to such Holder  a
statement setting forth other items:

            (i)  the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;

           (ii)  the amount, if any, of overdue  accrued interest included in
     such distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (iii)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  remaining  overdue  accrued
     interest after giving effect to such distribution;

           (iv)  the   amount,  if  any,   of  principal  included   in  such
     distribution;

            (v)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  reimbursement  of  previous
     Liquidation Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

           (vi)  the  amount,   if  any,   of   the  aggregate   unreimbursed
     Liquidation Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vii)  the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

         (viii)  the Pool Balance  as of the end of  the preceding Collection
     Period;

           (ix)  the  number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans  as to which the  minimum monthly payment  is delinquent for 30-59
     days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period; and

            (x)  the  book value of any real  estate which is acquired by the
     Trust through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) and
(v)  above, the amounts  shall be expressed  as a dollar  amount per Security
with a $1,000 denomination.

     Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer will be
required  to  forward  to  the  Owner  Trustee  a  statement  containing  the
information set forth  in clauses (iii) and (viii) above  aggregated for such
calendar year.  

AMENDMENT

     The  Trust  Agreement may  be amended  by  the Depositor  and  the Owner
Trustee, without consent of the Holders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or
supplement any provision  or for the purpose  of adding any provisions  to or
changing in any  manner or eliminating  any of the  provisions thereof or  of
modifying in any manner  the rights of such Holders;  provided, however, that
such action  will not, as evidenced by an  opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the Owner Trustee, adversely affect in  any material respect the interests of
any  Holders.  The Trust  Agreement may also be  amended by the Depositor and
the Owner Trustee with the consent of the holders  of Certificates evidencing
at least a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Certificates  and
Holders owning Voting Interests (as herein defined) aggregating not less than
a majority of  the aggregate Voting Interests  for the purpose of  adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner  or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Trust Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders.

INSOLVENCY EVENT

     "Insolvency  Event"  means, with  respect  to  any  Person, any  of  the
following events or  actions; certain events  of insolvency, readjustment  of
debt,  marshalling of  assets  and liabilities  or  similar proceedings  with
respect to  such Person  and certain actions  by such  Person indicating  its
insolvency, reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to
pay its obligations.   Upon termination of the Trust, the Owner Trustee shall
direct the Indenture Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the  Trust (other
than  the Collection  Account) in  a  commercially reasonable  manner and  on
commercially reasonable terms.  The  proceeds from any such sale, disposition
or liquidation of  the Mortgage Loans will  be treated as collections  on the
Mortgage Loans and  deposited in the Collection Account.  The Trust Agreement
will provide  that the Owner  Trustee does not have  the power to  commence a
voluntary  proceeding in  bankruptcy with  respect to  the Trust  without the
unanimous  prior approval  of all  Holders (including  the Depositor)  of the
Trust and  the delivery to  the Owner Trustee  by each Holder  (including the
Depositor)  of a certificate  certifying that the  Holder reasonably believes
that the Trust is insolvent.

LIABILITY OF THE DEPOSITOR

     Under  the  Trust Agreement,  the  Depositor  will  agree to  be  liable
directly  to an injured  party for the  entire amount of  any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Holder
in the capacity of an  investor with respect to the Trust) arising  out of or
based on the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement.

VOTING INTERESTS

     As  of any  date, the  aggregate principal  balance of  all Certificates
outstanding will  constitute the voting  interest of the Issuer  (the "Voting
Interests"),  except  that,  for purposes  of  determining  Voting Interests,
Certificates owned by the Issuer or its affiliates (other than the Depositor)
will be  disregarded and deemed  not to be  outstanding, and except  that, in
determining whether the  Owner Trustee is protected in relying  upon any such
request,  demand, authorization, direction,  notice, consent or  waiver, only
Certificates that  the  Owner  Trustee  knows  to be  so  owned  will  be  so
disregarded.  Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good  faith may
be regarded  as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of
the  Owner  Trustee  the pledgor's  right  so  to act  with  respect  to such
Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or its affiliates.


CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

     Neither the  Depositor, the Owner  Trustee nor any director,  officer or
employee of the Depositor or the Owner Trustee will be under any liability to
the Trust or the related Holders for any action taken  or for refraining from
the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement or for
errors in  judgment; provided, however,  that none of the  Owner Trustee, the
Depositor and  any director,  officer or employee  thereof will  be protected
against any liability which would  otherwise be imposed by reason  of willful
malfeasance,  bad faith  or negligence  in the  performance of  duties  or by
reason  of reckless  disregard  of  obligations and  duties  under the  Trust
Agreement.  Subject to certain limitations set forth  in the Trust Agreement,
the Owner Trustee and  any director, officer, employee or agent  of the Owner
Trustee shall be indemnified by the Trust and held harmless against any loss,
liability or expense incurred in connection with  investigating, preparing to
defend or  defending any legal  action, commenced or threatened,  relating to
the Trust Agreement  other than any  loss, liability  or expense incurred  by
reason  of  willful  malfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  in  the
performance of its duties under such Trust Agreement or by reason of reckless
disregard of its  obligations and duties under the Trust Agreement.  Any such
indemnification  by the  Trust will  reduce the  amount distributable  to the
Holders.   All persons  into which the  Owner Trustee  may be merged  or with
which  it may  be consolidated or  any person  resulting from such  merger or
consolidation shall be  the successor of  the Owner Trustee under  each Trust
Agreement.


                           ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     The _________________, in its capacity as Administrator, will enter into
the Administration Agreement with the Trust and the Owner Trustee pursuant to
which  the  Administrator  will  agree,   to  the  extent  provided  in  such
Administration Agreement, to provide notices and perform other administrative
obligations required by the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.


                            THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     (   ) is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  The mailing address
of the Indenture Trustee is (   ), Attention: Corporate Trust Department.


                              THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     (   ) is  the  Owner Trustee  under the  Trust Agreement.   The  mailing
address  of  the  Owner   Trustee  is  (    ),  Attention:   Corporate  Trust
Administration.


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be  applied by the
Depositor towards the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans. 


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     On  January  27,   1994,  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  issued  final
regulations ("final  OID regulations")  relating to  original issue  discount
("OID").   The discussion  under "Certain  Federal Income  Tax Consequences--
Taxation of Debt  Securities" in the Prospectus  applies with respect to  the
final OID regulations.

     Prospective   purchasers   should  see   "CERTAIN  FEDERAL   INCOME  TAX
CONSEQUENCES"  in the  Prospectus  for  a discussion  of  the application  of
certain  federal  income and  state  tax  laws  to  the Trust  Fund  and  the
Securities.


                            STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in "Certain
Federal  Income Tax Consequences" herein, potential investors should consider
the  state  income  tax  consequences  of  the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition of the Securities  offered hereunder.   State income tax law  may
differ  substantially  from  the  corresponding federal  tax  law,  and  this
discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of  the income tax laws of
any  state.   Therefore, potential  investors  should consult  their own  tax
advisors with respect to the  various tax consequences of investments in  the
Securities offered hereunder.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

     The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA")  and  Section 4975  of  the  Code  impose certain  restrictions  on
employee benefit plans  subject to ERISA or plans or  arrangements subject to
Section 4975 of the Code ("Plans") and on persons who are parties in interest
or disqualified persons  ("parties in interest") with respect  to such Plans.
Certain employee benefit  plans, such as governmental plans  and church plans
(if  no election  has been made  under section  410(d) of the  Code), are not
subject to  the  restrictions of  ERISA,  and assets  of  such plans  may  be
invested  in  the  Securities  without  regard to  the  ERISA  considerations
described below, subject to other applicable federal and state law.  However,
any such governmental or church plan which is qualified under section  401(a)
of the  Code and exempt  from taxation  under section 501(a)  of the Code  is
subject to the prohibited transaction rules  set forth in section 503 of  the
Code.   Any Plan fiduciary which  proposes to cause a  Plan to acquire any of
the Securities should consult with its counsel with  respect to the potential
consequences  under  ERISA, and  the  Code,  of  the Plan's  acquisition  and
ownership of the  Securities.  See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS"  in the Prospectus.
Investments  by  Plans  are   also  subject  to  ERISA's   general  fiduciary
requirements,  including   the   requirement  of   investment  prudence   and
diversification  and the  requirement that  a Plan's  investments be  made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan. 

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

GENERAL

     Section 406 of  ERISA prohibits parties  in interest with  respect to  a
Plan from engaging in certain transactions (including loans) involving a Plan
and its assets  unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to the
transaction.  Section 4975  of the Code imposes certain excise  taxes (or, in
some cases,  a civil penalty  may be assessed  pursuant to section  502(i) of
ERISA)  on  parties  in  interest  which  engage   in  non-exempt  prohibited
transactions.

PLAN ASSET REGULATION

     The  United  States  Department  of  Labor  ("Labor")  has issued  final
regulations concerning  the definition  of what constitutes  the assets  of a
Plan for purposes of  ERISA and the prohibited transaction  provisions of the
Code (the "Plan  Asset Regulation").  The Plan Asset Regulation describes the
circumstances  under which the  assets of an  entity in which  a Plan invests
will be considered  to be "plan  assets" such that  any person who  exercises
control over  such assets  would be subject  to ERISA's  fiduciary standards.
Under  the Plan Asset  Regulation, generally when  a Plan invests  in another
entity,  the  Plan's  assets  do  not  include,  solely  by  reason  of  such
investment, any of  the underlying assets of  the entity.  However,  the Plan
Asset Regulation provides that, if a Plan acquires an "equity interest" in an
entity that is neither a "publicly-offered security" (as defined therein) nor
a security  issued by an  investment company registered under  the Investment
Company Act  of 1940, the assets of  the entity will be treated  as assets of
the   Plan   investor    unless   certain   exceptions   apply.      If   the
(Notes/Certificates) were  deemed to  be equity  interests and  no statutory,
regulatory or administrative exemption applies, the Trust could be considered
to hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in the Notes.  Such plan
assets would include an undivided interest  in any assets held by the  Trust.
In such  an event, the Trustee and other  persons, in providing services with
respect to the  Trust's assets, may  be parties in  interest with respect  to
such Plans, subject to the fiduciary  responsibility provisions of Title I of
ERISA,  including the  prohibited transaction  provisions  of Section  406 of
ERISA, and Section  4975 of the  Code with respect to  transactions involving
the Trust's  assets.   (Under the  Plan  Asset Regulation,  the term  "equity
interest" is defined  as any interest in  an entity other than  an instrument
that is treated as indebtedness under "applicable local law" and which has no
"substantial equity  features." Although the Plan Assets Regulation is silent
with respect to the question of which law constitutes  "applicable local law"
for this purpose,  Labor has stated that these  determinations should be made
under the state  law governing interpretation of the  instrument in question.
In the preamble  to the Plan Assets  Regulation, Labor declined to  provide a
precise definition of what features  are equity features or the circumstances
under which such features would  be considered "substantial," noting that the
question of  whether a plan's interest has  substantial equity features is an
inherently  factual one,  but  that in  making  a determination  it  would be
appropriate to take  into account whether the equity features are such that a
Plan's investment would be a practical  vehicle for the indirect provision of
investment management services.  Brown  & Wood ("ERISA Counsel") has rendered
its  opinion  that the  Notes  will  be  classified as  indebtedness  without
substantial equity features  for ERISA purposes.  ERISA  Counsel's opinion is
based upon  the terms of the Notes, the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Notes
will be classified as  debt instruments for federal  income tax purposes  and
the ratings which have  been assigned to the Notes.   However, if contrary to
ERISA Counsel's opinion  the Notes are deemed  to be equity interests  in the
Trust and no statutory,  regulatory or administrative exemption applies,  the
Trust  could  be considered  to  hold  plan  assets  by reason  of  a  Plan's
investment in the Notes.)

THE UNDERWRITER'S EXEMPTION

     Labor has granted to Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. (the "Underwriter")
an  administrative  exemption (Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 90-59  (the
"Exemption"))   which  exempts  from   the  application  of   the  prohibited
transaction rules of  ERISA and the related excise tax  provisions of Section
4975  of the Code  transactions relating  to: (i)  the acquisition,  sale and
holding  by  Plans  of certificates  representing  an  undivided interest  in
certain   asset  backed  pass-through  trusts  with   respect  to  which  the
Underwriter or  any of its affiliates is the  sole underwriter or the manager
or  co-manager  of  the  underwriting  syndicate;  and  (ii)  the  servicing,
operation and management  of such asset backed  pass-through trusts, provided
that the  general conditions and  certain other conditions  set forth  in the
Exemption  are satisfied.    The  Exemption will  apply  to the  acquisition,
holding  and resale  of  the  (Notes/Certificates) by  a  Plan provided  that
certain conditions (some of which are described below) are met.

     Among the conditions that must  be satisfied for the Exemption to  apply
are the following:

          (1)  the acquisition  of the (Notes/Certificates)  by a Plan  is on
     terms  (including the price  for the  (Notes/Certificates)) that  are at
     least  as favorable  to the  Plan as  they would  be in an  arm's length
     transaction with an unrelated party;

          (2)  the rights and interest evidenced  by the (Notes/Certificates)
     acquired by the Plan  are not subordinated to  the rights and  interests
     evidenced by other (Notes/Certificates) of the trust;

          (3)  the  (Notes/Certificates) acquired by the Plan have received a
     rating at the time of  such acquisition that is one of the three highest
     generic rating  categories from  either Standard  & Poor's  Corporation,
     Moody's Investors  Service, Inc, Duff  & Phelps Inc. or  Fitch Investors
     Service, Inc.;

          (4)  the trustee must  not be an affiliate of  the Underwriter, the
     Trustee, any Servicer, any  obligor with respect to  assets held in  the
     Trust  Fund  constituting  more  than  five  percent  of  the  aggregate
     unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust;

          (5)  the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
     Underwriters   in   connection    with   the    distribution   of    the
     (Notes/Certificates) represents  not more  than reasonable  compensation
     for underwriting  the (Notes/Certificates); the sum of all payments made
     to and  retain by the Issuer pursuant to  the assignment of the Mortgage
     Loans to the Trust  Fund represents not more than the  fair market value
     of such Mortgage Loans; the sum of  all payments made to and retained by
     the servicer represents  not more than reasonable compensation  for such
     person's   services  under  a   pooling  and  servicing   agreement  and
     reimbursements  of  such  person's  reasonable  expenses  in  connection
     therewith; and

          (6)  the  Plan   investing  in  the   (Notes/Certificates)  is   an
     "accredited investor"  as defined in  Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation  D of
     the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

     The  Underwriter  believes   that  the  Exemption  will  apply   to  the
acquisition and  holding of  the (Notes/Certificates) by  Plans and  that all
conditions  of  the Exemption  other than  those  within the  control  of the
investors will be met.

REVIEW BY PLAN FIDUCIARIES

     Any    Plan   fiduciary    considering   whether    to    purchase   any
(Notes/Certificates)  on behalf  of a  Plan should  consult with  its counsel
regarding  the applicability of  the fiduciary responsibility  and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Among other
things, before  purchasing any  (Notes/Certificates), a  fiduciary of  a Plan
should make its own determination as to whether the Trust, as obligor on  the
(Notes/Certificates), is a party  in interest with respect  to the Plan,  the
availability of the  exemptive relief provided in the  Plan Asset Regulations
and   the  availability  of  any  other  prohibited  transaction  exemptions.
Purchasers  should analyze  whether  the  decision may  have  an impact  with
respect to purchases of the (Notes/Certificates).


                       LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     The appropriate characterization  of the Securities under  various legal
investment restrictions, and  thus the ability of investors  subject to these
restrictions   to  purchase  Securities,   may  be  subject   to  significant
interpretive  uncertainties.   All investors  whose  investment authority  is
subject  to legal  restrictions should  consult their  own legal  advisors to
determine whether, and  to what extent, the Securities  will constitute legal
investments for them.  The Depositor makes no representation as to the proper
characterization   of  the  Securities  for  legal  investment  or  financial
institution regulatory purposes, or as to the ability of particular investors
to purchase  Securities under applicable legal investment  restrictions.  The
uncertainties  described above  (and  any  unfavorable future  determinations
concerning   legal    investment   or   financial    institution   regulatory
characteristics of the Securities) may  adversely affect the liquidity of the
Securities.


                                 UNDERWRITING


     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement, the  Depositor has  agreed to sell  to Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc. (the "Underwriter"), and the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the
Depositor, the Securities.  The Underwriter is  obligated to purchase all the
Securities  offered  hereby  if  any  are purchased.    Distribution  of  the
Securities will be  made by the Underwriter  from time to time  in negotiated
transactions or  otherwise at varying prices to be  determined at the time of
sale.  Proceeds to  the Depositor are expected  to be $________________  from
the sale  of the Notes  and $___________ from  the sale of  the Certificates,
before  deducting  expenses payable  by  the  Depositor  of $_________.    In
connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities, the  Underwriter may
be deemed  to have received  compensation from the  Depositor in the  form of
underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions.  

     The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the Depositor  will indemnify
the  Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities  Act  of 1933,  or  contribute  payments  the Underwriter  may  be
required to make  in respect thereof.   The Depositor is an  affiliate of the
Underwriter.  The Underwriter is an affiliate of the Depositor.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the Securities will be passed upon
for  the  Depositor by  Brown &  Wood LLP,  New York,  New  York and  for the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition to issuance that  each Class of the Notes be rated  be
rated not lower than "_________" by (         ) and _______ by (    ).  It is
a  condition to  issuance that the  Certificates be  rated at least  "___" by
(     ) and "___" by (   ).   A securities rating addresses the likelihood of
the receipt by  Certificateholders and  Noteholders of  distributions on  the
Mortgage Loans.   The rating  takes into consideration the  structural, legal
and tax  aspects associated with the Certificates and  Notes.  The ratings on
the  Securities  do   not,  however,  constitute  statements   regarding  the
possibility that Certificateholders or Noteholders might realize a lower than
anticipated yield.  A securities rating is not a recommendation to  buy, sell
or hold  securities and may be subject to  revision or withdrawal at any time
by  the assigning  rating organization.    Each securities  rating should  be
evaluated independently of similar ratings on different securities.

     The ratings  assigned by  Duff &  Phelps  Credit Rating  Co. ("D&P")  to
securities address  the likelihood  of the  receipt by  the  holders of  such
securities  of  all  distributions  to  which they  are  entitled  under  the
transaction structure.   D&P's ratings reflect its analysis  of the riskiness
of the mortgages and its analysis of  the structure of the transaction as set
forth in the operative documents.  D&P's ratings do not address the effect on
yield  on the  securities attributable  to prepayments  or recoveries  on the
underlying assets.

     The  ratings assigned  by  Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P. ("Fitch")  to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions  on the
assets  by the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to
which such  securities are issued.   Fitch's ratings take  into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such securities,  and
the extent to which the  payment stream on the pool  is adequate to make  the
payments required by such  securities.  Fitch  ratings on such securities  do
not, however, constitute  a statement regarding  frequency of prepayments  of
the assets.

     The  ratings assigned by Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by holders of  securities of
all  distributions to which such holders of securities are entitled.  Moody's
ratings on securities  do not represent any  assessment of the  likelihood or
rate of  principal prepayments.  The  ratings do not address  the possibility
that holders  of securities might suffer a lower  than anticipated yield as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of  The  McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc.  ("Standard &  Poor's"),  to securities
address the likelihood of the receipt  of all distributions on the assets  by
the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such
securities are issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of  the related pool, including any  credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated  with such securities, and the extent
to  which  the payment  stream  on such  pool  is adequate  to  make payments
required by such securities.  Standard &  Poor's ratings on such certificates
do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on
the related  assets.  The letter  "r" attached to a Standard  & Poor's rating
highlights  derivative, hybrid  and  certain other  types of  securities that
Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence of an "r" symbol in
the rating of a class of securities should not be taken as an indication that
such securities will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>								      <C>
NO  DEALER,   SALESMAN  OR   OTHER   PERSON  HAS   BEEN
AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR  TO MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATION  NOT   CONTAINED   IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR  THE PROSPECTUS  AND, IF  GIVEN OR  MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE  RELIED
UPON AS  HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE DEPOSITOR OR THE
UNDERWRITER.    THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND   THE
PROSPECTUS  DO   NOT  CONSTITUTE   AN   OFFER  OF   ANY                      $__,___,___,___
SECURITIES OTHER  THAN THOSE TO WHICH THEY RELATE OR AN
OFFER TO  SELL, OR A  SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER  TO BUY,
TO  ANY PERSON IN ANY  JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER
OR  SOLICITATION  WOULD  BE  UNLAWFUL.     NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT  AND   THE
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL, UNDER
ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY  IMPLICATION THAT  THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY  TIME               HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.                                $______ (FIXED) (FLOATING) RATE
                                                                           ASSET BACKED NOTES
                                                                     $______ (FIXED) (FLOATING) RATE
                                                                       ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 PAGE  

                 PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Summary                                           S-3
Risk Factors                                      S-11
The Trust                                         S-12
The (Letter of Credit)(Surety Bond) Issuer        S-13
The Home Equity Lending Program                   S-13
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans                   S-15              FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
Description of the Mortgage Loans                 S-16                         (DEPOSITOR)
Description of the Servicing Agreement            S-18
Description of the Securities                     S-21
The Depositor                                     S-22
The Indenture                                     S-22                 ---------------------------
The Trust Agreement                               S-25
Administration Agreement                          S-27
The Indenture Trustee                             S-28
The Owner Trustee                                 S-28
Use of Proceeds                                   S-28
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences           S-28
State Tax Consequences                            S-28
ERISA Considerations                              S-28
Legal Investment Considerations                   S-30
Underwriting                                      S-31
Legal Matters                                     S-31
Ratings                                           S-31


                       PROSPECTUS                                         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Prospectus Supplement or Current 
Report on Form 8-K                                  2                          (      , 199 )
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference     2                  ---------------------------
Available Information                               2
Reports to Securityholders                          3
Summary of Terms                                    4
Risk Factors                                       12                GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
The Trust Fund                                     17
Use of Proceeds                                    22
The Depositor                                      22
Loan Program                                       22
Description of the Securities                      24
Credit Enhancement                                 33
Yield and Prepayment Considerations                38
The Agreements                                     41
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans                 54
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations          66
State Tax Considerations                           85
ERISA Considerations                               85
Legal Investment                                   88
Method of Distribution                             89
Legal Matters                                      90
Financial Information                              90
Rating                                             90


</TABLE>

   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to buy  be  accepted prior  to  the time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.   This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation of an  offer to buy  nor shall there  by any  sale of these
securities in any  State in which such  offer, solicitation or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or  qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 17, 1997

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ___________, 1997)

         HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

                        ( __________________________ )
                           TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER

     The Home  Equity Loan  Asset Backed  Certificates, Series  199__-__ (the
"Certificates") will evidence in the aggregate the entire beneficial interest
in the Home Equity Loan Trust 199__-__ (the "Trust") to be formed pursuant to
a Pooling and Servicing Agreement  among Financial Asset Securities Corp., as
Depositor, (                             ), as Transferor and Servicer, and (
     
               -----------------------
                     ), as Trustee.   The property of the  Trust will include
(i) certain  home equity revolving  credit line loans (the  "Mortgage Loans")
secured by  (first or)(second)  (deeds of  trust) (mortgages)  on residential
properties that are primarily one- to four-family properties, the collections
in respect  of such Mortgage  Loans, and  certain other property  relating to
such Mortgage Loans(, including  the benefit of a (Letter of  Credit) (Surety
Bond)  as  described   more  fully  herein)  and  (ii)  certain  pass-through
certificates (the  "Private Securities")  representing fractional,  undivided
interests in  the Mortgage  Loans.   The Servicer will  service the  Mortgage
Loans, and the  Transferor will own the  undivided interest in the  Trust not
represented by the Certificates.

     All of the Mortgage Loans will be acquired by Financial Asset Securities
Corp. (the "Depositor") from (                   ).  The  aggregate undivided
interest in the Trust represented by the Certificates will initially be equal
to  $__________,   which  as  of   ______,  199_  (the  "Cut-Off   Date")  is
approximately  ___% of  the outstanding  Principal Balances  of the  Mortgage
Loans.

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made
on the ____ day of  each month or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the
succeeding   Business  Day   (each,   a   "Distribution  Date"),   commencing
_____________.  On each Distribution Date holders of the Certificates will be
entitled to receive, from and to the limited extent of funds available in the
Distribution  Account  (as  defined herein),  distributions  with  respect to
interest and principal  calculated as set forth herein.  The Certificates are
not guaranteed by the Depositor, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer or
any affiliate thereof.

     There is  currently no  market for the  Certificates offered  hereby and
there can be  no assurance  that such  a market will  develop or  if it  does
develop that it will continue.  See "RISK FACTORS" herein.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN  INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS"  ON PAGE S-10 AND IN THE
PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.
                                                 
                                     ----------------

THE  CERTIFICATES DO  NOT  REPRESENT  AN INTEREST  IN  OR OBLIGATION  OF  THE
DEPOSITOR,  THE  SERVICER,  THE  TRANSFEROR,  THE TRUSTEE  OR  ANY  OF  THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, EXCEPT AS SET  FORTH HEREIN.  NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES
NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE  INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY
OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR  HAS   THE
SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY   OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE
PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                    <C>		      <C>               <C>	
                                                        Price to              Underwriting         Proceeds to
                                                       Public(1)              Discount(2)       the Depositor(3)
Per Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

</TABLE>
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from _____________________.
(2) The  Depositor has  agreed to indemnify  the Underwriter  against certain
liabilities,  including liabilities  under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  as
amended.
(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $___________.
                                                  
                                    ------------------

The  Certificates  are offered  subject  to  receipt  and acceptance  by  the
Underwriter, to prior sale and to the Underwriter's right to reject any order
in  whole or  in part and  to withdraw,  cancel or  modify the  offer without
notice.   It is expected  that delivery of  the Certificates will  be made in
book-entry form  through  the facilities  of The  Depository Trust  Company,(
Cedel  Bank,  soci t   anonyme,  and   the  Euroclear  System)  on  or  about
____________, 199__.   The Certificates will be  offered in (Europe) and  the
United States of America.
                                                  
                                    -----------------

                              GREENWICH CAPITAL
                                MARKETS, INC.

____________, 1996
                                                          
                            ------------------------------

THE  CERTIFICATES WILL  CONSTITUTE  A SEPARATE  SERIES OF  CERTIFICATES BEING
OFFERED BY THE DEPOSITOR PURSUANT TO ITS PROSPECTUS DATED (_________, 199__),
OF WHICH  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT IS  A PART AND  WHICH ACCOMPANIES  THIS
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.    THE   PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  IMPORTANT  INFORMATION
REGARDING  THIS  OFFERING  WHICH  IS NOT  CONTAINED  HEREIN,  AND PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ THE PROSPECTUS AND  THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IN
FULL.


                                   SUMMARY 

The  following summary  is  qualified in  its  entirety by  reference to  the
detailed  information appearing  elsewhere  herein  and  in  the  Prospectus.
Certain capitalized  terms used in the  Summary are defined  elsewhere in the
Prospectus Supplement or in  the Prospectus.  Reference is made  to the Index
of Defined Terms herein and the Index of Defined Terms  in the Prospectus for
the definitions of certain capitalized terms.

Trust                    Home Equity  Loan Trust 199__-__  (the "Trust") will
                         be  formed  pursuant  to  a  pooling  and  servicing
                         agreement  (the  "Agreement")  to  be  dated  as  of
                         _______, 199__ (the "Cut-Off Date") among  Financial
                         Asset   Securities   Corp.,    as   depositor   (the
                         "Depositor"),      (_______________________),     as
                         transferor and servicer (together with any successor
                         in such  capacity, the "Transferor"  and "Servicer",
                         respectively), and (___________________________), as
                         trustee  (the "Trustee").  The property of the Trust
                         will include:  a pool of (adjustable-) (fixed-) rate
                         home equity loan revolving credit line loans made or
                         to be  made in  the future  (the "Mortgage  Loans"),
                         under certain home equity revolving credit line loan
                         agreements  (the   "Credit  Line   Agreements")  and
                         secured   by   (first)(second)  (deeds   of   trust)
                         (mortgages)  on  residential   properties  that  are
                         primarily  one-   to  four-family   properties  (the
                         "Mortgaged Properties"); the  collections in respect
                         of the  Mortgage  Loans received  after the  Cut-Off
                         Date; property  that secured  a Mortgage  Loan which
                         has been acquired by foreclosure  or deed in lieu of
                         foreclosure;  (a surety bond  or letter  of credit);
                         certain  pass-through  certificates   (the  "Private
                         Securities")   representing  fractional,   undivided
                         interests in  Mortgage Loans;  an assignment  of the
                         Depositor's  rights  under the  Purchase  Agreement;
                         rights  under  certain   hazard  insurance  policies
                         covering the Mortgaged Properties; and certain other
                         property, as described more fully herein.

                         The Trust will include the unpaid principal  balance
                         of each Mortgage  Loan as of  the Cut-Off Date  (the
                         "Cut-Off Date Principal Balance") plus any additions
                         thereto as a result of new advances made pursuant to
                         the   applicable   Credit    Line   Agreement   (the
                         "Additional Balances") during the life of the Trust.
                         With respect to any date, the "Pool Balance" will be
                         equal  to the aggregate of the Principal Balances of
                         all Mortgage Loans as of such date.   The "Principal
                         Balance" of a Loan (other than a Liquidated Loan) on
                         any  day  is  equal to  its  Cut-Off  Date Principal
                         Balance, plus (i) any Additional Balances in respect
                         of  such Mortgage Loan,  minus (ii)  all collections
                         credited  against  the  Principal  Balance  of  such
                         Mortgage Loan in accordance with the related  Credit
                         Line Agreement  prior to  such day.   The  Principal
                         Balance   of  a  Liquidated  Loan  after  the  final
                         recovery of  related Liquidation  Proceeds shall  be
                         zero.


Securities Offered       The  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset-Backed  Certificates,
                         Series 199__-__ offered  hereby (the "Certificates")
                         represent  the right to receive payments of interest
                         at   the  (variable)   rate  described   below  (the
                         "Certificate Rate"),  payable monthly,  and payments
                         of principal with respect to the Mortgage Loans, the
                         Private  Securities  or, in  certain  circumstances,
                         draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) to the
                         extent provided  below.    The  aggregate  undivided
                         interest  (the  "Investor  Interest") in  the  Trust
                         represented by the  Certificates as  of the  Cut-Off
                         Date  will  equal  $__________  of  principal   (the
                         "Original  Principal  Balance"),   which  represents
                         approximately  ___%  of the  aggregate  Cut-Off Date
                         Principal Balance,  which will decline  as principal
                         is  paid   to  the  Certificateholders   during  the
                         Amortization  Period, except  as otherwise  provided
                         herein.    The Transferor  will  hold  the remaining
                         undivided  interest (the  "Transferor Interest")  in
                         the  Trust not represented by the Certificates.  The
                         Transferor as of any date shall be the holder of the
                         Transferor  Interest  which  initially will  be  the
                         Depositor.   The  Depositor  intends  to convey  the
                         Transferor  Interest to  (        ) on or  about the
                         Closing  Date.    The  Certificates will  be  issued
                         pursuant  to the Agreement.  The principal amount of
                         the   outstanding   Certificates   (the   "Principal
                         Balance")  on  any  date is  equal  to  the Original
                         Principal  Balance  minus the  aggregate  of amounts
                         actually   distributed    as   principal    to   the
                         Certificateholders.     See   "DESCRIPTION  OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES" herein.

The Mortgage Loans       The  Mortgage Loans  are secured  by (first)(second)
                         deeds of trust or mortgages on Mortgaged Properties.
                         The Mortgage Loans were originated by (  ) and on or
                         prior  to the Closing Date, the Transferor will sell
                         the  Mortgage Loans to  the Depositor pursuant  to a
                         purchase agreement (the "Purchase Agreement").   The
                         aggregate  Cut-Off  Date  Principal Balance  of  the
                         Mortgage Loans  is $___________  (the "Cut-Off  Date
                         Pool Balance").

                         The combined  loan-to-value ratio  of each  Mortgage
                         Loan, computed using the maximum amount the borrower
                         was  permitted to draw down under the related Credit
                         Line Agreement (the "Credit  Limit") and taking into
                         account the amounts  of any related  senior mortgage
                         loans (the  "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio")  did not
                         exceed  __% as  of the Cut-Off  Date.   The weighted
                         average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage
                         Loans was  ____% as of  the Cut-Off Date.   See "THE
                         HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM--Underwriting Procedures
                         Relating to the Mortgage Loans" herein.

                         Interest on each  Mortgage Loan  is payable  monthly
                         and  computed   on   the   related   average   daily
                         outstanding Principal Balance for each billing cycle
                         at a variable rate per annum (the "Loan Rate") equal
                         at any time  (subject to minimum and  maximum rates,
                         as described  herein under "THE HOME  EQUITY LENDING
                         PROGRAM--Mortgage Loan  Terms," and  further subject
                         to applicable usury  limitations) to the sum  of (i)
                         (the  prime rate  published  in  the  "Money  Rates"
                         section  of The Wall Street Journal generally on the
                         Monday of the  week in which such  Loan Rate adjusts
                         (or, if  no rate is  published on such day,  then on
                         the  next succeeding calendar  day on which  a prime
                         rate is  published), rounded to the nearest 1/8 of 1
                         percent) (    )  and (ii) a margin  generally within
                         the range of ___% to ___%.  The Loan Rate is subject
                         to  adjustment (         ).   With  respect to  each
                         Mortgage  Loan, a  "billing cycle"  is the  calendar
                         month preceding  a Due  Date.   Interest accrued  at
                         such rate will  be due on the Due  Date in the month
                         following  the close of  the billing cycle.   (As to
                         each Mortgage Loan, the Due  Date is the ____ day of
                         the  month.)   The Cut-Off  Date  Principal Balances
                         ranged from zero to $_______ and  averaged $_______.
                         Credit Limits  under the  Mortgage Loans  as of  the
                         Cut-Off ranged from approximately $_____ to  $______
                         and  averaged  $______.    Each  Mortgage  Loan  was
                         originated  in the period from _______ to _________,
                         and,  as of the  Cut-Off Date, the  weighted average
                         Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate (as  defined herein)
                         was  approximately ___%.  See "THE HOME EQUITY LEND-
                         ING PROGRAM" and "DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS"
                         herein.

                         During   the  term  of  the  Trust,  all  Additional
                         Balances  will  be  property  of  the  Trust.    The
                         aggregate  amount of the  loan balances at  any time
                         (the  "Pool Balance") will fluctuate from day to day
                         because the  amount of  draws by  borrowers and  the
                         amount of principal payments will usually differ  on
                         each   day.     Because   the  Transferor   Interest
                         represents the interest in the Trust not represented
                         by the Certificates,  the amount  of the  Transferor
                         Interest will fluctuate from day to day as draws are
                         made and principal is paid under the Mortgage Loans.

                         The  Loan Balance of  a Mortgage Loan  (other than a
                         Liquidated Mortgage Loan) on any day is equal to its
                         principal  balance on the Cut-Off Date, plus (i) any
                         Additional  Balances  in  respect of  such  Mortgage
                         Loan, minus  (ii) all  collections credited  against
                         the  principal  balance  of  such Mortgage  Loan  in
                         accordance with  the related Loan Agreement prior to
                         such day.

                         The  aggregate   undivided  interest  in   the  Loan
                         Balances in the Trust  evidenced by the Certificates
                         will  never exceed  the  Security Principal  Balance
                         regardless of the amount of the Pool  Balance at any
                         time.

                         The principal amount of the outstanding Certificates
                         (the "Security  Principal Balance") on  any date  is
                         equal to  the principal balance of  the Certificates
                         on the Closing  Date minus the aggregate  of amounts
                         actually   distributed    as   principal    to   the
                         Certificateholders.

Private Securities       The Private Securities are pass-through certificates
                         representing beneficial interests in Mortgage Loans.
                         (The  individual   Mortgage  Loans   underlying  the
                         Private  Securities are insured or guaranteed by the
                         United  States  or  an  agency  or   instrumentality
                         thereof.   The Private Securities themselves are not
                         so  insured or guaranteed.)  Payments on the Private
                         Securities  will  be  distributed  directly  to  the
                         Trustee  as the  registered  owner of  such  Private
                         Securities.

Collections              All  collections  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the
                         Private Securities will be allocated by the Servicer
                         in  accordance  with  the  Loan  Agreements  between
                         amounts collected in  respect of interest ("Interest
                         Collections") and  amounts collected  in respect  of
                         principal ("Principal Collections"  and collectively
                         with Interest Collections,  the "Collections").  The
                         Servicer   will   generally    deposit   Collections
                         distributable   to  the   Holders   in  an   account
                         established  for such  purpose  under the  Agreement
                         (the "Collection Account").  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                         CERTIFICATES--Payments on  Mortgage Loans;  Deposits
                         to  Collection  Account  and  Distribution  Account"
                         herein  and  "THE   AGREEMENTS--Payments  on  Loans;
                         Deposits  to  Security Accounts"  and  "--Collection
                         Procedures" in the Prospectus.

Denominations            The  Certificates will  be offered  for purchase  in
                         denominations  of  $(___)   and  integral  multiples
                         thereof.  The interest  in the Trust evidenced  by a
                         Certificate  (the  "Percentage  Interest")  will  be
                         equal  to  the percentage  derived  by  dividing the
                         denomination  of  such Certificate  by  the Original
                         Security Principal Balance.

Registration of 
  Certificates           The  Certificates   will  initially  be   issued  in
                         book-entry  form.     Persons  acquiring  beneficial
                         ownership    interests    in     the    Certificates
                         ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  such  interests
                         through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in the
                         United  States,  or  Cedel  Bank,  soci t   anonyme,
                         ("CEDEL") or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"),  in
                         Europe.   Transfers within  DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear,
                         as the case  may be, will be in  accordance with the
                         usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant
                         system.   So long as the Certificates are Book-Entry
                         Certificates (as defined  herein), such Certificates
                         will  be  evidenced  by  one  or  more  Certificates
                         registered in  the name of  Cede & Co.  ("Cede"), as
                         the   nominee  of  DTC   or  one  of   the  relevant
                         depositaries     (collectively,    the     "European
                         Depositaries").    Cross-market   transfers  between
                         persons holding directly or  indirectly through DTC,
                         on the one hand, and counterparties holding directly
                         or  indirectly  through CEDEL  or Euroclear,  on the
                         other,  will be  effected in  DTC  through Citibank,
                         N.A. ("Citibank")  or Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company
                         of New York ("Morgan"), the relevant depositaries of
                         CEDEL  or  Euroclear,   respectively,  and  each   a
                         participating  member of DTC.  The interests of such
                         Certificateholders    will    be    represented   by
                         book-entries on the records of DTC and participating
                         members  thereof.   No  Certificate  Owner  will  be
                         entitled   to  receive   a  definitive   certificate
                         representing such person's  interest, except in  the
                         event  that  Definitive   Certificates  (as  defined
                         herein) are  issued under the  limited circumstances
                         described herein.  All references in this Prospectus
                         Supplement to any Certificates reflect the rights of
                         Certificate  Owners  only  as  such  rights  may  be
                         exercised   through   DTC  and   its   participating
                         organizations for  so long as such  Certificates are
                         held   by  DTC.     See   "RISK  FACTORS--Book-Entry
                         Certificates",  "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE CERTIFICATES--
                         Book-Entry Certificates" and "ANNEX I" hereto.

Depositor                The  Depositor of  (the  Mortgage  Loans)  (and  the
                         Private   Securities)   will  be   Financial   Asset
                         Securities Corp. The  principal executive offices of
                         the  Depositor are  located  at 600  Steamboat Road,
                         Greenwich, Connecticut  06830 (telephone  (203) 625-
                         2700).  See "THE DEPOSITOR" in the Prospectus.

Servicer                 The Servicer of  the Mortgage Loans and  the Private
                         Securities will be (        ) (the "Servicer").  The
                         principal  executive  offices  of  the Servicer  are
                         located ____________ (telephone (___) _______).  See
                         "SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

Certificate Rate         The   "Certificate    Rate"   applicable    to   any
                         Distribution Date  will generally  equal the sum  of
                         ((a) the London Interbank offered rate for one-month
                         Eurodollar  deposits  ("LIBOR")   appearing  on  the
                         Telerate  Screen Page 3750,  as of the  second LIBOR
                         Business  Day (as defined herein) prior to the first
                         day of  the related Interest  Period (or  as of  two
                         LIBOR  Business Days prior  to the Closing  Date, in
                         the  case  of  the first  Interest  Period)  and (b)
                         ____%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in  no event
                         will  the   amount  of   interest  required   to  be
                         distributed in  respect of the  Certificates on  any
                         Distribution   Date   exceed   a   rate   equal   to
                         (____________________).        Interest    on    the
                         Certificates will accrue as described below.

Interest                 Interest will be  distributed monthly on the  __ day
                         of each month or, if such day is not a business day,
                         on  the  next  succeeding  business  day  (each,   a
                         "Distribution Date"), commencing  on _______, at the
                         Certificate Rate  for the  related Interest  Accrual
                         Period (as defined below).  The Certificate Rate for
                         a Distribution Date will  equal (the arithmetic mean
                         of London Interbank offered quotations for one-month
                         United  States  deposits   ("LIBOR")  determined  as
                         specified herein,  as of  the second LIBOR  Business
                         Day prior to the  immediately preceding Distribution
                         Date (or as of ___________, 199_, in the case of the
                         first Distribution  Date) plus (   )  of 1%, subject
                         to a  maximum rate  described under  "DESCRIPTION OF
                         THE CERTIFICATES--Distributions on the Certificates"
                         herein)  (___%  per   annum).     Interest  on   the
                         Certificates  in  respect of  any  Distribution Date
                         will accrue from the preceding Distribution Date (or
                         in the case of the first Distribution Date, from the
                         date  of the  initial  issuance of  the Certificates
                         (the "Closing Date") through  the day preceding such
                         Distribution  Date (each  such period,  an "Interest
                         Accrual  Period") on the basis of the (actual number
                         of days in the Interest  Period and a 360-day year).
                         Interest payments will be funded from the portion of
                         the  Interest   Collections  collected   during  the
                         immediately  preceding calendar  month  (or, in  the
                         case of  the initial  Distribution Date,  the period
                         from  _____,  199_  through  the  last  day  of  the
                         calendar    month    immediately    preceding   such
                         Distribution   Date)   (the   "Collection   Period")
                         allocable  to   the  Investor   Interest(  and,   if
                         necessary,  from draws  on  the  (Letter of  Credit)
                         (Surety   Bond)).      See   "DESCRIPTION   OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES"  herein   and  "RISK   FACTORS--Credit
                         Enhancement"   and  "CREDIT   ENHANCEMENT"  in   the
                         Prospectus.

Revolving Period         In order to maintain the Security  Principal Balance
                         at $_______(except in certain limited circumstances)
                         for a period of approximately ______months from  the
                         first day of the month in which the Certificates are
                         issued or for such shorter period as may result from
                         the occurrence of  an Early  Amortization Event,  as
                         described herein (the "Revolving Period"), Principal
                         Collections allocable to  the Investor Interest will
                         be   paid  to   the  Transferor   rather  than   the
                         Certificateholders  so  that  the Certificateholders
                         maintain the  same Investor  Interest in  the Trust.
                         Unless  earlier terminated  by the occurrence  of an
                         Early Amortization Event, the Revolving Period  will
                         end   on   _______.     See   "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
                         CERTIFICATES" herein.

Principal Payments;
  Amortization Period    Unless  an  Early  Amortization   Event  shall  have
                         earlier  occurred,   during  the   period  beginning
                         _____________ and ending when the Security Principal
                         Balance  has been reduced to  zero or when the Trust
                         otherwise  terminates  (the  "Amortization Period"),
                         Principal  Collections  allocated  to  the  Investor
                         Interest  will no longer  be paid to  the Transferor
                         but  instead  will  be distributed  monthly  to  the
                         Certificateholders  as   provided  herein   on  each
                         Distribution  Date beginning  with the  Distribution
                         Date  in the month following the  month in which the
                         Amortization Period commences.   See "DESCRIPTION OF
                         THE CERTIFICATES--Early Amortization  Events" herein
                         for a discussion  of the events which  might lead to
                         the early  commencement of the  Amortization Period.
                         During  the  Amortization  Period,   the  amount  of
                         Principal  Collections  allocable  to  the  Investor
                         Interest (the "Principal Allocation") will equal the
                         ratio  of the Security Principal Balance to the Pool
                         Balance, in each case as of the end of the last  day
                         of the  Revolving Period (the  "Investor Percentage"
                         for  such  period)   multiplied  by  the   Principal
                         Collections received  during the  related Collection
                         Period.

                         Allocations  based  upon   the  Investor  Percentage
                         during  the   Amortization  Period  may   result  in
                         distributions  of  principal  with  respect  to  any
                         Collection Period  to Certificateholders  in amounts
                         that are  greater relative to the  declining balance
                         of  the Security Principal Balance than would be the
                         case  if no fixed  Investor Percentage were  used to
                         determine  the percentage  of Principal  Collections
                         distributed  in  respect of  the  Investor Interest.
                         See  "DESCRIPTION OF  THE CERTIFICATES--Payments  on
                         Mortgage Loans;  Deposits to Collection  Account and
                         Distribution Account" herein.

((Letter of Credit)
  (Surety Bond)
  Issuer                 _________________ (the  "(Letter of  Credit) (Surety
                         Bond) Issuer").  See "THE (LETTER OF CREDIT) (SURETY
                         BOND) ISSUER" herein.)

((Letter of Credit)
  (Surety Bond)          On  the Closing Date, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
                         Bond) Issuer will issue a (letter of credit) (surety
                         bond) (the "(Letter  of Credit)  (Surety Bond)")  in
                         favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  In the
                         event that,  on  any  Distribution  Date,  available
                         amounts on  deposit in  the Collection  Account with
                         respect  to  the  preceding  Collection  Period  are
                         insufficient  to  provide  for the  payment  of  the
                         amount   required   to   be   distributed   to   the
                         Certificateholders   and   the  Servicer   on   such
                         Distribution  Date,  the  Trustee will  draw  on the
                         (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond), to the  extent of
                         the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount for such
                         Distribution  Date,  in  an  amount  equal  to  such
                         deficiency.  See  "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--
                         The   (Letter  of  Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  and  "--
                         Distributions  on   the  Certificates"   herein  and
                         "CREDIT ENHANCEMENT" in the Prospectus.)

((Letter of Credit) 
  (Surety Bond) 
  Amount                 The amount  available under  the (Letter  of Credit)
                         (Surety Bond) (the "(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)
                         Amount") for the  initial Distribution Date will  be
                         $       .   For each  Distribution Date  thereafter,
                         the (Letter  of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) Amount  will
                         equal the lesser of (i)     % of the Pool Balance as
                         of  the first day of the preceding Collection Period
                         (after giving effect to any amounts distributed with
                         respect  to principal of  the Mortgage Loans  on the
                         Distribution  Date   occurring  in   such  preceding
                         Collection Period) and (ii)  the (Letter of  Credit)
                         (Surety  Bond) Amount  as of  the  first day  of the
                         preceding Collection Period, minus any amounts drawn
                         under the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond)  during
                         such preceding  Collection Period, plus  any amounts
                         paid  to the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer
                         on the Distribution Date occurring in such preceding
                         Collection Period up  to the amount of  any previous
                         draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).)

Record Date              The last day (of the month) preceding a Distribution
                         Date.

Servicing                The  Servicer  will  be responsible  for  servicing,
                         managing  and  making  collections  on the  Mortgage
                         Loans.  The Servicer will deposit all collections in
                         respect of the  Mortgage Loans  into the  Collection
                         Account as  described herein.   Not  later than  the
                         _______ Business Day prior to each Distribution Date
                         (the   "Determination  Date"),   the  Trustee   will
                         calculate  the  amounts  to  be  paid,  as described
                         herein,   to   the    Certificateholders   on   such
                         Distribution   Date.     See  "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
                         CERTIFICATES--Distributions  on  the  Certificates."
                         With respect to each  Collection Period, other  than
                         the  first  Collection  Period,  the  Servicer  will
                         receive  from payments in respect of interest on the
                         Mortgage  Loans, on behalf  of itself, a  portion of
                         such  payments  as  a  monthly  servicing  fee  (the
                         "Servicing  Fee") in the  amount of ____%  per annum
                         (the "Servicing Fee Rate") on  the Principal Balance
                         of each  Mortgage Loan as  of the first day  of each
                         such  Collection Period as  to which such  a payment
                         was  made.   With respect  to  the first  Collection
                         Period,   the  Servicer   will  receive   from  such
                         collections ______  of the amount calculated  in the
                         preceding  sentence.     See  "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
                         CERTIFICATES--Servicing Compensation and  Payment of
                         Expenses" herein.  In certain limited circumstances,
                         the  Servicer may  resign or  be  removed, in  which
                         event either  the Trustee or a  third-party servicer
                         will  be appointed  as a  successor  Servicer.   See
                         "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CERTIFICATES--Certain Matters
                         Regarding the Servicer" herein.

Trustee                  (                                 ) (the "Trustee"),
                         will    act   as   Trustee    on   behalf   of   the
                         Certificateholders.

Final Payment of
  Principal;
  Termination            The Trust will  terminate on  the Distribution  Date
                         following  the earlier of  (i) the reduction  of the
                         Security  Principal Balance to  zero and after which
                         there is no unreimbursed Security Principal  Balance
                         Loss  Deduction Amount and (ii) the final payment or
                         other  liquidation of  the  last  Mortgage Loan  and
                         Private   Security  in  the  Trust.    The  Investor
                         Interest will be  subject to optional retransfer  to
                         the Transferor  on any  Distribution Date after  the
                         Security  Principal Balance is  reduced to an amount
                         less  than or equal to  $ __________________ ((___)%
                         of  the initial  Security  Principal Balance).   The
                         retransfer  price will  be equal  to the sum  of the
                         outstanding Security  Principal Balance  and accrued
                         and unpaid interest thereon at  the Certificate Rate
                         through  the day  preceding  the final  Distribution
                         Date.    See   "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CERTIFICATES--
                         Termination; Retirement of  the Certificates" herein
                         and    "THE    AGREEMENTS--Terminations;    Optional
                         Termination" in the Prospectus.

Mandatory Retransfer
  of Certain Mortgage
  Loans and
  Private Securities     The Depositor will  make certain representations and
                         warranties in  the  Agreement with  respect  to  the
                         Mortgage  Loans   and  Private  Securities   in  its
                         capacity as  Depositor.  If  the Transferor breaches
                         certain of its  representations and warranties  with
                         respect to any Mortgage Loan or Private Security and
                         such  breach, materially  and adversely  affects the
                         interests     of    the     Trust(,)    (or)     the
                         Certificateholders  (or   the  (Letter   of  Credit)
                         (Surety  Bond) Issuer) and  is not cured  within the
                         specified  period,  the  Mortgage  Loan  or  Private
                         Security  will be removed  from the Trust  after the
                         expiration  of a specified  period from the  date on
                         which  the  Transferor  becomes  aware  or  receives
                         notice of such breach and  will be reassigned to the
                         Transferor.  SEE  "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--
                         Assignment of Mortgage Loans" herein.

Certain Federal Tax
  Considerations         (Special tax  counsel to  the Transferor  is of  the
                         opinion that,  under existing law,  the Certificates
                         are  properly  characterized  as  debt  for  Federal
                         income  tax  purposes.    Under  the Agreement,  the
                         Transferor and the Certificateholders will agree  to
                         treat the Certificates  as indebtedness for Federal,
                         state and  local income and franchise  tax purposes.
                         See "CERTAIN  FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS" in
                         the Prospectus for additional information concerning
                         the application of Federal income tax laws.)

ERISA Considerations     The acquisition  of a  Certificate by  a pension  or
                         other employee  benefit plan (a  "Plan") subject  to
                         the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
                         as  amended  ("ERISA"),  could, in  some  instances,
                         result  in  a  "prohibited   transaction"  or  other
                         violation of the fiduciary responsibility provisions
                         of  ERISA and Code Section 4975.  Certain exemptions
                         from  the  prohibited  transaction  rules  could  be
                         applicable to the acquisition of such  Certificates.
                         Any Plan  fiduciary considering whether  to purchase
                         any Certificate on  behalf of a Plan  should consult
                         with its counsel regarding the  applicability of the
                         provisions  of ERISA  and  the  Code.    See  "ERISA
                         CONSIDERATIONS" herein and in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment
  Considerations         The  Certificates  will   not  constitute  "mortgage
                         related securities"  for purposes  of the  Secondary
                         Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act of  1984 ("SMMEA"),
                         because some  of the Mortgages securing the Mortgage
                         Loans  are not first  mortgages.   Accordingly, many
                         institutions  with  legal  authority  to  invest  in
                         comparably rated  securities based  solely on  first
                         mortgages may not be legally authorized to invest in
                         the   Certificates.       See    "LEGAL   INVESTMENT
                         CONSIDERATIONS" herein and "LEGAL INVESTMENT" in the
                         Prospectus.

Certificate Rating       It  is   a  condition   to  the   issuance  of   the
                         Certificates that  they be rated  in the ___________
                         by  at least  two nationally  recognized statistical
                         rating organizations  (each a "Rating Agency").   In
                         general,  ratings address  credit  risk and  do  not
                         address   the  likelihood   of  prepayments.     See
                         "RATINGS" herein  and "RISK  FACTORS--Rating of  the
                         Securities" in the Prospectus.


                                 RISK FACTORS

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.   Home equity loans, such  as the Mortgage Loans,  have been
originated in significant volume  only during the past few years  and neither
the Depositor nor the Servicer is aware of any publicly available  studies or
statistics on the rate  of prepayment of such loans.   Generally, home equity
loans are not viewed by  borrowers as permanent financing.   Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans  may experience a  higher rate of prepayment  than traditional
loans.  The Trust's  prepayment experience may be affected by  a wide variety
of  factors, including  general  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  the
availability of alternative financing and  homeowner mobility.  In  addition,
substantially all of  the Mortgage Loans  contain due-on-sale provisions  and
the Servicer intends  to enforce such provisions unless  (i) such enforcement
is  not  permitted  by applicable  law  or  (ii) the  Servicer,  in  a manner
consistent with reasonable commercial practice, permits  the purchaser of the
related  Mortgaged Property  to  assume the  Mortgage  Loan.   To the  extent
permitted by  applicable law, such  assumption will not release  the original
borrower from  its obligation  under any  such Mortgage Loan.   See  "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

(LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The  Mortgage   Loans  are  secured   by  first  and   second  mortgages
(representing approximately  ____% and  ____% of the  Pool Balance as  of the
Cut-Off Date, respectively).  With respect  to Mortgage Loans that are junior
in priority  to liens  having a first  priority with  respect to  the related
Mortgaged Property ("First Liens"), the  Servicer has the power under certain
circumstances to consent to  a new mortgage  lien on such Mortgaged  Property
having priority over such Mortgage Loan in connection with the refinancing of
such First Lien.  Mortgage Loans secured  by second mortgages are entitled to
proceeds that  remain from the sale  of the related Mortgaged  Property after
any  related  senior  mortgage  loan  and prior  statutory  liens  have  been
satisfied.  In the event that such  proceeds are insufficient to satisfy such
loans and  prior liens  in the  aggregate,  the Trust  and, accordingly,  the
Certificateholders,  bear (i)  the risk  of  delay in  distributions while  a
deficiency judgment  against the borrower  is obtained  and (ii) the  risk of
loss if the deficiency judgment cannot  be obtained or is not realized  upon.
See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS" in the Prospectus.

     The sale  of the  Mortgage Loans  from the Transferor  to the  Depositor
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will be treated by the Transferor  and the
Depositor  as  a sale  of  the Mortgage  Loans  for all  purposes  other than
federal,  state or local  income or franchise  tax purposes.   The Transferor
will warrant  that such transfer  is a sale  of its interest in  the Mortgage
Loans or a grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein.  In
the event of  an insolvency of the Transferor, the receiver of the Transferor
may attempt  to recharacterize the sale of the  Mortgage Loans as a borrowing
by the Transferor secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans.  If the receiver
decided to  challenge such transfer,  delays in payments of  the Certificates
and  possible reductions in  the amount thereof  could occur.   The Depositor
will warrant in the Agreement that the  transfer of the Mortgage Loans to the
Trust is a valid transfer and assignment of such interest.)

(SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer may permit an increase in the Credit Limit under a Mortgage
Loan if the  new Credit Limit under  the Mortgage Loan, plus  the outstanding
principal balance of any  related senior loans, does not exceed  (i) __% (__%
for a condominium, townhouse, duplex, or vacation condo/house), if the market
value  of the  Mortgaged Property  is  $ _____  or less,  or __%  (__%  for a
condominium, townhouse, duplex, or  vacation condo/house), and if  the market
value of the  Mortgage Property exceeds $ _________, based  upon an appraisal
or the tax assessed value of the  Mortgaged Property at the time the increase
was  requested.   An increase in  the Credit  Limit under a  Mortgage Loan in
accordance with the  previous sentence may be made without the consent of the
Trustee.  Additional Balances arising under a Mortgage Loan as a result of an
increase in the Credit Limit will be  treated the same as Additional Balances
arising under a  Mortgage Loan for which  there has been  no increase in  the
Credit Limit.  In addition to such  changes, the Servicer may agree to  other
changes in the terms of  a Loan Agreement, provided that such changes  (i) do
not materially adversely affect the interest of the  Certificateholders, (ii)
are consistent with  prudent business practice, (iii) are  also being applied
to the comparable  segment of  home equity  credit lines being  held for  the
Servicer's own account, and (iv) do not change the terms of the Mortgage Loan
so as to change the terms for the amortization of principal.  There can be no
assurance that changes in  applicable law or the marketplace  for home equity
loans or prudent business practice will not result in changes in the terms of
the Credit Line.   The Servicer may also extend the period during which draws
under the Mortgage Loans may be made.)

(DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Trust  will include  Mortgage Loans  which  are ___  days  or fewer
delinquent.   As of  the Cut-Off  Date, the  aggregate Loan  Balance of  such
delinquent Mortgage Loans  was $ ____.   (In addition, the Mortgage  Loans in
all likelihood  include obligations  of  borrowers who  are or  are about  to
become  bankrupt or  insolvent.)   If  there  are not  sufficient  funds from
Interest  Collections  allocated  to  the  Investor  Interest  to  cover  the
Liquidation Loss Amount for any Collection  Period and the (Letter of Credit)
(Surety Bond) Amount has been reduced to zero, the Security Principal Balance
will be reduced, which (unless otherwise later reimbursed) would  result in a
reduction   in  the   aggregate   amount  of   principal   returned  to   the
Certificateholders and in the amount of Interest Collections allocable to the
Investor  Interest and  available to provide  protection against  defaults in
subsequent Collection Periods.)


                 (THE (LETTER OF CREDIT)(SURETY BOND) ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________.

     (Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer))


                       THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the  "Transferor" or the  "Servicer") under
its home  equity lending program.   The Transferor first  offered adjustable-
rate home equity revolving credit  line loans ("home equity loans") in  19__.
As  of  (_____________),  (____________)  owned  and  serviced  approximately


$__________  aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding  home  equity loans
secured by  properties located in  __________ under home equity  credit lines
(the "Transferor Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     (Each home equity loan was  originated after a review by  the Transferor
in  accordance with  its  established  underwriting  procedures,  which  were
intended to  assess the  applicant's ability  to assume  and repay  such home
equity loans and the adequacy of the real property which serves as collateral
for such home equity loans.  The maximum Credit Limit for a home equity  loan
provided by the Transferor was $__________.

     Each  applicant for  a  home equity  loan was  required  to complete  an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in the  loan application demonstrated  that there was  sufficient
income and equity to justify making a home equity loan and the Transferor (a)
received  a  satisfactory independent  credit  bureau  report  on the  credit
history  of the borrower  and (b) obtained,  in the  case of all  home equity
loans originated  prior to  __________, a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property, or for all home equity loans originated as of __________,
a satisfactory  appraisal completed on  forms approved by  FNMA, and if  such
information  met  the  Transferor's  underwriting  standards,  the Transferor
issued  a commitment  subject to  satisfaction of  certain other  conditions.
These conditions included:  (i) obtaining and reviewing pay stubs, income tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals  of the  Mortgaged Properties were  performed by  a qualified
appraiser  or an  independent third-party,  fee-based appraiser who  had been
previously approved for such assignment by the Transferor.

     It is the  Transferor's policy to require a title  policy insuring title
mortgage  in accordance  with  the  intended lien  position.   Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, it is the Transferor's policy not  to accept a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans for which the  Transferor obtained full documentary support and
__% for loans for which limited documentary support was obtained.

     After  obtaining   all  applicable  employment,   credit  and   property
information, the Transferor determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity
in the property  existed and whether the prospective  borrower had sufficient
monthly income available to  support the payments of interest at  the current
prime rate  plus the applicable margin based on  the credit limit in addition
to  any senior  mortgage loan  payments (including  any escrows  for property
taxes  and hazard  insurance premiums)  and other monthly  credit obligations
based  on  the  prospective  borrower's  Debt-to-Gross  Income  Ratio.    The
"Debt-to-Gross Income  Ratio" is the ratio  of (a) certain of  the borrower's
debt obligations which include:  (i) the monthly  first mortgage payment plus
taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments with  a term of more  than ten
months; (iii) five  percent of the total revolving  obligations; (iv) monthly
alimony and child support obligations; and (v) the payment on the home equity
loan calculated at  the Credit Limit and  current prime rate plus  margin for
such home equity loan to (b) the  borrower's gross verifiable monthly income.
The Debt-to-Gross Income Ratio generally did not exceed (________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by  signing a Credit Line Agreement,  rescission statement, and
mortgage which  secured the  repayment of  principal of  and interest  on the
related home equity  loan.  The  original mortgage was  then recorded in  the
appropriate county government office.


MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     (A  borrower may access a home  equity loan by writing  a check.  On all
home equity  loans, there is  (a ten-year)  draw down period  as long  as the
borrower is not in default under the  loan agreement.  Home equity loans bear
interest at a  (fixed rate)(variable rate which may  change bi-weekly).  Home
equity loans  may  be subject  to  a maximum  per  annum interest  rate  (the
"Maximum Rate")  of         %  per annum  and in  all cases,  are subject  to
applicable  usury  limitations.    See  "CERTAIN  LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF  LOANS--
Applicability of  Usury Laws" in the Prospectus.   The daily periodic rate on
the home equity  loans (the "Loan  Rate") is the  sum of the  Index Rate  (as
defined herein) plus  a spread (the "Margin") which  generally ranges between
____% and ____%, divided by 365 days or 366 days, as applicable.

     The "Index  Rate" is based  on (the "prime  rate" published in  The Wall
Street  Journal every second Monday rounded  to the nearest one-eighth of one
percent or if not published on any  such date, as next published in the  Wall
Street  Journal) (__________).  The annual percentage  rate for any bi-weekly
period will be based on the Prime  Rate in effect  the Monday on  which the 
rate  may change.   (If a prime rate  range is published in The Wall  Street
Journal, then the midpoint (average) of that range will be used.)  There are
no limitations on increases or decreases (except for those home  equity loans
which have Maximum  Rates). Only the home  equity loans that have Maximum 
Rates of ____% also have annual adjustment caps  of __%  as to  both 
increases  and decreases  in their  Loan Rates.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly.  The statement details all debits
and credits and specifies  the minimum payment due  and the available  credit
line.   Notice of  changes in the  applicable Loan Rate  are provided  by the
Transferor to the Borrower with such statements.  All payments are due by the
(     ) day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     The Credit  Line Agreements further  provide that if publication  of the
Index Rate is discontinued, the Index  Rate will be changed upon notification
in accordance with such Credit Line Agreements.

     The right to obtain additional credit may be suspended or terminated  or
the borrower  may be required  to pay the  entire balance due  plus all other
accrued but unpaid  charges immediately,  if the borrower  fails to make  any
required payment by the due date,  if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the Credit Limit,  if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material  misrepresentation, if the borrower dies  or becomes incompetent, if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to any  judgment, lien, attachment or  execution which is issued  against the
Mortgaged Property,  if the  borrower fails to  obtain and  maintain required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or does not maintain the Mortgaged Property.  In addition, the right
to obtain additional credit may be suspended or a borrower's Credit Limit may
be reduced,  if the value of the Mortgaged  Property decreases for any reason
to  less than  80% of  the original appraised  value, if  the borrower  is in
default  under  the  home  equity  loan, if  government  action  impairs  the
Transferor's  lien  priority or  if  a  regulatory  agency has  notified  the
Transferor that  continued advances  would constitute  an unsafe and  unsound
practice.)

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the periods  shown for the home equity loans  indicated on the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following tables.    The data  presented  in  the following  tables  are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss experience  of the Mortgage Loans will be similar  to that set forth
below.


                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                        <C>                               <C>
                                                                              As of _________
                                                                                  _____
                                                           Number of
                                                             Loans                            Amount
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                       $              
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . .                                                             _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . .                                                            $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . .                                                                     %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . .                                                                     %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . . .                                                                     %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . .

</TABLE>

                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                  <C>
                                                                     For the Year
                                                                             Ending ________
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . .                              %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Agreement.

     With respect  to real  estate secured revolving  credit line  loans, the
general policy of the Servicer  is to initiate foreclosure on  the underlying
property (i) after such  loan is 90 days or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice
of  default on  a  senior  lien is  received  by the  Servicer;  or (iii)  if
circumstances  are discovered  by the  Servicer which  would indicate  that a
potential for loss exists.  Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated  if the
delinquency is cured.  However, under certain circumstances, the Servicer may
elect not to commence foreclosure or  stay the foreclosure proceeding if  the
borrower's default  is due to  special circumstances which are  temporary and
are not expected to last  beyond a specified period.  The  loans to borrowers
in bankruptcy  proceedings will  be restructured in  accordance with  law and
with a  view to maximizing recovery of such  home equity loans, including any
deficiencies.   Additionally,  any time  during  foreclosure, a  forbearance,
short sale, deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such  lien at the time  of the foreclosure sale or  take other
action  as  deemed  necessary  to  protect the  Servicer's  interest  in  the
Mortgaged  Property.    If in  the  judgment  of the  Servicer,  the  cost of
maintaining  or  purchasing the  senior  lien position  exceeds  the economic
benefit of  such action,  the Servicer will  generally charge-off  the entire
home equity  loan, seek  a money judgment  against the  borrower or  will not
pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's real  estate secured  revolving credit  line loans  and applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the servicing compensation to be  paid to the Servicer in respect  of
its servicing activities  relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid  to it
from interest collections in respect of the  Mortgage Loans and will be equal
to  ____% per  annum (the  "Servicing Fee  Rate") on the  aggregate Principal
Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as of the  first day of each  such Collection
Period (the "Servicing Fee").   With respect to the first  Collection Period,
the Servicer will receive from such collections ___% of the amount calculated
in  the preceding sentence.   All assumption  fees, late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges, to  the extent  collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement,  including,   without  limitation,   payment  of   the  fees   and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying agent.   In addition, the Servicer will be  entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Certificateholders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Mortgage  Loans were  originated  pursuant to  loan  agreements and
disclosure  statements (the  "Credit  Line Agreements")  and  are secured  by
mortgages  or deeds of  trust, most of  which are second  mortgages or second
deeds of trust,  on Mortgaged Properties.  The  Mortgaged Properties securing
the Mortgage Loans consist primarily  of residential properties that are one-
to  four-family properties.   (___  of  the Mortgaged  Properties are  owner-
occupied.)  See"--Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The Cut-Off Date  Pool Balance is  $___________, which is  equal to  the
aggregate  Principal Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as  of ______, 199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the _______, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89
days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The average
Cut-Off Date Principal  Balance was  $_______, the  minimum Mortgage  Cut-Off
Date Principal Balance  was zero, the maximum Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance
was $_________,  the minimum Loan Rate and the  maximum Loan Rate on the Cut-
Off  Date were  ____% and  ____% per  annum,  respectively, and  the weighted
average Loan Rate on the Cut-Off Date was ____% per annum.  As of the Cut-Off
Date,  the weighted  average Credit  Limit  Utilization Rate  was ____%,  the
minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate  was zero and the maximum Credit  Limit
Utilization  Rate  was ______%.    The  "Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate"  is
determined  by dividing the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
by the  Credit Limit  of the  related Credit  Line Agreement.   The  weighted
average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of the  Mortgage Loans was ____%  as of
the Cut-Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The Depositor has  compiled the following  additional information as  of
the Cut-Off  Date with respect  to the Mortgage  Loans to be included  in the
Trust.


                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


                     PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     The rate of principal payments on the Certificates, the aggregate amount
of  distributions  on  the Certificates  and  the  yield to  maturity  of the
Certificates will be related to the rate  and timing of payments of principal
on the Mortgage Loans.   The rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans
will in turn  be affected by  the amortization schedules  (which will  change
periodically to  accommodate adjustments to  the Loan Rates) of  the Mortgage
Loans and by  the rate of principal  prepayments (including for  this purpose
prepayments  resulting from refinancing,  liquidations of the  Mortgage Loans
due to defaults, casualties, condemnations and repurchases by the  Transferor
or  Servicer).  The  Mortgage Loans may  be prepaid by the  Mortgagors at any
time without a prepayment penalty.  See "The Mortgage Pool" herein.

     Prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans (including
any optional purchase  by the Servicer of  a defaulted Mortgage Loan  and any
optional repurchase  of the remaining  Mortgage Loans in connection  with the
termination of the  Trust, in each case  as described herein) will  result in
distributions  on the Certificates of principal amounts which would otherwise
be distributed over  the remaining terms  of the Mortgage  Loans.  Since  the
rate  of payment  of principal of  the Mortgage  Loans will depend  on future
events and a variety of factors, no assurance can be given as to such rate or
the rate of principal prepayments.  The extent to which the yield to maturity
of a  Certificate may vary  from the anticipated  yield will depend  upon the
degree to  which such Certificate is purchased at  a discount or premium, and
the  degree  to  which  the  timing  of  payments  thereon  is  sensitive  to
prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans.

     The rate of prepayment on the Mortgage  Loans cannot be predicted.  Home
equity loans such as  the Mortgage Loans have been  originated in significant
volume only  during the  past few  years and  neither the  Depositor nor  the
Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate
of prepayment of such Mortgage Loans.   Generally, home equity loans are  not
viewed by borrowers as permanent  financing.  Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans
may experience  a higher rate  of prepayment than traditional  first mortgage
loans.  The prepayment experience of  the Trust with respect to the  Mortgage
Loans  may  be affected  by a  wide  variety of  factors,  including economic
conditions,  prevailing interest rate levels, the availability of alternative
financing and homeowner mobility and  changes affecting the deductibility for
Federal  income tax  purposes  of  interest payments  on  home equity  loans.
Substantially all  of the  Mortgage Loans  contain "due-on-sale"  provisions,
and,  with respect  to the Mortgage  Loans, the  Servicer is required  by the
Agreement  to  enforce  such  provisions,  unless  such  enforcement  is  not
permitted by  applicable law.   The enforcement of a  "due-on-sale" provision
will have the same effect as a prepayment  of the related Mortgage Loan.  See
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

     No assurance  can be given as  to the level of prepayments  that will be
experienced by the Trust  and it can be expected that  a portion of borrowers
will  not  prepay  their  Mortgage Loans  to  any  significant  degree.   See
"DESCRIPTION  OF THE CERTIFICATES--Weighted Average Life of the Certificates"
in the Prospectus.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The Certificates will  be issued pursuant to the Agreement.  The form of
the Agreement  has been filed as an exhibit  to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus is a part.  The following
summaries describe certain provisions of the Agreement.  The summaries do not
purport to  be  complete and  are  subject to,  and  are qualified  in  their
entirety by reference to,  all of the provisions of the  Agreement.  Wherever
particular sections or defined  terms of the Agreement are  referred to, such
sections or defined terms are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

GENERAL

     The  Certificates  will  be  issued  in  denominations  of  $(1,000) and
integral multiples  thereof (except that one  Certificate may be  issued in a
denomination that is  not an  integral multiple of  $1000) and will  evidence
specified undivided interests in the Trust.   (Section 6.01)  The property of
the  Trust will consist of, to the extent  provided in the Agreement:  a pool
of (adjustable)  (fixed) rate  home equity loan  revolving credit  line loans
made or to be made  in the future (the "Mortgage Loans"), under  certain home
equity revolving credit  line loan agreements (the  "Credit Line Agreements")
and secured (primarily) by second (deeds of trust) (mortgages) on residential
properties that are primarily one- to four-family properties (the  "Mortgaged
Properties"); the collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans received after
the Cut-Off  Date;  property that  secured  a Mortgage  Loan  which has  been
acquired by foreclosure  or deed in  lieu of foreclosure;  (a surety bond  or
letter   of  credit);   certain  pass-through   certificates   (the  "Private
Securities") representing  fractional,  undivided interests  in the  Mortgage
Loans, an assignment of the  Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement;
rights  under  certain  hazard  insurance  policies  covering  the  Mortgaged
Properties;  and certain other property, as described more fully herein.  The
Trust will include the  unpaid principal balance of each Mortgage  Loan as of
the Cut-Off  Date (the "Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance") plus  any additions
thereto as a  result of new advances  made pursuant to the  applicable Credit
Line  Agreement (the  "Additional Balances")  during the  life of  the Trust.
Definitive Certificates (as defined  below), if issued, will be  transferable
and  exchangeable at  the corporate trust  office of the  Trustee, which will
initially  act as  Certificate Registrar.    See "--Book-Entry  Certificates"
below.   No service charge  will be made for any  registration of exchange or
transfer of  Certificates,  but the  Trustee  may require  payment of  a  sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge.  (Section 6.02)

     The aggregate  undivided interest in  the Trust Fund represented  by the
Certificates as of the Closing Date  will equal $__________ of principal (the
"Original Principal  Balance"), which  represents approximately  ___% of  the
aggregate  Cut-Off Date  Principal  Balance.   The  principal  amount of  the
outstanding  Certificates  (the  "Certificate  Principal  Balance")  on   any
Distribution  Date is  equal  to  the Original  Principal  Balance minus  the
aggregate   of   amounts   actually   distributed   as   principal   to   the
Certificateholders.   See "--Distributions on  the Certificates" below.  Each
Certificate  represents the  right to  receive  payments of  interest at  the
Certificate Rate and payments of principal as described below.

     The  Transferor will  own the  interest (the "Transferor  Interest") not
represented by the  Certificates.  The Transferor Interest  will represent an
undivided  interest in  the Trust,  including  the right  to receive  certain
percentages  (the  "Transferor  Percentages")  of  Interest  Collections  and
Principal Collections.   The  initial amount of  the Transferor  Interest was
determined,  among other  factors, to  be able  to  absorb reductions  in the
aggregate  amount of  Loan Balances  in the  Trust without  causing  an Early
Amortization  Event, which  would result  in  the early  commencement of  the
Amortization Period.  There can be no assurance  that the Transferor Interest
will be  sufficient for  such  purpose.   While the  Transferor is  obligated
(subject   to  certain  conditions  and  limitations)  to  transfer  Eligible
Additional Mortgage Loans (to the extent  available) to the Trust, there  can
be no  assurance that sufficient  Eligible Additional Mortgage Loans  will be
available.

     During the Revolving Period, the  Security Principal Balance will remain
constant  except in certain  limited circumstances.   See "--Distributions on
the Certificates" below.   The Pool Balance,  however, will vary each  day as
principal is  paid on  the Mortgage Loans,  liquidation losses  are incurred,
Additional Balances  are drawn  down by borrowers  under the  Mortgage Loans,
Mortgage Loans are  retransferred to  the Transferor  or Eligible  Additional
Mortgage Loans are transferred to the Trust.  Consequently, the amount of the
Transferor Interest  will fluctuate  each day to  reflect the changes  in the
Pool Balance.  During the Amortization Period, the Security Principal Balance
will  decline  as  the  Investor   Percentage  of  Principal  Collections  is
distributed to the Certificateholders.   As a result, during the Amortization
Period,  the Transferor  Interest  may  increase each  month  to reflect  the
reductions  in the  Security Principal  Balance but  may  change each  day to
reflect the variations in the Pool Balance.

     The   holder   of  a   Certificate   is   referred   to  herein   as   a
"Certificateholder."

BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their  Certificates
through the  Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States(, or CEDEL
or  Euroclear  (in Europe))  if they  are  participants of  such  systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Certificates will  be issued  in one  or more  certificates which
equal the aggregate principal balance  of the Certificates and will initially
be registered  in the name  of Cede &  Co., the nominee  of DTC.   (CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective  depositaries which in turn  will hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.   Citibank  N.A. will  act as  depositary for  CEDEL  and the  Brussels,
Belgium Branch  of Morgan  Guarantee Trust Company  of New  York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the  Book-Entry Certificates  in minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples in excess  thereof.  Except as described  below, no person
acquiring a  Book-Entry  Certificate (each,  a  "beneficial owner")  will  be
entitled to  receive a physical certificate representing  such Certificate (a
"Definitive  Certificate").   Unless and  until  Definitive Certificates  are
issued,  it  is   anticipated  that  the  only   "Certificateholder"  of  the
Certificates will  be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate Owners will
not be Certificateholders as that term  is used in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer
to the Trust  all of its  right, title and interest  in and to  each Mortgage
Loan  (including Additional  Balances  arising in  the  future), the  related
mortgage  note,  mortgages  and other  related  documents  (collectively, the
"Related Documents"), including  all payments received on or  with respect to
each such Mortgage  Loan on or after  the Cut-Off Date.  (Section  2.01)  The
Trustee, concurrently with such transfer,  will deliver the Certificates  and
the Transferor Interest to the Depositor.  (Section 2.07)  Each Mortgage Loan
transferred to the Trust will be identified on a schedule (the "Mortgage Loan
Schedule") delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.  Such schedule
will include  information as  to the Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance  of each
Mortgage  Loan,  as well  as  information  with  respect  to the  Loan  Rate.
(Article I).

     The  Agreement  will require  that,  within  the time  period  specified
therein, the  Depositor will deliver or cause to  be delivered to the Trustee
(or a custodian, as the Trustee's agent  for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans
endorsed  to the Trustee and the  Related Documents.  In  lieu of delivery of
original mortgages, the Depositor may  deliver or cause to be delivered  true
and correct copies  thereof which have  been certified as to  authenticity by
the appropriate county recording office where such mortgage is recorded.

     Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement, the  Transferor,  acting  at  the
Depositor's request, will  have ____ days after  the Closing Date to  prepare
and record  assignments of the  mortgages related  to each  Mortgage Loan  in
favor of the  Trustee (unless opinions of counsel  satisfactory to the Rating
Agencies  and the  Certificate Insurer are  delivered to the  Trustee and the
Certificate Insurer to the effect that recordation of such assignments is not
required  in the  relevant  jurisdictions  to protect  the  interests of  the
Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).  If the recording information with respect to
any assignment of  Mortgage is unavailable  within ____ days  of the  Closing
Date, such assignment will be prepared and recorded promptly after receipt of
such information, but in no event later than one year after the Closing Date.

     Within  ____  days of  the  Closing Date,  the Trustee  will  review the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents pursuant to the Agreement and if any
Mortgage Loan or  Related Document is found  to be defective in  any material
respect and  such defect is not  cured within 90  days following notification
thereof to the Transferor  and the Depositor by  the Trustee, the  Transferor
will be obligated to either (i) substitute for such Mortgage Loan an Eligible
Substitute Mortgage Loan; or (ii) purchase such Mortgage Loan at a price (the
"Purchase Price") equal to the outstanding Principal Balance of such Mortgage
Loan as  of the date  of purchase, plus  the greater of  (i) all accrued  and
unpaid interest thereon and (ii) 30  days' interest thereon, computed at  the
Loan Rate, net of the Servicing Fee  if the Transferor is the Servicer,  plus
the amount of any unreimbursed Servicing Advances made by the Servicer.   The
Purchase Price will be deposited in the Collection Account on or prior to the
next  succeeding Determination  Date  after  such  obligation  arises.    The
obligation  of the  Transferor to  repurchase or  substitute for  a Defective
Mortgage Loan is the sole remedy regarding  any defects in the Mortgage Loans
and Related  Documents available to  the Trustee  or the  Certificateholders.
(Section 2.02)

     In connection with  the substitution of an  Eligible Substitute Mortgage
Loan, the Transferor will be required to deposit in the Collection Account on
or  prior to  the next  succeeding Determination  Date after  such obligation
arises an amount (the  "Substitution Adjustment") equal to the excess  of the
Principal Balance of  the related Defective Mortgage Loan,  together with the
greater of  (x) all  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon and  (y) 30  days'
interest thereon, computed at the Loan Rate,  net of the Servicing Fee if the
Transferor is  the Servicer,  plus the amount  of any  unreimbursed Servicing
Advances made by  the Servicer with respect to such  Defective Mortgage Loan,
over the Principal Balance of such Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the Transferor for a Defective Mortgage Loan which must, on the  date of such
substitution, (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or, in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal  Balance), not in  excess of, and  not more than  5% less
than, the Principal Balance of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have  a Loan
Rate not  less than the Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more
than 1% in excess  of the Loan  Rate of such  Defective Mortgage Loan;  (iii)
have a Loan Rate based on the  Prime Rate with adjustments to such Loan  Rate
made on the same Adjustment Date as that of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv)
have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan
and not more than 100 basis  points higher than the Margin for  the Defective
Mortgage Loan; (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as
the mortgage relating  to the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi)  have a remaining
term  to maturity  not more than  six months  earlier and not  later than the
remaining term to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan;  (vii) comply with
each representation and  warranty as to the  Mortgage Loans set forth  in the
Agreement (deemed  to be  made as of  the date  of substitution);  and (viii)
satisfy certain other conditions specified in the Agreement.

     The Transferor  will make certain  representations and warranties  as to
the accuracy in all material respects of certain information furnished to the
Trustee  with respect  to each  Mortgage Loan  (e.g., Cut-Off  Date Principal
Balance and  the Loan Rate).  In addition,  the Transferor will represent and
warrant, on the Closing Date,  that, among other things:  (i) at the time  of
transfer to the Depositor, the Transferor has  transferred or assigned all of
its  right,  title  and  interest  in  each  Mortgage  Loan and  the  Related
Documents, free of any  lien (subject to  certain exceptions); and (ii)  each
Mortgage Loan  complied, at the time of origination, in all material respects
with applicable state and  federal laws.  Upon  discovery of a breach  of any
such representation and warranty  which materially and adversely  affects the
interests of the Certificateholders in  the related Mortgage Loan and Related
Documents, the Transferor will have a period of ____ days after  discovery or
notice of the breach to effect a cure.  If the breach  cannot be cured within
the ____-day period, the Transferor will  be obligated to (i) substitute  for
such Defective  Mortgage Loan  an Eligible Substitute  Mortgage Loan  or (ii)
purchase such Defective Mortgage Loan from the Trust.  The same procedure and
limitations that  are set forth  above for  the substitution  or purchase  of
Defective  Mortgage Loans  as a  result of  deficient documentation  relating
thereto will  apply to the substitution  or purchase of  a Defective Mortgage
Loan as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty in the Agreement
that    materially   and   adversely    affects   the   interests    of   the
Certificateholders.  (Section 2.04)

     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Transferor as described
in the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

     Pursuant to the Agreement, the  Servicer will service and administer the
Mortgage Loans as more fully set forth above.

(TRANSFERS OF ELIGIBLE ADDITIONAL MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRUST

     If, for each  of (    ) consecutive  business days during  the Revolving
Period, the Transferor Interest for each such date  is less than (  )% of the
Pool Balance, then  not later  than the  (   ) business day  of the  calendar
month beginning at  least (   ) business days after such (     ) business day
thereafter the Transferor will be obligated to transfer to the Trust Eligible
Additional  Mortgage  Loans  (but  only   to  the  extent  available  in  the
(Transferor's)  (Seller's)  portfolio),  which may  be  generated  under home
equity  credit lines in  any billing cycle,  so that, after  giving effect to
such transfer, the  Transferor Interest will equal at  least (      )% of the
Pool Balance on such date.  An  "Eligible Additional Mortgage Loan" is a home
equity loan that, as  of the date of notice by the Transferor to the Trustee,
the Servicer and the (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer of its transfer
to the Trust (the "Notice Date"), was an Eligible  Mortgage Loan and that, as
of  the  Notice  Date,  complies  with  the  representations  and  warranties
described under  "Assignment of Mortgage  Loans" above.  The  Transferor must
satisfy the following conditions, among others, in order to transfer Eligible
Additional Mortgage  Loans to the Trust:  (i)  the Pool Balance, after giving
effect to such transfer, will not exceed  $     ; (ii) the Mortgage Files for
such  Eligible Additional  Mortgage Loans  shall have  been delivered  to the
Trustee (or  a custodian on its behalf); and  (iii) the Transferor shall have
given notice of  the proposed transfer  to each Rating  Agency and no  Rating
Agency has notified the Transferor in writing prior to the transfer date that
such transfer  will result in a  reduction or withdrawal of  its then-current
rating for the Certificates.

     In  addition, the  Transferor may,  at its  election, transfer  Eligible
Additional Mortgage Loans subject to satisfaction of the conditions described
above.)

(OPTIONAL RETRANSFERS OF MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRANSFEROR

     Subject  to the  conditions specified in  the Agreement,  the Transferor
may, at its option, require the retransfer of one or more Mortgage Loans from
the Trust to it  on the last day of any Collection Period.   The Pool Balance
after giving effect to such retransfer must not be less than the Pool Balance
on  the  Closing  Date.   The  Transferor  will be  required  to  satisfy the
following  conditions, among  others:   (i)  the Transferor  shall reasonably
believe that  such retransfer will not  cause an Early Amortization  Event to
occur; (ii) as of  the (      ) business day prior to  the proposed transfer,
not more than  (   )% (based  on Loan Balances) of the  Mortgage Loans (after
giving effect to the proposed transfer) are  delinquent more than 30 days and
the  weighted average  delinquency of all  of the Mortgage  Loans (before and
after giving effect to the proposed transfer) is not more than 60 days; (iii)
the Depositor shall have represented that  no selection procedures reasonably
believed   by  the  Depositor   to  be  adverse  to   the  interests  of  the
Certificateholders or the  (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer were used
to select the  Mortgage Loans to be  removed; (iv) the Transferor  shall have
received evidence satisfactory  to it that the  reassignment will not,  as of
the date thereof,  prevent the transfer of the Mortgage  Loans (including any
Additional  Balances)  to the  Trust from  being recognized  as a  sale under
generally accepted  accounting principles and shall have received no evidence
that such reassignment will,  as of the  date thereof, prevent such  transfer
from being recognized as a sale for  regulatory purposes; and (v) each Rating
Agency shall have been notified of  the proposed retransfer and prior to  the
date of  retransfer no Rating  Agency has  notified the Depositor  in writing
that such retransfer would  result in a reduction or withdrawal  of its then-
current rating of the Certificates.)

PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE  LOANS; DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT  AND DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT

     The Trustee shall  establish and maintain on  behalf of the Servicer  an
account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The  Collection Account  will be  an  Eligible Account  (as defined  herein).
Subject to  the investment provision  described in the  following paragraphs,
upon receipt by  the Servicer  of amounts  in respect of  the Mortgage  Loans
(excluding amounts  representing the  Servicing Fee,  administrative charges,
taxes,  assessments, credit  insurance  charges,  insurance  proceeds  to  be
applied to  the restoration  or  repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar
items), the  Servicer will  deposit such amounts  in the  Collection Account.
Amounts so deposited may be invested in Eligible Investments (as described in
the Agreement) maturing  no later than one Business Day prior  to the date on
which the  amount  on deposit  therein is  required to  be  deposited in  the
Distribution  Account or on such Distribution  Date if approved by the Rating
Agencies and the Certificate Insurer.

     The  Trustee will  establish an  account  (the "Security  Account") into
which will  be deposited  amounts withdrawn from  the Collection  Account for
distribution  to Certificateholders  on a  Distribution Date.   The  Security
Account will  be an  Eligible Account.   Amounts  on deposit  therein may  be
invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day prior
to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible  Account" is  an  account that  is (i)  maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies,  (ii)
one or more accounts with  a depository institution which accounts  are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance Fund  ("BIF") of the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  with a
minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of (    ), (iii)  a segregated trust
account maintained  with the Trustee  or an affiliate  of the Trustee  in its
fiduciary  capacity or  (iv) otherwise  acceptable to  each Rating  Agency as
evidenced  by  a letter  from  each  Rating Agency  to  the Trustee,  without
reduction or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates.

     Eligible Investments are  specified in the Agreement and  are limited to
investments which meet  the criteria of the Rating Agencies from time to time
as being consistent with their then current ratings of the Certificates.

     Investor   Percentage  and  Transferor  Percentage.    Pursuant  to  the
Agreement, the Servicer  will allocate between the Investor  Interest and the
Transferor  Interest all  amounts (including  any  Net Liquidation  Proceeds)
collected  under  the  Mortgage  Loans  on  account  of  interest  ("Interest
Collections"),  all amounts  (including Net  Liquidation Proceeds)  collected
under the Mortgage  Loans on account  of principal ("Principal  Collections")
and the amount of the unrecovered Loan Balance of any Defaulted Mortgage Loan
at  the end of  the Collection Period  in which such  Defaulted Mortgage Loan
became  a  Defaulted  Mortgage  Loan  (the "Liquidation  Loss  Amount").    A
"Defaulted Mortgage  Loan" is a  Mortgage Loan that  has been written  off as
uncollectible by the Servicer.  The Collection Period for a Distribution Date
is the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date or, in the case of the
first  Distribution Date, the  period from the Cut-Off  Date through the last
day of the calendar month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date
occurs.  The Servicer will make each  allocation by reference to the Investor
Percentage and  the Transferor  Percentage applicable in  each case  during a
Collection Period.

     For  convenience,  this  Prospectus Supplement  refers  to  the Investor
Percentage  with respect to  Interest Collections, Principal  Collections and
Liquidation  Loss  Amounts  as  if  the Investor  Percentage  were  the  same
percentage  at all  times in each  case.   The Investor  Percentage may  be a
different percentage for each Collection Period, and will vary primarily as a
result of changes in the Pool Balance.

     The Investor Percentage will be calculated as follows:

     Interest  Collections and  Liquidation  Loss Amounts.    When used  with
respect to  Interest Collections  and Liquidation Loss  Amounts at  any time,
"Investor  Percentage"  means the  percentage  equivalent of  a  fraction the
numerator of which  is the Security Principal Balance  and the denominator of
which  is the Pool  Balance, in each  case as of  the end  of the immediately
preceding Collection Period (or,  in the case of the first Collection Period,
as of the Closing Date).

     Principal  Collections  during the  Revolving  Period.   When  used with
respect  to  Principal  Collections during  the  Revolving  Period, "Investor
Percentage" means  the percentage equivalent  of a fraction the  numerator of
which is the amount of the Security  Principal Balance and the denominator of
which is  the Pool Balance,  in each case  as of the  end of the  immediately
preceding Collection Period (or, in the case of the  first Collection Period,
as of the Closing Date).

     Principal  Collections during the  Amortization Period.   When used with
respect  to Principal Collections  during the Amortization  Period, "Investor
Percentage" means  the percentage equivalent  of a fraction the  numerator of
which is the amount of the Security Principal Balance and the  denominator of
which  is the  Pool Balance,  in each  case as  of the  end of  the Revolving
Period.

     The Transferor Percentage will, in all cases, be equal to 100% minus the
applicable Investor Percentage.

     As a result of the calculations described above, Interest Collections in
each Collection Period  will be allocated to the  Certificateholders based on
the relationship of the Security Principal Balance to the Pool Balance (which
may fluctuate  from  month to  month).    As described  above,  the  Investor
Percentage applied  when allocating Principal Collections is expected to vary
from  month  to month  during  the  Revolving  Period, because  the  Security
Principal Balance  as a  percentage of the  Pool Balance will  fluctuate from
month  to month.   During  the Amortization  Period, however,  the amount  of
Principal Collections allocated  to the Investor Interest will  be determined
by  reference  to a  fixed percentage  which  will be  equal to  the Investor
Percentage  with respect  to Principal  Collections  on the  last day  of the
Revolving Period.

     Deposits in  the Collection Account and  Payments to the Depositor.   On
the Closing Date, the Servicer  will deposit in the Collection Account  funds
in the  amount of  the  Investor Percentage  of Interest  Collections on  the
Mortgage Loans received during the period from the Cut-Off Date to the second
business day  preceding the  Closing Date, but  not in  excess of  the amount
needed  to distribute  the  required  interest on  the  Certificates and  the
Servicing Fee  to be distributed  on the initial  Distribution Date.   On and
after  the  Closing  Date,  the  Servicer  will,  subject  to  the  following
paragraph,  deposit on  a  daily  basis within  two  business days  following
receipt thereof  (i) during each  Collection Period in the  Revolving Period,
the  Investor  Percentage  of  Interest  Collections  and  (ii)  during  each
Collection Period in the Amortization  Period, the Investor Percentage of all
Interest Collections and Principal Collections.  The Servicer will pay to the
Transferor within two  business days of  its receipt thereof (i)  during each
Collection Period in  the Revolving Period, the Transferor  Percentage of all
Interest Collections and, if the  Transferor Interest (after giving effect to
any transfers of Additional Balances or Eligible Additional Mortgage Loans to
the  Trust on  such day)  is equal  to or  greater than zero,  the Transferor
Percentage of  all Principal Collections  and the Investor Percentage  of all
Principal  Collections  and  (ii)  during   each  Collection  Period  in  the
Amortization Period, the  Transferor Percentage of Interest  Collections and,
if  the  Transferor  Interest  (after  giving  effect  to  any  transfers  of
Additional Balances  or Eligible  Additional Mortgage Loans  to the  Trust on
such  day) is greater  than zero, the Transferor  Percentage of all Principal
Collections.


     The  Trustee will deposit in  the Security Account  any amounts drawn on
the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) as described below.

     Any  Principal Collections  not paid  to the  Transferor because  of the
limitations  described above  ("Unallocated Principal Collections"),  will be
deposited  and  retained  in  the  Collection  Account  for  payment  to  the
Transferor, during the Revolving Period,  if and when the Transferor Interest
is  greater   than  zero  and,   during  the  Amortization  Period,   to  the
Certificateholders.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES

     On the  (___) day  preceding each Distribution  Date, the  Trustee shall
transfer funds  from the Collection  Account to the Distribution  Account for
the distributions  described below.   Beginning  with  the Distribution  Date
occurring on ______________,  distributions on the Certificates  will be made
by the Trustee out of  amounts on deposit in the Security  Account on each 
Distribution Date to the persons in  whose names such Certificates are 
registered  at the close of business on the (day prior to each Distribution
Date) (the "Record Date"), except  as  provided in  "Registration  of
Certificates"  below.   The  term "Distribution Date" means the ____  day of
each month (or if such  ___ day is not a business day the next succeeding
business day).  Distributions will be made by  check  mailed  (or  upon the
request  of  a  Certificateholder  owning Certificates  having denominations
aggregating at least  $__________, by wire transfer or otherwise) to the address
of the person entitled thereto ((which, in the case of Book-Entry Certificates,
will be DTC or its nominee)) as it appears on the Certificate Register in
amounts calculated  as described herein on the ______ business  day (but no
later  than the _______  calendar day)  of the month in which the related
Distribution  Date occurs (the  "Determination Date").   However, the final
distribution  in respect of the Certificates will be made only upon 
presentation and surrender thereof at the office or the agency of the Trustee
specified in the notice to Certificateholders of such final distribution.

     Distributions of  Interest Collections  and Required Amounts.   On  each
Distribution  Date, the  Trustee,  on  behalf of  the  Trust,  shall pay  the
following amounts in the following order of priority to the following persons
from the Investor  Interest of all Interest Collections  collected during the
related Collection Period,  together with the Required Amount,  if any, drawn
on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) for such Distribution Date.

     ((i)   to the Certificateholders,  interest at the Certificate  Rate for
the Interest Accrual Period preceding  such Distribution Date on the Security
Principal Balance outstanding immediately prior to such Distribution Date;

     (ii)    to the  Certificateholders,  any  interest on  the  Certificates
accrued  in  accordance  with  clause   (i)  that  has  not  been  previously
distributed  to Certificateholders plus,  to the extent  legally permissible,
interest thereon  at the Certificate  Rate applicable from  time to  time (an
"Unpaid Interest Shortfall");

     (iii)  to the  Servicer,  the  Investor Servicing  Fee  for the  related
Interest Accrual  Period and all  accrued and unpaid Investor  Servicing Fees
for previous Interest Periods;

     (iv)   if such  Distribution Date  is in  the Revolving  Period, to  the
Transferor, the Investor Percentage of  the aggregate of all Liquidation Loss
amounts  incurred  in the  preceding  Collection  Period; provided  that  the
Transferor Interest  (after  giving effect  to  any transfers  of  Additional
Balances  and Eligible  Additional  Mortgage Loans  on such  date and  to the
distribution  of such Liquidation  Loss Amount) is  equal to or  greater than
zero;

     (v)   if such Distribution  Date is in  the Amortization Period,  to the
Certificateholders,  the  Investor   Percentage  of  the  aggregate   of  all
Liquidation Loss Amounts incurred in the preceding Collection Period;

     (vi)  to the Certificateholders,  the aggregate of the amounts allocable
pursuant to clause (v) that were  not previously distributed pursuant to such
clause  (each  such  undistributed  amount  being referred  to  herein  as  a
"Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount"); and

     (vii) to  the Certificateholders, accrued  and unpaid  interest on  each
unreimbursed  Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount (such interest
being calculated  at the  Certificate Rate for  each Interest  Accrual Period
during which such unreimbursed amount was outstanding.)

     A Security Principal Balance Loss  Deduction Amount represents a loss of
principal in  respect of Defaulted  Mortgage Loans allocable to  the Investor
Interest and will arise when  the Investor Percentage of Interest Collections
and the Required Amount are not sufficient  to cover such loss, in accordance
with  the priority  of distributions  described  above.   As described  under
"General"  above, any Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amounts which
have  not been  reimbursed,  as  provided herein,  will  reduce the  Security
Principal Balance.

     The Required Amount for each Distribution Date will be the lesser of (i)
the  (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount  and (ii) the amount, if any, by
which (a) the full amount distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
clauses (i) through  (vii) above exceeds (b)  the Investor Percentage  of the
Interest Collections for the related  Collection Period.  The Required Amount
will be drawn on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).

     Distributions of Principal.   On each Distribution Date  after the first
Collection Period in the Amortization  Period, the Trustee will distribute to
the  Certificateholders  the  Investor  Percentage of  Principal  Collections
received in the  preceding Collection Period.  In addition,  the Trustee will
distribute   to  Certificateholders  on  any  Distribution  Date  during  the
Amortization Period any Retransfer Deposit Amount (or drawn on the (Letter of
Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  in  respect  thereof)  received  in   the  preceding
Collection Period and  any Unallocated Principal Collections then  on deposit
in the Distribution Account.  The aggregate distributions of principal to the
Certificateholders will not exceed the Initial Security Principal Balance.

CERTIFICATE RATE

     (The "Certificate Rate" for a Distribution Date will generally equal the
sum of (a) LIBOR and (b) ____% per annum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in
no event will the amount of interest required to be distributed in respect of
the Certificates on any Distribution Date exceed a rate equal to  the average
of the Loan Rates (net  of the Servicing Fee Rate) as of the first day of the
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date, weighted on the basis of
the Principal  Balance of each Mortgage Loan as of  such date (adjusted to an
effective  rate reflecting  accrued interest  calculated  on the  basis of  a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).)

     Interest on  the Certificates in  respect of any Distribution  Date will
accrue  on the Principal Balance from the  preceding Distribution Date (or in
the case  of the first Distribution Date, from  the Closing Date) through the
day preceding such Distribution Date  (each such period, an "Interest Accrual
Period") on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.


     (Calculation of  LIBOR.  "LIBOR"  with respect to any  Distribution Date
will be determined by the Trustee and  will be equal to the offered rates for
deposits in United  States dollars having a maturity of one month (the "Index
Maturity") commencing  on the  second LIBOR Business  Day (as  defined below)
prior  to the previous Distribution Date,  which appear on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page  as  of approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London time,  on  such date  of
calculation.  If at least two such offered rates appear on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page, LIBOR will  be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the nearest one-sixteenth  of a percent) of such offered rates.   If fewer
than two such quotations appear, LIBOR with respect to such Distribution Date
will  be  determined  at  approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London  time,  on  such
determination date  on the  basis of  the rate  at which  deposits in  United
States dollars having  the Index Maturity are  offered to prime banks  in the
London interbank  market by four major  banks in the London  interbank market
selected by the Trustee and in  a principal amount equal to an amount  of not
less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that is representative for a single transaction
in such market at such  time.  The Trustee will request the  principal London
office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least
two such quotations are  provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (rounded
upwards as aforesaid) of  such quotations.  If fewer than  two quotations are
provided, LIBOR with respect to such Distribution Date will be the arithmetic
mean  (rounded upwards  as aforesaid)  of the  rates quoted  at approximately
11:00 A.M., New  York City time,  on such determination  date by three  major
banks  in New  York, New York  selected by  the Trustee  for loans  in United
States dollars  to leading European banks having the  Index Maturity and in a
principal amount equal to an amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that
is  representative for  a  single transaction  in such  market at  such time;
provided, however, that  if the banks selected  as aforesaid by the  Bank are
not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR in effect for the applicable
period will be LIBOR in effect for the previous period.)

     (For purposes of calculating LIBOR,  a "LIBOR Business Day" will be  any
Business Day  on which  dealings  in deposits  in United  States dollars  are
transacted in the London interbank market and "Reuters Screen LIBO Page" will
be the display designated  as page "LIBO" on the Reuters  Monitor Money Rates
Service (or  such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks).)

THE (LETTER OF CREDIT) (SURETY BOND)

     On the Closing Date,  the (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer  will
issue the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) in favor of  the Trustee on behalf
of the Trust to support payments on the Certificates.  On  each Determination
Date, the Servicer  will determine the  amounts required to  be drawn on  the
(Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond), up to the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)
Amount,  on   the  related   Distribution  Date.     See  "Distributions   on
Certificates" above.

     The amount  available under  the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) (the
"(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount") for the initial Distribution Date
will be $__________.  For  each Distribution Date thereafter, the  (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount  will equal the lesser  of (i) ___% of  the Pool
Balance as of the first day of  the preceding Collection Period (after giving
effect to any amounts distributed  with respect to principal of the  Mortgage
Loans on the Distribution Date occurring in such preceding Collection Period)
and (ii)  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount  as of the first day of
the preceding Collection Period, minus any amounts drawn under the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety  Bond)  during such  preceding  Collection Period,  plus  any
amounts  paid  to  the  (Letter  of  Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  Issuer  on  the
Distribution Date  occurring in  such preceding Collection  Period up  to the
amount of any previous draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

     As described above,  the Revolving Period will continue  until the close
of business on  the last day of __________ unless an Early Amortization Event
occurs prior  thereto.  The term "Early Amortization  Event" refers to any of
the following events:

          ((a)  failure on the  part of the Servicer or the Depositor  (i) to
     make any  payment or deposit  on the date  required under  the Agreement
     within five business  days after such payment or  deposit is required to
     be made,  (ii) to  observe or  perform in any  material respect  certain
     covenants  of  the Servicer  or the  Depositor  or (iii)  to  observe or
     perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the
     Servicer or the Depositor set forth in the  Agreement, which failure, in
     each  case,  materially and  adversely  affects  the  interests  of  the
     Certificateholders and  which, in  the case  of clause  (iii), continues
     unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice and continues to
     materially  and adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders
     for such period;

          (b)   any representation  or warranty made  by the Servicer  or the
     Depositor in the Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any material
     respect  when  made,  as   a  result  of  which  the  interests  of  the
     Certificateholders  are   materially  and   adversely  affected,   which
     continues to  be incorrect in  any material respect  for a period  of 60
     days  after  written  notice  and  which  continues  to  materially  and
     adversely  affect the  interests  of  the  Certificateholders  for  such
     period; provided, however, that an Early Amortization Event shall not be
     deemed to occur  thereunder if the Depositor has  accepted retransfer of
     the related  Mortgage Loan  or all such  Mortgage Loans,  if applicable,
     during  such period (or such longer  period (not to exceed an additional
     60 days) as  the Trustee may specify) in  accordance with the provisions
     of the Agreement;

          (c)   the Trust  becomes subject to  registration as  an investment
     company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

          (d)   if the  Depositor fails  to  transfer to  the Trust  Eligible
     Additional Mortgage Loans by the time it is required to do so;

          (e)   an Event of Default under the  Agreement (as described in the
     Prospectus under "THE AGREEMENTS--Events of Default") occurs;

          (f)  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount is less than     %
     of the Security Principal Balance; or

          (g)    if  the  average  of the  Investor  Percentage  of  Interest
     Collections for any  three consecutive Collection  Periods is less  than
     the  amounts to  be distributed  to Certificateholders  as set  forth in
     subsections (i) through (vii) under "Distributions on the Certificates--
     Distributions  of Interest Collections  and Required Amounts"  above for
     the three Distribution Dates relating to such Collection Periods.)

     (In  the case  of any event  described in  clauses (a) or  (b), an Early
Amortization  Event will  be  deemed  to have  occurred  only if,  after  the
expiration of the applicable grace period, if any, described in such clauses,
either the Trustee or holders of Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests
aggregating more than 51% or the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer (but
only if the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) is outstanding or the (Letter of
Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer has  not been fully  reimbursed for all amounts
paid to the Trust by the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer), by written
notice to the Depositor and the Servicer  (and to the Trustee if given by the
Certificateholders or the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer)  declare
that an Early Amortization Event has occurred as of  the date of such notice.
In the case of any event described in  clauses (c), (d), (e) or (f), an Early
Amortization Event  will be  deemed to  have occurred without  any notice  or
other  action on  the part of  the Trustee  or the Certificateholders  or the
(Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer immediately upon the  occurrence of
such event.   On the date on  which an Early Amortization Event  is deemed to
have  occurred,  the Amortization  Period  will  commence.   In  such  event,
distributions of principal to the  Certificateholders will begin on the first
Distribution Date following  the month in which the  Early Amortization Event
occurs.  If,  because of the occurrence  of an Early Amortization  Event, the
Amortization Period  begins earlier  than __________, the  date on  which the
Amortization Period is  scheduled to commence, Certificateholders  will begin
receiving distributions of principal  earlier than they would otherwise  have
under  the   Agreement,  which  may   shorten  the  final  maturity   of  the
Certificates.)

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     Concurrently with  each  distribution  to  the  Certificateholders,  the
Trustee will  forward  to each  Certificateholder a  statement setting  forth
among other items:

            (i)  the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;

           (ii)  the  amount, if any, of overdue accrued interest included in
     such distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (iii)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  remaining  overdue  accrued
     interest after giving effect to such distribution;

           (iv)  the   amount,  if  any,   of  principal  included   in  such
     distribution;

            (v)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  reimbursement  of  previous
     Liquidation Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

           (vi)  the   amount,  if   any,   of  the   aggregate  unreimbursed
     Liquidation Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vii)  the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

         (viii)  the Pool Balance  as of the end of  the preceding Collection
     Period;

           (ix)  the  number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans as  to which the minimum  monthly payment is  delinquent for 30-59
     days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period; and

            (x)  the book  value of any real estate  which is acquired by the
     Trust through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) and
(v) above,  the amounts shall  be expressed as  a dollar amount  per Security
with a $1,000  denomination.  Within 60  days after the end  of each calendar
year, the Trustee  will forward to  each Person, if  requested in writing  by
such Person, who was a Certificateholder during the prior calendar year

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES ON MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called
for  under the Mortgage Loans and will, consistent with the Agreement, follow
such collection procedures  as it follows from  time to time with  respect to
the home equity  loans in its servicing portfolio comparable  to the Mortgage
Loans.  Consistent with  the above, the Servicer may in  its discretion waive
any late payment charge or any assumption or other fee or charge that may  be
collected in the  ordinary course of servicing the  Mortgage Loans.  (Section
3.02)

     With respect  to the  Mortgage Loans,  the Servicer  may arrange  with a
borrower a schedule for the payment of interest  due and unpaid for a period,
provided that any such arrangement is consistent with the Servicer's policies
with respect  to the home  equity mortgage loans  it owns or  services.  With
respect to Mortgage  Loans that are junior  in priority to a First  Lien on a
Mortgaged Property, the Servicer has the power under certain circumstances to
consent to a  new mortgage lien  on such  Mortgaged Property having  priority
over such  Mortgage Loan in  connection with  the refinancing  of such  First
Lien.

HAZARD INSURANCE

     The Servicer will cause to be maintained fire  and hazard insurance with
extended  coverage customary  in the  area  where the  Mortgaged Property  is
located, in  an amount  which is  at least  equal to  the lesser  of (i)  the
outstanding Principal  Balance on  the Mortgage Loan  and any  related senior
lien(s), (ii) the full insurable value  of the premises securing the Mortgage
Loan and (iii) the minimum amount  required to compensate for damage or  loss
on a  replacement cost basis  in each  case in an  amount not less  than such
amount as is necessary  to avoid the  application of any co-insurance  clause
contained  in  the  related  hazard  insurance policy.    Generally,  if  the
Mortgaged Property is  in an area identified  in the Federal Register  by the
Flood Emergency Management Agency as FLOOD ZONE "A", such flood insurance has
been  made available  and  the  Servicer determines  that  such insurance  is
necessary in accordance with accepted second mortgage  servicing practices of
prudent lending institutions, the Servicer will cause to be purchased a flood
insurance policy with a generally  acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount
representing  coverage  not  less  than  the least  of  (a)  the  outstanding
Principal Balance  of the  Mortgage Loan  and the  first lien,  (b) the  full
insurable  value of  the  Mortgaged Property,  or (c)  the maximum  amount of
insurance  available under  the  National  Flood Insurance  Act  of 1968,  as
amended.  The Servicer will also maintain on REO Property, to the extent such
insurance is available,  fire and hazard insurance in  the applicable amounts
described  above,  liability  insurance  and,  to  the  extent  required  and
available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, and the
Servicer  determines that  such  insurance is  necessary  in accordance  with
accepted second mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions,
flood insurance  in an  amount equal  to that  required above.   Any  amounts
collected by the Servicer under any  such policies (other than amounts to  be
applied to  the restoration  or repair of  the Mortgaged  Property, or  to be
released to  the  Mortgagor  in accordance  with  customary  second  mortgage
servicing procedures) will be deposited in the Collection Account, subject to
retention by  the Servicer  to the extent  such amounts  constitute servicing
compensation or to withdrawal pursuant to the Agreement.

     In the event that the Servicer obtains and maintains a blanket policy as
provided  in the  Agreement insuring  against  fire and  hazards of  extended
coverage on all of the Mortgage Loans, then, to the extent such  policy names
the Servicer as loss  payee and provides coverage  in an amount equal to  the
aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loans without coinsurance;
and otherwise complies with  the requirements of the first paragraph  of this
subsection, the  Servicer will be  deemed conclusively to have  satisfied its
obligations with respect to fire and hazard insurance coverage.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer will  foreclose  upon or  otherwise comparably  convert to
ownership Mortgaged  Properties securing such  of the Mortgage Loans  as come
into  default when, in accordance  with applicable servicing procedures under
the Agreement, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for the collection of
delinquent  payments.    In  connection   with  such  foreclosure  or   other
conversion, the Servicer will follow such practices  as it deems necessary or
advisable  and  as are  in  keeping  with  its general  subordinate  mortgage
servicing activities,  provided the Servicer  will not be required  to expend
its own funds in connection  with foreclosure or other conversion, correction
of default on a related senior  mortgage loan or restoration of any  property
unless, in  its sole  judgment, such foreclosure,  correction or  restoration
will increase Net Liquidation Proceeds.  (Section 3.06)  The Servicer will be
reimbursed out  of Liquidation  Proceeds  for advances  of its  own funds  as
liquidation expenses before  any Net Liquidation Proceeds are  distributed to
Certificateholders.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to  each Due Period, other  than the first Due  Period, the
Servicer will receive from interest payments in respect of the Mortgage Loans
a portion of such interest payments as a monthly  Servicing Fee in the amount
equal to ____% per annum ("Servicing  Fee Rate") on the Principal Balance  of
each Mortgage Loan  as of the first day  of each such Due Period  as to which
such payment was made.   All assumption fees, late payment  charges and other
fees and charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained by
the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement,  including,   without  limitation,   payment  of   the  fees   and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar and any paying agent.

     The  Servicer's   right  to  reimbursement  for  unreimbursed  Servicing
Advances  is  limited to  late  collections  on  the related  Mortgage  Loan,
including  Liquidation  Proceeds,   released  mortgaged  property   proceeds,
Insurance Proceeds and such other amounts as may be collected by the Servicer
from the  related Mortgagor  or otherwise  relating to  the Mortgage  Loan in
respect of which such unreimbursed amounts are owed.  The Servicer's right to
reimbursement  for unreimbursed  Monthly  Advances shall  be limited  to late
collections of interest on any Mortgage Loan and to Liquidation Proceeds  and
Insurance  Proceeds on  the related Mortgage  Loan.  The  Servicer's right to
such reimbursements is prior to the rights of Certificateholders.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     The  Agreement provides for  delivery on or  before the last  day of the
fifth month  following the  end of the  Servicer's fiscal year,  beginning in
199_, to the Trustee, the Certificate  Insurer and the Rating Agencies of  an
annual statement signed by an officer of the Servicer to the  effect that the
Servicer  has  fulfilled   its  material  obligations  under   the  Agreement
throughout the preceding fiscal year,  except as specified in such statement.
(Section 3.10)

     On or before  the last day of the  fifth month following the  end of the
Servicer's fiscal year, beginning in 199_, the Servicer will furnish a report
prepared by a  firm of nationally  recognized independent public  accountants
(who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Depositor)  to the
Trustee, the Certificate Insurer and the  Rating Agencies to the effect  that
such  firm  has  examined  certain  documents and  the  records  relating  to
servicing of the  Mortgage Loans under the  Uniform Single Audit Program  for
Mortgage Bankers and  such firm's conclusion with respect  thereto.  (Section
3.11)

     The Servicer's fiscal year is the calendar year.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     The  Agreement  provides that  the  Servicer  may  not resign  from  its
obligations  and duties  thereunder, except  in connection  with a  permitted
transfer of servicing,  unless (i) such duties and obligations  are no longer
permissible under applicable  law or are  in material  conflict by reason  of
applicable  law with  any  other activities  of a  type and  nature presently
carried  on by  it or  its affiliate  or  (ii) upon  the satisfaction  of the
following conditions:   (a) the Servicer has proposed a successor servicer to
the Trustee  in writing  and such proposed  successor servicer  is reasonably
acceptable to  the Trustee;  (b) the  Rating Agencies  have confirmed  to the
Trustee  that the  appointment of  such  proposed successor  servicer as  the
Servicer will not result in the  reduction or withdrawal of the then  current
rating  of the  Certificates; and  (c)  such proposed  successor servicer  is
reasonably acceptable to  the Certificate Insurer.  No  such resignation will
become effective  until the Trustee or  a successor servicer has  assumed the
Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.  (Section 7.04)

     The  Servicer may perform  any of its  duties and obligations  under the
Agreement  through  one or  more  subservicers  or  delegates, which  may  be
affiliates  of  the  Servicer.   Notwithstanding  any  such arrangement,  the
Servicer  will   remain  liable  and   obligated  to  the  Trustee   and  the
Certificateholders  for the  Servicer's  duties  and  obligations  under  the
Agreement, without any  diminution of such  duties and obligations and  as if
the Servicer  itself were performing  such duties and obligations.   (Section
7.05)

     The Agreement provides  that the Servicer will indemnify  the Trust Fund
and the  Trustee from and  against any  loss, liability,  expense, damage  or
injury  suffered  or  sustained as  a  result of  the  Servicer's  actions or
omissions in connection with the servicing and administration of the Mortgage
Loans which are not in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.   The
Agreement  provides that  neither the  Depositor nor  the Servicer  nor their
directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other liability to
the Trust, the  Trustee, the Certificateholders  or any other person  for any
action taken  or  for  refraining from  taking  any action  pursuant  to  the
Agreement.  However, neither the Depositor nor the Servicer will be protected
against any liability  which would otherwise be imposed by  reason of willful
misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of the Depositor or the Servicer in
the performance of  its duties under the  Agreement or by reason  of reckless
disregard of its obligations thereunder.  In addition, the Agreement provides
that the Servicer will not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or
defend  any   legal  action  which   is  not  incidental  to   its  servicing
responsibilities  under  the  Agreement.    The Servicer  may,  in  its  sole
discretion,  undertake any such  legal action which it  may deem necessary or
desirable  with respect  to the Agreement  and the  rights and duties  of the
parties  thereto and  the  interest  of  the  Certificateholders  thereunder.
(Sections 7.03, 7.05, 7.06 and 8.02)

     Any corporation into  which the Servicer may be  merged or consolidated,
or any corporation resulting from  any merger, conversion or consolidation to
which the  Servicer shall be  a party, or  any corporation succeeding  to the
business of  the Servicer shall be  the successor of  the Servicer hereunder,
without the execution or filing  of any paper or any further act  on the part
of any  of the  parties hereto,  anything in  the Agreement  to the  contrary
notwithstanding.  (Section 7.02)

EVENTS OF SERVICING TERMINATION

     "Events of Servicing  Termination" will consist of: (i)  (A) any failure
by the Servicer to make any required Monthly Advance or (B) any other failure
of the Servicer to deposit in the Collection Account any deposit  required to
be  made under  the Agreement,  which  failure continues  unremedied for  one
Business Day  after  the giving  of written  notice of  such  failure to  the
Servicer  by  the  Trustee,  or  to  the  Servicer  and  the  Trustee  by the
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
Fund of at least 25% of  the Certificate Principal Balance; (ii) any  failure
by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any  material respect any other
of  its  covenants  or agreements  in  the  Agreement  which, in  each  case,
materially and adversely affects the  interests of the Certificateholders and
continues unremedied  for 60 days after the giving  of written notice of such
failure to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by
the Certificateholders  evidencing an  aggregate, undivided  interest in  the
Trust of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance; (iii) any failure
by  the  Servicer to  make  any  required  Servicing Advance,  which  failure
continues  unremedied for  a period of  30 days  after the giving  of written
notice of such failure to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and
the  Trustee by  the Certificateholders  evidencing  an aggregate,  undivided
interest in the Trust of at  least 25% of the Certificate Principal  Balance;
or (iv)  certain events of  insolvency, readjustment of debt,  marshalling of
assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings relating to the  Servicer and
certain  actions by  the Servicer  indicating  insolvency, reorganization  or
inability to pay its obligations (an "Insolvency Event").

     Upon the  occurrence and continuation beyond the applicable grace period
of the event described in clause (i) (A) above, if any Monthly Advance is not
made by  12:00 Noon New  York Time on  the second Business  Day prior to  the
applicable Distribution  Date,  the  Trustee  or a  successor  Servicer  will
immediately assume the duties of the Servicer.

     Upon removal  or resignation of  the Servicer, the  Trustee will be  the
Successor  Servicer (the "Successor  Servicer").   The Trustee,  as Successor
Servicer, will be  obligated to make Monthly Advances  and Servicing Advances
and certain other advances unless it determines  reasonably and in good faith
that  such advances would  not be recoverable.   If, however,  the Trustee is
unwilling or  unable to  act as  Successor Servicer,  or if  the majority  of
Certificateholders so requests, the Trustee  may appoint, or petition a court
of  competent jurisdiction to appoint any established mortgage loan servicing
institution having a net worth of not  less than $15,000,000 as the Successor
Servicer in the assumption of all or any part of the responsibilities, duties
or liabilities of the Servicer.

     Notwithstanding the  foregoing, a  delay in  or  failure of  performance
referred to  under clause  (i) above  for a  period of ten  Business Days  or
referred to under clause (ii)  above for a period of 30  Business Days, shall
not constitute  an Event of  Servicing Termination if  such delay  or failure
could  not  be  prevented by  the  exercise of  reasonable  diligence  by the
Servicer  and such delay  or failure  was caused  by an act  of God  or other
similar occurrence.  Upon the occurrence of any such event the Servicer shall
not be relieved from  using its best efforts to perform  its obligations in a
timely manner in accordance with the terms  of the Agreement and the Servicer
shall provide the Trustee,  the Depositor, and the Certificateholders  prompt
notice  of such failure  or delay by  it, together with a  description of its
efforts to so perform its obligations.

RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF SERVICING TERMINATION

     So long as an Event  of Servicing Termination remains unremedied, either
the   Trustee,  or  Certificateholders  evidencing  an  aggregate,  undivided
interest in  the Trust of at least 51  % of the Certificate Principal Balance
may terminate  all of the  rights and obligations  of the Servicer  under the
Agreement and  in  and to  the  Mortgage Loans,  whereupon the  Trustee  will
succeed to all  the responsibilities, duties and liabilities  of the Servicer
under  the   Agreement  and  will   be  entitled   to  similar   compensation
arrangements.  In  the event that the  Trustee would be obligated  to succeed
the Servicer  but  is unwilling  or unable  so  to act,  it  may appoint,  or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction for  the appointment of, a housing
and  home finance  institution  or other  mortgage loan  or home  equity loan
servicer with  all licenses and  permits required to perform  its obligations
under the Agreement and having a net  worth of at least $25,000,000 to act as
successor to the Servicer under the Agreement.  Pending such appointment, the
Trustee will be obligated  to act in such capacity unless  prohibited by law.
Such  successor will be  entitled to receive  the same  compensation that the
Servicer would  otherwise have received  (or such lesser compensation  as the
Trustee and such successor  may agree).  (Sections 8.01 and  8.02) A receiver
or conservator for the Servicer may  be empowered to prevent the  termination
and replacement  of the Servicer if  the only Event of  Servicing Termination
that has occurred is an Insolvency Event.

AMENDMENT

     The Agreement may  be amended from time  to time by the  Transferor, the
Servicer,  the Depositor  and the  Trustee, but  without the  consent of  the
Certificateholders,  to  cure any  ambiguity,  to correct  or  supplement any
provisions therein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions of the
Agreement, to add to  the duties of the Depositor  or the Servicer to  comply
with any requirements  imposed by the Internal Revenue Code or any regulation
thereunder, or to add or amend any provisions of the Agreement as required by
the Rating  Agencies  in order  to  maintain or  improve  any rating  of  the
Certificates (it being understood that, after obtaining the ratings in effect
on the Closing Date, neither the  Depositor, the Trustee nor the Servicer  is
obligated to  obtain, maintain,  or improve any  such rating)  or to  add any
other  provisions with  respect to  matters  or questions  arising under  the
Agreement  which  shall  not  be  inconsistent with  the  provisions  of  the
Agreement, provided that such action will not, as evidenced by an  opinion of
counsel,   materially   and   adversely   affect   the   interests   of   any
Certificateholder; provided,  that any such  amendment will not be  deemed to
materially  and adversely affect  the Certificateholders and  no such opinion
will be  required to  be delivered  if the  person requesting  such amendment
obtains a letter  from each Rating Agency  stating that such amendment  would
not result  in a downgrading of the then  current rating of the Certificates.
The Agreement  may also be amended  from time to time by  the Transferor, the
Servicer,  the   Depositor,   and   the   Trustee,  with   the   consent   of
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
of at  least 51%  of the  Certificate Principal  Balance for  the purpose  of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner  or eliminating any of the
provisions of the Agreement  or of modifying in any manner the  rights of the
Certificateholders, provided  that no such  amendment will (i) reduce  in any
manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, collections of  payments on the
Certificates or distributions or payments under the Policy which are required
to be made on any Certificate without the consent of the Certificateholder or
(ii)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage  required to  consent  to  any  such
amendment,  without the  consent  of  the holders  of  all Certificates  then
outstanding.  (Section 11.01)

TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The Trust will terminate on the Distribution Date following the later of
(A) payment in full of all  amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer  and (B)
the earliest  of (i)  the Distribution Date  on which the  Security Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other liquidation
of the  last Mortgage Loan in the  Trust, (iii) the optional  transfer to the
Servicer of the Mortgage Loans, as described below and  (iv) the Distribution
Date in (____________), on which date the Policy will be available to pay the
outstanding Class A Principal Balance.

     The Servicer  will have the  right to repurchase all  remaining Mortgage
Loans and REO Properties in the Trust and thereby effect early  retirement of
the Certificates, subject to the Pool Balance  of such Mortgage Loans and REO
Properties at the time of repurchase being less than or  equal to (5%) of the
Pool Balance  as of the Cut-Off  Date.  In  the event the  Servicer exercises
such option, the purchase price  distributed with respect to each Certificate
will be 100% of its then outstanding  principal balance (subject to reduction
as provided in  the Agreement if the purchase  price is based in  part on the
appraised value of any  REO Properties and such appraised value  is less than
the Principal Balance of the related  Mortgage Loans plus (y) the greater  of
(i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Mortgage Loans
through the related Due Period and (ii)  30 days' accrued interest thereon at
the  Loan  Rate,  in  each case  net  of  the  Servicing  Fee  plus  (z)  any
unreimbursed amounts due to the Certificate Insurer under the Agreement and I
and I Payments.

     The termination  of the Trust  will be  effected in a  manner consistent
with applicable federal income tax regulations and the status of the Trust as
a REMIC.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     Any affiliate  of the  Transferor has  the option  to purchase  from the
Trust Fund any Mortgage Loan  90 days or more delinquent at  a purchase price
equal to the  outstanding principal balance of  such Mortgage Loan as  of the
date of purchase, plus the greater of (i) all accrued and unpaid interest  on
such principal balance  and (ii) 30 days' interest on such principal balance,
computed at the Loan Rate.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such affiliate of the Transferor  may
only exercise its  option with respect to the Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans
that  have  been  delinquent for  the  longest  period at  the  time  of such
repurchase.

THE TRUSTEE

     (                                             ) with its principal place
of business in  (                  ), has been named Trustee  pursuant to the
Agreement.

     The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee  may have normal
banking relationships with the Depositor and the Servicer.

     The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will be
obligated to  appoint a  successor Trustee,  (as approved  by the  (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) Provider).   The Depositor may also remove the  Trustee
if  the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Agreement
or   if  the  Trustee  becomes  insolvent.    Upon  becoming  aware  of  such
circumstances,  the Depositor  will  be  obligated  to  appoint  a  successor
Trustee(, as approved by the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Provider).  Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee and  appointment of a successor Trustee
will  not  become  effective  until  acceptance of  the  appointment  by  the
successor Trustee.  (Section 9.07)

     No holder of  a Certificate will have  any right under the  Agreement to
institute any  proceeding with  respect to the  Agreement unless  such holder
previously  has given to  the Trustee  written notice  of default  and unless
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
of  at least  51%  of the  Certificate  Principal Balance  have  made written
requests upon the  Trustee to institute  such proceeding in  its own name  as
Trustee thereunder and  have offered to the Trustee  reasonable indemnity and
the  Trustee for  60 days  has  neglected or  refused to  institute  any such
proceeding.  (Section  11.03)   The Trustee  will be under  no obligation  to
exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by the Agreement or to make
any investigation of  matters arising thereunder or to  institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order
or direction of any of the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders
have  offered to  the Trustee  reasonable security  or indemnity  against the
cost,  expenses and  liabilities which  may be  incurred therein  or thereby.
(Sections 9.01 and 9.02)

CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

     The Trust Fund will not: (i) borrow money; (ii) make loans; (iii) invest
in  securities  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  control;  (iv)  underwrite
securities;  (v) except as provided in the  Agreement, engage in the purchase
and sale (or turnover) of investments;  (vi) offer securities in exchange for
property (except Certificates for the Mortgage Loans); or (vii) repurchase or
otherwise reacquire its securities.   See "--Evidence as to Compliance" above
for information regarding reports  as to the compliance by  the Servicer with
the terms of the Agreement.


                    DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     The Mortgage Loans to be transferred to  the Trust by the Depositor will
be purchased  by the  Depositor from __________________________________  (the
"Transferor") pursuant to  the Purchase Agreement to be  entered into between
the  Depositor, as purchaser  of the Mortgage  Loans, and  the Transferor, as
seller of  the Mortgage Loans.  Under  the Purchase Agreement, the Transferor
will agree to transfer the Mortgage Loans to the Depositor.  Pursuant to  the
Agreement,  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be  immediately  transferred  by  the
Depositor to the Trust, and the Depositor  will assign its rights in, to  and
under the Purchase Agreement, to the Trust.   The following summary describes
certain terms of the  form of the Purchase Agreement and  is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the form of Purchase Agreement.

TRANSFER OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     Pursuant to  the Purchase  Agreement, the Transferor  will transfer  and
assign to the Depositor all  of its right, title and  interest in and to  the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents.  The purchase price of the Mortgage
Loans is a specified percentage of the face  amount thereof as of the time of
transfer and is payable by the Depositor, as applicable, in cash.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Transferor will  represent and warrant to the  Depositor that, among
other  things, as  of the  Closing  Date, it  is duly  organized and  in good
standing  and  that it  has  the  authority  to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

     The Transferor will  also represent and warrant to  the Depositor, that,
among  other things,  (a)  the  information with  respect  to the  applicable
Mortgage Loan set forth in the schedule attached to the Purchase Agreement is
true and correct  in all material respects  and (b) immediately prior  to the
sale  of the  Mortgage Loans to  the Depositor,  the Transferor was  the sole
owner and holder  of the Mortgage Loans free  and clear of any  and all liens
and security interests.  The Transferor will make similar representations and
warranties in the Agreement.   The Transferor will also represent and warrant
to the  Depositor, that,  among other  things, as  of the  Closing Date,  the
Purchase Agreement constitutes  a legal, valid and binding  obligation of the
Transferor.   In  the  event of  a  breach of  any  such representations  and
warranties  which has  a  material adverse  effect  on the  interests  of the
Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer, the Transferor will repurchase
or substitute for  the Mortgage Loans as described  herein under "DESCRIPTION
OF THE CERTIFICATES--Assignment of Mortgage Loans."

     The Transferor has also agreed to indemnify the Depositor and the  Trust
from   and  against  certain  losses,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including
reasonable attorneys' fees)  suffered or sustained  pursuant to the  Purchase
Agreement.

ASSIGNMENT TO THE TRUST

     The  Transferor expressly acknowledges  and consents to  the Depositor's
transfer of its  rights relating  to the  Mortgage Loans  under the  Purchase
Agreement  to  the  Trust.    The  Transferor  also  agrees  to  perform  its
obligations under the Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trust.

TERMINATION

     The Purchase Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the Trust.


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to  be received from the sale of  the Certificates will
be applied  by the Depositor  towards the  purchase of  the (Mortgage  Loans)
(Private Securities).   The (Mortgage  Loans) (Private Securities)  will have
been acquired by the Depositor from the Transferor.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

     The following discussion,  which summarizes certain U.S.  federal income
tax aspects of  the purchase, ownership and disposition  of the Certificates,
is based on the  provisions of the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"),  the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and published rulings and
court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which  are subject to
change,  possibly  retroactively.   This  discussion does  not  address every
aspect of  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax laws  which  may  be  relevant  to
Certificate Owners in light of  their personal investment circumstances or to
certain types  of Certificate Owners  subject to special treatment  under the
U.S.  federal  income  tax  laws  (for  example,  banks  and  life  insurance
companies).    Accordingly,  investors  should  consult  their  tax  advisors
regarding U.S. federal, state, local,  foreign and any other tax consequences
to them of investing in the Certificates.

CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS

     Based on the  application of existing law to  the facts as set  forth in
the Agreement and  other relevant documents and assuming  compliance with the
terms  of  the  Agreement  as  in effect  on  the  date  of  issuance of  the
Certificates, Brown &  Wood LLP, special  tax counsel to the  Depositor ("Tax
Counsel"), is of  the opinion that the  Certificates will be treated  as debt
instruments for Federal  income tax purposes as  of such date.   Accordingly,
upon  issuance, the  Certificates will  be  treated as  "Debt Securities"  as
described in the Prospectus.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS"
in the Prospectus.

     The Transferor and the Certificateholders express in the Agreement their
intent  that,  for   applicable  tax  purposes,  the   Certificates  will  be
indebtedness secured  by the Mortgage  Loans.  The Transferor,  the Depositor
and  the  Certificateholders,   by  accepting  the  Certificates,   and  each
Certificate  Owner  by  its  acquisition   of  a  beneficial  interest  in  a
Certificate, have agreed  to treat the Certificates as  indebtedness for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.  However, because different criteria are used to
determine the  non-tax accounting  characterization of  the transaction,  the
Transferor intends to treat this transaction as a sale of an  interest in the
Asset Balances  of the  Mortgage Loans for  financial accounting  and certain
regulatory purposes.

     In general, whether  for U.S. federal income tax  purposes a transaction
constitutes a sale of property or a  loan, the repayment of which is  secured
by property, is a question of fact, the resolution of which is based upon the
economic substance of the  transaction rather than its form or  the manner in
which it is labeled.  While the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS")  and the
courts have set forth several factors to be taken into account in determining
whether  the substance of  a transaction is  a sale of property  or a secured
loan,  the  primary  factor  in  making this  determination  is  whether  the
transferee has assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens relating to
the property and has obtained the benefits of ownership thereof.  Tax Counsel
has analyzed and relied on several  factors in reaching its opinion that  the
weight  of the benefits  and burdens of  ownership of the  Mortgage Loans has
been  retained  by  the  Transferor  and has  not  been  transferred  to  the
Certificate Owners.

     In some instances,  courts have  held that  a taxpayer is  bound by  the
particular form it has chosen for a transaction, even if the substance of the
transaction does not accord with its form.  Tax Counsel has advised  that the
rationale of those cases will not apply to this transaction, because the form
of the transaction as reflected in the operative provisions  of the documents
either  accords with  the characterization  of  the Certificates  as debt  or
otherwise makes the rationale of those cases inapplicable to this situation.

TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME OF CERTIFICATE OWNERS

     Assuming that the Certificate Owners are holders of debt obligations for
U.S. federal income tax purposes,  the Certificates generally will be taxable
as Debt Securities.   See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS" in the
Prospectus.

     While it is  not anticipated that the  Certificates will be issued  at a
greater  than  de minimis  discount,  under  Treasury regulations  (the  "OID
Regulations")  it  is possible  that the  Certificates could  nevertheless be
deemed  to have  been  issued with  original issue  discount  ("OID") if  the
interest  were  not  treated  as  "unconditionally  payable"  under  the  OID
Regulations.  If such regulations were to apply, all of the taxable income to
be  recognized with respect to the Certificates would be includible in income
of Certificate  Owners as  OID, but would  not be  includible again  when the
interest  is   actually  received.      See  "CERTAIN   FEDERAL  INCOME   TAX
CONSIDERATIONS--Taxation  of   Debt  Securities;  Interest   and  Acquisition
Discount" in the  Prospectus for a discussion  of the application of  the OID
rules if the Certificates  are in fact  issued at a  greater than de  minimis
discount  or  are  treated as  having  been  issued with  OID  under  the OID
Regulations.   For  purposes  of  calculating  OID, it  is  likely  that  the
Certificates will be treated as Pay-Through Securities.

POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATES  AS A PARTNERSHIP OR  ASSOCIATION
TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION

     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding  on the courts or the IRS.  It
is possible that  the IRS could  assert that, for purposes  of the Code,  the
transaction contemplated by this Prospectus with respect to  the Certificates
constitutes a  sale of  the Mortgage Loans  (or an  interest therein)  to the
Certificate   Owners  and  that  the   proper  classification  of  the  legal
relationship between the Transferor and the Certificate Owners resulting from
this  transaction is  that  of  a partnership  (including  a publicly  traded
partnership), a publicly  traded partnership treated as a  corporation, or an
association taxable as a corporation.  Since Tax Counsel has advised that the
Certificates  will   be  treated  as   indebtedness  in  the  hands   of  the
Certificateholders for U.S. federal income tax  purposes, the Transferor will
not attempt  to comply  with U.S. federal  income tax  reporting requirements
applicable to partnerships  or corporations as such requirements  would apply
if the Certificates were treated as indebtedness.

     If it were determined that this transaction created an entity classified
as  a corporation  (including  a  publicly traded  partnership  taxable as  a
corporation),  the Trust  would  be subject  to U.S.  federal  income tax  at
corporate income tax rates on the income it derives from the  Mortgage Loans,
which would reduce the amounts  available for distribution to the Certificate
Owners.   Cash  distributions to  the Certificate  Owners generally  would be
treated as  dividends for  tax purposes to  the extent of  such corporation's
earnings and profits.

     If the  transaction were treated  as creating a partnership  between the
Certificate Owners  and the Transferor,  the partnership itself would  not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax  (unless it were to be characterized as  a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation); rather, the Transferor
and each  Certificate Owner would  be taxed individually on  their respective
distributive  shares of the partnership's income,  gain, loss, deductions and
credits.   The amount and  timing of  items of income  and deductions of  the
Certificate Owner  could differ if  the Certificates were held  to constitute
partnership interests rather than indebtedness.

POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION AS A TAXABLE MORTGAGE POOL

     In relevant part,  Section 7701(i) of the Code  provides that any entity
(or  a portion  of an  entity)  that is  a  "taxable mortgage  pool" will  be
classified as  a taxable  corporation and  will not  be permitted  to file  a
consolidated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return  with  another  corporation.
Subject  to a grandfather  provision for existing entities,  any entity (or a
portion of any entity) will be  a taxable mortgage pool if (i)  substantially
all of  its assets consist  of debt instruments,  more than 50%  of which are
real estate mortgages,  (ii) the entity is the obligor under debt obligations
with two or more maturities, and (iii)  under the terms of the entity's  debt
obligations (or an underlying arrangement), payments on such debt obligations
bear a relationship to the debt instruments held by the entity.

     Assuming that all  of the provisions of  the Agreement, as in  effect on
the date of issuance, are complied  with, Tax Counsel is of the  opinion that
the arrangement created  by the Agreement will not be a taxable mortgage pool
under  Section 7701(i) of  the Code  because only  one class  of indebtedness
secured by the Mortgage Loan is being issued.

     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding  on the IRS or the courts.  If
the IRS were to contend successfully  (or future regulations were to provide)
that the arrangement  created by the  Agreement is  a taxable mortgage  pool,
such  arrangement would be subject to  U.S. federal corporate income tax rate
on its taxable income generated  by ownership of the Mortgage Loans.   Such a
tax  might reduce amounts available for  distributions to Certificate Owners.
The amount of such tax would depend upon whether distributions to Certificate
Owners  would be  deductible as  interest  expense in  computing the  taxable
income of such an arrangement as a taxable mortgage pool.

FOREIGN INVESTORS

     In general, subject to certain exceptions, interest (including OID) paid
on a  Certificate to a  nonresident alien individual, foreign  corporation or
other non-United  States person is  not subject to  U.S. federal  income tax,
provided that  such interest  is not effectively  connected with  a trade  or
business of  the recipient  in the  United States and  the Certificate  Owner
provides the required foreign person information certification.  See "CERTAIN
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" in the
Prospectus.

     If the interests of the Certificate Owners were deemed to be partnership
interests, the partnership  would be required, on  a quarterly basis,  to pay
withholding  tax equal  to the  product, for  each foreign  partner, of  such
foreign partner's distributive share of "effectively connected" income of the
partnership multiplied by the highest rate of tax applicable  to that foreign
partner.   In  addition, such  foreign  partner would  be  subject to  branch
profits tax.   Each non-foreign partner would  be required to certify  to the
partnership that  it is not  a foreign person.   The  tax withheld from  each
foreign partner would be credited  against such foreign partner's U.S. income
tax liability.

     If the  Trust were  taxable as a  corporation, distributions  to foreign
persons, to the  extent treated as dividends,  would generally be  subject to
withholding  at  the  rate  of 30%,  unless  such  rate  were  reduced by  an
applicable tax treaty.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     Certain Certificate Owners  may be subject to backup  withholding at the
rate  of  31%  with respect  to  interest  paid on  the  Certificates  if the
Certificate Owners, upon issuance, fail  to supply the Trustee or his  broker
with  his taxpayer  identification  number,  furnish  an  incorrect  taxpayer
identification  number,  fail   to  report  interest,  dividends,   or  other
"reportable payments"  (as defined in  the Code) properly, or,  under certain
circumstances, fail  to provide the  Trustee or  his broker with  a certified
statement,  under  penalty of  perjury,  that  he is  not  subject  to backup
withholding.

     The Trustee will be required to report  annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the amount of interest paid (and OID accrued, if
any)  on the  Certificates  (and the  amount of  interest  withheld for  U.S.
federal income taxes,  if any) for  each calendar year,  except as to  exempt
holders  (generally,  holders  that  are  corporations,  certain   tax-exempt
organizations or  nonresident aliens  who provide certification  as to  their
status as nonresidents).  As long  as the only "Certificateholder" of  record
is Cede, as nominee for DTC, Certificate Owners and the  IRS will receive tax
and  other  information  including  the   amount  of  interest  paid  on  the
Certificates  owned from Participants  and Indirect Participants  rather than
from the  Trustee.   (The  Trustee,  however, will  respond  to requests  for
necessary  information to  enable  Participants,  Indirect  Participants  and
certain  other  persons  to   complete  their  reports.)     Each  non-exempt
Certificate Owner  will be required to  provide, under penalty of  perjury, a
certificate  on IRS Form  W-9 containing  his or  her name,  address, correct
Federal taxpayer identification number and a statement  that he or she is not
subject to backup withholding.  Should a non-exempt Certificate Owner fail to
provide the required certification, the Participants or Indirect Participants
will be  required to withhold 31%  of the interest (and  principal) otherwise
payable to the holder, and remit  the withheld amount to the IRS as  a credit
against the holder's Federal income tax liability.


                                 STATE TAXES

     The Depositor makes no representations regarding the tax consequences of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Certificates under the tax  laws of
any state.   Investors considering  an investment in the  Certificates should
consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.

     ALL  INVESTORS  SHOULD  CONSULT THEIR  OWN  TAX  ADVISORS REGARDING  THE
FEDERAL, STATE,  LOCAL OR  FOREIGN INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES OF  THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE CERTIFICATES.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any Plan fiduciary which  proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the
Certificates should  consult with its  counsel with respect to  the potential
consequences under  the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of  1974, as
amended ("ERISA"),  and the Code, of  the Plans acquisition and  ownership of
such Certificates.  See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to  Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc. ("GCM") Prohibited  Transaction Exemption 90-59 (the  "Exemption") which
exempts from the application of the prohibited transaction rules transactions
relating  to (1)  the  acquisition,  sale and  holding  by  Plans of  certain
certificates  representing  an  undivided  interest  in certain  asset-backed
pass-through trusts, with  respect to which GCM  or any of its  affiliates is
the  sole  underwriter or  the  manager  or  co-manager of  the  underwriting
syndicate;  and  (2)   the  servicing,  operation  and  management   of  such
asset-backed  pass-through trusts, provided  that the general  conditions and
certain  other  conditions set  forth in  the Exemption  are satisfied.   The
Exemption  will  apply  to  the   acquisition,  holding  and  resale  of  the
Certificates by a Plan provided that certain conditions (certain of which are
described below) are met.

     Among the conditions which must be  satisfied for the Exemption to apply
are the following:

          (1)  The  acquisition of  the Certificates  by a Plan  is on  terms
     (including  the  price for  such  Certificates)  that  are at  least  as
     favorable to  the investing  Plan as  they would  be in  an arm's-length
     transaction with an unrelated party;

          (2)    The  rights  and interests  evidenced  by  the  Certificates
     acquired by  the Plan are not  subordinated to the  rights and interests
     evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

          (3)  The Certificates acquired  by the Plan have received a  rating
     at the time  of such  acquisition that is  in one  of the three  highest
     generic   rating  categories  from  either  Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings
     Services,  Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
     Co. or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.;

          (4)    The  sum  of  all  payments  made to  and  retained  by  the
     Underwriter  in connection  with the  distribution  of the  Certificates
     represents not more  than reasonable compensation for  underwriting such
     Certificates;  the  sum of  all payments  made  to and  retained  by the
     Transferors pursuant  to the  sale of  the Mortgage  Loans to  the Trust
     represents not more than the  fair market value of such Mortgage  Loans;
     the sum of all  payments made to and retained by  the Servicer represent
     not more than reasonable compensation  for the Servicers' services under
     the Agreement and reimbursement of the Servicer's reasonable expenses in
     connection therewith;

          (5)   The  Trustee  is not  an  affiliate of  the Underwriter,  the
     Transferor, the Servicer, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) provider,
     any  borrower  whose  obligations  under  one  or  more  Mortgage  Loans
     constitute more than  5% of the aggregate unamortized  principal balance
     of the assets in  the Trust, or any of their  respective affiliates (the
     "Restricted Group"); and

          (6)   The  Plan investing  in  the Certificates  is an  "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The   Underwriter  believes  that  the  Exemption   will  apply  to  the
acquisition and holding of the Certificates by Plans and that all  conditions
of the Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be
met.

     Any Plan  fiduciary considering whether to purchase  any Certificates on
behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding  the applicability
of  the fiduciary  responsibility and  prohibited  transaction provisions  of
ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Among other things, before purchasing
any  Certificates,   a  fiduciary  of   a  Plan  subject  to   the  fiduciary
responsibility provisions of ERISA or an employee benefit plan subject to the
prohibited  transaction  provisions   of  the  Code   should  make  its   own
determination as to the availability of the exemptive relief provided in  the
Exemption,  and  also  consider  the  availability  of any  other  prohibited
transaction exemptions.

     Prospective institutional purchasers of the Certificates  should consult
with  their  counsel regarding  ERISA considerations  associated with  such a
purchase.   Purchasers should analyze whether the decision may have an impact
with respect to purchases of the Certificates.


                       LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     (Although, as  a condition to  their issuance, the Certificates  will be
rated in the highest rating category of each Rating Agency,) the Certificates
will  not  constitute  "mortgage  related  securities" for  purposes  of  the
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act  of 1984 ("SMMEA"), because not all
of   the  Mortgages  securing   the  Mortgage  Loans   are  first  mortgages.
Accordingly,  many institutions with legal  authority to invest in comparably
rated securities based  on first mortgage loans may not be legally authorized
to invest  in the Certificates,  which because  they evidence interests  in a
pool  that   includes  junior  mortgage  loans  are   not  "mortgage  related
securities" under SMMEA.  See "LEGAL INVESTMENT" in the Prospectus.


                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  underwriting
agreement,  dated _________, 199_  (the "Underwriting Agreement"),  among the
Depositor  and Greenwich  Capital  Markets,  Inc.  (the  "Underwriter"),  the
Depositor has  agreed to  sell to  the Underwriter  and  the Underwriter  has
agreed to purchase from the Depositor all of the Certificates.

     The Depositor  has been advised  by the Underwriter that  it proposes to
initially offer  the Certificates  to the public  at the  offering price  set
forth  herein and to  certain dealers at  such price  less a discount  not in
excess of _____% of the Certificate denominations.  The Underwriter may allow
and  such dealers  may reallow  a discount  not  in excess  of _____%  of the
Certificate denominations to certain other dealers.  After the initial public
offering, the public offering price,  such concessions and such discounts may
be changed.

     The Depositor is an affiliate of the Underwriter.

     The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the Depositor  will indemnify
the  Underwriter against  certain  civil liabilities,  including  liabilities
under the Act.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal  matters with respect  to the Certificates will  be passed
upon for  the Depositor by Brown &  Wood LLP, New York, New  York and for the
Underwriters by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a  condition to issuance that  the Certificates be rated  at least
(          )  by  at  least  two  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organizations.

     A  securities  rating  addresses  the   likelihood  of  the  receipt  by
Certificateholders of distributions on the  Mortgage Loans.  The rating takes
into  consideration  the  characteristics  of  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the
structural,  legal and  tax aspects  associated with  the Certificates.   The
ratings on the  Certificates do not, however, constitute statements regarding
the  likelihood or  frequency of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage Loans  or the
possibility  that Certificateholders might  realize a lower  than anticipated
yield.

     (The ratings assigned to the Certificates will depend primarily upon the
creditworthiness  of the  (Letter of  Credit)  (Surety Bond)  provider.   Any
reduction in a rating assigned to the claims-paying ability of the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety  Bond) provider below  the ratings initially assigned  to the
Certificates may result in a reduction of one or more of the ratings assigned
to the Certificates.)

     The  ratings assigned  by Duff  &  Phelps Credit  Rating Co.  ("D&P") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by the certificateholders of
all distributions to which they are entitled under the transaction structure.
D&P's ratings reflect  its analysis of  the riskiness of  the assets and  its
analysis of the  structure of the transaction  as set forth in  the operative
documents.    D&P's ratings  do  not  address  the  effect on  yield  on  the
certificates  attributable to  prepayments or  recoveries  on the  underlying
assets.

     The  ratings  assigned by  Fitch  Investors Service,  L.P.  ("Fitch") to
certificates address  the likelihood of  the receipt of all  distributions on
the mortgage  loans by  the related  certificateholders under  the agreements
pursuant to  which such certificates are  issued.  Fitch's  ratings take into
consideration the  credit quality of  the related pool, including  any credit
support   providers,  structural  and  legal  aspects  associated  with  such
certificates, and  the extent  to which  the payment  stream on  the pool  is
adequate to  make the payments required by  such certificates.  Fitch ratings
on  such  certificates do  not,  however,  constitute  a statement  regarding
frequency of prepayments of the assets.

     The ratings assigned by Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")  to
certificates address  the likelihood of the receipt  by certificateholders of
all  distributions to  which such  certificateholders are entitled.   Moody's
ratings on  certificates do not represent any assessment of the likelihood or
rate of principal prepayments.   The ratings do  not address the  possibility
that  certificateholders might  suffer a  lower than  anticipated yield  as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies ("Standard  & Poor's"), to certificates  address
the likelihood  of the  receipt of  all distributions  on the  assets by  the
related  certificateholders under  the  agreements  pursuant  to  which  such
certificates are issued.   Standard & Poor's ratings  take into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers,  structural and legal  aspects associated with  such certificates,
and the extent to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool  is adequate
to make payments required by such certificates.  Standard & Poor's ratings on
such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency
of  prepayments on the related assets.  The letter "r" attached to a Standard
&  Poor's rating  highlights derivative,  hybrid and  certain other  types of
certificates that Standard &  Poor's believes may experience high  volatility
or high variability in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence
of an "r" symbol in the rating of a class of certificates should not be taken
as  an  indication that  such  certificates  will  exhibit no  volatility  or
variability in total return.

     A  securities  rating  is not  a  recommendation  to buy,  sell  or hold
securities and may  be subject to revision  or withdrawal at any  time by the
assigning rating organization.   Each securities  rating should be  evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.


                            INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
                                  ---------------------

Terms                                                                    Page
- -----                                                                    ----

Accredited investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
accredited investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
Additional Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
Adjustment Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3
Amortization Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
Assignment of Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Beneficial owner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
BIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-24
Billing cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Book-Entry Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13, S-21, S-20
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
CEDEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Certificate Owners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13, S-21, S-6, S-20
Certificate Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-19
Certificate Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-7, S-27
Certificateholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-25
Citibank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-37
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-14, S-6, S-23
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Credit Limit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Credit Limit Utilization Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-18
Credit Line Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-17, S-19
Cut-Off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1, S-3, S-4, S-18
Cut-Off Date Pool Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Cut-Off Date Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
D&P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Debt-to-Gross Income Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Defaulted Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Defective Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Definitive Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-25
Distribution Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-7, S-25
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13, S-21, S-6, S-20
Early Amortization Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-28
Eligible Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-23
Eligible Additional Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11, S-40
Euroclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
European Depositaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-14, S-21, S-6, S-20
Events of Servicing Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-40
First Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-12
Fitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
GCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-40
Home equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Index Maturity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Index Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Insolvency Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Interest Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6, S-24
Interest Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7, S-27
Investor Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Investor Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8, S-24
IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7, S-27
LIBOR Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Liquidation Loss Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Loan Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-15
Margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Maximum Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Moody's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Morgan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Mortgage Loan Schedule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-19
Mortgage related securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-11
Mortgaged Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
Notice Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
OID Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
Original Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-19
Percentage Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-5
Prime rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Principal Allocation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-4
Principal Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6, S-24
Private Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-19
Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Purchase Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Registration of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Relevant Depositary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Restricted Group  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
Reuters Screen LIBO Page  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Revolving Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
SAIF  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-24
Security Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Security Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount  . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-7, S-13
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10, S-17
Servicing Fee Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10, S-17, S-31
SMMEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-11, S-42
Standard & Poor's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Substitution Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Successor Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-37
Transferor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-13, S-36
Transferor Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-20
Transferor Percentages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Transferor Portfolio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-10
Unallocated Principal Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-42
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-42
Unpaid Interest Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-28
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9


                                   ANNEX I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>								 <C>    
NO  DEALER,   SALESMAN  OR  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT   OR   THE   PROSPECTUS   IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE  OFFER MADE  BY THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF GIVEN  OR
MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE  RELIED UPON  AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE                    $(_____________)
UNDERWRITER.     NEITHER   THE  DELIVERY   OF   THIS                      (APPROXIMATE)
PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE                    HOME EQUITY LOAN
HAS  BEEN NO  CHANGE SINCE  THE  DATE HEREOF.   THIS                      ASSET BACKED
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS DO  NOT             CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE IN
ANY   JURISDICTION   IN   WHICH   SUCH   OFFER    OR
SOLICITATION  IS NOT  AUTHORIZED  OR  IN  WHICH  THE
PERSON  MAKING SUCH  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  IS  NOT
QUALIFIED  TO DO  SO  OR TO  ANYONE  TO  WHOM IT  IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH SOLICITATION.
                   _______________

                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT                           FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                              PAGE                         DEPOSITOR

Summary                                       S-3                 (______________________)
Risk Factors                                  S-12                TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER
The Home Equity Lending Program               S-13
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans               S-16
Description of the Mortgage Loans             S-18                                             
Prepayment and Yield Considerations           S-18
Description of the Certificates               S-19
Description of the Purchase Agreement         S-36
Use of Proceeds                               S-37
ERISA Considerations                          S-37
Legal Investment Considerations               S-42
Underwriting                                  S-42
Legal Matters                                 S-42
Ratings                                       S-42


                     PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement or Current 
Report on Form 8-K                                2                PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference   2                 (_________, 199_)
Available Information                             2            GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Reports to Securityholders                        3
Summary of Terms				  4
Risk Factors					 12
The Trust Fund					 17
Use of Proceeds					 22
The Depositor					 22
Loan Program					 22
Description of the Securities			 24
Credit Enhancement				 33
Yield and Prepayment Considerations		 38
The Agreements					 41
Certain legal Aspects of the Loans		 54
Certain Federal Icnome Tax Considerations	 66
State Tax considerations			 85
ERISA Considerations				 85
Legal Investment 				 88
Method of Distribution				 90
Legal matters					 89
Financial Information				 90
Rating						 90

</TABLE>


                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 17, 1997
PROSPECTUS
                           ASSET BACKED SECURITIES
                             (ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

    This  Prospectus  relates to  the issuance  of Asset  Backed Certificates
(the "Certificates")  and the Asset  Backed Notes (the "Notes"  and, together
with the Certificates, the "Securities"), which may be sold from time to time
in one or more series (each, a  "Series") by Financial Asset Securities Corp.
(the "Depositor") on  terms determined at the  time of sale and  described in
this Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Securities of  a
Series will evidence  beneficial ownership of a trust fund  (a "Trust Fund").
As  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  Trust Fund  for a
Series of  Securities will include  certain assets (the "Trust  Fund Assets")
which will primarily  consist of (i) closed-end and/or  revolving home equity
loans (the"Home Equity Loans") secured primarily by subordinate liens on one-
 to four-family  residential properties,  (ii)  home improvement  installment
sales  contracts and  installment  loan  agreements  (the  "Home  Improvement
Contracts") that  are either  unsecured or  secured primarily  by subordinate
liens on  one- to  four-family residential properties,  or by  purchase money
security  interests  in the  home  improvements financed  thereby  (the "Home
Improvements")  and/or  (iii)  Private Asset  Backed  Securities  (as defined
herein).   The  Home  Equity Loans  and the  Home  Improvement Contracts  are
collectively referred to herein  as the "Loans".  The Trust  Fund Assets will
be acquired by the Depositor, either directly or indirectly, from one or more
institutions (each,  a "Seller"), which  may be affiliates of  the Depositor,
and conveyed by the Depositor to  the related Trust Fund.  A Trust  Fund also
may  include  insurance  policies,  reserve  accounts,  reinvestment  income,
guaranties, obligations, agreements, letters of credit or other assets to the
extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Each  Series of Securities will  be issued in one  or more classes.  Each
class of  Securities of  a Series  will evidence  beneficial  ownership of  a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a  specified percentage (which may be 0%)  or portion of future principal
payments on  the Trust Fund  Assets in the related  Trust Fund.   A Series of
Securities may  include  one or  more classes  that are  senior  in right  of
payment to one or  more other classes of Securities  of such Series.  One  or
more  classes  of  Securities   of  a  Series  may  be  entitled  to  receive
distributions of principal, interest or  any combination thereof prior to one
or more other classes of Securities of such Series or after the occurrence of
specified  events,  in each  case  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  

    Distributions to Securityholders will  be made monthly, quarterly,  semi-
annually or at such other intervals and on the dates specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions on the  Securities of a Series will be
made  from the  assets of the  related Trust  Fund or  Funds or  other assets
pledged for  the benefit of the  Securityholders as specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

    The  related   Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  any  insurance  or
guarantee   provided  with  respect  to  the  related  Series  of  Securities
including, without  limitation, any  insurance or  guarantee provided by  the
Department of Housing and Urban  Development, the United States Department of
Veterans' Affairs or any private insurer  or guarantor.  The only obligations
of the  Depositor with respect to  a Series of  Securities will be  to obtain
certain representations and warranties from each Seller and to  assign to the
Trustee  for the  related Series  of Securities  the Depositor's  rights with
respect to such representations and warranties.  The principal obligations of
the Master Servicer  named in the related Prospectus  Supplement with respect
to the related  Series of Securities will be limited  to obligations pursuant
to certain representations  and warranties and  to its contractual  servicing
obligations, including  any  obligation it  may  have to  advance  delinquent
payments on the Trust Fund Assets in the related Trust Fund.

    The yield  on each class of Securities  of a Series will  be affected by,
among other things, the rate of payments of principal (including prepayments)
on the Trust Fund Assets in the related  Trust Fund and the timing of receipt
of  such  payments  as  described   herein  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.   A Trust  Fund may  be subject  to early  termination under  the
circumstances described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    If  specified in a  Prospectus Supplement,  one or more  elections may be
made to treat the related Trust Fund or specified portions thereof as a "real
estate   mortgage  investment  conduit"  ("REMIC")  for  federal  income  tax
purposes.  See "Certain Material Federal Income Tax Consequences."

    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 11.

THE CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, AND THE
     NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE RELATED TRUST
      FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE
        DEPOSITOR, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE
        EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. NEITHER
            THE SECURITIES NOR THE LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED
               BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
               DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON
       THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE RELATED 
          PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE 
              CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


    Prior to issuance there  will have been no  market for the Securities  of
any  Series and there  can be  no assurance that  a secondary  market for any
Securities will develop, or if it does  develop, that it will continue.  This
Prospectus may not  be used to consummate  sales of Securities of  any Series
unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.   Offers of the Securities may
be made through one  or more different  methods, including offerings  through
underwriters, as  more fully described under "Method  of Distribution" herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  All Securities will be distributed
by, or sold by underwriters managed by:


                       GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.



______ 1997

    Until 90 days  after the date of each  Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting  transactions  in   the  securities  covered  by   such  Prospectus
Supplement, whether or not participating in the distribution thereof, may  be
required to deliver such Prospectus Supplement  and this Prospectus.  This is
in  addition  to  the  obligation of  dealers  to  deliver  a  Prospectus and
Prospectus Supplement when  acting as underwriters and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K

    The  Prospectus Supplement or Current Report  on Form 8-K relating to the
Securities of each  Series to be offered hereunder  will, among other things,
set forth  with respect to such Securities, as appropriate: (i) a description
of the class or classes of Securities and the Pass-Through Rate or method  of
determining the rate or the  amount of interest, if any, to be passed through
to  each such  class; (ii)  the aggregate  principal amount  and Distribution
Dates  relating  to such  Series and,  if applicable,  the initial  and final
scheduled  Distribution Dates  for each  class; (iii)  information as  to the
assets comprising  the Trust Fund,  including the general  characteristics of
the  Trust Fund  Assets included  therein and,  if applicable,  the insurance
policies, surety bonds, guaranties, letters of credit or other instruments or
agreements included in the Trust Fund or otherwise, and the amount and source
of any reserve account; (iv) the circumstances, if any, under which the Trust
Fund may be  subject to early termination;  (v) the method used  to calculate
the amount  of principal  to be  distributed with  respect to  each class  of
Securities; (vi)  the order  of application of  distributions to each  of the
classes within such Series, whether sequential, pro rata, or otherwise; (vii)
the  Distribution Dates  with  respect  to  such  Series;  (viii)  additional
information with  respect to the  method of distribution of  such Securities;
(ix) whether  one or more REMIC elections will be made and designation of the
regular   interests  and  residual  interests;  (x)  the  aggregate  original
percentage ownership interest in the Trust Fund to be evidenced by each class
of Securities;  (xi) information as to  the Trustee; (xii) information  as to
the  nature  and  extent  of  subordination  with  respect to  any  class  of
Securities that is  subordinate in right of  payment to any other  class; and
(xiii) information as to the Master Servicer.

              INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

    There  are incorporated  herein  by reference  all documents  and reports
filed or caused to  be filed by  the Depositor with respect  to a Trust  Fund
pursuant to Section 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities  and Exchange Act of
1934,  as  amended  (the "Exchange  Act")  prior  to the  termination  of the
offering of  Securities evidencing  interests therein.   Upon request  by any
person to whom this Prospectus  is delivered in connection with the  offering
of one or more  classes of Securities, the Depositor will provide or cause to
be  provided without  charge  a copy  of  any such  documents  and/or reports
incorporated herein by reference, in each  case to the extent such  documents
or reports relate to such classes  of Securities, other than the exhibits  to
such  documents  (unless  such  exhibits  are  specifically  incorporated  by
reference  in such documents).  Requests  to the Depositor should be directed
in  writing  to: Paul  D.  Stevelman,  Assistant Secretary,  Financial  Asset
Securities Corp., 600 Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, telephone
number  (203) 625-2756.   The  Depositor  has determined  that  its financial
statements are not material to the offering of any Securities.

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Depositor has filed with the  Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act  of 1933, as
amended, with respect to the Securities.  This Prospectus, which forms a part
of the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus Supplement relating to each
Series of Securities contain summaries of the material terms of the documents
referred to herein and therein, but do not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration  Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of
the  Commission.    For  further  information,  reference  is  made  to  such
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto.  Such Registration Statement
and exhibits can  be inspected and copied  at prescribed rates at  the public
reference facilities  maintained by  the Commission  at its Public  Reference
Section, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549, and at its Regional
Offices located as follows: Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661-2511; and  Northeast Regional Office,  7
World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New  York, New York 10048.  In  addition, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") maintains a Web site at
http://www.sec.gov containing reports,  proxy and information statements  and
other information regarding  registrants, including the Depositor,  that file
electronically with the Commission.

    No person  has been authorized  to give  any information  or to make  any
representation  other  than  those  contained  in  this  Prospectus  and  any
Prospectus  Supplement  with respect  hereto  and,  if  given or  made,  such
information or representations must not be relied  upon.  This Prospectus and
any  Prospectus Supplement with respect hereto  do not constitute an offer to
sell or  a solicitation  of an offer  to buy  any securities  other than  the
Securities offered  hereby and thereby nor an offer  of the Securities to any
person  in  any state  or other  jurisdiction  in which  such offer  would be
unlawful.   The delivery of  this Prospectus at any time  does not imply that
information herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

                          REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    Periodic  and annual  reports concerning  the  related Trust  Fund for  a
Series  of  Securities are  required under  an Agreement  to be  forwarded to
Securityholders.  However, such reports will neither be examined nor reported
on by an independent public accountant.  See "Description of the Securities--
Reports to Securityholders".

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

    This summary is  qualified in its  entirety by reference to  the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus  and  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement with respect to the  Series offered thereby and to  the
related Agreement  (as such term is defined below)  which will be prepared in
connection  with  each Series  of  Securities.   Unless  otherwise specified,
capitalized  terms used  and not defined  in this  Summary of Terms  have the
meanings  given to  them in  this  Prospectus and  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.

Title of Securities      Asset Backed  Certificates (the  "Certificates") and
                         Asset Backed  Notes (the "Notes" and,  together with
                         the  Certificates,  the   "Securities"),  which  are
                         issuable in Series.

Depositor                Financial   Asset  Securities   Corp.,  a   Delaware
                         corporation,  an  indirect limited  purpose  finance
                         subsidiary of  National Westminster Bank  Plc and an
                         affiliate of  Greenwich Capital  Markets, Inc.   See
                         "The Depositor" herein.

Trustee                  The  trustee (the  "Trustee")  for  each  Series  of
                         Securities   will  be   specified  in   the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement.  See  "The Agreements" herein
                         for  a  description  of  the  Trustee's  rights  and
                         obligations.

Master Servicer          The entity or entities named as Master Servicer (the
                         "Master Servicer")  will be specified in the related
                         Prospectus Supplement.  See "The Agreements--Certain
                         Matters  Regarding  the  Master  Servicer  and   the
                         Depositor".

Trust Fund Assets        Assets of the Trust Fund for a Series  of Securities
                         will  include   certain  assets  (the   "Trust  Fund
                         Assets") which will primarily  consist of (a)  Loans
                         or  (b) Private  Asset  Backed Securities,  together
                         with payments in  respect of such Trust  Fund Assets
                         and   certain   other   accounts,   obligations   or
                         agreements, in each case as specified in the related
                         Prospectus  Supplement.  The Loans will be collected
                         in a  pool (each, a "Pool")  as of the  first day of
                         the  month of the issuance of  the related Series of
                         Securities  or  such  other  date  specified in  the
                         Prospectus Supplement (the  "Cut-off Date").   Trust
                         Fund  assets also  may  include insurance  policies,
                         cash  accounts,  reinvestment   income,  guaranties,
                         letters  of credit  or other  assets  to the  extent
                         described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  See
                         "Credit Enhancement".   In addition, if  the related
                         Prospectus Supplement so provides, the related Trust
                         Funds' assets will  include the funds on  deposit in
                         an account (a "Pre-Funding  Account") which will  be
                         used to purchase additional Loans during  the period
                         specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  See
                         "The Agreements--Pre-Funding Accounts".

A.  Loans                The  Loans will consist of (i) closed-end loans (the
                         "Closed-End  Loans")  and/or revolving  home  equity
                         loans or  certain balances  therein (the  "Revolving
                         Credit  Line Loans",  together  with the  Closed-End
                         Loans,  the  "Home  Equity Loans"),  and  (ii)  home
                         improvement   installment   sales    contracts   and
                         installment loan  agreements (the  "Home Improvement
                         Contracts").   The Home  Equity Loans  and the  Home
                         Improvement Contracts  are collectively  referred to
                         herein as  the "Loans".   All  Loans will  have been
                         purchased  by  the  Depositor,  either  directly  or
                         through an affiliate, from one or more Sellers.

                         As specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
                         the Home Equity Loans will, and the Home Improvement
                         Contracts may, be  secured by mortgages or  deeds of
                         trust or other similar security instruments creating
                         a  lien  on  a  mortgaged  property (the  "Mortgaged
                         Property"), which may be subordinated to one or more
                         senior liens on the Mortgaged Property, as described
                         in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  As specified
                         in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,   Home
                         Improvement Contracts may be unsecured or secured by
                         purchase  money  security  interests   in  the  Home
                         Improvements  financed   thereby.     The  Mortgaged
                         Properties   and    the   Home    Improvements   are
                         collectively referred to herein as the "Properties".

B. Private Asset-
  Backed Securities      Private  Asset  Backed  Securities  may include  (a)
                         pass-through  certificates  representing  beneficial
                         interests in certain loans and/or (b) collateralized
                         obligations secured  by such  loans.   Private Asset
                         Backed  Securities may  include stripped  securities
                         representing  an undivided interest in all or a part
                         of either the  principal distributions (but  not the
                         interest    distributions)    or     the    interest
                         distributions (but not  the principal distributions)
                         or  in some specified  portion of the  principal and
                         interest  distributions   (but  not   all  of   such
                         distributions)   on   certain   loans.      Although
                         individual loans underlying  a Private Asset  Backed
                         Security  may be insured or guaranteed by the United
                         States or an agency or instrumentality thereof, they
                         need not be, and the Private Asset Backed Securities
                         themselves will  not  be so  insured or  guaranteed.
                         Payments on the Private Asset Backed Securities will
                         be distributed directly to the Trustee as registered
                         owner  of such Private Asset Backed Securities.  See
                         "The Trust Fund--Private Asset Backed Securities".

Description of
  the Securities         Each Security will  represent a beneficial ownership
                         interest in, or will be  secured by the assets of, a
                         Trust Fund created  by the Depositor pursuant  to an
                         Agreement among  the Depositor, the  Master Servicer
                         and  the  Trustee  for  the  related  Series.    The
                         Securities of  any Series  may be  issued in  one or
                         more classes as specified  in the related Prospectus
                         Supplement.   A Series of Securities may include one
                         or more classes of senior Securities  (collectively,
                         the  "Senior Securities") and one or more classes of
                         subordinate     Securities     (collectively,    the
                         "Subordinated  Securities").     Certain  Series  or
                         classes of  Securities may be  covered by  insurance
                         policies or  other forms  of credit  enhancement, in
                         each case  as described  herein and  in the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement.

                         One or more classes of Securities of each Series (i)
                         may be  entitled to receive  distributions allocable
                         only  to principal,  only  to  interest  or  to  any
                         combination thereof; (ii) may be entitled to receive
                         distributions  only  of   prepayments  of  principal
                         throughout  the  lives of  the Securities  or during
                         specified periods;  (iii) may be subordinated in the
                         right to receive distributions of scheduled payments
                         of principal, prepayments of  principal, interest or
                         any combination thereof to one or more other classes
                         of Securities of such Series throughout the lives of
                         the Securities or during specified periods; (iv) may
                         be entitled to receive such distributions only after
                         the occurrence  of events  specified in the  related
                         Prospectus  Supplement;  (v)  may   be  entitled  to
                         receive distributions in accordance with a  schedule
                         or  formula  or  on the  basis  of  collections from
                         designated  portions of  the assets  in the  related
                         Trust  Fund;  (vi)  as  to  Securities  entitled  to
                         distributions allocable to interest, may be entitled
                         to receive interest  at a fixed rate or  a rate that
                         is subject to change from time to time; and (vii) as
                         to Securities entitled to distributions allocable to
                         interest, may be entitled to distributions allocable
                         to  interest only  after  the  occurrence of  events
                         specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement and
                         may accrue interest until such events occur, in each
                         case  as   specified  in   the  related   Prospectus
                         Supplement.     The  timing   and  amounts  of  such
                         distributions may vary among  classes, over time, or
                         otherwise  as specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                         Supplement.

Distributions on
  the Securities         Distributions  on  the Securities  entitled  thereto
                         will be made monthly or at such other intervals  and
                         on  the dates  specified in  the related  Prospectus
                         Supplement (each, a "Distribution Date") out of  the
                         payments  received in respect  of the assets  of the
                         related  Trust Fund or Funds or other assets pledged
                         for  the benefit of  the Securities as  specified in
                         the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.    The  amount
                         allocable  to payments of  principal and interest on
                         any   Distribution  Date   will  be   determined  as
                         specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                         Allocations of  distributions among  Securityholders
                         of a single class shall  be set forth in the related
                         Prospectus Supplement.

                         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                         Supplement, the aggregate original principal balance
                         of  the Securities  will  not exceed  the  aggregate
                         distributions  allocable  to   principal  that  such
                         Securities  will   be  entitled  to  receive.     If
                         specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                         Securities will have an aggregate original principal
                         balance  equal  to  the  aggregate unpaid  principal
                         balance of the Trust Fund Assets as of the first day
                         of the month of creation  of the Trust Fund and will
                         bear interest in  the aggregate at  a rate equal  to
                         the interest rate borne by the underlying Loans (the
                         "Loan Rate") and/or Private Asset Backed Securities,
                         net  of the aggregate  servicing fees and  any other
                         amounts   specified   in  the   related   Prospectus
                         Supplement (the "Pass-Through  Rate").  If specified
                         in the related Prospectus  Supplement, the aggregate
                         original  principal balance  of  the Securities  and
                         interest  rates on the classes of Securities will be
                         determined based on the cash flow  on the Trust Fund
                         Assets.

                         The rate at which interest will be passed through to
                         holders of each class of Securities entitled thereto
                         may be a  fixed rate or  a rate that  is subject  to
                         change from time  to time from the time  and for the
                         periods,  in each case  as specified in  the related
                         Prospectus  Supplement.    Any   such  rate  may  be
                         calculated  on  a  loan-by-loan,  weighted  average,
                         notional  amount or  other basis,  in  each case  as
                         described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Compensating
  Interest               If   so   specified   in  the   related   Prospectus
                         Supplement, the Master Servicer  will be required to
                         remit to the Trustee,  with respect to each Loan  in
                         the  related  Trust  Fund as  to  which  a principal
                         prepayment in full  or a principal payment  which is
                         in  excess of the  scheduled monthly payment  and is
                         not  intended to  cure  a  delinquency was  received
                         during any Due  Period, an amount,  from and to  the
                         extent of  amounts otherwise  payable to  the Master
                         Servicer as servicing compensation, equal to (i) the
                         excess, if  any, of  (a)  30 days'  interest on  the
                         principal  balance of the  related Loan at  the Loan
                         Rate net of  the per annum rate at  which the Master
                         Servicer's  servicing  fee  accrues,  over  (b)  the
                         amount of  interest actually received  on such  Loan
                         during such Due Period, net of the Master Servicer's
                         servicing fee or (ii) such other amount as described
                         in   the  related   Prospectus   Supplement.     See
                         "DescriptionoftheSecurities--Compensating Interest".

Credit Enhancement       The assets in a Trust  Fund or the Securities of one
                         or more classes  in the related Series  may have the
                         benefit of one  or more types of  credit enhancement
                         as described  in the related  Prospectus Supplement.
                         The protection against  losses afforded by any  such
                         credit   support  may   be  limited.      The  type,
                         characteristics  and  amount of  credit  enhancement
                         will be  determined based on the  characteristics of
                         the  Loans  and/or Private  Asset  Backed Securities
                         underlying or  comprising the Trust Fund  Assets and
                         other factors and  will be established on  the basis
                         of  requirements  of each  Rating Agency  rating the
                         Securities   of   such   Series.      See    "Credit
                         Enhancement."

A. Subordination         The  rights  of  the  holders  of  the  Subordinated
                         Securities of a Series to receive distributions with
                         respect to the assets in the related Trust Fund will
                         be subordinated to such rights of the holders of the
                         Senior Securities of  the same Series to  the extent
                         described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                         This  subordination  is   intended  to  enhance  the
                         likelihood  of regular receipt  by holders of Senior
                         Securities of the full amount of monthly payments of
                         principal  and interest  due  them.   The protection
                         afforded  to the holders  of Senior Securities  of a
                         Series by means of the subordination feature will be
                         accomplished by (i)  the preferential right of  such
                         holders to  receive, prior to any distribution being
                         made  in   respect  of   the  related   Subordinated
                         Securities, the amounts of interest and/or principal
                         due them on each Distribution Date  out of the funds
                         available  for  distribution  on such  date  in  the
                         related   Security  Account   and,  to   the  extent
                         described in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  by
                         the  right  of  such   holders  to  receive   future
                         distributions on  the  assets in  the related  Trust
                         Fund that would  otherwise have been payable  to the
                         holders  of Subordinated  Securities; (ii)  reducing
                         the ownership  interest of the  related Subordinated
                         Securities; (iii) a  combination of clauses  (i) and
                         (ii)  above; or (iv)  as otherwise described  in the
                         related Prospectus Supplement.   If so specified  in
                         the related Prospectus Supplement, subordination may
                         apply only in  the event of certain  types of losses
                         not covered by  other forms of credit  support, such
                         as  hazard losses  not  covered  by standard  hazard
                         insurance  policies, losses due to the bankruptcy or
                         fraud  of  the  borrower.   The  related  Prospectus
                         Supplement  will set  forth information  concerning,
                         among other things, the amount of subordination of a
                         class  or classes  of Subordinated  Securities in  a
                         Series,    the   circumstances    in   which    such
                         subordination will be applicable, and the manner, if
                         any, in  which  the  amount  of  subordination  will
                         decrease over time.

B. Reserve Account       One  or  more  reserve  accounts  (each, a  "Reserve
                         Account") may be established and maintained for each
                         Series.   The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will
                         specify whether or not such Reserve Accounts will be
                         included in the  corpus of the  Trust Fund for  such
                         Series and will  also specify the manner  of funding
                         the  related  Reserve  Accounts and  the  conditions
                         under which the amounts in any such Reserve Accounts
                         will be  used to  make distributions  to holders  of
                         Securities of  a particular class  or released  from
                         the related Reserve Account.


C. Special Hazard Insurance
    Policy               Certain  classes of Securities  may have the benefit
                         of  a  Special  Hazard Insurance  Policy.    Certain
                         physical  risks  that  are   not  otherwise  insured
                         against by standard hazard insurance policies may be
                         covered  by  a Special  Hazard  Insurance Policy  or
                         Policies.  Each Special Hazard Insurance Policy will
                         be limited in  scope and will cover  losses pursuant
                         to  the  provisions  of  each  such  Special  Hazard
                         Insurance  Policy  as   described  in  the   related
                         Prospectus Supplement.


D. Bankruptcy Bond       One or  more  bankruptcy bonds  (each a  "Bankruptcy
                         Bond")  may  be  obtained  covering  certain  losses
                         resulting  from action  which  may  be  taken  by  a
                         bankruptcy court  in connection  with a  Loan.   The
                         level  of coverage and  the limitations in  scope of
                         each  Bankruptcy  Bond  will  be  specified  in  the
                         related Prospectus Supplement.

E. Loan Pool
   Insurance Policy      A  mortgage pool insurance policy or policies may be
                         obtained and  maintained for  Loans relating  to any
                         Series,  which shall  be limited in  scope, covering
                         defaults on the  related Loans in an  initial amount
                         equal  to a  specified percentage  of  the aggregate
                         principal  balance of all Loans included in the Pool
                         as of the Cut-off Date. 

F. FHA Insurance         If specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
                         (i) all  or a portion of the Loans  in a Pool may be
                         insured by the  Federal Housing Administration  (the
                         "FHA") and/or (ii) all or a portion of the Loans may
                         be  partially   guaranteed  by  the   Department  of
                         Veterans' Affairs  (the "VA").   See  "Certain Legal
                         Considerations--Title I Program".

G. Cross-Support         If specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement,
                         the  beneficial  ownership  of  separate  groups  of
                         assets  included in a Trust Fund may be evidenced by
                         separate   classes   of   the   related  Series   of
                         Securities.   In such  case, credit  support may  be
                         provided by  a cross-support feature  which requires
                         that   distributions   be  made   with   respect  to
                         Securities evidencing beneficial ownership of one or
                         more   asset  groups   prior  to   distributions  to
                         Subordinated  Securities  evidencing   a  beneficial
                         ownership  interest in, or  secured by,  other asset
                         groups within the same Trust Fund.

                         If specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
                         the coverage provided by one or more forms of credit
                         support  may  apply  concurrently  to  two  or  more
                         separate Trust  Funds.   If applicable, the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement will  identify the Trust Funds
                         to  which such credit support relates and the manner
                         of determining  the amount of  the coverage provided
                         thereby and of  the application of such  coverage to
                         the identified Trust Funds.

H.  Other Arrangements   Other  arrangements  as  described  in  the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement including, but not limited to,
                         one or more  letters of credit, surety  bonds, other
                         insurance or  third-party guarantees may  be used to
                         provide coverage  for certain  risks of  defaults or
                         various types of losses.

Advances                 The  Master  Servicer   and,  if  applicable,   each
                         mortgage servicing institution that services a  Loan
                         in  a  Pool  on  behalf of  the  Master  Servicer (a
                         "Sub-Servicer") may be obligated  to advance amounts
                         (each,  an  "Advance") corresponding  to  delinquent
                         interest  and/or  principal  payments on  such  Loan
                         until  the  date,   as  specified  in  the   related
                         Prospectus Supplement,  following the date  on which
                         the related Property  is sold at a  foreclosure sale
                         or  the related Loan  is otherwise liquidated.   Any
                         obligation  to  make  Advances  may  be  subject  to
                         limitations as  specified in the  related Prospectus
                         Supplement.     If  so  specified  in   the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement, Advances may be drawn from  a
                         cash account available for such purpose as described
                         in such Prospectus Supplement.

                         Any  such obligation  of the  Master  Servicer or  a
                         Sub-Servicer  to make Advances  may be  supported by
                         the delivery to the Trustee of a support letter from
                         an  affiliate   of  the  Master   Servicer  or  such
                         Sub-Servicer  or  an  unaffiliated  third  party  (a
                         "Support Servicer") guaranteeing the payment of such
                         Advances by the Master Servicer  or Sub-Servicer, as
                         the  case  may  be,  as  specified  in  the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement.

                         In the  event the Master  Servicer, Support Servicer
                         or Sub-Servicer  fails to  make a  required Advance,
                         the Trustee may be obligated to advance such amounts
                         otherwise  required  to be  advanced  by  the Master
                         Servicer,  Support Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer.   See
                         "Description of the Securities--Advances."

Optional Termination     The  Master Servicer or  the party specified  in the
                         related Prospectus Supplement,  including the holder
                         of the residual  interest in a  REMIC, may have  the
                         option to  effect early  retirement of  a Series  of
                         Securities through  the purchase  of the Trust  Fund
                         Assets  and other assets  in the related  Trust Fund
                         under the circumstances and  in the manner described
                         in     "The    Agreements--Termination;     Optional
                         Termination" herein  and in  the related  Prospectus
                         Supplement.

Legal Investment         The  Prospectus  Supplement   for  each  series   of
                         Securities  will  specify  which,  if  any,  of  the
                         classes  of  Securities offered  thereby  constitute
                         "mortgage related  securities" for  purposes of  the
                         Secondary Mortgage  Market Enhancement  Act of  1984
                         ("SMMEA").   Classes  of Securities that  qualify as
                         "mortgage   related   securities"  will   be   legal
                         investments  for  certain   types  of  institutional
                         investors to the extent provided in  SMMEA, subject,
                         in  any case,  to any  other  regulations which  may
                         govern investments by  such institutional investors.
                         Institutions whose investment activities are subject
                         to review  by federal  or  state authorities  should
                         consult  with   their  counsel  or   the  applicable
                         authorities to  determine whether an investment in a
                         particular class of Securities (whether or  not such
                         class  constitutes  a "mortgage  related  security")
                         complies   with   applicable    guidelines,   policy
                         statements or restrictions.  See "Legal Investment."

Certain Material 
  Federal Income Tax
  Consequences           The material  federal  income  tax  consequences  to
                         Securityholders will  vary depending on  whether one
                         or more  elections are made to treat  the Trust Fund
                         or  specified  portions  thereof as  a  real  estate
                         mortgage  investment conduit    ("REMIC") under  the
                         provisions  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
                         amended (the "Code").  The Prospectus Supplement for
                         each Series of Securities will specify  whether such
                         an election  will be  made.   See "Certain  Material
                         Federal Income Tax Consequences".


ERISA Considerations     A  fiduciary of any  employee benefit plan  or other
                         retirement  plan  or  arrangement   subject  to  the
                         Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,  as
                         amended  ("ERISA"),  or  the Code  should  carefully
                         review  with its legal advisors whether the purchase
                         or  holding of  Securities  could  give  rise  to  a
                         transaction prohibited or  not otherwise permissible
                         under    ERISA   or   the    Code.      See   "ERISA
                         Considerations".  Certain classes of Securities  may
                         not  be  transferred  unless  the  Trustee  and  the
                         Depositor   are   furnished   with   a   letter   of
                         representation or  an  opinion  of  counsel  to  the
                         effect  that  such  transfer will  not  result  in a
                         violation of  the prohibited  transaction provisions
                         of  ERISA and  the  Code and  will  not subject  the
                         Trustee,  the Depositor  or the  Master Servicer  to
                         additional  obligations.   See  "Description  of the
                         Securities-General" and "ERISA Considerations".


                                 RISK FACTORS

    Investors should consider,  among other things, the  following factors in
connection with the purchase of the Securities.

LIMITED LIQUIDITY

    There will be no  market for the  Securities of any  Series prior to  the
issuance thereof, and there can be no  assurance that a secondary market will
develop or, if  it does  develop, that it  will provide Securityholders  with
liquidity of investment  or will continue for  the life of the  Securities of
such Series.

LIMITED ASSETS

    The Depositor does not have,  nor is it expected to have, any significant
assets.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of a  Series will be payable  solely from the Trust Fund  for such
Securities and will  not have any claim  against or security interest  in the
Trust Fund for any  other Series.  There will be no recourse to the Depositor
or  any  other  person for  any  failure  to  receive  distributions  on  the
Securities.   Further,  at  the times  set forth  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, certain  Trust Fund  Assets and/or any  balance remaining  in the
Security Account immediately after making  all payments due on the Securities
of  such Series,  after  making  adequate provision  for  future payments  on
certain classes of  Securities and after making any  other payments specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, may be promptly released or remitted to
the Depositor,  the Servicer,  any credit enhancement  provider or  any other
person  entitled thereto and will no  longer be available for making payments
to Securityholders.  Consequently, holders  of Securities of each Series must
rely solely upon payments with respect to the Trust Fund Assets and the other
assets constituting the Trust  Fund for a Series of Securities, including, if
applicable, any amounts available pursuant to any credit enhancement for such
Series, for  the payment of  principal of and  interest on the  Securities of
such Series.

    The Securities  will not represent  an interest in  or obligation  of the
Depositor, the  Master Servicer or any  of their respective affiliates.   The
only obligations, if  any, of the  Depositor with respect  to the Trust  Fund
Assets  or  the  Securities  of  any  Series  will  be  pursuant  to  certain
representations and  warranties.   The Depositor does  not have,  and is  not
expected in the future to have, any significant assets with which to meet any
obligation to repurchase Trust  Fund Assets with respect  to which there  has
been  a breach  of any  representation  or warranty.   If,  for  example, the
Depositor were required  to repurchase a Loan,  its only sources of  funds to
make such repurchase would be from funds obtained (i) from the enforcement of
a corresponding  obligation, if any, on the part  of the Seller or originator
of such Loan,  or (ii) from a  Reserve Account or similar  credit enhancement
established to  provide funds  for such repurchases.   The  Master Servicer's
servicing  obligations under the  related Agreement  may include  its limited
obligation to  make certain advances  in the  event of  delinquencies on  the
Loans, but only to the extent deemed recoverable.  To the extent described in
the related Prospectus  Supplement, the Depositor or Master  Servicer will be
obligated  under  certain limited  circumstances  to  purchase  or act  as  a
remarketing agent  with respect to  a convertible  Loan upon conversion  to a
fixed rate.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

    Although credit enhancement is intended to  reduce the risk of delinquent
payments or losses to holders of Securities  entitled to the benefit thereof,
the  amount of such credit enhancement  will be limited, as  set forth in the
related Prospectus  Supplement, and may  decline and could be  depleted under
certain circumstances prior to the payment  in full of the related Series  of
Securities, and  as a  result Securityholders may  suffer losses.   Moreover,
such credit enhancement  may not cover  all potential losses  or risks.   For
example, credit  enhancement may or  may not cover  fraud or negligence  by a
loan originator or other parties.  See "Credit Enhancement".

PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

    The timing of principal  payments of the Securities  of a Series will  be
affected by a number of factors,  including the following: (i) the extent  of
prepayments of the Loans and, in the case of Private Asset Backed Securities,
the underlying  loans  related  thereto, comprising  the  Trust  Fund,  which
prepayments may  be influenced by  a variety of  factors, (ii) the  manner of
allocating principal  and/or payments  among the classes  of Securities  of a
Series as specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (iii) the exercise
by the party entitled thereto of  any right of optional termination and  (iv)
the rate  and timing of payment defaults and  losses incurred with respect to
the  Trust  Fund Assets.    Prepayments  of principal  may  also result  from
repurchases of Trust Fund Assets due  to material breaches of the Depositor's
or the Master Servicer's representations  and warranties, as applicable.  The
yield to maturity  experienced by a holder  of Securities may be  affected by
the rate of prepayment of the  Loans comprising or underlying the Trust  Fund
Assets.  See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations".

    Interest payable  on the Securities  of a Series  on a Distribution  Date
will include all interest accrued during the period  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   In the event  interest accrues over a  period ending
two  or more  days  prior to  a  Distribution Date,  the  effective yield  to
Securityholders  will be  reduced  from  the yield  that  would otherwise  be
obtainable if interest payable on the Security were to accrue through the day
immediately preceding  each Distribution  Date, and  the effective  yield (at
par)  to Securityholders will  be less than  the indicated coupon  rate.  See
"Description of the Securities - Distributions of Interest".

BALLOON PAYMENTS

    Certain of  the Loans as of the Cut-off Date  may not be fully amortizing
over their  terms to maturity  and, thus, will require  substantial principal
payments  (i.e., balloon  payments) at  their  stated maturity.   Loans  with
balloon payments involve  a greater degree of  risk because the ability  of a
borrower to  make a balloon  payment typically  will depend upon  its ability
either to timely refinance  the loan or to timely sell  the related Property.
The  ability of  a  borrower to  accomplish  either of  these  goals will  be
affected by a number  of factors, including  the level of available  mortgage
rates  at  the time  of sale  or  refinancing, the  borrower's equity  in the
related Property, the financial condition of the borrower and tax laws.

NATURE OF MORTGAGES

    There  are several  factors  that could  adversely  affect the  value  of
Properties such that  the outstanding balance of the  related Loans, together
with any  senior financing on the  Properties, if applicable, would  equal or
exceed the  value of the Properties.  Among  the factors that could adversely
affect the value of the Properties are  an overall decline in the residential
real estate  market in  the areas in  which the  Properties are located  or a
decline in the general  condition of the Properties as a result of failure of
borrowers to maintain adequately the  Properties or of natural disasters that
are not necessarily covered by insurance, such as earthquakes and floods.  In
the case of Home Equity Loans, such decline could extinguish the value of the
interest of a  junior mortgagee in the  Property before having any  effect on
the interest of  the related senior mortgagee.  If such a decline occurs, the
actual rates of  delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on all Loans could be
higher than those  currently experienced in the mortgage  lending industry in
general.

    Even  assuming  that the  Properties  provide adequate  security  for the
Loans,  substantial  delays  could  be  encountered  in  connection with  the
liquidation of  defaulted Loans  and corresponding delays  in the  receipt of
related proceeds by Securityholders could occur.  An action to foreclose on a
Property  securing a  Loan is regulated  by state  statutes and rules  and is
subject to many of  the delays and expenses of other lawsuits  if defenses or
counterclaims  are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore, in some  states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not
permitted following a  nonjudicial sale of  a Property.   In the  event of  a
default by a borrower, these restrictions, among other things, may impede the
ability of  the Master Servicer  to foreclose on  or sell the  Property or to
obtain  liquidation proceeds  sufficient  to  repay all  amounts  due on  the
related Loan.   In addition, the Master  Servicer will be entitled  to deduct
from  related  liquidation  proceeds  all  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in
attempting to  recover amounts  due on  defaulted Loans  and not  yet repaid,
including  payments to  senior lienholders,  legal  fees and  costs of  legal
action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation expenses.

    Liquidation  expenses  with  respect  to  defaulted  loans  do  not  vary
directly with the  outstanding principal balance of  the loan at the  time of
default.    Therefore,  assuming that  a  servicer  took  the  same steps  in
realizing upon a defaulted loan having a small remaining principal balance as
it would in the case  of a defaulted loan having a  large remaining principal
balance, the amount  realized after expenses of liquidation  would be smaller
as a percentage of  the outstanding principal balance of the  small loan than
would be the  case with the defaulted loan having a large remaining principal
balance.   Since the  mortgages and deeds  of trust securing  the Home Equity
Loans  will  be primarily  junior  liens subordinate  to  the  rights of  the
mortgagee  under the  related senior  mortgage(s)  or deed(s)  of trust,  the
proceeds from  any liquidation,  insurance or condemnation  proceeds will  be
available to satisfy the outstanding balance of  such junior lien only to the
extent that the claims of such senior mortgagees have been satisfied in full,
including any related foreclosure costs.  In addition, a junior mortgagee may
not foreclose on the property securing a junior mortgage unless it forecloses
subject to any senior mortgage, in  which case it must either pay the  entire
amount due on any senior mortgage to the related senior mortgagee at or prior
to the foreclosure sale  or undertake the obligation to make  payments on any
such  senior mortgage in  the event the  mortgagor is  in default thereunder.
The  Trust Fund  will  not have  any source  of funds  to satisfy  any senior
mortgages or make payments due to any senior mortgagees.

    Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates  and  other
charges,  require certain  disclosures,  and  require  licensing  of  certain
originators and  servicers of Loans.   In  addition, most  states have  other
laws,  public  policy  and  general  principles of  equity  relating  to  the
protection of consumers, unfair  and deceptive practices and  practices which
may  apply  to  the  origination,  servicing and  collection  of  the  Loans.
Depending on the provisions of the applicable law and the specific  facts and
circumstances involved, violations of these laws, policies and principles may
limit the  ability of  the Master  Servicer  to collect  all or  part of  the
principal of or  interest on the Loans, may entitle the  borrower to a refund
of  amounts  previously paid  and,  in  addition,  could subject  the  Master
Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.  See "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Loans".

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

    Federal, state  and local  laws and  regulations impose a  wide range  of
requirements on  activities  that  may  affect the  environment,  health  and
safety.    In  certain  circumstances,  these  laws  and  regulations  impose
obligations on  owners or operators  of residential properties such  as those
subject to the Loans.  The  failure to comply with such laws and  regulations
may result in fines and penalties.

    Under various federal, state and local laws and  regulations, an owner or
operator of  real estate may be liable for  the costs of addressing hazardous
substances on, in or beneath such property and related costs.  Such liability
could exceed the value of the property  and the aggregate assets of the owner
or operator.   In  addition, persons  who transport  or dispose of  hazardous
substances,  or  arrange for  the  transportation, disposal  or  treatment of
hazardous substances, at off-site locations may also be  held liable if there
are releases or threatened releases  of hazardous substances at such off-site
locations.

    Under  the  laws of  some  states  and under  the  federal  Comprehensive
Environmental   Response,   Compensation   and   Liability  Act   ("CERCLA"),
contamination of property  may give rise to a lien on  the property to assure
the payment of the  costs of clean-up.   In several states,  such a lien  has
priority over the lien of an existing mortgage against such property.
  
    Under  the laws of  some states, and  under CERCLA and  the federal Solid
Waste Disposal  Act, there is a possibility that a  lender may be held liable
as an "owner"  or "operator" for  costs of addressing releases  or threatened
releases of hazardous substances at a property, or releases of petroleum from
an underground storage tank, under certain circumstances.  See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans--Environmental Risks."


CERTAIN OTHER LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS REGARDING THE LOANS

    The Loans may also be subject to federal laws, including:

        (i)  the Federal  Truth in  Lending Act and  Regulation Z  promulgated
    thereunder, which  require certain disclosures to the borrowers regarding
    the terms of the Loans;

        (ii)     the  Equal   Credit   Opportunity  Act   and  Regulation   B
    promulgated  thereunder, which  prohibit discrimination  on the  basis of
    age,  race,  color,  sex,  religion,  marital  status,  national  origin,
    receipt  of public  assistance or  the  exercise of  any right  under the
    Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit;

        (iii)    the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, which regulates  the use and
    reporting  of information  related to  the borrower's  credit experience;
    and

        (iv)     for Loans  that were originated or  closed after November 7,
    1989,  the  Home Equity  Loan  Consumer  Protection Act  of  1988,  which
    requires additional application disclosures,  limits changes that may  be
    made to the  loan documents without the borrower's consent  and restricts
    a lender's  ability  to declare  a  default or  to  suspend or  reduce  a
    borrower's credit limit to certain enumerated events.

    The  Riegle Act.    Certain  mortgage loans  are  subject to  the  Riegle
Community Development  and Regulatory  Improvement Act  of 1994 (the  "Riegle
Act")  which incorporates  the Home  Ownership and  Equity Protection  Act of
1994.  These  provisions impose additional disclosure and  other requirements
on  creditors with  respect to  non-purchase money  mortgage loans  with high
interest  rates or  high up-front fees  and charges.   The provisions  of the
Riegle Act  apply on a mandatory basis to all mortgage loans originated on or
after  October 1,  1995.    These provisions  can  impose specific  statutory
liabilities upon creditors  who fail to comply with  their provisions and may
affect the enforceability of the related loans.  In addition, any assignee of
the creditor would generally  be subject to all claims and  defenses that the
consumer  could assert against  the creditor, including,  without limitation,
the right to rescind the mortgage loan.

    The Home  Improvement Contracts are also  subject to the  Preservation of
Consumers'  Claims and Defenses  regulations of the  Federal Trade Commission
and other  similar federal and state statutes  and regulations (collectively,
the "Holder in Due Course Rules"), which protect the homeowner from defective
craftsmanship or  incomplete work by  a contractor.   These  laws permit  the
obligor  to  withhold payment  if  the work  does  not meet  the  quality and
durability standards  agreed to  by the  homeowner and the  contractor.   The
Holder in Due Course Rules have the effect of subjecting any assignee  of the
seller in a consumer credit transaction to  all claims and defenses which the
obligor in the credit sale transaction could assert against the seller of the
goods.

    Violations of  certain provisions  of these  federal laws  may limit  the
ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the principal of  or
interest on the Loans and in addition could subject the Trust Fund to damages
and administrative enforcement.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans".

RATING OF THE SECURITIES

    It will  be a condition  to the  issuance of a  class of Securities  that
they be  rated in  one of the  four highest  rating categories by  the Rating
Agency  identified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.   Any  such rating
would be based on among other things, the  adequacy of the value of the Trust
Fund Assets and  any credit enhancement with  respect to such class  and will
respect such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood that holders
of a class of Securities will receive  payments to which such Securityholders
are entitled under the related Agreement.  Such rating will not constitute an
assessment of the likelihood that  principal prepayments on the related Loans
will be made,  the degree to which the rate of  such prepayments might differ
from  that  originally  anticipated  or  the  likelihood  of  early  optional
termination of the Series of Securities.   Such rating shall not be deemed  a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch  as it does not
address market  price or suitability for a  particular investor.  Such rating
will not  address the possibility  that prepayment at  higher or lower  rates
than anticipated by an investor may cause such investor to experience a lower
than  anticipated yield  or  that  an investor  purchasing  a  Security at  a
significant premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain
prepayment scenarios.

    There is  also no assurance  that any such  rating will remain  in effect
for any  given period of  time or  that it  may not be  lowered or  withdrawn
entirely by the Rating Agency in the  future if in its judgment circumstances
in  the future so warrant.  In addition  to being lowered or withdrawn due to
any erosion in  the adequacy of  the value  of the Trust  Fund Assets or  any
credit  enhancement with  respect  to a  Series,  such rating  might  also be
lowered or withdrawn,  among other reasons, because  of an adverse  change in
the financial or other condition of a credit enhancement provider or a change
in the rating of such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

    The amount,  type and nature of  credit enhancement, if  any, established
with respect  to a  class of Securities  will be determined  on the  basis of
criteria established  by each  Rating Agency rating  classes of  such Series.
Such criteria are sometimes based upon  an actuarial analysis of the behavior
of similar loans  in a larger group.   Such analysis is often  the basis upon
which each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required
with  respect to  each  such class.    There can  be  no assurance  that  the
historical  data supporting  any  such  actuarial  analysis  will  accurately
reflect future  experience nor  any assurance  that the  data derived  from a
large pool of similar loans accurately predicts  the delinquency, foreclosure
or loss  experience of  any particular pool  of Loans.   No assurance  can be
given that the values of any Properties have remained or will remain at their
levels  on the respective dates of origination  of the related Loans.  If the
residential  real  estate markets  should  experience an  overall  decline in
property values such that the outstanding  principal balances of the Loans in
a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on the related Properties
become equal to  or greater than  the value of  the Properties, the rates  of
delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  could be  higher  than  those  now
generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.  In addition, adverse
economic conditions  (which may or may  not affect real property  values) may
affect the  timely payment by  mortgagors of scheduled payments  of principal
and  interest on  the Loans  and,  accordingly, the  rates of  delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses with respect  to any Trust Fund.  To the  extent that
such losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such losses will be borne,
at least in part, by the holders of  one or more classes of the Securities of
the related Series.  See "Rating".

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    If issued in book-entry form, such  registration may reduce the liquidity
of the  Securities in  the secondary  trading market  since investors  may be
unwilling  to  purchase  Securities for  which  they  cannot obtain  physical
certificates.  Since transactions in  Securities can be effected only through
the   Depository   Trust   Company   ("DTC"),   participating   organizations
("Participants"),  Financial Intermediaries and certain banks, the ability of
a  Securityholder to  pledge a Security  to persons  or entities that  do not
participate  in the DTC  system, or otherwise  to take actions  in respect of
such Securities,  may  be limited  due  to  lack of  a  physical  certificate
representing the Securities.

    In addition, Securityholders may  experience some delay in their  receipt
of   distributions  of  interest  and  principal   on  the  Securities  since
distributions are required to be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will
then be required to credit such distributions to the accounts of Participants
which  thereafter  will  be  required  to  credit  them  to  the  accounts of
Securityholders   either    directly   or   indirectly    through   Financial
Intermediaries.  See "Description of  the Securities--Book-Entry Registration
of Securities".

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS

    If so provided in  the related Prospectus Supplement, on the Closing Date
the Depositor will  deposit an amount (the "Pre-Funded  Amount") specified in
such Prospectus Supplement into  the Pre-Funding Account.  In no  event shall
the Pre-Funded Amount exceed 25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of
the Certificates and/or Notes of the related  Series of Securities.  The Pre-
Funded Amount will be used to purchase Loans ("Subsequent Loans") in a period
from the Closing Date to a date not more than  three months after the Closing
Date (such period, the "Funding Period")  from the Depositor (which, in turn,
will  acquire such Subsequent  Loans from the Seller  or Sellers specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement).  To the extent that the entire Pre-Funded
Amount has not been applied to the purchase of Subsequent Loans by the end of
the related Funding Period, any  amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account
will be distributed as a prepayment of principal to Certificateholders and/or
Noteholders on  the Distribution  Date immediately following  the end  of the
Funding Period, in  the amounts and pursuant  to the priorities set  forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

LOWER CREDIT QUALITY TRUST FUND ASSETS

    Certain of the Trust Fund Assets underlying or securing,  as the case may
be,  a Series  of  Securities may  have  been made  to  lower credit  quality
borrowers who  have marginal  credit and  fall  into one  of two  categories:
customers   with   moderate   income,  limited   assets   and   other  income
characteristics  which cause  difficulty in  borrowing from  banks and  other
traditional sources of lenders, and customers with a derogatory credit report
including a  history of  irregular employment,  previous bankruptcy  filings,
repossession of  property, charged-off loans  and garnishment of wages.   The
average interest  rate charged on such Trust Fund  Assets made to these types
of borrowers is generally  higher than that charged by lenders that typically
impose more stringent  credit requirements.  The payment  experience on loans
made  to these types  of borrowers is  likely to be  different (i.e., greater
likelihood of  later payments  or defaults,  less likelihood of  prepayments)
from that  on loans  made to  borrowers with  higher credit  quality, and  is
likely to be more sensitive  to changes in the economic climate  in the areas
in which  such borrowers  reside.   See "The  Mortgage Pool"  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

DELINQUENT TRUST FUND ASSETS

    No more than  5% (by principal balance) of the  Trust Fund Assets for any
particular Series of Securities will be between 30 and 59 days past due as of
the related Cut-off Date.

OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

    There is no assurance that the market  value of the Trust Fund Assets  or
any other assets of a Series will at any time be equal to or greater than the
principal  amount of  the Securities  of such  Series then  outstanding, plus
accrued  interest thereon.   Moreover,  upon  an event  of default  under the
Agreement  for a Series and a sale of the  assets in the Trust Fund or upon a
sale of the assets  of a Trust Fund for a Series  of Securities, the Trustee,
the  Master Servicer,  the credit  enhancer, if  any, and  any other  service
provider  specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement generally  will be
entitled to  receive the proceeds of  any such sale  to the extent  of unpaid
fees  and other  amounts owing  to such persons  under the  related Agreement
prior to distributions  to Securityholders.  Upon any such sale, the proceeds
thereof may be insufficient  to pay in full the principal  of and interest on
the Securities of such Series.


- --------------------

    /F1/     Whenever the  terms "Pool", "Certificates"  and "Notes"  are used
in this Prospectus,  such terms will be  deemed to apply, unless  the context
indicates otherwise, to one  specific Pool and the  Certificates representing
certain undivided interests in, or Notes  secured by the assets of, a  single
trust fund (the "Trust Fund") consisting primarily of the Loans in such Pool.
Similarly, the term  "Pass-Through Rate" will refer to  the Pass-Through Rate
borne by the Certificates or Notes of one specific Series and the term "Trust
Fund" will refer to one specific Trust Fund.

                                THE TRUST FUND

    The Certificates  of each Series will  represent interests in  the assets
of the related Trust Fund,  and the Notes of each  Series will be secured  by
the pledge  of the assets of the related Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund for each
Series  will  be  held  by  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the  related
Securityholders.   Each Trust Fund will consist of certain assets (the "Trust
Fund Assets")  consisting of a  pool (each, a  "Pool") comprised of  Loans or
Private Asset  Backed Securities, in  each case  as specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, together  with payments in respect of  such Trust Fund
Assets and certain other accounts, obligations or agreements, in each case as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement./F1/  The Pool will be created
on the  first day  of the  month of  the issuance  of the  related Series  of
Securities or  such other  date specified in  the Prospectus  Supplement (the
"Cut-off Date").  The Securities will be entitled to payment from  the assets
of the related Trust Fund or Funds or other assets pledged for the benefit of
the Securityholders  as specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement and
will not  be entitled to payments in respect of the assets of any other trust
fund established by the Depositor.

    The Trust Fund Assets will be acquired by  the Depositor, either directly
or through affiliates, from originators or sellers which may be affiliates of
the Depositor (the  "Sellers"), and conveyed by the  Depositor to the related
Trust  Fund.  Loans  acquired by the  Depositor will have  been originated in
accordance  with  the  underwriting  criteria  specified  below  under  "Loan
Program-Underwriting  Standards" or  as  otherwise  described  in  a  related
Prospectus Supplement.  See "Loan Program--Underwriting Standards".

    The  Depositor will cause  the Trust  Fund Assets to  be assigned  to the
Trustee named  in the  related Prospectus Supplement  for the benefit  of the
holders of the Securities  of the related Series.  The  Master Servicer named
in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  will service  the Trust  Fund Assets,
either directly  or through  other servicing  institutions ("Sub-Servicers"),
pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement among the Depositor, the Master
Servicer and  the Trustee  with respect  to a  Series of  Certificates, or  a
servicing agreement (each,  a "Servicing Agreement") between the  Trustee and
the Servicer with respect  to a Series of  Notes, and will receive a  fee for
such services.  See "Loan Program" and "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement".
With respect to Loans serviced by the Master Servicer through a Sub-Servicer,
the Master  Servicer will remain  liable for its servicing  obligations under
the related  Agreement as  if the Master  Servicer alone were  servicing such
Loans.

    As  used  herein,  "Agreement"  means,  with   respect  to  a  Series  of
Certificates, the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement or  Trust Agreement,  and
with respect to a Series of Notes, the Indenture and the Servicing Agreement,
as the context requires.

    If  so specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement, a  Trust  Fund
relating  to a Series of Securities may  be a business trust formed under the
laws  of the state specified in the related Prospectus Supplement pursuant to
a trust agreement (each, a "Trust  Agreement") between the Depositor and  the
trustee of such Trust Fund.

    With respect to  each Trust Fund,  prior to the  initial offering of  the
related  Series  of  Securities,  the  Trust  Fund  will  have  no  assets or
liabilities.   No Trust  Fund is expected  to engage in  any activities other
than acquiring, managing  and holding  of the related  Trust Fund Assets  and
other assets contemplated herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement and
the   proceeds  thereof,   issuing  Securities   and   making  payments   and
distributions  thereon and  certain related  activities.   No  Trust Fund  is
expected to have any source of capital other than its assets and  any related
credit enhancement.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
only obligations of the Depositor with respect to a Series of Securities will
be to obtain  certain representations and warranties from  the Sellers and to
assign to  the Trustee for such  Series of Securities  the Depositor's rights
with respect to  such representations and warranties.   See "The Agreements--
Assignment of  Trust Fund Assets".   The  obligations of the  Master Servicer
with  respect  to the  Loans  will  consist  principally of  its  contractual
servicing obligations under  the related Agreement (including  its obligation
to enforce the obligations of the Sub-Servicers  or Sellers, or both, as more
fully  described  herein  under  "Loan  Program--Representations by  Sellers;
Repurchases" and  "The Agreements--Sub-Servicing of Loans",  "--Assignment of
Trust Fund Assets") and its obligation, if any, to make certain cash advances
in the event of delinquencies in payments on or with respect to the Loans  in
the amounts described herein under "Description of the Securities--Advances".
The obligations of  the Master Servicer  to make advances  may be subject  to
limitations,  to the  extent provided  herein and  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.

    The following  is  a brief  description  of  the assets  expected  to  be
included in the  Trust Funds.  If  specific information respecting  the Trust
Fund  Assets is  not  known at  the  time the  related  Series of  Securities
initially is offered, more general  information of the nature described below
will  be  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and   specific
information will  be set forth in a  report on Form 8-K to  be filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission within  fifteen days  after the  initial
issuance of  such Securities  (the "Detailed  Description").   A copy of  the
Agreement with respect to each Series  of Securities will be attached to  the
Form 8-K  and will be available for inspection  at the corporate trust office
of the Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A schedule of
the  Trust Fund  Assets  relating to  such  Series will  be  attached to  the
Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.

THE LOANS

    General.  For purposes  hereof, "Home Equity Loans" includes  "Closed-End
Loans" and  "Revolving Credit Line Loans".   The real  property which secures
repayment of  the Loans  is referred  to as  "Properties".  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Loans will be secured by
mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar  security instruments creating a
lien on  a Property, which may be subordinated to one or more senior liens on
the  related  Properties,  each  as  described  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.   As more fully  described in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
the Loans may be "conventional" loans or loans that are insured or guaranteed
by a governmental agency such as the FHA or VA.

    The Properties  relating to Loans will  consist primarily of  detached or
semi-detached one-  to  four-family dwelling  units,  townhouses,  rowhouses,
individual  condominium units, individual units in planned unit developments,
and certain other dwelling units ("Single Family Properties") or Small Mixed-
Used Properties (as defined herein)  which consist of structures of not  more
than  three stories  which include  one- to four-family  residential dwelling
units and space used for retail, professional or other commercial uses.  Such
Properties may include vacation  and second homes, investment  properties and
leasehold interests.  The  Properties may be located in any  one of the fifty
states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico or any other territory of
the United States.

    The payment terms  of the Loans to  be included in  a Trust Fund  will be
described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement and  may include  any  of the  following features  (or
combination thereof) or other features,
all as described above or in the related Prospectus Supplement:

        (a)  Interest  may be payable at a fixed rate,  a rate adjustable from
    time to  time in  relation to an  index (which  will be specified  in the
    related  Prospectus Supplement),  a rate  that is  fixed for  a period of
    time or  under certain  circumstances and  is followed  by an  adjustable
    rate, a rate that otherwise varies from  time to time, or a rate  that is
    convertible  from an  adjustable rate  to a  fixed rate.   Changes  to an
    adjustable rate  may be subject  to periodic limitations,  maximum rates,
    minimum rates  or a  combination of such  limitations.  Accrued  interest
    may be deferred and  added to the  principal of a  loan for such  periods
    and  under  such  circumstances  as  may  be  specified  in  the  related
    Prospectus Supplement.   Loans may provide for the payment of interest at
    a  rate lower  than the  specified interest rate  borne by  such Mortgage
    (the "Loan Rate") for a  period of time or for the life of  the Loan, and
    the amount of  any difference may be  contributed from funds supplied  by
    the Seller of the Property or another source.

        (b)  Principal may be payable on a level  debt service basis to  fully
    amortize the loan  over its term,  may be calculated on  the basis of  an
    assumed  amortization  schedule that  is  significantly  longer than  the
    original term to maturity or  on an interest rate that is  different from
    the interest  rate on the  Loan or may not  be amortized during all  or a
    portion of the original  term.  Payment of  all or a substantial  portion
    of the principal may be due  on maturity ("balloon payment").   Principal
    may include  interest that has been  deferred and added to  the principal
    balance of the Loan.

        (c)  Monthly payments of principal  and interest may be fixed for  the
    life of the  loan, may increase  over a specified  period of time  or may
    change  from period  to period.   Loans  may include  limits  on periodic
    increases or decreases in the amount of  monthly payments and may include
    maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.

        (d)  Prepayments  of principal  may be  subject to  a prepayment  fee,
    which may be  fixed for the life  of the loan or  may decline over  time,
    and may  be prohibited for  the life of  the loan or for  certain periods
    ("lockout  periods").     Certain  loans  may  permit  prepayments  after
    expiration of the  applicable lockout period and may require  the payment
    of a  prepayment fee in connection  with any such  subsequent prepayment.
    Other loans  may permit prepayments without  payment of a  fee unless the
    prepayment occurs during  specified time periods.  The loans  may include
    "due on  sale" clauses which  permit the mortgagee  to demand payment  of
    the  entire loan in connection with the  sale or certain transfers of the
    related Property.   Other loans may  be assumable by persons  meeting the
    then applicable underwriting standards of the Seller.

    As more  fully described in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, interest
on each Revolving Credit Line Loan, excluding introduction rates offered from
time  to time during promotional periods,  is computed and payable monthly on
the  average daily  outstanding principal  balance of  such Loan.   Principal
amounts on  a Revolving Credit Line Loan  may be drawn down (up  to a maximum
amount as set  forth in  the related Prospectus  Supplement) or repaid  under
each  Revolving Credit Line Loan from  time to time, but  may be subject to a
minimum periodic  payment.   Except  to the  extent provided  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the  Trust Fund will not include  any amounts borrowed
under a Revolving Credit Line Loan  after the Cut-off Date.  The  full amount
of a Closed-End Loan  is advanced at the inception of the  loan and generally
is repayable in  equal (or substantially equal) installments of  an amount to
fully  amortize such  loan at  its  stated maturity.   Except  to  the extent
provided in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the original  terms to stated
maturity of  Closed-End  Loan will  not  exceed 360  months.   Under  certain
circumstances,  under either  a Revolving  Credit Line  Loan or  a Closed-End
Loan, a borrower may choose an interest  only payment option and is obligated
to pay  only the amount  of interest  which accrues  on the  loan during  the
billing  cycle.   An interest  only  payment option  may be  available  for a
specified period  before the borrower must begin  paying at least the minimum
monthly payment of a specified  percentage of the average outstanding balance
of the loan.

    The aggregate principal  balance of Loans secured by Properties  that are
owner-occupied  will be  disclosed  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Unless  otherwise specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the sole
basis for a representation that a given percentage of the Loans is secured by
Single  Family Property that is owner-occupied will  be either (i) the making
of a representation  by the borrower at  origination of the Loan  either that
the underlying Property will be used by the borrower for a period of at least
six months every year or  that the borrower intends to use the  Property as a
primary  residence or  (ii)  a finding  that  the address  of  the underlying
Property is the borrower's mailing address.

    The  Loans may include fixed-rate, closed-end mortgage loans having terms
to maturity of  up to 30 years and secured by first-lien mortgages originated
on Properties containing one to four residential units and no more than three
income  producing non-residential units  ("Small Mixed-Use Properties").   At
least 50% of the units contained  in a Small Mixed-Use Property will  consist
of residential units.  Income from such non-residential units will not exceed
40% of the adjusted gross income of the  related borrower.  The maximum Loan-
to-Value  Ratio on  Small Mixed-Use Properties  will not  exceed 65%.   Small
Mixed-Use Properties  may be  owner occupied or  investor properties  and the
loan purpose may be a refinancing or a purchase. 

    Home  Improvement  Contracts.   The Trust  Fund Assets  for a  Series may
consist, in  whole or part,  of home improvement installment  sales contracts
and installment loan agreements (the "Home Improvement Contracts") originated
by a home improvement contractor, a thrift or a commercial mortgage banker in
the ordinary  course of  business.   As specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, the  Home  Improvement  Contracts  will either  be  unsecured  or
secured  by the  Mortgages primarily  on Single  Family Properties  which are
generally subordinate to other mortgages on the same Property, or  secured by
purchase money security  interest in the Home  Improvements financed thereby.
Except as otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, the Home
Improvement Contracts  will be fully  amortizing and may have  fixed interest
rates  or  adjustable  interest  rates  and may  provide  for  other  payment
characteristics as described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Except as  otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the
home improvements  (the "Home  Improvements") securing  the Home  Improvement
Contracts will  include, but are  not limited to, replacement  windows, house
siding, new  roofs, swimming  pools, satellite  dishes, kitchen  and bathroom
remodeling goods and solar heating panels.

    The initial  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  a  Home  Improvement  Contract  is
computed in the manner described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Additional  Information.     Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will   contain
information, as  of the date of such Prospectus  Supplement and to the extent
then specifically known to the Depositor, with respect to the Loans contained
in  the  related Pool,  including  (i)  the aggregate  outstanding  principal
balance and the average outstanding principal balance of the Loans as  of the
applicable Cut-off Date, (ii) the  type of property securing the Loan  (e.g.,
one-  to  four-family  houses,  individual  units  in  condominium  apartment
buildings,  vacation and  second homes  or  other real  property), (iii)  the
original terms to maturity of the  Loans, (iv) the largest principal  balance
and  the smallest  principal balance of  any of  the Loans, (v)  the earliest
origination date  and latest  maturity date  of any  of the  Loans, (vi)  the
Loan-to-Value Ratios or  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, as applicable, of the
Loans, (vii) the  Loan Rates or annual  percentage rates ("APR") or  range of
Loan Rates or APR's borne by the Loans, and (viii) the  geographical location
of  the Loans on a state-by-state basis.   If specific information respecting
the  Loans is not known to  the Depositor at the  time the related Securities
are initially offered, more general information of the nature described above
will  be  provided  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement,  and  specific
information will be set forth in the Detailed Description.

    Except  as otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the
"Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio"  of a Loan  at any  given time is  the ratio,
expressed as  a percentage,  of (i)  the sum  of (a)  the original  principal
balance  of the Loan  (or, in the case  of a Revolving  Credit Line Loan, the
maximum amount thereof available)  and (b) the outstanding principal  balance
at the date of origination of the Loan of any  senior mortgage loan(s) or, in
the case of  any open-ended senior mortgage loan, the  maximum available line
of credit with respect to such mortgage loan, regardless of any lesser amount
actually outstanding  at the  date of origination  of the  Loan, to  (ii) the
Collateral  Value of the related Property.   Except as otherwise specified in
the related  Prospectus Supplement, the  "Collateral Value" of  the Property,
other than  with respect to certain Loans the proceeds  of which were used to
refinance an existing mortgage loan (each, a "Refinance Loan"), is the lesser
of  (a) the  appraised  value determined  in  an  appraisal obtained  by  the
originator at  origination of  such Loan  and (b)  the sales  price for  such
Property.  In  the case  of Refinance  Loans, the "Collateral  Value" of  the
related Property  is the appraised  value thereof determined in  an appraisal
obtained at the time of refinancing.

PRIVATE ASSET BACKED SECURITIES

    General.   Private  Asset  Backed Securities  may  consist of  (a)  pass-
through certificates  or participation  certificates evidencing  an undivided
interest in  a  pool  of  home  equity or  home  improvement  loans,  or  (b)
collateralized   mortgage  obligations  secured   by  home  equity   or  home
improvement loans.   Private  Asset  Backed Securities  may include  stripped
asset backed securities  representing an undivided interest in  all or a part
of either the principal distributions (but not the interest distributions) or
the interest distributions  (but not the principal distributions)  or in some
specified portion of the principal and interest distributions (but not all of
such distributions)  on  certain  home  equity  or  home  improvement  loans.
Private Asset  Backed Securities will have been  issued pursuant to a pooling
and  servicing  agreement,  an  indenture   or  similar  agreement  (a  "PABS
Agreement").  The  seller/servicer of the underlying Loans  will have entered
into the PABS Agreement with the trustee under such PABS Agreement (the "PABS
Trustee").   The PABS Trustee or its agent,  or a custodian, will possess the
loans  underlying such  Private Asset  Backed Security.   Loans  underlying a
Private  Asset Backed  Security will  be  serviced by  a servicer  (the "PABS
Servicer") directly or by one or more  subservicers who may be subject to the
supervision  of the  PABS Servicer.   Except  as otherwise  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement, the  PABS Servicer  will be  a FNMA  or FHLMC
approved  servicer  and, if  FHA  Loans  underlie  the Private  Asset  Backed
Securities, approved by HUD as an FHA mortgagee.

    The issuer  of the  Private Asset Backed  Securities (the "PABS  Issuer")
will be  a financial  institution or  other entity  engaged generally  in the
business of mortgage lending, a public agency  or instrumentality of a state,
local or federal  government, or a limited purpose  corporation organized for
the purpose  of, among  other things, establishing  trusts and  acquiring and
selling housing loans to such trusts and selling beneficial interests in such
trusts.   The PABS Issuer shall  not be an  affiliate of the Depositor.   The
obligations  of  the  PABS  Issuer  will  generally  be  limited  to  certain
representations and warranties with respect  to the assets conveyed by it  to
the related  trust.  Except as otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the PABS  Issuer  will not  have  guaranteed any  of  the assets
conveyed to the related  trust or any of the Private  Asset Backed Securities
issued under the PABS Agreement.  Additionally, although the loans underlying
the  Private  Asset Backed  Securities  may  be guaranteed  by  an  agency or
instrumentality of  the United  States, the  Private Asset Backed  Securities
themselves will not be so guaranteed.

    Distributions  of principal  and interest  will  be made  on the  Private
Asset  Backed Securities  on the  dates specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.  The Private Asset  Backed Securities may be entitled to  receive
nominal   or   no  principal   distributions  or   nominal  or   no  interest
distributions.   Principal  and interest  distributions will  be made  on the
Private Asset  Backed Securities  by the PABS  Trustee or the  PABS Servicer.
The PABS Issuer or the PABS Servicer may have  the right to repurchase assets
underlying the Private Asset Backed Securities after  a certain date or under
other circumstances as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Underlying Loans.   The home equity or home improvement  loans underlying
the Private Asset Backed Securities may consist of fixed rate, level payment,
fully amortizing loans or graduated payment  loans, buydown loans, adjustable
rate loans, or  loans having balloon or other special payment features.  Such
loans may  be  secured  by  single  family  property,  multifamily  property,
manufactured  homes or by an assignment of the proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement  relating to  a  specific  dwelling within  a  cooperative and  the
related shares issued by such cooperative.   Except as otherwise specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  underlying  loans  will  have the
following characterizations: (i) no loan  will have had a Loan-to-Value Ratio
at  origination in excess of  95%, (ii) each single family  loan secured by a
mortgaged  property that  had  a  Loan-to-Value ratio  in  excess of  80%  at
origination will  be covered  by a primary  mortgage insurance  policy, (iii)
each loan  will have had an original term to stated maturity of not less than
5  years and not more than 40 years, (iv)  no loan that was more than 89 days
delinquent as to the payment of principal or interest will have been eligible
for inclusion  in the assets under the related  PABS Agreement, (v) each loan
(other than a cooperative loan)  will be required to be covered by a standard
hazard insurance policy (which may be  a blanket policy), and (vi) each  loan
(other than a cooperative loan or a contract secured by a  manufactured home)
will be covered by a title insurance policy.

    Credit  Support Relating  to  Private Asset  Backed  Securities.   Credit
support  in  the  form  of  reserve funds,  subordination  of  other  private
certificates  issued under  the  PABS Agreement,  letters  of credit,  surety
bonds,  insurance policies or  other types of credit  support may be provided
with  respect to  the loans  underlying the  Private Asset  Backed Securities
themselves.

    Rating of Private Asset Backed Securities.   The PABS upon their issuance
will have been assigned a rating in one of the four highest rating categories
by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency.

    Additional  Information.   The  Prospectus Supplement  for  a Series  for
which the  Trust Fund includes  Private Asset Backed Securities  will specify
(i) the aggregate approximate principal amount  and type of the Private Asset
Backed  Securities   to  be  included   in  the  Trust  Fund,   (ii)  certain
characteristics of  the loans  which comprise the  underlying assets  for the
Private Asset  Backed Securities including  (A) the payment features  of such
loans,  (B)  the  approximate  aggregate  principal  balance,  if  known,  of
underlying  loans insured  or guaranteed  by a  governmental entity,  (C) the
servicing fee or range of  servicing fees with respect to the  loans, and (D)
the  minimum  and  maximum  stated  maturities of  the  underlying  loans  at
origination,  (iii) the  maximum  original  term-to-stated  maturity  of  the
Private Asset  Backed Securities,  (iv) the  weighted average  term-to-stated
maturity  of the  Private Asset  Backed Securities,  (v) the  pass-through or
certificate rate  of the Private  Asset Backed Securities, (vi)  the weighted
average  pass-through  or  certificate  rate  of  the  Private  Asset  Backed
Securities, (vii) the  PABS Issuer, the PABS Servicer (if other than the PABS
Issuer) and the PABS Trustee for such Private Asset Backed Securities, (viii)
certain characteristics  of credit  support, if any,  such as  reserve funds,
insurance policies, surety bonds, letters of credit or guaranties relating to
the loans underlying the  Private Asset Backed Securities or to  such Private
Asset Backed  Securities themselves,  (ix) the term  on which  the underlying
loans for such  Private Asset Backed Securities  may, or are required  to, be
purchased prior  to their  stated  maturity or  the  stated maturity  of  the
Private Asset  Backed  Securities,  (x)  the  terms on  which  loans  may  be
substituted   for  those  originally  underlying  the  Private  Asset  Backed
Securities  and (xi)  to the  extent  provided in  a periodic  report  to the
Trustee in its capacity as holder of the PABS, certain  information regarding
the status of the credit support, if any, relating to the PABS.

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net proceeds to  be received from the sale of the  Securities will be
applied by the Depositor to the purchase of Trust Fund Assets or will be used
by the  Depositor for general corporate  purposes.  The  Depositor expects to
sell Securities in  Series from time  to time, but the  timing and amount  of
offerings of  Securities will depend  on a  number of factors,  including the
volume of  Trust Fund Assets  acquired by the Depositor,  prevailing interest
rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.

                                THE DEPOSITOR

    Financial  Asset   Securities  Corp.,  the   Depositor,  is   a  Delaware
corporation organized on August 2, 1995 for the limited purpose of acquiring,
owning and  transferring Trust Fund  Assets and selling interests  therein or
bonds secured  thereby.  It is an indirect limited purpose finance subsidiary
of  National Westminster  Bank  Plc  and an  affiliate  of Greenwich  Capital
Markets,   Inc.,  a  registered  securities  broker-dealer.    The  Depositor
maintains its principal  office at 600 Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut
06830.  Its telephone number is (203) 625-2700.


    Neither the Depositor  nor any of the Depositor's affiliates  will insure
or guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.

                                 LOAN PROGRAM

    The Loans will  have been purchased by the  Depositor, either directly or
through affiliates, from Sellers.   Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Loans  so acquired by the Depositor will have been
originated in accordance with the underwriting criteria specified below under
"Underwriting Standards".

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

    Each Seller will  represent and warrant that all Loans  originated and/or
sold by  it  to  the Depositor  or  one  of its  affiliates  will  have  been
underwritten in accordance  with standards consistent with  those utilized by
mortgage lenders generally during the period of origination for similar types
of loans.  As to any  Loan insured by the FHA or partially  guaranteed by the
VA, the Seller will represent that it has complied with underwriting policies
of the FHA or the VA, as the case may be.

    Underwriting  standards are  applied  by  or on  behalf  of  a lender  to
evaluate the borrower's credit standing  and repayment ability, and the value
and  adequacy of  the Property  as  collateral.   In  general, a  prospective
borrower applying  for a Loan is required to  fill out a detailed application
designed to provide to the underwriting officer pertinent credit information,
including  the principal  balance and  payment  history with  respect to  any
senior mortgage,  if any,  which, unless otherwise  specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, the borrower's income  will be verified by the Seller.
As  part  of the  description  of  the  borrower's financial  condition,  the
borrower  generally is  required  to provide  a current  list  of assets  and
liabilities  and  a  statement  of  income  and  expenses,   as  well  as  an
authorization to  apply for a  credit report which summarizes  the borrower's
credit history with local merchants and lenders and any record of bankruptcy.
In most  cases, an  employment verification is  obtained from  an independent
source (typically  the borrower's  employer) which  verification reports  the
length of employment with that  organization, the current salary, and whether
it is expected that the borrower will continue such employment in the future.
If a prospective  borrower is self-employed, the borrower  may be required to
submit copies of signed  tax returns.  The borrower  may also be required  to
authorize  verification of  deposits  at  financial  institutions  where  the
borrower has demand or savings accounts.

    In determining the adequacy of the property to be  used as collateral, an
appraisal will generally  be made of each property  considered for financing.
The appraiser is generally required to  inspect the property, issue a  report
on its  condition and, if applicable,  verify that construction, if  new, has
been completed.   The appraisal  is based on  the market value  of comparable
homes,  the  estimated  rental  income  (if  considered   applicable  by  the
appraiser) and the  cost of replacing  the home.   The value of the  property
being financed, as indicated by the appraisal, must be such that it currently
supports,  and is anticipated to support in  the future, the outstanding loan
balance.

    Once all  applicable  employment,  credit  and  property  information  is
received, a  determination generally  is made as  to whether  the prospective
borrower has sufficient  monthly income available (i) to  meet the borrower's
monthly  obligations on the  proposed mortgage loan  (generally determined on
the  basis of the monthly payments due  in the year of origination) and other
expenses  related  to  the  property  (such  as  property  taxes  and  hazard
insurance)  and (ii)  to meet  monthly housing  expenses and  other financial
obligations and monthly living expenses.   The underwriting standards applied
by Sellers, particularly with  respect to the level of loan documentation and
the mortgagor's income and credit history, may be varied in appropriate cases
where factors  such as low  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios or  other favorable
credit exist.  


QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS

    Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, each
Seller will be required to satisfy the qualifications set forth herein.  Each
Seller must be an institution  experienced in originating and servicing loans
of  the  type  contained in  the  related Pool  in  accordance  with accepted
practices and prudent  guidelines, and must maintain  satisfactory facilities
to originate  and service  those loans.   Unless  otherwise specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement, each Seller will be a seller/servicer approved
by either FNMA or FHLMC.  

REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES OR SUBSTITUTIONS

    Each Seller will  have made representations and warranties in  respect of
the Loans sold by such Seller and evidenced by all, or a part, of a Series of
Securities.    Except  as  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  such representations and warranties include, among other things:
(i) that title insurance (or in the case of Properties located in areas where
such policies  are  generally not  available,  an attorney's  certificate  of
title) and any  required hazard insurance policy (or certificate  of title as
applicable) remained in effect on the  date of purchase of the Loan  from the
Seller by  or on behalf of the Depositor; (ii) that the Seller had good title
to  each  such  Loan and  such  Loan  was subject  to  no  offsets, defenses,
counterclaims or rights of rescission except  to the extent that any  buydown
agreement described  herein may forgive  certain indebtedness of  a borrower;
(iii) that each Loan  constituted a valid lien on the  Property (subject only
to permissible liens disclosed, if applicable, title insurance exceptions, if
applicable, and certain other exceptions described in the Agreement) and that
the Property was free from damage and  was in acceptable condition; (iv) that
there  were no  delinquent  tax  or assessment  liens  against the  Property;
(v) that no required payment on a Loan was more than thirty days' delinquent;
and (vi)  that each  Loan was  made in  compliance with,  and is  enforceable
under, all applicable  local, state and  federal laws and regulations  in all
material respects.

    If   so   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
representations and warranties of a Seller in respect of a Loan  will be made
not  as of the Cut-off Date but as of  the date on which such Seller sold the
Loan to the Depositor or one of its  affiliates.  Under such circumstances, a
substantial period of time may have elapsed between such date and the date of
initial  issuance of the Series of Securities  evidencing an interest in such
Loan.  Since  the representations and warranties  of a Seller do  not address
events that  may occur  following the  sale of  a  Loan by  such Seller,  its
repurchase obligation  described below will  not arise if the  relevant event
that would otherwise have given rise to such an obligation with respect  to a
Loan  occurs after  the date  of sale  of  such Loan  by such  Seller to  the
Depositor or  its affiliates.   However, the  Depositor will not  include any
Loan in the Trust Fund  for any Series of Securities if anything  has come to
the  Depositor's  attention   that  would  cause  it  to   believe  that  the
representationes and warranties of a Seller will not be accurate and complete
in all material  respects in respect of  such Loan as of the  date of initial
issuance of the related Series of Securities.  If the Master Servicer is also
a Seller of  Loans with respect to a particular  Series, such representations
will be in  addition to the representations and warranties made by the Master
Servicer in its capacity as a Master Servicer.

    The  Master  Servicer or  the  Trustee, if  the  Master  Servicer is  the
Seller,  will promptly  notify  the  relevant Seller  of  any  breach of  any
representation or warranty made  by it in respect of a  Loan which materially
and  adversely affects  the interests  of the  Securityholders in  such Loan.
Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, if  such
Seller  cannot cure  such breach  within 90  days  following notice  from the
Master Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, then such  Seller will be
obligated either (i) to repurchase such  Loan from the Trust Fund at a  price
(the "Purchase Price") equal to 100% of the  unpaid principal balance thereof
as of the  date of the repurchase plus accrued interest  thereon to the first
day of the month following the month of repurchase at the Loan Rate (less any
Advances or amount payable as related servicing compensation if the Seller is
the Master Servicer) or (ii) to  substitute for such Loan a replacement  loan
that satisfies  certain requirements set forth in the  Agreement.  If a REMIC
election  is  to be  made  with respect  to  a Trust  Fund,  unless otherwise
specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  Master Servicer  or a
holder of the related residual certificate generally will be obligated to pay
any prohibited transaction tax  which may arise in  connection with any  such
repurchase or substitution and the  Trustee must have received a satisfactory
opinion  of counsel that  such repurchase or substitution  will not cause the
Trust Fund to lose its status as a REMIC or otherwise subject the Trust  Fund
to  a prohibited  transaction tax.   The Master  Servicer may be  entitled to
reimbursement for any such payment from the assets of the related  Trust Fund
or from any holder of the related  residual certificate.  See "Description of
the Securities--General".  Except in those cases in which the Master Servicer
is the  Seller, the Master  Servicer will  be required  under the  applicable
Agreement to enforce this  obligation for the benefit of the  Trustee and the
holders  of the  Securities, following the  practices it would  employ in its
good faith business judgment were it the owner of such Loan.  This repurchase
or  substitution  obligation will  constitute  the sole  remedy  available to
holders  of Securities  or the Trustee  for a  breach of representation  by a
Seller.

    Neither  the  Depositor  nor  the  Master  Servicer  (unless  the  Master
Servicer is the Seller) will be obligated to purchase or substitute a Loan if
a  Seller defaults on its obligation to do  so, and no assurance can be given
that  Sellers will  carry  out their  respective  repurchase or  substitution
obligations with respect to Loans.  However, to the extent that a breach of a
representation and warranty  of a Seller  may also constitute  a breach of  a
representation made by the  Master Servicer, the Master  Servicer may have  a
repurchase  or  substitution   obligation  as  described  below   under  "The
Agreements--Assignment of Trust Fund Assets".

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

    Each  Series  of  Certificates  will  be  issued  pursuant  to   separate
agreements (each, a "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" or a "Trust Agreement")
among the Depositor,  the Servicer, if the  Series relates to Loans,  and the
Trustee.  A form of Pooling  and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement  has
been  filed  as  an  exhibit to  the  Registration  Statement  of which  this
Prospectus forms a part.  Each Series of  Notes will be issued pursuant to an
indenture (the  "Indenture") between  the related Trust  Fund and  the entity
named in  the related Prospectus  Supplement as trustee (the  "Trustee") with
respect to such Series.  A form of Indenture has been filed  as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement of which this  Prospectus forms a part.  A  Series
may consist of both  Notes and Certificates.  Each Agreement, dated as of the
related Cut-off  Date, will be among  the Depositor, the Master  Servicer and
the  Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such Series.
The provisions  of each Agreement will vary depending  upon the nature of the
Securities to be issued thereunder and the  nature of the related Trust Fund.
The following summaries describe certain  provisions which may appear in each
Agreement.    The Prospectus  Supplement  for  a  Series of  Securities  will
describe any provision  of the Agreement relating to such  Series that mainly
differs  from the  description thereof  contained  in this  Prospectus.   The
summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified
in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Agreement for
each  Series of  Securities and  the applicable  Prospectus Supplement.   The
Depositor will provide a copy of the Agreement (without exhibits) relating to
any Series  without charge upon written  request of a  holder of record  of a
Security of  such Series addressed  to Financial Asset Securities  Corp., 600
Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, Attention: Asset Backed Finance
Group.

GENERAL

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Certificates of each  Series will be issued in book-entry or fully registered
form, in  the authorized  denominations specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, will  evidence specified  beneficial ownership  interests in  the
related  Trust Fund  created  pursuant to  each  Agreement  and will  not  be
entitled to  payments in respect  of the assets  included in any  other Trust
Fund established by the Depositor.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Notes  of each Series will be issued in book-entry
or fully  registered form, in  the authorized denominations specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, will be secured by the pledge of the assets of
the related Trust Fund and will not be entitled to payments in respect of the
assets included in  any other Trust Fund  established by the Depositor.   The
Securities will not  represent obligations of the Depositor  or any affiliate
of the  Depositor.  Certain of the Loans may  be guaranteed or insured as set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Each Trust Fund will consist of,
to the extent provided in the Agreement,  (i) the Trust Fund Assets, as  from
time to time are  subject to the related Agreement (exclusive  of any amounts
specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  ("Retained  Interest")),
including all payments of interest and principal received with respect to the
Loans after the  Cut-off Date  (to the  extent not applied  in computing  the
Cut-off Date Principal  Balance); (ii) such assets  as from time to  time are
required to be deposited in the related Security Account, as  described below
under  "The Agreements--Payments  on Loans;  Deposits  to Security  Account";
(iii) property  which secured a Loan and  which is acquired on  behalf of the
Securityholders by  foreclosure or deed in  lieu of foreclosure and  (iv) any
insurance  policies or  other  forms  of credit  enhancement  required to  be
maintained pursuant to the related Agreement.  If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  a Trust  Fund may  also include  one or  more of  the
following:   reinvestment  income  on  payments received  on  the Trust  Fund
Assets, a Reserve Account, a mortgage pool insurance policy, a Special Hazard
Insurance Policy, a Bankruptcy Bond, one or more letters of credit,  a surety
bond, guaranties or similar instruments or other agreements.

    Each  Series of Securities will  be issued in one  or more classes.  Each
class of  Securities of  a Series  will evidence  beneficial  ownership of  a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a  specified percentage (which may be 0%)  or portion of future principal
payments on  the Trust Fund  Assets in the related  Trust Fund.   A Series of
Securities may  include  one or  more classes  that are  senior  in right  to
payment to one or  more other classes of Securities  of such Series.  One  or
more  classes  of  Securities   of  a  Series  may  be  entitled  to  receive
distributions   of  principal,   interest   or   any   combination   thereof.
Distributions on  one or more classes  of a Series of Securities  may be made
prior to one or more other classes, after the occurrence of specified events,
in accordance with  a schedule or formula,  on the basis of  collections from
designated portions of the  Trust Fund Assets in the related Trust Fund or on
a  different basis,  in  each case  as specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The  timing and  amounts of  such distributions  may vary  among
classes or over time as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement,
distributions of principal  and interest (or, where  applicable, of principal
only or interest only) on the related Securities will be made by the  Trustee
on each Distribution  Date (i.e., monthly or  at such other intervals  and on
the dates as are specified in the Prospectus Supplement) in proportion to the
percentages  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.   Distributions
will be made to  the persons in whose names the  Securities are registered at
the  close of  business  on the  dates specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement (each, a "Record Date").  Distributions will be made in the manner
specified in the Prospectus Supplement to the persons entitled thereto at the
address appearing in  the register maintained for holders  of Securities (the
"Security  Register");  provided,  however, that  the  final  distribution in
retirement  of  the  Securities  will  be made  only  upon  presentation  and
surrender of the Securities at the  office or agency of the Trustee or  other
person specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.

    The  Securities  will be  freely  transferable  and  exchangeable at  the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as  set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  No  service charge will be made for any registration of exchange
or transfer  of Securities of any Series but  the Trustee may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.

    Under  current law  the purchase  and holding  of  a class  of Securities
entitled only to  a specified  percentage of payments  of either interest  or
principal or a  notional amount of other interest or principal on the related
Loans or  a class of Securities entitled to  receive payments of interest and
principal on the  Loans only  after payments  to other classes  or after  the
occurrence  of certain  specified  events by  or  on behalf  of  any employee
benefit plan or other retirement arrangement (including individual retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans  and collective investment funds in which
such plans, accounts  or arrangements are invested) subject  to provisions of
ERISA or the Code may result in prohibited transactions within the meaning of
ERISA and the Code.  See "ERISA Considerations".  Unless otherwise  specified
in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the  transfer of Securities  of such a
class will not be registered unless the transferee (i) represents that  it is
not,  and  is  not  purchasing  on  behalf  of, any  such  plan,  account  or
arrangement  or (ii)  provides  an  opinion of  counsel  satisfactory to  the
Trustee  and the Depositor that the purchase of Securities of such a class by
or  on behalf  of  such plan,  account  or arrangement  is  permissible under
applicable law and will not subject  the Trustee, the Master Servicer or  the
Depositor to any  obligation or liability in addition to  those undertaken in
the Agreements.

    As to each Series,  an election may  be made to  treat the related  Trust
Fund or  designated portions  thereof as a  "real estate  mortgage investment
conduit"  or  "REMIC"  as defined  in  the  Code.    The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  will   specify  whether   a  REMIC  election   is  to   be  made.
Alternatively, the Agreement for a  Series may provide that a REMIC  election
may be made at the discretion of the Depositor or the Master Servicer and may
only be made if certain conditions are satisfied.  As to any such Series, the
terms and provisions applicable to the making of a REMIC election, as well as
any material federal income tax consequences to Securityholders not otherwise
described herein, will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If
such an election is made with respect to a Series, one of the classes will be
designated  as evidencing  the  sole  class of  "residual  interests" in  the
related REMIC, as defined  in the Code.  All  other classes of Securities  in
such a Series will  constitute "regular interests" in  the related REMIC,  as
defined  in the  Code.   As  to each  Series with  respect to  which  a REMIC
election is  to be  made, the  Master Servicer  or  a holder  of the  related
residual certificate will be obligated to take all actions required  in order
to comply with applicable laws and  regulations and will be obligated to  pay
any prohibited  transaction taxes.   The Master  Servicer, to the  extent set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, will be entitled to reimbursement
for any  such payment from the assets of the Trust Fund or from any holder of
the related residual certificate.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON SECURITIES

    General.    In   general,  the  method  of  determining  the   amount  of
distributions on a particular Series of Securities will depend on the type of
credit  support, if  any,  that is  used with  respect to  such Series.   See
"Credit Enhancement".   Set forth  below are descriptions of  various methods
that may be used to determine  the amount of distributions on the  Securities
of  a particular  Series.    The Prospectus  Supplement  for  each Series  of
Securities will describe the  method to be used in determining  the amount of
distributions on the Securities of such Series.

    Distributions allocable to principal and interest on  the Securities will
be made  by the  Trustee out  of, and  only to the  extent of,  funds in  the
related  Security Account, including  any funds transferred  from any Reserve
Account (a  "Reserve Account").   As between Securities of  different classes
and  as  between distributions  of  principal  (and, if  applicable,  between
distributions  of  Principal  Prepayments, as  defined  below,  and scheduled
payments  of principal) and interest,  distributions made on any Distribution
Date  will be  applied as  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement.
Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
distributions  to  any class  of  Securities will  be  made pro  rata  to all
Securityholders of that class.

    Available  Funds.  All distributions on the  Securities of each Series on
each Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below,
in accordance with  the terms described in the  related Prospectus Supplement
and specified in  the Agreement.   Unless otherwise provided  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, "Available  Funds" for  each  Distribution Date  will
equal the sum of the following amounts:

        (i)  the  aggregate   of  all  previously  undistributed  payments  on
    account of  principal  (including  Principal  Prepayments,  if  any,  and
    prepayment  penalties,   if  so  provided   in  the   related  Prospectus
    Supplement)  and  interest  on  the  Loans  in  the  related  Trust  Fund
    (including Liquidation  Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds and amounts drawn
    under letters  of  credit  or other  credit  enhancement  instruments  as
    permitted thereunder and as specified in  the related Agreement) received
    by the Master Servicer  after the Cut-off Date and on or prior to the day
    of  the month of the  related Distribution Date  specified in the related
    Prospectus Supplement (the "Determination Date") except

             (a) all payments which were due on or before the Cut-off Date;

             (b) all  Liquidation Proceeds  and  all Insurance  Proceeds, all
        Principal Prepayments and all  other proceeds of  any Loan  purchased
        by the  Depositor, Master  Servicer, any Sub-Servicer  or any  Seller
        pursuant to  the Agreement  that were  received after the  prepayment
        period  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and  all
        related  payments of  interest representing  interest for  any period
        after the interest accrual period;

             (c) all  scheduled payments of principal  and interest due  on a
        date  or  dates  subsequent  to  the  Due  Period  relating  to  such
        Distribution Date;

             (d) amounts received  on particular  Loans as  late payments  of
        principal  or  interest or  other  amounts  required to  be  paid  by
        borrowers, but  only to  the extent  of any  unreimbursed advance  in
        respect thereof  made by the Master  Servicer (including the  related
        Sub-Servicers, Support Servicers or the Trustee);

             (e) amounts representing reimbursement,  to the extent permitted
        by  the Agreement  and  as  described  under  "Advances"  below,  for
        advances   made  by  the   Master  Servicer,  Sub-Servicers,  Support
        Servicers  or  the  Trustee that  were  deposited  into the  Security
        Account, and  amounts  representing reimbursement  for certain  other
        losses and expenses incurred by the Master Servicer  or the Depositor
        and described below;

             (f) that portion of each collection of interest  on a particular
        Loan  in  such Trust  Fund  which  represents servicing  compensation
        payable to  the Master Servicer or  Retained Interest which  is to be
        retained from  such collection or  is permitted  to be retained  from
        related  Insurance  Proceeds, Liquidation  Proceeds  or  proceeds  of
        Loans purchased pursuant to the Agreement;

        (ii)     the amount of  any advance made by  the Master Servicer, Sub
    Servicer,  Support  Servicer or  Trustee  as  described under  "Advances"
    below and deposited by it in the Security Account;

        (iii)    if applicable, amounts withdrawn from a Reserve Account;

        (iv)     if  applicable, amounts  provided under a letter  of credit,
    insurance policy, surety bond or other third-party guaranties; and

        (v)  if applicable, the amount of prepayment interest shortfall.

    Distributions  of Interest.   Unless otherwise  specified in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  interest  will  accrue  on  the  aggregate  Security
Principal  Balance  (or,  in the  case  of  Securities (i)  entitled  only to
distributions allocable to interest, the aggregate notional principal balance
or (ii) which, under certain circumstances, allow for the accrual of interest
otherwise  scheduled for  payment to  remain unpaid  until the  occurrence of
certain events specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement) of each class
of Securities entitled  to interest from the  date, at the  Pass-Through Rate
(which may be a fixed rate or rate adjustable as specified in such Prospectus
Supplement) and for the periods specified in  such Prospectus Supplement.  To
the extent  funds are available  therefor, interest accrued during  each such
specified period on each class of Securities entitled to interest (other than
a class  of Securities that  provides for interest  that accrues, but  is not
currently payable,  referred to  hereafter as "Accrual  Securities") will  be
distributable  on the Distribution Dates  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement until the  aggregate Security Principal Balance  of the Securities
of  such class has  been distributed  in full or,  in the  case of Securities
entitled  only to  distributions allocable to  interest, until  the aggregate
notional principal balance of such Securities  is reduced to zero or for  the
period of time designated in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The original
Security  Principal  Balance  of  each  Security  will  equal  the  aggregate
distributions  allocable to  principal  to which  such Security  is entitled.
Unless   otherwise  specified   in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions allocable  to interest on each Security that is not entitled to
distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the notional
principal balance  of such  Security.   The notional  principal balance  of a
Security will  not evidence  an interest in  or entitlement  to distributions
allocable to principal but will be used solely for convenience  in expressing
the calculation of interest and for certain other purposes.

    Interest payable  on the Securities  of a Series  on a Distribution  Date
will include all interest accrued during the  period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   In the  event interest accrues over  a period ending
two  or more  days  prior to  a  Distribution Date,  the  effective yield  to
Securityholders  will be  reduced  from  the yield  that  would otherwise  be
obtainable if interest payable on the Security were to accrue through the day
immediately  preceding each  Distribution Date,  and the effective  yield (at
par) to Securityholders will be less than the indicated coupon rate.

    With  respect to  any class of  Accrual Securities,  if specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  any interest that has accrued but is not paid
on  a  given Distribution  Date  will  be  added  to the  aggregate  Security
Principal  Balance of  such class  of Securities  on that  Distribution Date.
Distributions of  interest on any  class of Accrual Securities  will commence
only after the  occurrence of the events specified  in the related Prospectus
Supplement.   Prior to such time,  the beneficial ownership  interest of such
class of Accrual Securities in the Trust Fund, as reflected in  the aggregate
Security Principal Balance of such class of Accrual Securities, will increase
on  each Distribution  Date by the  amount of  interest that accrued  on such
class of Accrual Securities during  the preceding interest accrual period but
that was not  required to be distributed  to such class on  such Distribution
Date.  Any such class of  Accrual Securities will thereafter accrue  interest
on its outstanding Security Principal Balance as so adjusted.

    Distributions  of  Principal.   The  related  Prospectus Supplement  will
specify  the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the
Securities  on each  Distribution Date will  be calculated and  the manner in
which such amount will  be allocated among the classes of Securities entitled
to distributions of  principal.  The aggregate Security  Principal Balance of
any class of Securities entitled to distributions of principal generally will
be  the  aggregate original  Security  Principal  Balance  of such  class  of
Securities   specified  in  such   Prospectus  Supplement,  reduced   by  all
distributions  reported to  the holders  of such  Securities as  allocable to
principal  and, (i)  in  the case  of Accrual  Securities,  increased by  all
interest accrued  but not then  distributable on such Accrual  Securities and
(ii) in the  case of  adjustable rate  Securities, subject to  the effect  of
negative amortization, if applicable.  

    If so provided in the  related Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes
of  Securities  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all  or  a  disproportionate
percentage of the payments of principal which are  received from borrowers in
advance of  their scheduled  due  dates and  are not  accompanied by  amounts
representing  scheduled  interest  due  after  the  month  of  such  payments
("Principal Prepayments") in the percentages  and under the circumstances  or
for the periods specified in such Prospectus Supplement.  Any such allocation
of Principal  Prepayments to  such class or  classes of  Securityholders will
have the  effect of  accelerating the amortization  of such  Securities while
increasing the  interests evidenced  by other Securities  in the  Trust Fund.
Increasing the  interests of the other Securities relative to that of certain
Securities allocated by the principal prepayments is intended to preserve the
availability of  the subordination  provided by such  other Securities.   See
"Credit Enhancement-Subordination".

    Unscheduled Distributions.  The Securities will  be subject to receipt of
distributionsbefore   the  next   scheduled   Distribution  Date   under  the
circumstances  and in  the  manner  described below  and  in such  Prospectus
Supplement.    If applicable,  the  Trustee  will be  required  to  make such
unscheduled  distributions on  the  day and  in the  amount specified  in the
related  Prospectus Supplement if,  due to substantial  payments of principal
(including Principal  Prepayments) on the  Trust Fund Assets, the  Trustee or
the Master Servicer determines  that the funds available or anticipated to be
available from the Security Account  and, if applicable, any Reserve Account,
may be insufficient to make required distributions on  the Securities on such
Distribution Date.   Unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, the amount of any such unscheduled distribution that is allocable
to  principal will  not exceed  the  amount that  would  otherwise have  been
required  to be  distributed  as  principal on  the  Securities  on the  next
Distribution  Date.   Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement,  the unscheduled  distributions  will  include  interest  at  the
applicable  Pass-Through Rate  (if  any)  on the  amount  of the  unscheduled
distribution allocable  to principal for the period and to the date specified
in such Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
distributions allocable to principal in any  unscheduled distribution will be
made in  the same priority  and manner as  distributions of principal  on the
Securities would  have been  made on  the next  Distribution  Date, and  with
respect  to  Securities of  the  same  class,  unscheduled  distributions  of
principal will  be made on  the same basis  as such distributions  would have
been made on the  next Distribution Date on a pro rata basis.   Notice of any
unscheduled distribution will  be given by the  Trustee prior to the  date of
such distribution.

ADVANCES

    To the extent  provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Master
Servicer  will be  required to  advance on or  before each  Distribution Date
(from its own  funds, funds advanced by Sub-Servicers or Support Servicers or
funds held in the Security Account for future distributions to the holders of
such Securities), an  amount equal to the  aggregate of payments of  interest
and/or principal that  were delinquent on the related  Determination Date and
were  not advanced  by any  Sub-Servicer,  subject to  the Master  Servicer's
determination that  such advances will be recoverable out of late payments by
borrowers,  Liquidation  Proceeds,  Insurance  Proceeds  or  otherwise.    In
addition, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a cash
account may be established to provide for Advances to be made in the event of
certain Trust Fund Assets payment defaults or collection shortfalls.

    In  making Advances,  the Master  Servicer  will endeavor  to maintain  a
regular flow of scheduled interest and  principal payments to holders of  the
Securities, rather than  to guarantee or insure against losses.   If Advances
are made by the Master Servicer from cash being held for  future distribution
to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will replace such funds  on or before
any  future Distribution  Date to  the  extent that  funds in  the applicable
Security Account  on such  Distribution Date  would be less  than the  amount
required to be  available for distributions to Securityholders  on such date.
Any  Master  Servicer funds  advanced  will  be  reimbursable to  the  Master
Servicer out  of recoveries on the specific Loans  with respect to which such
Advances were made  (e.g., late payments  made by the  related borrower,  any
related  Insurance Proceeds,  Liquidation Proceeds  or proceeds  of any  Loan
purchased by  a Sub-Servicer  or a Seller  under the  circumstances described
hereinabove).   Advances  by  the  Master Servicer  (and  any  advances by  a
Sub-Servicer or a Support  Servicer) also will be reimbursable to  the Master
Servicer  (or  Sub-Servicer  or  a  Support  Servicer)  from  cash  otherwise
distributable to Securityholders (including the holders of Senior Securities)
to the  extent that  the Master  Servicer determines that  any such  Advances
previously made are not  ultimately recoverable as described  above.  To  the
extent provided  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the Master  Servicer
also will  be obligated to  make Advances, to  the extent recoverable  out of
Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise, in  respect of certain
taxes and insurance premiums not paid by  borrowers on a timely basis.  Funds
so advanced are reimbursable to the  Master Servicer to the extent  permitted
by the Agreement.   The obligations of  the Master Servicer to  make advances
may be supported  by a  cash advance  reserve fund,  a surety  bond or  other
arrangement, in each case as described in such Prospectus Supplement.

    The  Master Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer may  enter  into an  agreement  (a
"Support Agreement")  with a Support  Servicer pursuant to which  the Support
Servicer  agrees to provide  funds on behalf  of the Master  Servicer or Sub-
Servicer  in connection with  the obligation of  the Master  Servicer or Sub-
Servicer,  as the case may be, to  make Advances.  The Support Agreement will
be delivered to the Trustee  and the Trustee will  be authorized to accept  a
substitute Support Agreement in  exchange for an original  Support Agreement,
provided that such  substitution of the Support Agreement  will not adversely
affect the rating or ratings then in effect on the Securities.

    Unless otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement,  in the
event the Master Servicer, a Sub-Servicer or a Support Servicer fails to make
a required Advance, the Trustee will be obligated to make such Advance in its
capacity as  successor servicer.   If the Trustee  makes such an  Advance, it
will be entitled to  be reimbursed for  such Advance to  the same extent  and
degree  as  the Master  Servicer,  a Sub-Servicer  or  a Support  Servicer is
entitled to be reimbursed for Advances.  See "Description of the Securities--
Distributions on Securities" herein.

COMPENSATING INTEREST

    If  so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master
Servicer will be  required to remit to the Trustee, with respect to each Loan
in the  related Trust Fund  as to which a  principal prepayment in  full or a
principal payment which is in excess of  the scheduled monthly payment and is
not intended  to cure a  delinquency was received  during any Due  Period, an
amount,  from and to  the extent of  amounts otherwise payable  to the Master
Servicer as servicing  compensation, equal to the  excess, if any, of  (a) 30
days' interest on the principal balance of  the related Loan at the Loan Rate
net  of the  per annum  rate  at which  the Master  Servicer's  servicing fee
accrues,  over  (b) the  amount of  interest actually  received on  such Loan
during such Due Period, net of the Master Servicer's servicing fee.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    Prior to or  concurrently with each distribution on a  Distribution Date,
the  Master Servicer or  the Trustee will  furnish to  each Securityholder of
record of  the  related  Series a  statement  setting forth,  to  the  extent
applicable to such Series of Securities, among other things:

        (i)  the  amount   of  such  distribution   allocable  to   principal,
    separately identifying  the aggregate amount of any Principal Prepayments
    and any applicable prepayment penalties included therein;

        (ii)     the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

        (iii)    the amount of any Advance;

        (iv)     the  aggregate   amount  (a)  otherwise  allocable   to  the
    Subordinated   Securityholders  on   such  Distribution   Date,  and  (b)
    withdrawn from the Reserve Fund, if any, that is  included in the amounts
    distributed to the Senior Securityholders;

        (v)  the outstanding principal  balance or notional  principal balance
    of  such class after  giving effect to  the distribution  of principal on
    such Distribution Date;

        (vi)     the percentage of principal payments on the Loans (excluding
    prepayments),  if any, which  such class  will be entitled  to receive on
    the following Distribution Date;

        (vii)    the percentage  of Principal  Prepayments on  the Loans,  if
    any,  which  such class  will be  entitled  to receive  on  the following
    Distribution Date;

        (viii)   the related amount of the servicing compensation retained or
    withdrawn  from the  Security Account  by  the Master  Servicer, and  the
    amount of  additional  servicing  compensation  received  by  the  Master
    Servicer  attributable to  penalties, fees,  excess Liquidation  Proceeds
    and other similar charges and items;

        (ix)     the number  and aggregate  principal balances  of Loans  (A)
    delinquent (exclusive of Loans in  foreclosure) (1) 31 to 60 days, (2) 61
    to 90 days and (3) 91 or more days  and (B) in foreclosure and delinquent
    (1) 31 to 60  days, (2) 61 to 90 days and (3)  91 or more days, as of the
    close of business on  the last day of  the calendar month preceding  such
    Distribution Date;

        (x)  the book value  of any real  estate acquired  through foreclosure
    or grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

        (xi)     if  a class  is  entitled  only to  a  specified  portion of
    payments of interest on the Loans  in the related Pool, the  Pass-Through
    Rate,  if adjusted  from the  date of  the last  statement, of  the Loans
    expected to be applicable to the next distribution to such class;

        (xii)    if applicable, the  amount remaining in any  Reserve Account
    at the close of business on the Distribution Date;

        (xiii)   the Pass-Through Rate as of the day prior to the immediately
    preceding Distribution Date;
    and

        (xiv)    any amounts remaining under letters of credit, pool policies
    or other forms of credit enhancement.

    Where  applicable, any  amount  set forth  above may  be  expressed as  a
dollar amount per single Security of the relevant class having the Percentage
Interest  specified in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   The report  to
Securityholders for any Series of  Securities may include additional or other
information of a similar nature to that specified above.

    In  addition, within a  reasonable period of  time after the  end of each
calendar  year,  the Master  Servicer  or  the  Trustee  will  mail  to  each
Securityholder of record at any time  during such calendar year a report  (a)
as to  the aggregate of amounts  reported pursuant to (i) and  (ii) above for
such calendar  year or,  in the  event such  person was  a Securityholder  of
record during a  portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion of
such year and (b) such other customary information as may be deemed necessary
or desirable for Securityholders to prepare their tax returns.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

    As  described  in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  if not  issued  in  fully
registered form,  each class of  Securities will be registered  as book-entry
certificates  (the "Book-Entry  Securities").   Persons  acquiring beneficial
ownership  interests in  the Securities  ("Security Owners") will  hold their
Securities through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States,
or  Cedel  Bank,   societe  anonyme   ("CEDEL")  or   the  Euroclear   System
("Euroclear")  (in Europe) if they are  participants ("Participants") of such
systems, or indirectly  through organizations which are Participants  in such
systems.    The  Book-Entry  Securities  will   be  issued  in  one  or  more
certificates which  equal the aggregate  principal balance of  the Securities
and will  initially be registered in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the nominee of
DTC.  CEDEL  and Euroclear  will hold  omnibus positions on  behalf of  their
Participants   through  customers'   securities   accounts  in   CEDEL's  and
Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositaries which in turn
will  hold  such   positions  in  customers'   securities  accounts  in   the
depositaries'  names  on  the books  of  DTC.   Citibank,  N.A.  will  act as
depositary for  CEDEL and  the Brussels, Belgium  branch of  Morgan Guarantee
Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") will act as depositary for Euroclear (in
such  capacities, individually the "Relevant Depositary" and collectively the
"European Depositaries").  Except as  described below, no Security Owner will
be entitled to  receive a physical certificate representing  such Security (a
"Definitive Security").  Unless  and until Definitive Securities are  issued,
it is anticipated that  the only "Securityholders" of the  Securities will be
Cede &  Co.,  as nominee  of DTC.    Security Owners  are only  permitted  to
exercise their rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

    The Security Owner's ownership of a  Book-Entry Security will be recorded
on  the records  of the  brokerage  firm, bank,  thrift institution  or other
financial  intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains the
Security  Owner's  account  for  such   purpose.    In  turn,  the  Financial
Intermediary's ownership of such Book-Entry  Security will be recorded on the
records  of DTC  (or  of a  participating firm  that  acts as  agent for  the
Financial  Intermediary, whose  interest  will  in turn  be  recorded on  the
records of  DTC, if  the Security  Owner's  Financial Intermediary  is not  a
Participant and on the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).

    Security  Owners will  receive  all distributions  of  principal of,  and
interest on,  the Securities from  the Trustee through DTC  and Participants.
While   the  Securities  are  outstanding  (except  under  the  circumstances
described below),  under the rules,  regulations and procedures  creating and
affecting  DTC and  its operations  (the "Rules"),  DTC is  required  to make
book-entry transfers among Participants on  whose behalf it acts with respect
to  the Securities and  is required to receive  and transmit distributions of
principal of,  and interest  on, the Securities.   Participants  and indirect
participants  with  whom  Security  Owners  have  accounts  with  respect  to
Securities are  similarly required to  make book-entry transfers  and receive
and  transmit  such  distributions  on behalf  of  their  respective Security
Owners.  Accordingly, although Security Owners will not possess certificates,
the  Rules  provide  a  mechanism  by  which  Security  Owners  will  receive
distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

    Security Owners will  not receive or be entitled to  receive certificates
representing their respective  interests in the Securities, except  under the
limited  circumstances  described   below.    Unless  and   until  Definitive
Securities are issued, Security Owners  who are not Participants may transfer
ownership of Securities  only through Participants and  indirect participants
by  instructing such  Participants  and  indirect  participants  to  transfer
Securities,  by book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC for  the  account of  the
purchasers  of  such  Securities,  which  account  is maintained  with  their
respective Participants.  Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal
procedures, transfers of ownership of Securities will be executed through DTC
and the accounts  of the respective Participants  at DTC will be  debited and
credited.  Similarly,  the Participants and  indirect participants will  make
debits or  credits, as the  case may  be, on their  records on behalf  of the
selling and purchasing Security Owners.

    Because  of time  zone  differences, credits  of  securities received  in
CEDEL or Euroclear as  a result of a  transaction with a Participant  will be
made  during  subsequent  securities  settlement  processing  and  dated  the
business  day  following  the DTC  settlement  date.    Such  credits or  any
transactions  in  such securities  settled  during  such processing  will  be
reported to  the relevant  Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on  such business
day.  Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of  securities
by  or  through  a  CEDEL   Participant  (as  defined  herein)  or  Euroclear
Participant (as  defined herein) to a  DTC Participant will be  received with
value on the DTC settlement date but will be  available in the relevant CEDEL
or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in
DTC.  

    Transfers between Participants  will occur in accordance with  DTC rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

    Cross-market transfers  between  persons holding  directly or  indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one hand,  and  directly or  indirectly  through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC
in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing  system  by  the Relevant  Depositary;  however,  such  cross market
transactions will require  delivery of instructions to  the relevant European
international  clearing  system  by  the  counterparty   in  such  system  in
accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines
(European time).   The relevant European international clearing  system will,
if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to
the Relevant  Depositary to  take action to  effect final  settlement on  its
behalf by  delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving
payment in  accordance with normal  procedures for same day  funds settlement
applicable to  DTC.   CEDEL Participants and  Euroclear Participants  may not
deliver instructions directly to the European Depositaries.

    CEDEL is  incorporated under  the laws  of Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.    CEDEL  holds securities  for  its  participating organizations
("CEDEL  Participants") and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of
securities  transactions   between  CEDEL  Participants   through  electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the
need for physical  movement of certificates.  Transactions  may be settled in
CEDEL in  any of  28  currencies, including  United  States dollars.    CEDEL
provides  to  its  CEDEL  Participants,  among  other  things,  services  for
safekeeping,  administration,  clearance  and  settlement of  internationally
traded securities  and securities lending  and borrowing.   CEDEL  interfaces
with domestic  markets in several  countries.  As a  professional depository,
CEDEL is subject to  regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL
participants   are  recognized  financial   institutions  around  the  world,
including  underwriters,   securities  brokers  and  dealers,   banks,  trust
companies, clearing corporations  and certain other organizations.   Indirect
access to CEDEL  is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers
and trust companies  that clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship
with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

    Euroclear was  created in  1968 to hold  securities for its  participants
("Euroclear  Participants")  and  to clear  and  settle  transactions between
Euroclear Participants  through simultaneous  electronic book-entry  delivery
against  payment,  thereby eliminating  the  need  for  physical movement  of
certificates and any  risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities
and cash.   Transactions may  be settled in  any of 32  currencies, including
United States dollars.  Euroclear includes various  other services, including
securities lending  and borrowing  and  interfaces with  domestic markets  in
several  countries generally  similar to  the  arrangements for  cross-market
transfers with DTC described above.   Euroclear is operated by  the Brussels,
Belgium office of  Morgan, under  contract with  Euroclear Clearance  Systems
S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative").   All operations
are conducted by Morgan, and  all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash  accounts are  accounts with the  Euroclear Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear  on behalf of
Euroclear  Participants.   Euroclear  Participants  include  banks (including
central  banks),  securities  brokers  and  dealers  and  other  professional
financial intermediaries.  Indirect access  to Euroclear is also available to
other firms  that clear through  or maintain a custodial  relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

    Morgan is the  Belgian branch of a New York  banking corporation which is
a member bank of  the Federal Reserve System.   As such, it is  regulated and
examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System and the New
York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.

    Securities clearance accounts  and cash accounts with Morgan are governed
by  the Terms  and  Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the  related
Operating  Procedures  of the  Euroclear  System and  applicable  Belgian law
(collectively, the "Terms and Conditions").   The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers  of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities
and cash  from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities
in Euroclear.   All  securities in  Euroclear are  held on  a fungible  basis
without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance
accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on
behalf of  Euroclear Participants, and has no  record of or relationship with
persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

    Under  a   book-entry  format,  beneficial   owners  of   the  Book-Entry
Securities may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such
payments  will be  forwarded  by the  Trustee  to Cede.   Distributions  with
respect to Securities held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the
cash accounts of CEDEL Participants  or Euroclear Participants in  accordance
with the relevant system's  rules and procedures, to  the extent received  by
the Relevant Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in  accordance with relevant  United States  tax laws  and regulations.   See
"Certain Material Federal  Income Tax Consequences--Tax Treatment  of Foreign
Investors" and "--Tax  Consequences to Holders of  Notes--Backup Withholding"
herein.  Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries, the
ability of a  beneficial owner to pledge Book-Entry Securities  to persons or
entities that do not participate in the  Depository system, or otherwise take
actions in  respect of such Book-Entry Securities, may  be limited due to the
lack of physical  certificates for such Book-Entry Securities.   In addition,
issuance  of the  Book-Entry Securities  in  book-entry form  may reduce  the
liquidity of such Securities in  the secondary market since certain potential
investors  may be  unwilling to  purchase  Securities for  which they  cannot
obtain physical certificates.

    Monthly  and annual  reports on  the Trust will  be provided  to CEDE, as
nominee of DTC, and  may be made available by CEDE  to beneficial owners upon
request,  in accordance with  the rules, regulations  and procedures creating
and affecting  the Depository, and  to the Financial Intermediaries  to whose
DTC  accounts  the  Book-Entry  Securities  of  such  beneficial  owners  are
credited.

    DTC has advised the Trustee that,  unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued,  DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders of
the  Book-Entry  Securities  under  the  applicable  Agreement  only  at  the
direction of  one or more Financial Intermediaries  to whose DTC accounts the
Book-Entry Securities are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of  Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry
Securities.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will  take
any  other  action  permitted to  be  taken  by  a  Securityholder under  the
Agreement  on behalf of a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear Participant only in
accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to the  ability
of the Relevant Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf  through DTC.
DTC may  take actions,  at the  direction of  the related Participants,  with
respect to some Securities which conflict  with actions taken with respect to
other Securities.

    Upon the occurrence  of any of  the events  described in the  immediately
preceding paragraph,  the Trustee will  be required to notify  all beneficial
owners of the  occurrence of such event  and the availability through  DTC of
Definitive Securities.   Upon surrender by DTC  of the global certificate  or
certificates  representing the  Book-Entry  Securities  and instructions  for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Securities, and thereafter
the  Trustee will  recognize the  holders  of such  Definitive Securities  as
Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.

    Although  DTC,  CEDEL   and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to   the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of  Securities among participants
of DTC,  CEDEL and  Euroclear, they  are under  no obligation  to perform  or
continue to perform  such procedures and such procedures  may be discontinued
at any time.

    None  of  the  Servicer,  the  Depositor or  the  Trustee  will  have any
responsibility for  any aspect of the records relating,   to or payments made
on account  of beneficial  ownership interests  of the Book-Entry  Securities
held by  Cede & Co., as  nominee for DTC, or for  maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

                              CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

GENERAL

    Credit enhancement may  be provided with respect  to one or more  classes
of a  Series of Securities  or with respect to  the Trust Fund  Assets in the
related Trust Fund.   Credit  enhancement may  be in  the form  of a  limited
financial guaranty policy issued by an entity named in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the subordination  of one  or more classes  of the Securities  of
such Series, the establishment of one or more Reserve Accounts,  the use of a
cross-support  feature,  use  of  a   mortgage  pool  insurance  policy,  FHA
Insurance,  VA Guarantee, bankruptcy  bond, special hazard  insurance policy,
surety  bond, letter  of  credit, guaranteed  investment contract  or another
method  of credit enhancement described in the related Prospectus Supplement,
or  any combination  of the  foregoing.   Unless otherwise  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement will not provide protection
against all  risks of  loss and will  not guarantee  repayment of  the entire
principal balance of the  Securities and interest  thereon.  If losses  occur
which exceed  the amount  covered  be credit  enhancement  or which  are  not
covered by the credit enhancement,  Securityholders will bear their allocable
share of deficiencies.

SUBORDINATION

    Protection afforded to holders of  one or more classes of Securities of a
Series  by means  of the  subordination feature  may be  accomplished by  the
preferential right of  holders of one  or more other  classes of such  Series
(the "Senior Securities") to distributions in respect of scheduled principal,
Principal Prepayments,  interest or  any combination  thereof that  otherwise
would  have been  payable to  holders  of Subordinated  Securities under  the
circumstances  and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement.   Protection  may  also  be afforded  to  the  holders of  Senior
Securities of a Series by: (i) reducing the ownership interest of the related
Subordinated  Securities; (ii)  a combination  of  the immediately  preceding
sentence and clause (i) above; or (iii) as otherwise described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   Delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Loans
and  losses on defaulted Loans may  be borne first by  the various classes of
Subordinated Securities  and  thereafter by  the  various classes  of  Senior
Securities,  in  each  case  under  the  circumstances  and  subject  to  the
limitations specified in such  related Prospectus Supplement.  The  aggregate
distributions in respect of delinquent  payments on the Loans over  the lives
of  the  Securities  or at  any  time,  the aggregate  losses  in  respect of
defaulted Loans which must be borne  by the Subordinated Securities by virtue
of  subordination and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable
to  the Subordinated  Securityholders that  will be  distributable  to Senior
Securityholders on any Distribution  Date may be limited as  specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.   If  aggregate distributions  in respect  of
delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses in respect of such Loans
were  to exceed  an amount  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
holders of Senior Securities would experience losses on the Securities.

    In  addition to  or in  lieu of  the foregoing,  if so  specified in  the
related  Prospectus Supplement, all or any portion of distributions otherwise
payable to  holders of Subordinated  Securities on any Distribution  Date may
instead be deposited into one  or more Reserve Accounts established with  the
Trustee or distributed to holders of Senior Securities.  Such deposits may be
made on each Distribution Date, for specified periods or until the balance in
the Reserve  Account has reached  a specified amount and,  following payments
from  the Reserve  Account  to  holders of  Senior  Securities or  otherwise,
thereafter to the  extent necessary  to restore  the balance  in the  Reserve
Account to  required  levels,  in  each case  as  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.   Amounts  on deposit in  the Reserve  Account may  be
released to the  holders of certain  classes of Securities  at the times  and
under the circumstances specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

    Various classes  of  Senior Securities  and  Subordinated Securities  may
themselves be subordinate in their  right to receive certain distributions to
other classes of Senior and  Subordinated Securities, respectively, through a
cross support mechanism or otherwise.

    As  between  classes of  Senior  Securities  and as  between  classes  of
Subordinated  Securities, distributions may  be allocated among  such classes
(i)  in  the  order of  their  scheduled final  distribution  dates,  (ii) in
accordance with a schedule or formula, (iii) in relation to the occurrence of
events,  or  (iv)  otherwise, in  each  case  as  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.   As  between  classes  of  Subordinated  Securities,
payments  to holders  of Senior  Securities  on account  of delinquencies  or
losses and payments to any Reserve Account  will be allocated as specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

SPECIAL HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

    A  separate Special Hazard Insurance Policy  may be obtained for the Pool
and issued by the insurer (the "Special Hazard Insurer") named in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  Each Special Hazard Insurance Policy will, subject to
limitations described below,  protect holders of the  related Securities from
(i)  loss  by reason  of  damage  to  Properties  caused by  certain  hazards
(including  earthquakes and,  to a  limited extent,  tidal waves  and related
water damage or as otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement)
not  insured against under the  standard form of  hazard insurance policy for
the respective states  in which the Properties  are located or under  a flood
insurance policy if  the Property is located in a  federally designated flood
area, and (ii)  loss caused by reason  of the application of  the coinsurance
clause contained  in hazard insurance  policies.  See  "The Agreements-Hazard
Insurance".   Each  Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy will  not cover  losses
occasioned  by fraud  or conversion by  the Trustee or  Master Servicer, war,
insurrection,  civil  war,  certain governmental  action,  errors  in design,
faulty workmanship or materials (except under certain circumstances), nuclear
or chemical  reactions,  flood (if  the Property  is located  in a  federally
designated flood area),  nuclear or chemical contamination  and certain other
risks.  The amount of coverage under any Special Hazard Insurance Policy will
be  specified in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   Each Special  Hazard
Insurance Policy will provide that no claim may be paid unless hazard and, if
applicable, flood insurance on the Property securing  the Loan have been kept
in force and other protection and preservation expenses have been paid.

    Subject to the  foregoing limitations, and unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, each Special  Hazard Insurance Policy will
provide that  where there has been  damage to Property securing  a foreclosed
Loan (title to which has been acquired by the insured) and to the extent such
damage is  not covered  by  the hazard  insurance policy  or flood  insurance
policy,  if any,  maintained  by the  borrower  or the  Master  Servicer, the
Special Hazard Insurer  will pay  the lesser  of (i)  the cost  of repair  or
replacement of such  property or (ii)  upon transfer of  the Property to  the
Special Hazard Insurer, the unpaid principal balance of such Loan at the time
of  acquisition  of  such  Property  by  foreclosure  or  deed   in  lieu  of
foreclosure,  plus accrued  interest  to  the date  of  claim settlement  and
certain  expenses  incurred by  the  Master  Servicer  with respect  to  such
Property.  If  the unpaid principal balance  of a Loan plus  accrued interest
and certain expenses  is paid by  the Special Hazard  Insurer, the amount  of
further coverage  under the related  Special Hazard Insurance Policy  will be
reduced by such amount  less any net proceeds from the sale  of the Property.
Any amount  paid as the  cost of repair of  the Property will  further reduce
coverage by such amount.

    The Master Servicer may deposit cash, an irrevocable  letter of credit or
any other instrument  acceptable to each Rating Agency  rating the Securities
of  the related Series  in a special  trust account to  provide protection in
lieu of or in addition to that provided by a Special Hazard Insurance Policy.
The amount  of any Special Hazard  Insurance Policy or of the  deposit to the
special trust  account relating  to such  Securities in  lieu thereof  may be
reduced so long as any such reduction will not result in a downgrading of the
rating of such Securities by any such Rating Agency.

BANKRUPTCY BONDS

    A bankruptcy bond ("Bankruptcy  Bond") for proceedings under  the federal
Bankruptcy Code  may  be  issued  by an  insurer  named  in  such  Prospectus
Supplement.  Each Bankruptcy Bond will cover certain losses resulting from  a
reduction  by a  bankruptcy  court  of scheduled  payments  of principal  and
interest on a Loan or a reduction by such court of the  principal amount of a
Loan and will cover certain unpaid interest on the amount of such a principal
reduction from the date of the filing of a bankruptcy petition.  The required
amount  of  coverage under  each Bankruptcy  Bond  will be  set forth  in the
related  Prospectus Supplement.   The  Master Servicer  may deposit  cash, an
irrevocable  letter of  credit or  any  other instrument  acceptable to  each
Rating Agency rating the Securities of the  related Series in a special trust
account to provide protection in lieu of or in addition to that provided by a
Bankruptcy  Bond.   Coverage  under a  Bankruptcy  Bond may  be cancelled  or
reduced by the Master  Servicer if such  cancellation or reduction would  not
adversely  affect  the  then  current   rating  or  ratings  of  the  related
Securities.     See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Loans-Anti-Deficiency
Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders".

RESERVE ACCOUNTS

    Credit support with respect to  a Series of Securities may be provided by
the  establishment  and maintenance  with  the  Trustee  for such  Series  of
Securities,  in trust, of one or more  Reserve Accounts for such Series.  The
related Prospectus  Supplement will specify  whether or not any  such Reserve
Accounts will be included in the Trust Fund for such Series.

    The Reserve  Account for  a  Series will  be funded  (i)  by the  deposit
therein  of cash, United  States Treasury securities,  instruments evidencing
ownership  of  principal or  interest  payments thereon,  letters  of credit,
demand  notes,  certificates of  deposit  or  a  combination thereof  in  the
aggregate amount specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) by the
deposit therein from  time to time  of certain amounts,  as specified in  the
related  Prospectus Supplement to  which the Subordinate  Securityholders, if
any, would  otherwise be entitled  or (iii)  in such other  manner as  may be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Any  amounts on deposit  in the Reserve  Account and the  proceeds of any
other instrument upon maturity will  be held in cash  or will be invested  in
Permitted Investments which may include  obligations of the United States and
certain  agencies thereof, certificates of deposit, certain commercial paper,
time deposits and  bankers acceptances sold by eligible  commercial banks and
certain repurchase  agreements of  United States  government securities  with
eligible commercial  banks.   If a  letter of  credit is  deposited with  the
Trustee, such letter of credit will be irrevocable.  Any instrument deposited
therein will name the Trustee,  in its capacity as trustee for the holders of
the Securities, as beneficiary and will be issued by an entity  acceptable to
each Rating  Agency that rates  the Securities.  Additional  information with
respect  to such  instruments deposited in  the Reserve Accounts  will be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Any amounts  so deposited and payments  on instruments so  deposited will
be available for withdrawal from the Reserve Account for distribution  to the
holders  of  Securities for  the purposes,  in  the manner  and at  the times
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

    A  separate  pool  insurance  policy  ("Pool  Insurance  Policy")  may be
obtained for the Pool and issued by the insurer (the "Pool Insurer") named in
the related Prospectus Supplement.   Each Pool Insurance Policy will, subject
to  the limitations  described  below, cover  loss by  reason  of default  in
payment on Loans in the Pool in an amount equal to a percentage specified  in
such Prospectus Supplement  of the aggregate principal balance  of such Loans
on the  Cut-off Date  which are not  covered as  to their  entire outstanding
principal balances  by Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policies.   As  more fully
described below,  the Master Servicer  will present claims thereunder  to the
Pool  Insurer  on  behalf of  itself,  the  Trustee and  the  holders  of the
Securities.  The  Pool Insurance Policies, however, are  not blanket policies
against loss, since claims thereunder  may only be made respecting particular
defaulted  Loans and only  upon satisfaction of  certain conditions precedent
described  below.   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Pool  Insurance  Policies will  not cover  losses  due to  a
failure  to pay  or denial  of  a claim  under a  Primary  Mortgage Insurance
Policy.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Pool Insurance  Policy will provide that  no claims may be  validly presented
unless (i) any  required Primary Mortgage Insurance  Policy is in effect  for
the defaulted  Loan and a  claim thereunder has  been submitted  and settled;
(ii) hazard insurance on the related Property has been kept in force and real
estate taxes and  other protection and preservation expenses  have been paid;
(iii) if there has been physical loss or damage to  the Property, it has been
restored to its physical condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) at the
time  of issuance of the  policy; and (iv) the  insured has acquired good and
merchantable title to  the Property free  and clear of  liens except  certain
permitted  encumbrances.   Upon satisfaction  of these  conditions,  the Pool
Insurer will have the option either (a) to purchase the property securing the
defaulted Loan at a price equal to the principal balance thereof plus accrued
and  unpaid interest at  the Loan Rate  to the  date of purchase  and certain
expenses  incurred by  the  Master Servicer  on  behalf  of the  Trustee  and
Securityholders, or (b) to  pay the amount by which the sum  of the principal
balance of the  defaulted Loan plus accrued  and unpaid interest at  the Loan
Rate  to the  date of payment  of the  claim and the  aforementioned expenses
exceeds  the proceeds  received from  an approved  sale of  the Property,  in
either case net of  certain amounts paid or  assumed to have been  paid under
the related Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policy.   If any Property  securing a
defaulted Loan  is damaged  and proceeds,  if  any, from  the related  hazard
insurance policy  or  the  applicable Special  Hazard  Insurance  Policy  are
insufficient to  restore the  damaged Property to  a condition  sufficient to
permit recovery under the Pool Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will not
be required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged Property unless it
determines  that  (i)  such   restoration  will  increase  the  proceeds   to
securityholders on liquidation of the  Loan after reimbursement of the Master
Servicer for its  expenses and (ii) such  expenses will be recoverable  by it
through  proceeds of the sale of the Property or proceeds of the related Pool
Insurance Policy or any related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Pool Insurance  Policy will not  insure (and many Primary  Mortgage Insurance
Policies do not insure) against loss sustained by reason of a default arising
from,  among  other things,  (i) fraud  or negligence  in the  origination or
servicing  of  a  Loan,  including misrepresentation  by  the  borrower,  the
originator or persons involved in the origination thereof, or (ii) failure to
construct a  Property in accordance with plans and specifications.  A failure
of  coverage attributable to  one of the  foregoing events might  result in a
breach of the related Seller's  representations described above, and, in such
events might  give  rise to  an obligation  on  the part  of  such Seller  to
purchase the defaulted Loan if the breach cannot be cured by such Seller.  No
Pool  Insurance  Policy  will  cover  (and  many  Primary  Mortgage Insurance
Policies do not cover) a claim in respect of a defaulted  Loan occurring when
the servicer of  such Loan, at  the time  of default or  thereafter, was  not
approved by the applicable insurer.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
original amount  of coverage under each Pool Insurance Policy will be reduced
over the  life of the  related Securities by  the aggregate dollar  amount of
claims  paid less  the aggregate  of  the net  amounts realized  by  the Pool
Insurer upon disposition of all foreclosed properties.   The amount of claims
paid may include  certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer as well as
accrued  interest on delinquent  Loans to the  date of payment  of the claim.
Accordingly, if  aggregate net  claims paid under  any Pool  Insurance Policy
reach the  original policy limit,  coverage under that Pool  Insurance Policy
will  be  exhausted   and  any   further  losses   will  be   borne  by   the
Securityholders.

FHA INSURANCE; VA GUARANTEES

    Loans designated in  the related Prospectus Supplement as insured  by the
FHA will  be insured by the FHA as authorized under the United States Housing
Act of 1934, as amended.   In addition to the Title I Program of the FHA, see
"Certain  Legal Considerations  -- Title  I Program",  certain Loans  will be
insured under various FHA programs  including the standard FHA 203(b) program
to finance the acquisition  of one- to four-family housing units  and the FHA
245 graduated payment  mortgage program.  These programs  generally limit the
principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans insured.  

    The insurance  premiums for  Loans insured by  the FHA  are collected  by
lenders approved by  the Department of Housing and  Urban Development ("HUD")
or  by the Master Servicer or any Sub-Servicer  and are paid to the FHA.  The
regulations governing FHA  single-family mortgage insurance  programs provide
that insurance  benefits  are  payable  either  upon  foreclosure  (or  other
acquisition of  possession) and conveyance  of the mortgaged premises  to the
United  States of  America or upon  assignment of  the defaulted Loan  to the
United States of America.  With respect to a defaulted FHA-insured  Loan, the
Master Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer is  limited in  its ability to  initiate
foreclosure  proceedings.   When  it  is  determined,  either by  the  Master
Servicer or any Sub-Servicer or HUD, that default was caused by circumstances
beyond the  mortgagor's control, the  Master Servicer or any  Sub-Servicer is
expected to make  an effort  to avoid foreclosure  by entering, if  feasible,
into one  of  a number  of  available forms  of  forbearance plans  with  the
mortgagor.   Such plans  may involve the  reduction or  suspension of regular
mortgage payments for  a specified period, with such payments to be made upon
or before the maturity date of the mortgage, or the recasting of payments due
under  the mortgage up to  or, other than Loans  originated under the Title I
Program  of the FHA, beyond the  maturity date.  In  addition, when a default
caused by  such circumstances is  accompanied by certain other  criteria, HUD
may provide relief  by making  payments to  the Master Servicer  or any  Sub-
Servicer in partial or full satisfaction of amounts due under the Loan (which
payments are to be repaid by the mortgagor to HUD) or by accepting assignment
of the  loan from  the Master  Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer.   With  certain
exceptions, at least  three full monthly installments must be  due and unpaid
under the Loan,  and HUD must have  rejected any request for  relief from the
mortgagor  before  the Master  Servicer  or  any  Sub-Servicer  may  initiate
foreclosure proceedings.

    HUD has the option, in most cases, to pay insurance claims in cash or  in
debentures  issued by  HUD.  Currently,  claims are  being paid in  cash, and
claims have not been paid in debentures since 1965.  HUD debentures issued in
satisfaction  of FHA  insurance claims  bear interest  at the  applicable HUD
debentures interest  rate.  The Master  Servicer or any  Sub-Servicer of each
FHA-insured  Single  Family Loan  will  be  obligated  to purchase  any  such
debenture issued  in satisfaction  of such  Loan upon  default for  an amount
equal to the principal amount of any such debenture.

    Other than in relation  to the Title I Program of the FHA,  the amount of
insurance benefits generally  paid by the FHA  is equal to the  entire unpaid
principal  amount of  the defaulted  Loan  adjusted to  reimburse the  Master
Servicer or Sub-Servicer for certain costs and expenses and to deduct certain
amounts received  or retained  by the Master  Servicer or  Sub-Servicer after
default.  When entitlement to insurance benefits results from foreclosure (or
other acquisition of  possession) and conveyance to HUD,  the Master Servicer
or Sub-Servicer is compensated for no more than two-thirds of its foreclosure
costs, and is compensated for interest accrued and unpaid prior to  such date
but in general  only to the extent it  was allowed pursuant to  a forbearance
plan approved by  HUD.  When  entitlement to insurance benefits  results from
assignment  of  the  Loan  to   HUD,  the  insurance  payment  includes  full
compensation for  interest accrued  and unpaid to  the assignment date.   The
insurance  payment itself,  upon  foreclosure of  an FHA-insured  Loan, bears
interest from a date  30 days after the borrower's first  uncorrected failure
to perform any  obligation to make  any payment due  under the mortgage  and,
upon assignment, from the  date of assignment to  the date of payment  of the
claim, in each case at the same interest rate as the applicable HUD debenture
interest rate as described above.

    Loans designated  in the related  Prospectus Supplement as  guaranteed by
the  VA will  be  partially  guaranteed  by the  VA  under  the  Serviceman's
Readjustment Act  of  1944,  as  amended  (a  "VA  Guaranty  Policy").    The
Serviceman's Readjustment Act of 1944, as  amended, permits a veteran (or  in
certain  instances  the spouse  of  a  veteran)  to  obtain a  mortgage  loan
guarantee  by the VA covering mortgage financing of the purchase of a one- to
four-family dwelling unit at interest rates permitted by the VA.  The program
has no mortgage loan limits, requires no  down payment from the purchaser and
permits  the  guarantee  of  mortgage loans  of  up  to  30 years'  duration.
However, no Loan guaranteed by the VA will have an original  principal amount
greater than five times the partial VA guarantee for such Loan.

    The maximum guarantee that may be issued by the VA under  a VA guaranteed
mortgage  loan depends  upon the  original principal  amount of  the mortgage
loan, as  further described  in 38  United States  Code  Section 1803(a),  as
amended.  As of January 1, 1990,  the maximum guarantee that may be issued by
the  VA under  a VA  guaranteed mortgage  loan of  more than $144,000  is the
lesser of  25% of  the original  principal amount  of the  mortgage loan  and
$46,000.   The liability  on the guarantee  is reduced or  increased pro rata
with any reduction or increase in the amount of indebtedness, but in no event
will the amount  payable on the guarantee  exceed the amount of  the original
guarantee.  The  VA may, at its  option and without regard to  the guarantee,
make full  payment  to a  mortgage holder  of unsatisfied  indebtedness on  a
mortgage upon its assignment to the VA.

    With  respect to a defaulted  VA guaranteed Loan,  the Master Servicer or
Sub-Servicer is, absent exceptional circumstances, authorized to announce its
intention to foreclose only when the  default has continued for three months.
Generally, a claim  for the guarantee is  submitted after liquidation of  the
Property.

    The  amount payable under the guarantee will be the percentage of the VA-
insured Loan originally guaranteed applied to  indebtedness outstanding as of
the applicable date of computation specified in the VA regulations.  Payments
under the guarantee will be equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Loan,
interest accrued on the unpaid balance of the Loan to the appropriate date of
computation and limited expenses of the  mortgagee, but in each case only  to
the extent that such amounts have  not been recovered through liquidation  of
the Property.  The amount payable under the guarantee may in no event  exceed
the amount of the original guarantee.

CROSS-SUPPORT

    The  beneficial ownership  of separate  groups  of assets  included in  a
Trust Fund may  be evidenced  by separate  classes of the  related Series  of
Securities.  In  such case, credit support may be provided by a cross-support
feature which requires that distributions  be made with respect to Securities
evidencing a  beneficial ownership  interest in, or  secured by,  other asset
groups within the same Trust Fund.   The related Prospectus Supplement for  a
Series which  includes a cross-support  feature will describe the  manner and
conditions for applying such cross-support feature.

    The coverage provided by  one or more forms  of credit support may  apply
concurrently to two or more related Trust  Funds.  If applicable, the related
Prospectus  Supplement will  identify the  Trust Funds  to which  such credit
support relates  and the  manner of  determining the  amount of  the coverage
provided  thereby and of  the application of such  coverage to the identified
Trust Funds.

OTHER  INSURANCE,  SURETY BONDS,  GUARANTIES, LETTERS  OF CREDIT  AND SIMILAR
INSTRUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS

    A Trust  Fund  may  also include  insurance,  guaranties,  surety  bonds,
letters of credit or similar arrangements for the purpose of (i)  maintaining
timely payments  or  providing additional  protection against  losses on  the
assets included  in such Trust  Fund, (ii) paying administrative  expenses or
(iii)  establishing a  minimum  reinvestment  rate on  the  payments made  in
respect  of such  assets or  principal  payment rate  on such  assets.   Such
arrangements  may include agreements under which Securityholders are entitled
to receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the
terms specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

                     YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

    The  yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities will
be affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received
on or in respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related Trust Fund.
With respect to a Trust Fund  which includes Private Asset Backed Securities,
the possible effects of the amount and timing  of principal payments received
with  respect  to the  underlying  mortgage loans  will  be described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.   The original terms to maturity  of the Loans
in a given Pool will vary depending  upon the type of Loans included therein.
Each Prospectus Supplement will contain  information with respect to the type
and maturities of the Loans in the  related Pool.  Unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, Loans may be prepaid without penalty in
full or  in part at any  time.  The prepayment  experience on the Loans  in a
Pool will affect the life of the related Series of Securities.

    The  rate of prepayment  on the Loans  cannot be predicted.   Home equity
loans  and home  improvement contracts  have been  originated  in significant
volume only during the past few years  and the Depositor is not aware of  any
publicly  available studies or statistics  on the rate  of prepayment of such
loans.  Generally, home equity loans  and home improvement contracts are  not
viewed  by borrowers  as permanent  financing.   Accordingly,  the Loans  may
experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans.
On the other  hand, because home  equity loans such  as the Revolving  Credit
Line  Loans generally  are not  fully  amortizing, the  absence of  voluntary
borrower prepayments could  cause rates of principal payments  lower than, or
similar  to,  those of  traditional  fully-amortizing first  mortgages.   The
prepayment experience  of the related  Trust Fund may  be affected by  a wide
variety  of  factors,  including  general  economic  conditions,   prevailing
interest rate levels, the availability of alternative financing and homeowner
mobility and the  frequency and amount of  any future draws on  any Revolving
Credit  Line Loans.   Other  factors  that might  be expected  to  affect the
prepayment rate of a  pool of home equity mortgage loans  or home improvement
contracts  include the  amounts of,  and  interest rates  on, the  underlying
senior  mortgage loans,  and  the use  of first  mortgage loans  as long-term
financing for home  purchase and subordinate  mortgage loans as  shorter-term
financing for  a variety of  purposes, including home  improvement, education
expenses   and  purchases   of  consumer   durables   such  as   automobiles.
Accordingly,  the Loans  may  experience  a higher  rate  of prepayment  than
traditional fixed-rate mortgage  loans.  In addition,  any future limitations
on the right  of borrowers to deduct  interest payments on home  equity loans
for  federal income tax purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments
of the  Loans.   The enforcement of  a "due-on-sale" provision  (as described
below) will have the same  effect as a prepayment of  the related Loan.   See
"Certain Legal Aspects of  the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses".  The yield  to an
investor who  purchases Securities in  the secondary market at  a price other
than  par will vary from  the anticipated yield if  the rate of prepayment on
the Loans is actually different than the rate anticipated by such investor at
the time such Securities were purchased.

    Collections on Revolving Credit Line Loans  may vary because, among other
things, borrowers  may  (i) make  payments during  any month  as  low as  the
minimum monthly  payment for such  month or, during the  interest-only period
for certain Revolving  Credit Line Loans and, in  more limited circumstances,
Closed-End Loans, with  respect to which an interest-only  payment option has
been  selected, the interest and the fees and  charges for such month or (ii)
make  payments as  high  as  the entire  outstanding  principal balance  plus
accrued interest  and the  fees and  charges thereon.   It  is possible  that
borrowers may  fail to  make the  required periodic payments.   In  addition,
collections on the Loans may vary due  to seasonal purchasing and the payment
habits of borrowers.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Loans  will  contain  due-on-sale  provisions  permitting  the  mortgagee  to
accelerate  the maturity of  the loan upon  sale or certain  transfers by the
borrower.   Loans  insured  by the  FHA, and  Single  Family Loans  partially
guaranteed by the VA, are  assumable with the consent of the FHA  and the VA,
respectively.  Thus, the rate of prepayments  on such Loans may be lower than
that  of  conventional  Loans  bearing  comparable  interest  rates.   Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
generally will enforce  any due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance  clause, to the
extent  it has  knowledge of  the conveyance  or further  encumbrance or  the
proposed  conveyance or  proposed  further encumbrance  of  the Property  and
reasonably  believes  that it  is  entitled to  do  so under  applicable law;
provided, however,  that the  Master Servicer will  not take  any enforcement
action that would impair or threaten to impair any recovery under any related
insurance  policy.  See  "The Agreements-Collection Procedures"  and "Certain
Legal Aspects of the  Loans" for a description of certain  provisions of each
Agreement  and certain  legal  developments that  may  affect the  prepayment
experience on the Loans.

    The rate of  prepayments with respect to conventional mortgage  loans has
fluctuated   significantly  in  recent  years.    If  prevailing  rates  fall
significantly below the  Loan Rates  borne by  the Loans, such  Loans may  be
subject to higher  prepayment rates than if prevailing  interest rates remain
at or  above such Loan Rates.  Conversely,  if prevailing interest rates rise
appreciably  above  the Loan  Rates  borne  by  the  Loans,  such  Loans  may
experience a  lower prepayment  rate than  if prevailing  rates remain  at or
below such Loan Rates.  However, there can be no assurance that such will  be
the case.

    When a  full  prepayment is  made  on a  Loan,  the borrower  is  charged
interest on the principal amount of  the Loan so prepaid only for  the number
of days  in the  month actually  elapsed up to  the date  of the  prepayment,
rather than  for a  full month.   Unless the  Master Servicer  remits amounts
otherwise payable  to it as  servicing compensation, see "Description  of the
Securities-Compensating Interest", the effect of  prepayments in full will be
to  reduce the amount  of interest passed  through in the  following month to
holders of Securities because interest on the principal amount of any Loan so
prepaid will be paid only  to the date of prepayment.  Partial prepayments in
a  given month may  be applied to  the outstanding principal  balances of the
Loans so  prepaid on  the first  day of  the month  of receipt  or the  month
following receipt.  In the  latter case, partial prepayments will  not reduce
the  amount  of interest  passed through  in  such month.    Unless otherwise
specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, neither  full  nor partial
prepayments will be passed through until the month following receipt.

    Even  assuming  that the  Properties  provide adequate  security  for the
Loans,  substantial delays  could  be  encountered  in  connection  with  the
liquidation of  defaulted Loans  and corresponding delays  in the  receipt of
related proceeds by Securityholders could occur.  An action to foreclose on a
Property  securing a  Loan is regulated  by state  statutes and rules  and is
subject to  many of the delays and expenses  of other lawsuits if defenses or
counterclaims  are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore, in some  states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not
permitted following  a nonjudicial  sale of a  property.  In  the event  of a
default by a borrower, these restrictions among other  things, may impede the
ability of  the Master Servicer to  foreclose on or  sell the Property  or to
obtain  liquidation proceeds  sufficient  to  repay all  amounts  due on  the
related Loan.   In addition, the Master  Servicer will be entitled  to deduct
from  related  liquidation  proceeds  all  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in
attempting to recover  amounts due  on defaulted  Loans and  not yet  repaid,
including  payments to  senior lienholders,  legal  fees and  costs of  legal
action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation expenses.

    Liquidation expenses  with respect  to  defaulted mortgage  loans do  not
vary directly with  the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time
of default.   Therefore,  assuming that  a servicer  took the  same steps  in
realizing upon a  defaulted mortgage loan having a  small remaining principal
balance as it would in the case  of a defaulted mortgage loan having a  large
remaining   principal  balance,  the   amount  realized  after   expenses  of
liquidation  would be  smaller as  a  percentage of  the remaining  principal
balance  of the small  mortgage loan  than would be  the case  with the other
defaulted mortgage loan having a large remaining principal balance.

    Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates  and  other
charges,  require certain  disclosures,  and  require  licensing  of  certain
originators  and servicers  of Loans.   In  addition, most  have other  laws,
public policy and general principles of equity relating  to the protection of
consumers, unfair  and deceptive practices  and practices which may  apply to
the origination,  servicing and collection  of the Loans.   Depending on  the
provisions of  the applicable  law and the  specific facts  and circumstances
involved, violations  of these  laws, policies and  principles may  limit the
ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part  of the principal of or
interest on  the  Loans, may  entitle the  borrower to  a  refund of  amounts
previously  paid and,  in  addition,  could subject  the  Master Servicer  to
damages and administrative sanctions.

    If the  rate  at which  interest  is passed  through  to the  holders  of
Securities  of   a   Series   is  calculated   on   a   Loan-by-Loan   basis,
disproportionate  principal prepayments among Loans with different Loan Rates
will affect the yield on such Securities.  In most cases, the effective yield
to Securityholders  will be  lower than the  yield otherwise produced  by the
applicable Pass-Through Rate and purchase  price, because while interest will
accrue on  each  Loan from  the  first day  of  the month  (unless  otherwise
specified  in the  related Prospectus Supplement),  the distribution  of such
interest will  not be  made earlier  than the  month following  the month  of
accrual.

    Under  certain circumstances,  the  Master Servicer,  the holders  of the
residual  interests  in  a  REMIC or  any  person  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement may have  the option to purchase the assets  of a Trust
Fund  thereby  effecting   earlier  retirement  of  the   related  Series  of
Securities.  See "The Agreements--Termination; Optional Termination".

    Factors other than those identified herein  and in the related Prospectus
Supplement could significantly  affect principal prepayments at  any time and
over the lives of  the Securities.  The relative contribution  of the various
factors affecting prepayment may  also vary from time to time.   There can be
no assurance as to  the rate of payment of principal of the Trust Fund Assets
at any time or over the lives of the Securities.

    The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to  a Series  of  Securities  will
discuss in greater  detail the  effect of  the rate and  timing of  principal
payments  (including prepayments),  delinquencies and  losses  on the  yield,
weighted average lives and maturities of such Securities.

                                THE AGREEMENTS

    Set forth  below is  a summary of  certain provisions  of each  Agreement
which are not described elsewhere in  this Prospectus.  The summary does  not
purport to be  complete and is subject  to, and qualified in  its entirety by
reference to, the provisions of  each Agreement.  Where particular provisions
or terms used in the Agreements are referred to, such provisions or terms are
as specified in the Agreements.  Except as otherwise specified, the Agreement
described  herein  contemplates  a  Trust  Fund  comprised  of  Loans.    The
provisions of an Agreement with respect to  a Trust Fund which consists of or
includes  Private Asset Backed  Securities may contain  provisions similar to
those  described herein  but  will be  more  fully described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS

    Assignment of the Loans.   At the time of issuance of the Securities of a
Series, the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related  Trust Fund
to be  assigned to  the Trustee,  together  with all  principal and  interest
received by or on behalf  of the Depositor on or  with respect to such  Loans
after the Cut-off  Date, other than principal  and interest due on  or before
the  Cut-off  Date and  other  than any  Retained Interest  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.   The  Trustee will,  concurrently with  such
assignment,  deliver the  Securities to  the  Depositor in  exchange for  the
Loans.  Each Loan will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to
the related  Agreement.   Such schedule  will include  information as to  the
outstanding principal balance of each  Loan after application of payments due
on or before the Cut-off Date, as well as information regarding the Loan Rate
or APR, the current scheduled monthly payment of principal and  interest, the
maturity of  the Loan, the  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios at  origination and
certain other information.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Depositor will as to each Home  Improvement Contract, deliver or cause to  be
delivered to the Trustee the original Home Improvement Contract and copies of
documents  and  instruments related  to each  Home Improvement  Contract and,
other than in the  case of unsecured Home Improvement Contracts, the security
interest in the  Property securing such Home Improvement Contract.   In order
to give notice  of the right,  title and interest  of Securityholders to  the
Home  Improvement  Contracts, the  Depositor  will  cause a  UCC-1  financing
statement to  be executed  by the  Depositor  or the  Seller identifying  the
Trustee as the  secured party and identifying all  Home Improvement Contracts
as  collateral.    Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, the Home  Improvement Contracts will not be  stamped or otherwise
marked to  reflect their assignment  to the Trustee.   Therefore, if, through
negligence,  fraud or  otherwise, a  subsequent purchaser  were able  to take
physical possession of the Home  Improvement Contracts without notice of such
assignment, the interest of Securityholders in the Home Improvement Contracts
could  be defeated.    See  "Certain Legal  Aspects  of  the Loans--The  Home
Improvement Contracts."

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Agreement will  require that, within  the time period specified  therein, the
Depositor will also deliver  or cause to be delivered  to the Trustee (or  to
the custodian hereinafter  referred to) as  to each  Home Equity Loan,  among
other things, (i) the mortgage note or contract endorsed  without recourse in
blank or  to the order  of the Trustee, (ii)  the mortgage, deed  of trust or
similar  instrument (a  "Mortgage")  with  evidence  of  recording  indicated
thereon  (except for  any Mortgage  not  returned from  the public  recording
office,  in which case the Depositor will  deliver or cause to be delivered a
copy of such Mortgage together with  a certificate that the original of  such
Mortgage was delivered to such recording office), (iii) an assignment  of the
Mortgage to the Trustee,  which assignment will be in recordable  form in the
case  of a  Mortgage  assignment,  and (iv)  such  other security  documents,
including those  relating to any senior interests in  the Property, as may be
specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement.  Unless  otherwise specified
in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor will  promptly cause the
assignments  of the related  Loans to be  recorded in the  appropriate public
office for real property  records, except in states in which,  in the opinion
of  counsel acceptable  to the  Trustee, such  recording is  not  required to
protect  the Trustee's  interest  in  such Loans  against  the  claim of  any
subsequent transferee or any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the
originator of such Loans.

    The Trustee (or  the custodian hereinafter referred to) will  review such
Loan documents  within the  time period specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement after receipt thereof, and the Trustee will hold such documents in
trust for the benefit of the Securityholders.  Unless  otherwise specified in
the related  Prospectus Supplement,   if  any such  document is  found to  be
missing or defective in any material respect, the Trustee (or such custodian)
will notify the Master  Servicer and the Depositor,  and the Master  Servicer
will  notify the related Seller.   If the Seller cannot  cure the omission or
defect within  a specified number of   days after receipt of  such notice (or
such other period as may be specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement),
the Seller will be obligated either (i) to purchase the related Loan from the
Trust at the Purchase  Price or (ii) to remove such Loan  from the Trust Fund
and substitute  in its  place  one or  more other  Loans.   There  can be  no
assurance  that  a   Seller  will  fulfill  this   purchase  or  substitution
obligation.   Although the Master  Servicer may be obligated  to enforce such
obligation  to the extent described above under "Loan Program-Representations
by Sellers; Repurchases", neither the  Master Servicer nor the Depositor will
be obligated to purchase or  replace such Loan if the Seller  defaults on its
obligation,   unless   such  breach   also  constitutes   a  breach   of  the
representations or warranties of the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the
case  may  be.    Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, this purchase obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to
the Securityholders or  the Trustee for omission of, or a material defect in,
a constituent document.

    The  Trustee will  be  authorized to  appoint a  custodian pursuant  to a
custodial agreement to  maintain possession of and, if  applicable, to review
the documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.

    The Master  Servicer  will make  certain  representations and  warranties
regarding its  authority  to enter  into,  and  its ability  to  perform  its
obligations under,  the Agreement.  Upon a  breach of any such representation
of the Master  Servicer which materially and adversely  affects the interests
of the  Securityholders in  a Loan,  the Master  Servicer  will be  obligated
either to cure the breach in all material respects or  to purchase or replace
the Loan at  the Purchase Price.   Unless otherwise specified in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement, this  obligation  to  cure,  purchase  or  substitute
constitutes the sole  remedy available to the Securityholders  or the Trustee
for such a breach of representation by the Master Servicer.

    Assignment of Private Asset Backed Securities.   The Depositor will cause
Private Asset Backed Securities to be registered in the name of  the Trustee.
The  Trustee (or  the custodian)  will  have possession  of any  certificated
Private Asset Backed  Securities.  Unless otherwise specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trustee  will  not  be in  possession  of or  be
assignee  of record  of  any underlying  assets for  a  Private Asset  Backed
Security.  See "The Trust Fund-Private Asset Backed Securities" herein.  Each
Private  Asset Backed Security will be  identified in a schedule appearing as
an exhibit to the related Agreement which will specify the original principal
amount, outstanding  principal balance as  of the Cut-off Date,  annual pass-
through  rate or interest rate and maturity  date and certain other pertinent
information for each Private Asset Backed Security conveyed to the Trustee.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions, with respect  to a Trust  Fund
for  which a REMIC election is  to be made, no  purchase or substitution of a
Loan  will  be  made if  such  purchase  or substitution  would  result  in a
prohibited transaction tax under the Code.

PAYMENTS ON LOANS; DEPOSITS TO SECURITY ACCOUNT

    Each Sub-Servicer servicing a Loan pursuant  to a Sub-Servicing Agreement
(as  defined  below  under  "-Sub-Servicing  of  Loans") will  establish  and
maintain an  account (the "Sub-Servicing Account") which  meets the following
requirements  and is  otherwise acceptable to  the Master  Servicer.   A Sub-
Servicing Account must be established with a Federal Home Loan Bank or with a
depository institution (including the Sub-Servicer itself) whose accounts are
insured by  either the  Bank Insurance Fund  (the "BIF") of  the FDIC  or the
Savings Association Insurance  Fund (as successor to the  Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance Corporation ("SAIF")) of the FDIC.  If a Sub-Servicing Account
is maintained at an institution that is a Federal Home Loan Bank or an  FDIC-
insured institution and,  in either case, the  amount on deposit in  the Sub-
Servicing  Account  exceeds the  FDIC  insurance coverage  amount,  then such
excess amount must be remitted to the Master Servicer within one business day
of receipt.  In addition,  the Sub-Servicer must maintain a separate  account
for escrow and  impound funds relating  to the Loans.   Each Sub-Servicer  is
required to  deposit into  its Sub-Servicing  Account  on a  daily basis  all
amounts described below under "-Sub-Servicing  of Loans" that are received by
it in respect of  the Loans, less its servicing or other compensation.  On or
before the  date specified in  the Sub-Servicing Agreement,  the Sub-Servicer
will remit or cause to be remitted to the Master Servicer or  the Trustee all
funds held  in  the Sub-Servicing  Account  with respect  to  Loans that  are
required to be so remitted.  The Sub-Servicer may also be required to advance
on the scheduled date  of remittance an amount  corresponding to any  monthly
installment  of  interest  and/or  principal,  less its  servicing  or  other
compensation, on  any  Loan for  which  payment  was not  received  from  the
mortgagor.   Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
any such obligation  of the Sub-Servicer to  advance will continue up  to and
including  the first  of the month  following the  date on which  the related
Property  is sold  at a  foreclosure  sale or  is acquired  on behalf  of the
Securityholders by deed in lieu of foreclosure,  or until the related Loan is
liquidated.

    The  Master  Servicer  will  establish  and   maintain  or  cause  to  be
established and maintained with  respect to the related Trust Fund a separate
account or accounts for the collection of payments on the related  Trust Fund
Assets  in  the  Trust  Fund (the  "Security  Account")  must  be  either (i)
maintained with a depository institution the debt obligations of which (or in
the case of  a depository institution that  is the principal subsidiary  of a
holding  company,  the obligations  of which)  are  rated in  one of  the two
highest rating categories by the Rating  Agency or Rating Agencies that rated
one or more classes of  the related Series of Securities, (ii) an  account or
accounts the deposits in  which are fully insured by either  the BIF or SAIF,
(iii) an account or accounts the deposits in  which are insured by the BIF or
SAIF (to  the limits established by the FDIC),  and the uninsured deposits in
which are otherwise secured such that, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel,
the Securityholders have  a claim with respect  to the funds in  the Security
Account   or  a  perfected  first  priority  security  interest  against  any
collateral securing such  funds that is superior  to the claims of  any other
depositors or general creditors of  the depository institution with which the
Security  Account is  maintained, or  (iv) an  account or  accounts otherwise
acceptable to each Rating Agency.   The collateral eligible to secure amounts
in the Security Account is limited to United States government securities and
other high-quality investments ("Permitted Investments").  A Security Account
may be maintained  as an interest bearing  account or the funds  held therein
may be  invested  pending  each  succeeding Distribution  Date  in  Permitted
Investments.     Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement, the Master  Servicer or its designee will be  entitled to receive
any such interest or other income earned on funds  in the Security Account as
additional  compensation and  will be  obligated to  deposit in  the Security
Account the amount of any loss immediately as realized.  The Security Account
may be maintained with the Master  Servicer or with a depository  institution
that is an affiliate of the Master Servicer, provided it meets  the standards
set forth above.

    The  Master Servicer  will  deposit  or  cause  to be  deposited  in  the
Security  Account  for  each Trust  Fund  on  a daily  basis,  to  the extent
applicable  and  provided  in  the  Agreement,  the  following  payments  and
collections received or advances made by or on behalf of it subsequent to the
Cut-off Date  (other than  payments due  on or  before the  Cut-off Date  and
exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):

        (i)    all payments  on  account  of principal,  including  Principal
    Prepayments and any applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;

        (ii)    all payments  on account  of interest  on the  Loans,  net of
    applicable servicing compensation;

        (iii)  all proceeds (net of unreimbursed payments  of property taxes,
    insurance premiums and similar  items ("Insured Expenses") incurred,  and
    unreimbursed advances made,  by the related Sub-Servicer, if any)  of the
    hazard insurance  policies and any  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policies,
    to the  extent such proceeds  are not applied  to the restoration  of the
    property  or released  to the  Mortgagor  in accordance  with the  Master
    Servicer's   normal   servicing  procedures   (collectively,   "Insurance
    Proceeds")  and all  other  cash amounts  (net  of unreimbursed  expenses
    incurred  in  connection with  liquidation  or  foreclosure ("Liquidation
    Expenses") and unreimbursed advances  made, by the related  Sub-Servicer,
    if  any) received  and retained  in  connection with  the liquidation  of
    defaulted Loans, by  foreclosure or  otherwise ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),
    together with any  net proceeds received on a monthly  basis with respect
    to  any   properties  acquired  on  behalf   of  the  Securityholders  by
    foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;

        (iv)   all  proceeds  of  any Loan  or  property  in respect  thereof
    purchased by the Master Servicer, the  Depositor, any Sub-Servicer or any
    Seller  as  described  under  "Loan  Program-Representations  by Sellers;
    Repurchases"  or  "-Assignment  of  Trust  Fund  Assets"  above  and  all
    proceeds of  any  Loan  repurchased  as  described  under  "-Termination;
    Optional Termination" below;

        (v)  all  payments required to be  deposited in the Security  Account
    with respect  to any  deductible clause in  any blanket insurance  policy
    described under "-Hazard Insurance" below;

        (vi)  any amount  required to be deposited by  the Master Servicer in
    connection with  losses realized  on investments for  the benefit of  the
    Master Servicer of funds held in the Security Account; and

        (vii)  all  other amounts  required to be  deposited in the  Security
    Account pursuant to the Agreement.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

    If so provided in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related
Trustee on  behalf of the  related Securityholders, into which  the Depositor
will  deposit the Pre-Funded  Amount on the  related Closing Date.   The Pre-
Funded Amount will  not exceed 25% of the initial  aggregate principal amount
of the Certificates and Notes of  the related Series.  The Pre-Funded  Amount
will  be used by  the related Trustee  to purchase Subsequent  Loans from the
Depositor from time to  time during the Funding Period.   The Funding Period,
if any,  for a Trust Fund will begin on the related Closing Date and will end
on the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, which in no event
will be later than the date that is three months after the Closing Date.  Any
amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period
will be distributed to the related Securityholders in the manner and priority
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, as a prepayment of principal
of the related Securities.

SUB-SERVICING OF LOANS

    Each Seller of  a Loan or any other servicing  entity may act as the Sub-
Servicer  for such  Loan pursuant  to  an agreement  (each, a  "Sub-Servicing
Agreement"), which will  not contain any terms inconsistent  with the related
Agreement.   While  each Sub-Servicing  Agreement will  be a  contract solely
between the Master  Servicer and the Sub-Servicer, the  Agreement pursuant to
which  a Series of Securities is issued  will provide that, if for any reason
the  Master Servicer for  such Series of  Securities is no  longer the Master
Servicer of the related Loans, the  Trustee or any successor Master  Servicer
must  recognize the  Sub-Servicer's  rights and  obligations under  such Sub-
Servicing Agreement.

    With the  approval of  the Master Servicer,  a Sub-Servicer may  delegate
its servicing  obligations to  third-party servicers,  but such  Sub-Servicer
will remain obligated  under the related Sub-Servicing Agreement.   Each Sub-
Servicer will be required to perform the customary functions of a servicer of
mortgage loans.   Such functions  generally include collecting  payments from
mortgagors or obligors and remitting such collections to the Master Servicer;
maintaining hazard insurance policies as  described herein and in any related
Prospectus  Supplement, and filing and settling claims thereunder, subject in
certain cases to the right of  the Master Servicer to approve in  advance any
such settlement; maintaining escrow or  impoundment accounts of mortgagors or
obligors for payment of taxes, insurance and other items required to  be paid
by  the  mortgagor  or  obligor  pursuant to  the  related  Loan;  processing
assumptions  or substitutions,  although, the  Master  Servicer is  generally
required  to exercise  due-on-sale clauses  to  the extent  such exercise  is
permitted  by  law  and  would  not   adversely  affect  insurance  coverage;
attempting  to cure  delinquencies; supervising foreclosures;  inspecting and
managing  Properties  under  certain  circumstances;  maintaining  accounting
records relating to  the Loans; and, to  the extent specified in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement, maintaining additional  insurance policies  or credit
support  instruments and  filing  and  settling claims  thereunder.   A  Sub-
Servicer will also  be obligated to  make advances  in respect of  delinquent
installments of interest  and/or principal on Loans, as  described more fully
above  under "-Payments  on  Loans;  Deposits to  Security  Account", and  in
respect of certain taxes and insurance premiums not paid on a timely basis by
mortgagors or obligors.

    As  compensation  for its  servicing  duties, each  Sub-Servicer  will be
entitled to a monthly servicing fee  (to the extent the scheduled payment  on
the related Loan  has been collected) in the amount set  forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   Each  Sub-Servicer is also  entitled to  collect and
retain, as part of its servicing compensation, any prepayment or late charges
provided in the Mortgage Note or related instruments.  Each Sub-Servicer will
be reimbursed by the Master Servicer for certain expenditures which it makes,
generally to the same  extent the Master  Servicer would be reimbursed  under
the Agreement.   The Master Servicer may  purchase the servicing of  Loans if
the Sub-Servicer elects to release the servicing  of such Loans to the Master
Servicer.  See "-Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses".

    Each  Sub-Servicer may  be  required to  agree  to indemnify  the  Master
Servicer  for any liability or obligation sustained by the Master Servicer in
connection  with  any  act or  failure  to  act by  the  Sub-Servicer  in its
servicing  capacity.   Each  Sub-Servicer  will  be  required to  maintain  a
fidelity  bond  and  an errors  and  omissions  policy  with  respect to  its
officers, employees and  other persons acting on  its behalf or on  behalf of
the Master Servicer.

    Each  Sub-Servicer will be required to service  each Loan pursuant to the
terms of the Sub-Servicing Agreement for the entire term of such Loan, unless
the Sub-Servicing Agreement  is earlier terminated by the  Master Servicer or
unless servicing is released to the Master Servicer.  The Master Servicer may
terminate a Sub-Servicing Agreement without cause, upon written notice to the
Sub-Servicer in the manner specified in such Sub-Servicing Agreement.

    The  Master  Servicer may  agree  with  a Sub-Servicer  to  amend a  Sub-
Servicing Agreement or, upon termination of the Sub-Servicing  Agreement, the
Master  Servicer may act as  servicer of the related  Loans or enter into new
Sub-Servicing Agreements with  other Sub-Servicers.   If the Master  Servicer
acts as servicer, it  will not assume liability  for the representations  and
warranties of the Sub-Servicer which it  replaces.  Each Sub-Servicer must be
a Seller  or meet the standards for becoming a  Seller or have such servicing
experience as to  be otherwise satisfactory  to the Master  Servicer and  the
Depositor.  The Master Servicer will make reasonable efforts to have  the new
Sub-Servicer assume liability for  the representations and warranties  of the
terminated  Sub-Servicer,  but  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  such  an
assumption  will occur.   In  the  event of  such an  assumption,  the Master
Servicer may in the exercise of its business judgment  release the terminated
Sub-Servicer   from  liability  in   respect  of  such   representations  and
warranties.  Any amendments to a Sub-Servicing Agreement or new Sub-Servicing
Agreements may contain provisions different from those which are in effect in
the  original Sub-Servicing Agreement.  However, each Agreement  will provide
that any  such amendment  or new agreement  may not  be inconsistent  with or
violate such Agreement.

COLLECTION PROCEDURES

    The Master Servicer, directly or through  one or more Sub-Servicers, will
make reasonable  efforts to collect  all payments called for  under the Loans
and  will, consistent  with each  Agreement  and any  Pool Insurance  Policy,
Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy,  FHA Insurance,  VA  Guaranty Policy  and
Bankruptcy  Bond   or  alternative  arrangements,   follow  such   collection
procedures as are customary with respect to  loans that are comparable to the
Loans.    Consistent  with  the  above,  the  Master  Servicer  may,  in  its
discretion, (i) waive  any assumption fee,  late payment or  other charge  in
connection with  a Loan  and (ii)  to the  extent not  inconsistent with  the
coverage of such  Loan by a Pool Insurance Policy, Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policy,  FHA  Insurance,  VA  Guaranty  or  Bankruptcy  Bond  or  alternative
arrangements,  if applicable,  arrange with  a  borrower a  schedule for  the
liquidation of  delinquencies running for  no more  than 125  days after  the
applicable due  date for each payment.  Both  the Sub-Servicer and the Master
Servicer may  be obligated  to make  Advances during  any period  of such  an
arrangement.

    Except as otherwise  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  in
any case  in which property  securing a  Loan has  been, or is  about to  be,
conveyed by the mortgagor or obligor, the Master Servicer will, to the extent
it has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause
to be exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of  such Loan under any
due-on-sale  clause applicable  thereto, but  only  if the  exercise of  such
rights is permitted by applicable law.  If these conditions are not met or if
the Master Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law  to
enforce such  due-on-sale clause, or the  Master Servicer will  enter into or
cause to be entered  into an assumption and  modification agreement with  the
person to whom such property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to
which such person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan and, to the extent
permitted by  applicable law, the mortgagor remains  liable thereon.  Any fee
collected  by or  on  behalf of  the  Master Servicer  for  entering into  an
assumption agreement will be retained by or on behalf of the  Master Servicer
as  additional servicing  compensation.   See "Certain  Legal Aspects  of the
Loans-Due-on-Sale Clauses".   In  connection with  any  such assumption,  the
terms of the related Loan may not be changed.

HAZARD INSURANCE

    Except  as otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer  will  require the  mortgagor  or  obligor on  each  Loan  to
maintain a hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of
the standard form  of fire insurance policy with  extended coverage customary
for the type of Property in the state in which such Property is located.  All
amounts collected by the Master Servicer  under any hazard policy (except for
amounts  to  be applied  to  the restoration  or  repair of  the  Property or
released to the mortgagor or obligor in accordance with the Master Servicer's
normal  servicing  procedures) will  be  deposited  in  the related  Security
Account.  In the  event that the  Master Servicer maintains  a blanket policy
insuring against hazard  losses on all the  Loans comprising part of  a Trust
Fund,  it  will conclusively  be  deemed  to  have satisfied  its  obligation
relating  to the maintenance  of hazard insurance.   Such  blanket policy may
contain  a  deductible clause,  in  which case  the  Master Servicer  will be
required to deposit from its own funds into the related Security  Account the
amounts which would have been deposited therein but for such clause.

    In  general, the  standard  form of  fire  and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the improvements  securing a Loan
by fire,  lightning, explosion, smoke,  windstorm and hail, riot,  strike and
civil commotion, subject to the  conditions and exclusions particularized  in
each policy.   Although  the policies  relating to  the Loans  may have  been
underwritten by different insurers  under different state laws in  accordance
with different applicable forms and therefore may not contain identical terms
and  conditions, the  basic terms  thereof are  dictated by  respective state
laws, and  most such  policies typically  do  not cover  any physical  damage
resulting  from the following:  war, revolution, governmental actions, floods
and  other  water-related  causes,  earth  movement  (including  earthquakes,
landslides  and  mud flows),  nuclear  reactions,  wet  or dry  rot,  vermin,
rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism.
The foregoing list  is merely indicative of certain  kinds of uninsured risks
and is  not intended to be all inclusive.  If the Property securing a Loan is
located  in  a  federally designated  special  flood  area  at  the  time  of
origination, the  Master Servicer  will require the  mortgagor or  obligor to
obtain and maintain flood insurance.

    The hazard  insurance  policies covering  properties  securing the  Loans
typically contain a clause which in  effect requires the insured at all  time
to carry insurance of a specified percentage of the full replacement value of
the insured property in order to recover the full amount of any partial loss.
If the  insured's coverage  falls below this  specified percentage,  then the
insurer's liability  in the event of partial loss  will not exceed the larger
of (i) the  actual cash value (generally  defined as replacement cost  at the
time  and place  of loss,  less  physical depreciation)  of the  improvements
damaged  or destroyed or (ii)  such proportion of  the loss as  the amount of
insurance carried bears  to the specified percentage of  the full replacement
cost of such improvements.  Since  the amount of hazard insurance the  Master
Servicer  may cause to be  maintained on the  improvements securing the Loans
declines as the principal balances owing thereon decrease, and since improved
real estate  generally has appreciated  in value over  time in the  past, the
effect of  this requirement in the  event of partial loss may  be that hazard
insurance  proceeds  will  be  insufficient  to  restore  fully  the  damaged
property.   If  specified in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement, a  special
hazard  insurance policy  will be obtained  to insure against  certain of the
uninsured  risks described  above.   See  "Credit Enhancement-Special  Hazard
Insurance Policies".

    If  the Property securing  a defaulted  Loan is damaged  and proceeds, if
any, from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the
damaged Property, the Master Servicer is not required to expend its own funds
to  restore  the  damaged  Property   unless  it  determines  (i)  that  such
restoration will increase the  proceeds to Securityholders on liquidation  of
the Loan after reimbursement of the Master Servicer for its expenses and (ii)
that such expenses will be recoverable by it from related Insurance  Proceeds
or Liquidation Proceeds.

    If recovery  on a defaulted  Loan under any  related Insurance Policy  is
not available for the reasons set forth in the preceding paragraph, or if the
defaulted Loan is  not covered by  an Insurance Policy,  the Master  Servicer
will be obligated to follow or cause to be followed such normal practices and
procedures as it deems necessary or  advisable to realize upon the  defaulted
Loan.   If  the proceeds  of  any liquidation  of the  Property  securing the
defaulted Loan are less than the principal balance of such Loan plus interest
accrued  thereon that  is payable  to  Securityholders, the  Trust Fund  will
realize a  loss  in the  amount  of such  difference  plus the  aggregate  of
expenses incurred by the Master  Servicer in connection with such proceedings
and which are reimbursable under the  Agreement.  In the unlikely event  that
any such proceedings result in a total recovery which is, after reimbursement
to the Master Servicer of its expenses, in excess of the principal balance of
such Loan plus  interest accrued thereon that is  payable to Securityholders,
the Master Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from  the Security
Account amounts representing  its normal servicing compensation  with respect
to  such Loan  and,  unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, amounts representing the balance of such excess, exclusive of any
amount required by law to be forwarded to the related borrower, as additional
servicing compensation.

    Unless otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus  Supplement, if the
Master Servicer or its designee recovers Insurance Proceeds which, when added
to any related  Liquidation Proceeds and after deduction  of certain expenses
reimbursable to  the Master  Servicer, exceed the  principal balance  of such
Loan plus  interest accrued thereon  that is payable to  Securityholders, the
Master  Servicer will  be entitled  to withdraw  or retain from  the Security
Account amounts representing  its normal servicing compensation  with respect
to such Loan.   In the event  that the Master  Servicer has expended its  own
funds to restore the damaged Property and such funds have not been reimbursed
under the related hazard  insurance policy, it  will be entitled to  withdraw
from the  Security Account out  of related Liquidation Proceeds  or Insurance
Proceeds in an amount equal  to such expenses incurred by it,  in which event
the  Trust Fund  may realize  a loss  up  to the  amount so  charged.   Since
Insurance  Proceeds  cannot  exceed deficiency  claims  and  certain expenses
incurred by the Master Servicer, no such payment or recovery will result in a
recovery to  the  Trust  Fund which  exceeds  the principal  balance  of  the
defaulted  Loan  together  with  accrued   interest  thereon.    See  "Credit
Enhancement".

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS

    Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies.   The Master Servicer will  maintain
or cause each Sub-Servicer to maintain, as the case may be, in full force and
effect,  to the  extent specified  in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  a
Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policy  with regard to  each Loan  for which such
coverage is required.  The Master Servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew
any such  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy  in effect  at the  time of  the
initial issuance of  a Series of Securities  that is required  to be kept  in
force under the applicable Agreement  unless the replacement Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy for  such cancelled or nonrenewed policy  is maintained with
an insurer whose claims-paying ability  is sufficient to maintain the current
rating of the classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.

    Although  the terms  and conditions  of primary  mortgage insurance vary,
the amount of  a claim for benefits under a Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy
covering  a  Loan  will  consist of  the  insured  percentage  of  the unpaid
principal amount of the covered Loan and accrued and unpaid  interest thereon
and reimbursement of certain  expenses, less (i) all rents  or other payments
collected or  received by  the insured  (other than  the  proceeds of  hazard
insurance) that are derived from or in any way related to the Property,  (ii)
hazard insurance proceeds  in excess of  the amount  required to restore  the
Property  and which have not been  applied to the payment  of the Loan, (iii)
amounts expended  but  not approved  by  the issuer  of  the related  Primary
Mortgage  Insurance Policy  (the  "Primary  Insurer"),  (iv)  claim  payments
previously made by the Primary Insurer and (v) unpaid premiums.

    Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policies reimburse  certain losses  sustained
by reason  of defaults in payments by  borrowers.  Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policies will not insure against, and exclude from coverage, a loss sustained
by reason of a default arising  from or involving certain matters,  including
(i) fraud or  negligence in origination or servicing of  the Loans, including
misrepresentation by the  originator, borrower or  other persons involved  in
the origination of the Loans; (ii) failure to construct  the Property subject
to the Loan in accordance with specified plans; (iii) physical damage  to the
Property;  and (iv)  the related  Master Servicer  or Sub-servicer  not being
approved as a servicer by the Primary Insurer.

    Recoveries Under  a Primary  Mortgage  Insurance Policy.   As  conditions
precedent to  the filing of or  payment of a  claim under a  Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy covering a Loan, the insured will be required to (i) advance
or discharge (a)  all hazard insurance policy  premiums and (b)  as necessary
and approved  in advance  by the  Primary Insurer,  (1) real  estate property
taxes, (2) all expenses required to maintain the related Property in at least
as good a condition as existed at the effective date of such Primary Mortgage
Insurance  Policy,  ordinary  wear  and tear  excepted,  (3)  Property  sales
expenses,  (4) any  outstanding liens  (as defined  in such  Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy) on the Property  and (5) foreclosure costs, including court
costs and reasonable  attorneys' fees; (ii) in the event of any physical loss
or damage to the Property,  to have the Property restored and repaired  to at
least as good  a condition as existed  at the effective date  of such Primary
Mortgage Insurance Policy, ordinary wear  and tear excepted; and (iii) tender
to the  Primary Insurer good and merchantable title  to and possession of the
Property.

    In those cases  in which a Loan  is serviced by a Sub-Servicer,  the Sub-
Servicer, on behalf of itself,  the Trustee and Securityholders, will present
claims  to  the  Primary  Insurer,  and all  collection  thereunder  will  be
deposited  in the  Sub-Servicing Account.   In  all other  cases,  the Master
Servicer,  on behalf  of itself,  the Trustee  and the  Securityholders, will
present claims to  the insurer under each Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policy,
and will take such reasonable steps as are necessary to receive payment or to
permit recovery  thereunder with respect  to defaulted Loans.   As set  forth
above, all  collections by  or on  behalf of  the Master  Servicer under  any
Primary  Mortgage  Insurance Policy  and,  when  the  Property has  not  been
restored, the hazard  insurance policy, are to  be deposited in the  Security
Account, subject to withdrawal as heretofore described.

    If  the Property securing  a defaulted Loan  is damaged  and proceeds, if
any, from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the
damaged  Property to  a condition  sufficient  to permit  recovery under  the
related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy, if any, the Master Servicer is not
required to expend  its own funds to  restore the damaged Property  unless it
determines  (i)  that   such  restoration  will  increase  the   proceeds  to
Securityholders on liquidation of the  Loan after reimbursement of the Master
Servicer for its  expenses and (ii) that such expenses will be recoverable by
it from related Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

    If  recovery on  a  defaulted Loan  under  any related  Primary  Mortgage
Insurance Policy is not available for the reasons set forth in  the preceding
paragraph, or if  the defaulted  Loan is  not covered by  a Primary  Mortgage
Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will be obligated to follow or cause to
be  followed such normal  practices and procedures  as it  deems necessary or
advisable  to  realize upon  the  defaulted Loan.    If the  proceeds  of any
liquidation of  the Property securing  the defaulted Loan  are less than  the
principal balance of  such Loan plus interest accrued thereon that is payable
to Securityholders, the Trust Fund will realize a loss in the amount of  such
difference plus the aggregate of expenses incurred  by the Master Servicer in
connection  with  such  proceedings  and which  are  reimbursable  under  the
Agreement.  In the unlikely event that any such proceedings result in a total
recovery  which  is,  after  reimbursement  to the  Master  Servicer  of  its
expenses,  in excess  of the  principal balance  of such  Loan  plus interest
accrued thereon that is payable  to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will
be  entitled  to  withdraw  or  retain  from  the  Security  Account  amounts
representing its normal servicing compensation with respect to such Loan and,
except  as  otherwise   specified  in  the  Prospectus   Supplement,  amounts
representing the balance  of such excess, exclusive of any amount required by
law  to  be  forwarded  to  the related  borrower,  as  additional  servicing
compensation.

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Master Servicer's primary servicing compensation  with respect to a Series of
Securities will come  from the monthly  payment to it,  out of each  interest
payment  on a Loan, of an amount  equal to the percentage per annum specified
in the  related Prospectus  Supplement of  the outstanding  principal balance
thereof.  Since the Master Servicer's primary compensation is a percentage of
the outstanding principal balance of each Loan, such amounts will decrease as
the Loans amortize.  In addition to primary compensation, the Master Servicer
or the Sub-Servicers may  be entitled to retain all assumption  fees and late
payment charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, and, if so  provided
in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement, any  prepayment  penalties  and any
interest  or other income which  may be earned on  funds held in the Security
Account  or any  Sub-Servicing Account.   Unless  otherwise specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any Sub-Servicer will receive a portion of the
Master Servicer's primary compensation as its sub-servicing compensation.

    In addition to  amounts payable to any Sub-Servicer, the  Master Servicer
will, unless otherwise  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  pay
from its servicing compensation certain  expenses incurred in connection with
its servicing  of the  Loans, including, without  limitation, payment  of any
premium for any insurance  policy, guaranty, surety  or other form of  credit
enhancement as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, payment of the
fees and disbursements of the Trustee and independent accountants, payment of
expenses  incurred   in  connection   with  distributions   and  reports   to
Securityholders, and payment  of any other expenses described  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

    Each Agreement will provide  that on or before  a specified date in  each
year, a  firm of independent  public accountants will furnish  a statement to
the Trustee to the  effect that, on the basis of the examination by such firm
conducted substantially in compliance  with the Uniform Single  Audit Program
for  Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program  for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC,
the  servicing by or on  behalf of the  Master Servicer of  mortgage loans or
private asset backed  securities, or under  pooling and servicing  agreements
substantially similar  to each  other (including  the related  Agreement) was
conducted in  compliance  with such  agreements  except for  any  significant
exceptions or  errors in records that, in the  opinion of the firm, the Audit
Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC, or the Uniform Single Audit Program
for Mortgage  Bankers, it is required to report.   In rendering its statement
such firm may rely,  as to matters relating to the  direct servicing of Loans
or   Private  Asset  Backed  Securities  by  Sub-Servicers,  upon  comparable
statements  for examinations conducted  substantially in compliance  with the
Uniform Single Audit Program  for Mortgage Bankers or  the Audit Program  for
Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered within  one year of such statement) of
firms  of independent  public accountants  with respect  to the  related Sub-
Servicer.

    Each Agreement  will also  provide for  delivery to  the  Trustee, on  or
before a specified date  in each year, of an  annual statement signed by  two
officers of the  Master Servicer to the  effect that the Master  Servicer has
fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.

    Copies  of  the  annual  accountants'  statement  and  the  statement  of
officers of the  Master Servicer  may be obtained  by Securityholders of  the
related Series without charge upon written  request to the Master Servicer at
the address set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR

    The Master  Servicer under each  Agreement will be  named in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.  The entity serving as Master Servicer may have normal
business relationships with the Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.

    Each Agreement will  provide that the Master Servicer may not resign from
its obligations  and duties under  the Agreement except upon  a determination
that its  duties thereunder are  no longer permissible under  applicable law.
The Master Servicer may, however, be removed from  its obligations and duties
as  set forth  in the Agreement.  No such  resignation will  become effective
until the Trustee or  a successor servicer has assumed  the Master Servicer's
obligations and duties under the Agreement.

    Each Agreement  will further provide  that neither  the Master  Servicer,
the Depositor  nor any director,  officer, employee, or  agent of  the Master
Servicer or the  Depositor will be under  any liability to the  related Trust
Fund  or Securityholders  for any  action taken  or  for refraining  from the
taking of  any action in good faith pursuant  to the Agreement, or for errors
in  judgment; provided,  however,  that  neither  the  Master  Servicer,  the
Depositor nor any such person  will be protected against any liability  which
would  otherwise  be  imposed  by  reason  of  wilful  misfeasance  or  gross
negligence  in the performance of duties thereunder or by reasons of reckless
disregard of obligations  and duties thereunder.   To the extent  provided in
the related Agreement,  the Master Servicer, the Depositor  and any director,
officer, employee  or agent of  the Master Servicer  or the Depositor  may be
entitled  to indemnification  by  the related  Trust  Fund  and may  be  held
harmless against any  loss, liability or expense incurred  in connection with
any legal action  relating to the Agreement or the Securities, other than any
loss, liability or expense related to any specific Loan or Loans  (except any
such  loss,  liability  or expense  otherwise  reimbursable  pursuant to  the
Agreement) and any loss, liability  or expense incurred by reason of  willful
misfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of duties thereunder or by
reason  of reckless  disregard  of  obligations and  duties  thereunder.   In
addition, each  Agreement will provide  that neither the Master  Servicer nor
the Depositor will be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute  or defend
any legal action  which is not incidental to  its respective responsibilities
under the Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or
liability.    The  Master Servicer  or  the Depositor  may,  however,  in its
discretion undertake any such action which it may deem necessary or desirable
with respect  to  the Agreement  and the  rights and  duties  of the  parties
thereto and the interests of the  Securityholders thereunder.  In such event,
the legal  expenses  and costs  of such  action and  any liability  resulting
therefrom will be expenses, costs and  liabilities of the Trust Fund and  the
Master Servicer  or the Depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled to be
reimbursed therefor out of funds otherwise distributable to Securityholders.

    Except  as otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, any
person into which the  Master Servicer may be merged or  consolidated, or any
person  resulting  from any  merger  or  consolidation  to which  the  Master
Servicer  is a party, or any person  succeeding to the business of the Master
Servicer, will be the successor of the Master Servicer under each Agreement.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

    Pooling  and   Servicing  Agreement;  Servicing  Agreement.    Except  as
otherwise specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, Events of  Default
under each Agreement will  consist of (i) any failure by  the Master Servicer
to distribute or  cause to be distributed to Securityholders of any class any
required payment (other than an  Advance) which continues unremedied for five
business days  after the  giving of  written notice  of such  failure to  the
Master Servicer by the Trustee or  the Depositor, or to the Master  Servicer,
the Depositor  and the  Trustee by the  holders of  Securities of  such class
evidencing not less than 25%  of the aggregate Percentage Interests evidenced
by such class; (ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to make  an Advance as
required under  the Agreement, unless  cured as specified therein;  (iii) any
failure by the  Master Servicer duly  to observe or  perform in any  material
respect any  of its  other covenants  or agreements  in  the Agreement  which
continues unremedied  for thirty days after  the giving of written  notice of
such failure to the  Master Servicer by the  Trustee or the Depositor,  or to
the Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  and the  Trustee  by  the  holders  of
Securities  of  any  class evidencing  not  less than  25%  of  the aggregate
Percentage  Interests constituting  such class;  and (iv)  certain  events of
insolvency, readjustment  of debt, marshalling  of assets and  liabilities or
similar proceeding and certain actions by or on behalf of the Master Servicer
indicating  its   insolvency,  reorganization   or  inability   to  pay   its
obligations.

    If  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the Agreement will
permit the  Trustee to sell the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets of the
Trust Fund in the event that payments in respect thereto are  insufficient to
make payments required in the Agreement.   The assets of the Trust Fund  will
be sold  only under  the circumstances  and in  the manner  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement.

    So long  as an Event  of Default under  an Agreement remains  unremedied,
the  Depositor  or  the Trustee  may,  and  at the  direction  of  holders of
Securities  of  any class  evidencing  not less  than  51%  of the  aggregate
Percentage  Interests   constituting  such   class  and   under  such   other
circumstances  as may  be specified  in  such Agreement,  the Trustee  shall,
terminate all of its rights and obligations  of the Master Servicer under the
Agreement  relating to such Trust  Fund and in and to  the Trust Fund Assets,
whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities  of  the  Master  Servicer  under  the  Agreement,  including, if
specified  in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the  obligation  to make
advances, and will be  entitled to similar compensation arrangements.  In the
event that the Trustee  is unwilling or unable so to act,  it may appoint, or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a mortgage
loan servicing institution with a net worth of a least  $10,000,000 to act as
successor  to  the  Master  Servicer  under  the  Agreement.    Pending  such
appointment, the Trustee is obligated to  act in such capacity.  The  Trustee
and any such successor may agree upon the servicing compensation to  be paid,
which in no event  may be greater than the compensation payable to the Master
Servicer under the Agreement.

    No  Securityholder,  solely  by  virtue of  such  holder's  status  as  a
Securityholder,  will have  any right  under any  Agreement to  institute any
proceeding with respect to such  Agreement, unless such holder previously has
given to the  Trustee written  notice of  default and unless  the holders  of
Securities of any class  of such Series evidencing not  less than 25% of  the
aggregate  Percentage Interests  constituting such  class  have made  written
request upon the  Trustee to  institute such  proceeding in its  own name  as
Trustee thereunder and have offered  to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and
the  Trustee for  60 days  has  neglected or  refused to  institute  any such
proceeding.

    Indenture.   Except  as  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, Events of Default  under the Indenture for  each Series of  Notes
include:   (i)  a default for  five (5)  days or more  in the  payment of any
principal of or interest on any Note  of such Series; (ii) failure to perform
any other covenant of the Depositor or the Trust Fund in  the Indenture which
continues for a period of thirty  (30) days after notice thereof is given  in
accordance   with  the  procedures   described  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement; (iii) any representation or warranty made by the Depositor or the
Trust Fund in  the Indenture or in any certificate or other writing delivered
pursuant thereto or in connection therewith with respect to or affecting such
Series having been incorrect in  a material respect as of the time  made, and
such  breach is  not cured within  thirty (30)  days after notice  thereof is
given in accordance  with the procedures described in  the related Prospectus
Supplement;  (iv) certain events  of bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or
liquidation  of the Depositor  or the Trust  Fund; or (v) any  other Event of
Default provided with respect to Notes of that Series.

    If an  Event of Default  with respect to the  Notes of any Series  at the
time outstanding occurs and is continuing,  either the Trustee or the holders
of a majority of the  then aggregate outstanding amount of the  Notes of such
Series may declare the principal amount (or, if the Notes of that Series have
a Pass-Through Rate  of 0%, such portion  of the principal  amount as may  be
specified in the terms of that Series,  as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement)  of  all  the  Notes  of  such  Series  to  be  due  and  payable
immediately.  Such declaration may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded
and annulled  by the holders of more than 50%  of the Percentage Interests of
the Notes of such Series.

    If, following an Event  of Default with respect  to any Series of  Notes,
the  Notes of  such Series  have been  declared to  be due  and payable,  the
Trustee may, in  its discretion, notwithstanding such acceleration,  elect to
maintain  possession of the collateral securing  the Notes of such Series and
to continue to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no
declaration  of  acceleration   if  such  collateral  continues   to  provide
sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes of
such Series  as they  would have  become due  if there  had not  been such  a
declaration.   In addition,  the Trustee may not  sell or otherwise liquidate
the collateral securing the Notes of a  Series following an Event of Default,
unless (a) the  holders of 100% of the  Percentage Interests of the  Notes of
such  Series  consent  to  such  sale,  (b)  the  proceeds  of  such  sale or
liquidation  are sufficient  to  pay in  full the  principal  of and  accrued
interest, due and unpaid, on the outstanding Notes of such Series at the date
of such sale or (c) the Trustee  determines that such collateral would not be
sufficient on an  ongoing basis to  make all payments  on such Notes as  such
payments would have  become due if such  Notes had not been declared  due and
payable, and the Trustee obtains the consent of  the holders of 662/3% of the
Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.

    Except  as otherwise specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement, in
the event the principal of the Notes of a Series is declared due and payable,
as described above, the  holders of any such Notes issued  at a discount from
par may  be entitled to receive  no more than  an amount equal to  the unpaid
principal  amount  thereof  less  the   amount  of  such  discount  which  is
unamortized.

    Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to  the duties of the
Trustee, in  case an  Event of  Default shall  occur and  be continuing  with
respect  to a Series of  Notes, the Trustee  shall be under  no obligation to
exercise any of the  rights or powers under  the Indenture at the  request or
direction of any of the holders of Notes of such Series, unless such  holders
offered to the Trustee  security or indemnity satisfactory to  it against the
costs, expenses and  liabilities which might be  incurred by it  in complying
with  such   request  or   direction.    Subject   to  such   provisions  for
indemnification  and  certain  limitations contained  in  the  Indenture, the
holders of a majority  of the then aggregate outstanding amount  of the Notes
of such Series shall have  the right to direct the time, method  and place of
conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy available  to  the  Trustee  or
exercising any trust  or power conferred on  the Trustee with respect  to the
Notes of such  Series, and the  holders of a  majority of the  then aggregate
outstanding amount  of the Notes of such Series  may, in certain cases, waive
any  default with  respect  thereto,  except  a default  in  the  payment  of
principal or interest or a default  in respect of a covenant or provision  of
the Indenture that  cannot be modified without  the waiver or consent  of all
the holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.

AMENDMENT

    Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each
Agreement  may  be amended  by the  Depositor,  the Master  Servicer  and the
Trustee, without the consent  of any of the Securityholders, (i)  to cure any
ambiguity; (ii) to correct or  supplement any provision therein which may  be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; or (iii)  to make
any  other revisions with respect  to matters or  questions arising under the
Agreement which  are not inconsistent  with the provisions  thereof, provided
that  such action  will  not adversely  affect in  any  material respect  the
interests of any Securityholder.  In addition,  to the extent provided in the
related Agreement, an  Agreement may be amended without the consent of any of
the Securityholders, to change  the manner in  which the Security Account  is
maintained, provided  that any such change does not adversely affect the then
current rating on the class or classes of Securities of such Series that have
been rated.  In addition, if a REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust
Fund, the related Agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any
of  its  provisions  to such  extent  as  may be  necessary  to  maintain the
qualification of the related Trust Fund as a REMIC, provided that the Trustee
has  received  an  opinion of  counsel  to  the effect  that  such  action is
necessary or  helpful to  maintain such qualification.   Except  as otherwise
specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, each Agreement may  also be
amended by the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee with consent of
holders  of Securities  of such Series  evidencing not  less than 66%  of the
aggregate Percentage Interests of each class affected thereby for the purpose
of  adding any provisions to  or changing in an  manner or eliminating any of
the provisions of the Agreement or of  modifying in any manner the rights  of
the  holders of  the  related  Securities; provided,  however,  that no  such
amendment may (i) reduce in any manner  the amount of or delay the timing of,
payments  received on  Loans  which are  required  to be  distributed  on any
Security without  the consent of the holder of  such Security, or (ii) reduce
the aforesaid  percentage of  Securities of  any class  of holders  which are
required to consent  to any such amendment without the consent of the holders
of  all Securities of such class  covered by such Agreement then outstanding.
If a  REMIC election is made with  respect to a Trust Fund,  the Trustee will
not be entitled to consent to  an amendment to the related Agreement  without
having first received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such amendment
will not cause such Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC.

TERMINATIONS; OPTIONAL TERMINATION

    Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement;  Trust  Agreement.   Unless  otherwise
specified in the  related Agreement, the obligations created  by each Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement and  Trust Agreement for  each Series  of Securities
will terminate upon the payment to the related Securityholders of all amounts
held in the  Security Account or  by the Master  Servicer and required  to be
paid to them pursuant to such Agreement  following the later of (i) the final
payment of or other liquidation of the last of the Trust  Fund Assets subject
thereto or the  disposition of all property acquired upon  foreclosure of any
such Trust Fund Assets remaining  in the Trust Fund and (ii)  the purchase by
the Master Servicer  or, if REMIC treatment has been elected and if specified
in  the related Prospectus Supplement, by the holder of the residual interest
in the REMIC (see "Certain  Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" below),
from the related Trust Fund of all of the remaining Trust Fund Assets and all
property acquired in respect of such Trust Fund Assets.

    Unless otherwise  specified  by the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  any
such purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property acquired in respect  of Trust
Fund Assets evidenced by a Series of Securities will be made at the option of
the Master  Servicer or,  if applicable,  such holder  of the  REMIC residual
interest, at a price, and in accordance with the procedures, specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The exercise of such right will  effect early
retirement  of the  Securities of that  Series, but  the right of  the Master
Servicer or, if applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual interest, to so
purchase is subject to the principal balance of the related Trust Fund Assets
being less than the percentage specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
of the aggregate  principal balance of the  Trust Fund Assets at  the Cut-off
Date for  the Series.   The foregoing is subject  to the provision  that if a
REMIC election is  made with respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant
to  clause (ii)  above will  be  made only  in connection  with  a "qualified
liquidation" of  the REMIC within  the meaning  of Section 860F(g)(4)  of the
Code.

    Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged with respect  to a Series of
Notes  (except with  respect to  certain continuing  rights specified  in the
Indenture) upon the delivery to the Trustee for cancellation of all the Notes
of such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee of
funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.

    In addition  to such  discharge with certain  limitations, the  Indenture
will provide that, if so  specified with respect to the Notes of  any Series,
the  related Trust Fund  will be discharged  from any and  all obligations in
respect of the Notes of such Series (except  for certain obligations relating
to  temporary Notes  and exchange of  Notes, to  register the transfer  of or
exchange Notes of such Series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated  Notes of
such Series, to  maintain paying agencies and  to hold monies for  payment in
trust) upon the  deposit with the Trustee,  in trust, of money  and/or direct
obligations  of or  obligations guaranteed  by the  United States  of America
which through  the payment of  interest and principal  in respect  thereof in
accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay
the principal of and each installment of interest on the Notes of such Series
on the last scheduled Distribution Date for such Notes and any installment of
interest on such Notes in accordance with the terms of  the Indenture and the
Notes of such Series.  In  the event of any such defeasance and  discharge of
Notes of such Series,  holders of Notes of such Series would  be able to look
only to  such money and/or  direct obligations for  payment of principal  and
interest, if any, on their Notes until maturity.

THE TRUSTEE

    The  Trustee  under  each  Agreement will  be  named  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement.   The commercial  bank  or trust  company serving  as
Trustee may have normal banking  relationships with the Depositor, the Master
Servicer and any of their respective affiliates.

                      CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS

    The  following  discussion  contains  summaries,  which  are  general  in
nature, of  certain legal matters relating to the  Loans.  Because such legal
aspects are governed primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ
substantially), the  summaries do not  purport to be complete  nor to reflect
the laws of any  particular state, nor to encompass the laws of all states in
which the security for the Loans is situated.  The summaries are qualified in
their  entirety  by  reference  to   the  applicable  federal  laws  and  the
appropriate laws of the states in which Loans may be originated.

GENERAL


    The  Loans for  a Series  may be  secured by  deeds of  trust, mortgages,
security  deeds  or deeds  to  secure  debt,  depending upon  the  prevailing
practice in the state in which the  property subject to the loan is  located.
A mortgage creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by  the mortgage,
which lien  is generally  not prior  to the  lien for  real estate  taxes and
assessments.  Priority between mortgages depends on their terms and generally
on the  order of  recording with a  state or  county office.   There are  two
parties to a mortgage, the  mortgagor, who is the  borrower and owner of  the
mortgaged property, and the mortgagee, who is the lender.  Under the mortgage
instrument, the mortgagor  delivers to the mortgagee  a note or bond  and the
mortgage.  Although a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust
formally has  three parties, the  borrower-property owner called  the trustor
(similar  to a  mortgagor), a  lender  (similar to  a  mortgagee) called  the
beneficiary, and a third-party  grantee called the trustee.  Under  a deed of
trust, the borrower grants the property, irrevocably  until the debt is paid,
in trust, generally with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of
the obligation.  A security deed and a deed to  secure debt are special types
of deeds  which indicate  on their face  that they are  granted to  secure an
underlying debt.   By executing a security deed  or deed to secure  debt, the
grantor conveys title  to, as  opposed to  merely creating a  lien upon,  the
subject property  to the grantee  until such time  as the underlying  debt is
repaid.   The trustee's  authority  under a  deed of  trust, the  mortgagee's
authority  under a mortgage and the grantee's authority under a security deed
or deed to secure debt are governed by law and, with respect to some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.

FORECLOSURE/REPOSSESSION

    Foreclosure  of  a deed  of  trust is  generally  accomplished by  a non-
judicial  sale  under  a specific  provision  in  the  deed  of  trust  which
authorizes  the trustee  to  sell the  property at  public  auction upon  any
default by the  borrower under the  terms of the note  or deed of trust.   In
addition to  any notice requirements  contained in a  deed of trust,  in some
states, the trustee must  record a notice of  default and send a copy  to the
borrower-trustor,  to any person who has recorded a request for a copy of any
notice of  default and notice  of sale, to any  successor in interest  to the
borrower-trustor,  to  the beneficiary  of any  junior deed  of trust  and to
certain other persons.  In general, the  borrower, or any other person having
a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may, during a statutorily prescribed
reinstatement period,  cure a monetary default by paying the entire amount in
arrears plus  other designated costs  and expenses incurred in  enforcing the
obligation.  Generally, state law controls the amount of foreclosure expenses
and  costs, including attorney's  fees, which may  be recovered  by a lender.
After the  reinstatement period has  expired without the default  having been
cured, the borrower or junior lienholder no longer has the right to reinstate
the  loan and must pay the loan  in full to prevent the scheduled foreclosure
sale.   If  the deed of  trust is  not reinstated, a  notice of  sale must be
posted in a public place and, in most states, published for a specific period
of time in one or more newspapers.  In addition, some state laws require that
a  copy of  the notice of  sale be  posted on  the property  and sent  to all
parties having an interest in the real property.

    Foreclosure of a mortgage  is generally accomplished by judicial  action.
The action is  initiated by the service  of legal pleadings upon  all parties
having an  interest  in the  real  property.   Delays  in completion  of  the
foreclosure may occasionally  result from difficulties in  locating necessary
parties.  Judicial  foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by any of
the parties.   When the  mortgagee's right  to foreclosure is  contested, the
legal  proceedings necessary  to resolve  the  issue can  be time  consuming.
After  the  completion  of  a  judicial  foreclosure  proceeding,  the  court
generally issues a judgment  of foreclosure and  appoints a referee or  other
court officer to conduct the sale of the property.  In some states, mortgages
may also be foreclosed by advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided
in the mortgage.

    Although foreclosure  sales  are typically  public  sales, frequently  no
third party purchaser  bids in  excess of  the lender's lien  because of  the
difficulty of  determining the  exact status  of title  to the  property, the
possible deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and
a requirement that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check.   Thus the  foreclosing lender often  purchases the property  from the
trustee or  referee for an amount  equal to the  principal amount outstanding
under  the loan, accrued and unpaid interest  and the expenses of foreclosure
in which event  the mortgagor's debt will  be extinguished or the  lender may
purchase for  a  lesser amount  in  order to  preserve  its right  against  a
borrower to  seek a  deficiency  judgment in  states where  such judgment  is
available.  Thereafter, subject to the  right of the borrower in some  states
to remain in  possession during the redemption period, the lender will assume
the burden of ownership, including obtaining hazard insurance and making such
repairs at its own expense as  are necessary to render the property  suitable
for sale.   The lender  will commonly  obtain the services  of a real  estate
broker and pay  the broker's commission  in connection with  the sale of  the
property.   Depending upon  market conditions, the  ultimate proceeds  of the
sale of  the property may not equal the  lender's investment in the property.
Any loss may  be reduced by  the receipt of  any mortgage guaranty  insurance
proceeds.

    Courts have  imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure, which
are generally designed  to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of
the borrower's  defaults under  the loan  documents.   Some courts  have been
faced with  the issue of  whether federal or state  constitutional provisions
reflecting due process concerns for  fair notice require that borrowers under
deeds of trust receive notice longer than that prescribed by statute. For the
most part,  these cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable
or  have found  that the sale  by a  trustee under a  deed of  trust does not
involve  sufficient state action  to afford constitutional  protection to the
borrower.

    When the beneficiary  under a junior mortgage or deed  of trust cures the
default and reinstates  or redeems by  paying the full  amount of the  senior
mortgage or deed of trust, the  amount paid by the beneficiary so to  cure or
redeem becomes  a part of the indebtedness secured  by the junior mortgage or
deed of trust.  See "Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees".

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

    Federal, state  and local  laws and  regulations impose  a wide range  of
requirements  on  activities that  may  affect  the environment,  health  and
safety.    These  include  laws  and   regulations  governing  air  pollutant
emissions, hazardous  and toxic substances,  impacts to wetlands,  leaks from
underground storage tanks, and the  management, removal and disposal of lead-
and asbestos-containing materials.   In certain circumstances, these laws and
regulations  impose obligations  on the  owners or  operators of  residential
properties such as  those subject to the  Loans.  The failure  to comply with
such laws and regulations may result in fines and penalties.

    Moreover, under  various federal, state  and local laws  and regulations,
an owner or operator of real estate may be liable for the costs of addressing
hazardous substances on, in or beneath such property and related costs.  Such
liability may be imposed without regard to whether the owner or operator knew
of, or was responsible for, the presence of such substances, and could exceed
the value of the property and the  aggregate assets of the owner or operator.
In addition,  persons who  transport or dispose  of hazardous  substances, or
arrange   for  the  transportation,   disposal  or  treatment   of  hazardous
substances,  at off-site  locations  may also  be  held liable  if there  are
releases  or threatened  releases of  hazardous substances  at such  off-site
locations.

    In  addition,  under the  laws  of  some  states and  under  the  federal
Comprehensive  Environmental   Response,  Compensation   and  Liability   Act
("CERCLA"), contamination of property may give rise to a lien on the property
to assure  the payment of the costs  of clean-up.  In several  states, such a
lien  has  priority  over  the  lien of  an  existing  mortgage  against such
property.    Under  CERCLA,  such  a lien  is  subordinate  to  pre-existing,
perfected security interests.

    Under  the laws of some states, and  under CERCLA, there is a possibility
that a  lender may  be held liable  as an  "owner or  operator" for costs  of
addressing  releases  or threatened  releases  of hazardous  substances  at a
property, regardless of whether or not the environmental damage or threat was
caused by a current or prior owner  or operator.  CERCLA and some state  laws
provide an exemption from the definition of "owner or operator" for a secured
creditor who, without "participating in  the management" of a facility, holds
indicia  of ownership  primarily  to  protect its  security  interest in  the
facility.  The Solid Waste  Disposal Act ("SWDA") provides similar protection
to secured creditors  in connection with liability for  releases of petroleum
from certain underground  storage tanks.  However, if  a lender "participates
in the management" of the facility in  question or is found not to have  held
its interest primarily to protect a security interest, the lender may forfeit
its secured creditor exemption status.

    A regulation  promulgated  by the  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency
("EPA") in April  1992 attempted to  clarify the activities in  which lenders
could  engage both  prior  to and  subsequent  to foreclosure  of  a security
interest without forfeiting the secured creditor exemption under CERCLA.  The
rule was struck down in  1994 by the United States  Court of Appeals for  the
District  of  Columbia  Circuit  in  Kelley  ex  rel  State  of  Michigan  v.
Environmental Protection Agency, 15 F.3d  1100 (D.C Cir. 1994), reh'g denied,
25  F.3d 1088, cert. denied  sub nom. Am. Bankers  Ass'n v. Kelley, 115 S.Ct.
900  (1995).   Another  EPA  regulation  promulgated  in 1995  clarifies  the
activities  in  which  lenders  may engage  without  forfeiting  the  secured
creditor exemption under the underground storage tank provisions of the SWDA.
That regulation has not been struck down.

    On September  30, 1996,  Congress amended  both  CERCLA and  the SWDA  to
provide additional clarification regarding the scope  of the lender liability
exemptions under the  two statutes.  Among other things,  the 1996 amendments
specify  the  circumstances under  which a  lender will  be protected  by the
CERCLA and SWDA exemptions, both while the borrower is still in possession of
the secured property and following foreclosure on the secured property.

    Generally,  the amendments  state  that a  lender  who holds  indicia  of
ownership primarily  to protect  a security  interest in  a facility  will be
considered to participate in management only if, while  the borrower is still
in possession of the facility encumbered by the security interest, the lender
(i) exercises  decision-making control over  environmental compliance related
to  the facility  such  that  the lender  has  undertaken responsibility  for
hazardous substance handling or disposal practices related to the facility or
(ii)  exercises control at  a level  comparable to that  of a  manager of the
facility such  that the lender  has assumed or manifested  responsibility for
(x) overall  management of  the facility  encompassing daily-decision  making
with respect to environmental compliance  or (y) overall or substantially all
of   the  operational   functions  (as   distinguished   from  financial   or
administrative  functions)  of  the  facility  other  than  the  function  of
environmental compliance.   The  amendments also  specify certain  activities
that  are  not considered  to  be  "participation  in management",  including
monitoring  or enforcing  the terms  of the extension  of credit  or security
interest, inspecting the facility, and requiring a lawful means of addressing
the release or threatened release of a hazardous substance.

    The 1996  amendments also specify  that a lender who  did not participate
in management of  a facility prior to  foreclosure will not be  considered an
"owner or operator", even if the lender  forecloses on the facility and after
foreclosure  sells or liquidates the facility, maintains business activities,
winds up operations, undertakes an  appropriate response action, or takes any
other measure to preserve, protect, or prepare  the facility prior to sale or
disposition, if the  lender seeks to sell or otherwise divest the facility at
the  earliest  practicable,  commercially  reasonable  time, on  commercially
reasonable  terms,  taking into  account  market  conditions  and  legal  and
regulatory requirements.

    The  CERCLA and SWDA lender liability amendments specifically address the
potential  liability of  lenders who  hold mortgages or  similar conventional
security  interests in  real  property,  such  as  the  Trust  Fund  does  in
connection with  the Home  Equity Loans and  the Home  Improvement Contracts.
The amendments do not clearly address  the potential liability of lenders who
retain legal  title  to a  property  and enter  into  an agreement  with  the
purchaser for the payment of the purchase price and interest over the term of
the contract, such  as the Trust Fund does in connection with the Installment
Contracts.  

    If  a lender  (including a  lender under  an Installment  Contract) is or
becomes liable under CERCLA, it may be authorized to bring a statutory action
for  contribution  against  any  other  "responsible  parties",  including  a
previous  owner or  operator.    However, such  persons  or entities  may  be
bankrupt   or  otherwise  judgment  proof,  and  the  costs  associated  with
environmental cleanup and related actions may be substantial.  Moreover, some
state  laws imposing  liability for  addressing hazardous  substances do  not
contain  exemptions  from  liability  for  lenders.   Whether  the  costs  of
addressing  a  release  or  threatened  release  at  a  property  pledged  as
collateral  for one of the Loans (or at  a property subject to an Installment
Contract), would be  imposed on the Trust  Fund, and thus occasion a  loss to
the  Securityholders,  therefore depends  on the  specific factual  and legal
circumstances at issue.

RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION

    In some states, after sale pursuant to a  deed of trust or foreclosure of
a mortgage, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors  are given a statutory
period in which to  redeem the property from  the foreclosure sale.  In  some
states,  redemption may  occur  only  upon payment  of  the entire  principal
balance of the loan, accrued interest and  expenses of foreclosure.  In other
states,  redemption may  be authorized  if the  former borrower  pays only  a
portion of the sums due.  The effect of a statutory right of redemption would
defeat  the title of any purchaser  from the lender subsequent to foreclosure
or sale under  a deed of  trust.  Consequently, the  practical effect of  the
redemption right is to  force the lender to retain  the property and pay  the
expenses of ownership until  the redemption period has run.   In some states,
there is  no right to redeem property after a  trustee's sale under a deed of
trust.

ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS

    Certain states  have adopted statutory prohibitions restricting the right
of  the beneficiary  or mortgagee  to  obtain a  deficiency judgment  against
borrowers financing the purchase of their residence or following sale under a
deed  of  trust or  certain  other  foreclosure  proceedings.   A  deficiency
judgment is a personal judgment against  the borrower equal in most cases  to
the difference between the amount due to the lender and the fair market value
of the real  property sold at the  foreclosure sale.  Other  statutes require
the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the security afforded under a deed of
trust or  mortgage by  foreclosure in  an attempt  to satisfy  the full  debt
before bringing  a personal action  against the borrower.   In certain  other
states, the lender has the option  of bringing a personal action against  the
borrower on the debt without first exhausting such security; however, in some
of these states, the lender, following judgment  on such personal action, may
be deemed  to have  elected a  remedy and  may be  precluded from  exercising
remedies with respect to the security.  Consequently, the practical effect of
the  election  requirement, when  applicable,  is that  lenders  will usually
proceed first  against the  security rather than  bringing a  personal action
against  the  borrower.    Finally,  other  statutory  provisions  limit  any
deficiency judgment against  the former borrower following a foreclosure sale
to  the excess  of the  outstanding debt over  the fair  market value  of the
property at  the time of the public  sale.  The purpose of  these statutes is
generally  to prevent  a beneficiary  or a  mortgagee from obtaining  a large
deficiency judgment against the former borrower as a result of low or no bids
at the foreclosure sale.

    In addition  to anti-deficiency and  related legislation,  numerous other
federal  and state  statutory provisions,  including  the federal  bankruptcy
laws, the federal Soldiers'  and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of  1940 and state
laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability of
the secured mortgage lender to realize upon  its security.  For example, in a
proceeding under  the federal Bankruptcy Code, a  lender may not foreclose on
the  Property  without   the  permission  of  the  bankruptcy   court.    The
rehabilitation plan proposed  by the debtor may  provide, if the  Property is
not the debtor's principal residence and  the court determines that the value
of the Property is less  than the principal balance of the mortgage loan, for
the reduction of the secured indebtedness to the value of  the Property as of
the date  of  the commencement  of  the bankruptcy,  rendering  the lender  a
general  unsecured creditor  for  the  difference, and  also  may reduce  the
monthly payments due under  such mortgage loan, change  the rate of  interest
and alter  the mortgage  loan repayment  schedule.   The effect  of any  such
proceedings under the  federal Bankruptcy Code, including but  not limited to
any automatic stay, could result in delays in receiving payments on the Loans
underlying a  Series of Securities  and possible reductions in  the aggregate
amount of such payments.

    The federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax  liens over the lien
of a  mortgage  or  secured  party.   Numerous  federal  and  state  consumer
protection  laws impose  substantive requirements  upon  mortgage lenders  in
connection  with the origination, servicing  and enforcement of loans secured
by Single Family Properties.  These laws include the federal Truth-in-Lending
Act,  Real Estate Settlement  Procedures Act,  Equal Credit  Opportunity Act,
Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair  Credit Reporting Act and related statutes  and
regulations.    These  federal  and  state  laws  impose  specific  statutory
liabilities upon  lenders who fail to comply with  the provisions of the law.
In some cases, this liability may affect assignees of the loans or contracts.

DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

    Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, each
conventional Loan will  contain a due-on-sale clause which  will provide that
if the mortgagor  or obligor  sells, transfers or  conveys the Property,  the
loan or contract may be accelerated by  the mortgagee or secured party.   The
Garn-St. Germain Depository  Institutions Act of 1982  (the "Garn-St. Germain
Act"),  subject   to  certain  exceptions,  preempts   state  constitutional,
statutory and  case law prohibiting  the enforcement of  due-on-sale clauses.
As a result, due-on-sale clauses  have become generally enforceable except in
those states  whose legislatures  exercised their  authority to regulate  the
enforceability of such  clauses  with respect to mortgage loans that were (i)
originated or assumed  during the "window period" under  the Garn-St. Germain
Act which  ended in  all  cases not  later than  October 15,  1982, and  (ii)
originated by lenders other than national banks, federal savings institutions
and  federal credit unions.   FHLMC has  taken the position  in its published
mortgage servicing  standards that, out of  a total of eleven  "window period
states," five states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have
enacted statutes  extending, on  various terms and  for varying  periods, the
prohibition on  enforcement of  due-on-sale clauses  with respect to  certain
categories of  window period  loans.   Also, the  Garn-St.  Germain Act  does
"encourage" lenders  to permit assumption  of loans  at the original  rate of
interest or at some other rate less than the average of the original rate and
the market rate.

    As to loans secured by an  owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St. Germain
Act sets forth  nine specific instances in  which a mortgagee covered  by the
Act may not  exercise its rights under a  due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding
the fact that a transfer of the property may have occurred.  The inability to
enforce a  due-on-sale clause may result in  transfer of the related Property
to an uncreditworthy  person, which could increase the  likelihood of default
or may result in a mortgage bearing an interest rate below the current market
rate being assumed by a new home buyer, which may  affect the average life of
the Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.

    In addition,  under federal bankruptcy  law, due-on-sale clauses  may not
be   enforceable   in   bankruptcy  proceedings   and   may,   under  certain
circumstances, be eliminated  in any  modified mortgage  resulting from  such
bankruptcy proceeding.

ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES

    Forms  of notes, mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may contain
provisions obligating the borrower  to pay a late charge if  payments are not
timely made, and  in some circumstances  may provide  for prepayment fees  or
penalties if the  obligation is paid prior  to maturity.  In  certain states,
there are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges which a lender
may  collect from  a borrower for  delinquent payments.   Certain states also
limit the amounts that a lender may collect from a borrower as  an additional
charge  if  the  loan is  prepaid.    Late charges  and  prepayment  fees are
typically retained by servicers as additional servicing compensation.

EQUITABLE LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES

    In  connection with  lenders' attempts  to realize  upon their  security,
courts have invoked general  equitable principles.  The  equitable principles
are generally designed to relieve the  borrower from the legal effect of  his
defaults under the  loan documents.  Examples of  judicial remedies that have
been  fashioned include  judicial  requirements  that  the  lender  undertake
affirmative and expensive  actions to determine the causes  of the borrower's
default and the  likelihood that the borrower  will be able to  reinstate the
loan.  In some cases, courts have substituted their judgment for the lender's
judgment and  have required  that lenders reinstate  loans or  recast payment
schedules in order to accommodate  borrowers who are suffering from temporary
financial disability.   In other cases,  courts have limited  the right of  a
lender  to realize  upon  his  security if  the  default  under the  security
agreement  is not  monetary, such  as  the borrower's  failure to  adequately
maintain  the property  or the  borrower's execution  of  secondary financing
affecting the property.   Finally, some courts have been faced with the issue
of whether or  not federal or state constitutional  provisions reflecting due
process concerns for  adequate notice require  that borrowers under  security
agreements  receive  notices  in   addition  to  the   statutorily-prescribed
minimums.   For the most part, these cases  have upheld the notice provisions
as being reasonable or have found that, in some cases involving the sale by a
trustee under  a deed of  trust or by a  mortgagee under a  mortgage having a
power of  sale, there is  insufficient state action to  afford constitutional
protections to the borrower.

    Most conventional single-family mortgage loans may  be prepaid in full or
in part without penalty.  The regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board
(the "FHLBB") prohibit  the imposition of a prepayment  penalty or equivalent
fee in connection with  the acceleration of a  loan by exercise of  a due-on-
sale clause.  A mortgagee to whom a prepayment in full has been tendered  may
be compelled  to  give either  a release  of the  mortgage  or an  instrument
assigning the  existing mortgage.  The absence  of a restraint on prepayment,
particularly with respect to Loans having higher mortgage rates, may increase
the likelihood of refinancing or other early retirements of the Loans.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

    Title V of the Depository Institutions  Deregulation and Monetary Control
Act of 1980,  enacted in  March 1980  ("Title V") provides  that state  usury
limitations shall  not apply to  certain types of residential  first mortgage
loans originated  by certain  lenders after March  31, 1980.   The  Office of
Thrift  Supervision, as successor  to the  Federal Home  Loan Bank  Board, is
authorized  to issue  rules and  regulations and  to publish  interpretations
governing  implementation of Title V.   The statute  authorized the states to
reimpose interest rate  limits by adopting,  before April 1,  1983, a law  or
constitutional  provision which  expressly  rejects  an  application  of  the
federal law.  Fifteen states  adopted such a law prior  to the April 1,  1993
deadline.   In addition, even where Title V  is not so rejected, any state is
authorized by the  law to adopt a provision limiting discount points or other
charges on  mortgage loans  covered by Title  V.   Certain states  have taken
action to reimpose interest  rate limits and/or to  limit discount points  or
other charges.

THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

    General.    The  Home  Improvement  Contracts,  other  than   those  Home
Improvement  Contracts that  are unsecured  or secured  by mortgages  on real
estate (such Home  Improvement Contracts are hereinafter referred  to in this
section as "contracts") generally are "chattel paper" or constitute "purchase
money security interests" each as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code (the
"UCC").   Pursuant to  the UCC,  the sale of  chattel paper  is treated  in a
manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper.   Under
the related Agreement, the Depositor will transfer physical possession of the
contracts to the Trustee or  a designated custodian or may retain  possession
of the contracts  as custodian for the  Trustee.  In addition,  the Depositor
will make  an  appropriate  filing of  a  UCC-1 financing  statement  in  the
appropriate  states  to  give  notice  of  the  Trustee's  ownership  of  the
contracts.  Unless otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the  contracts  will not  be  stamped or  otherwise marked  to  reflect their
assignment  from  the  Depositor  to  the Trustee.    Therefore,  if  through
negligence,  fraud or  otherwise, a  subsequent purchaser  were able  to take
physical possession of  the contracts without notice of  such assignment, the
Trustee's interest in the contracts could be defeated.

    Security Interests in Home Improvements.   The contracts that are secured
by the Home  Improvements financed thereby  grant to the  originator of  such
contracts a  purchase money  security interest in  such Home  Improvements to
secure  all  or part  of the  purchase  price of  such Home  Improvements and
related services.   A  financing statement  generally is  not required  to be
filed to perfect a purchase money security interest in consumer goods.   Such
purchase money  security interests  are assignable.   In general,  a purchase
money  security interest grants  to the holder  a security interest  that has
priority over  a conflicting security interest in the same collateral and the
proceeds of  such collateral.   However,  to the  extent that the  collateral
subject to a purchase money security interest becomes a fixture, in order for
the  related  purchase  money  security  interest to  take  priority  over  a
conflicting  interest in  the fixture,  the  holder's interest  in such  Home
Improvement must  generally be  perfected by  a  timely fixture  filing.   In
general,  a  security interest  does  not  exist under  the  UCC in  ordinary
building material incorporated into an improvement on land.  Home Improvement
Contracts  that finance  lumber,  bricks, other  types  of ordinary  building
material or  other goods that  are deemed to lose  such characterization upon
incorporation  of such  materials  into  the related  property,  will not  be
secured by a purchase money  security interest in the Home  Improvement being
financed.

    Enforcement  of Security Interest  in Home Improvements.   So long as the
Home Improvement has  not become subject to  the real estate law,  a creditor
can repossess a Home Improvement  securing a contract by voluntary surrender,
by "self-help" repossession  that is "peaceful" (i.e., without  breach of the
peace) or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess
without  breach of the peace, by judicial  process.  The holder of a contract
must give  the debtor a number  of days' notice,  which varies from 10  to 30
days depending on the state, prior to commencement of any repossession.   The
UCC  and  consumer protection  laws  in  most  states place  restrictions  on
repossession sales,  including  requiring  prior  notice to  the  debtor  and
commercial reasonableness  in effecting such a sale.   The law in most states
also requires that the debtor be given  notice of any sale prior to resale of
the unit that the debtor may redeem at or before such resale.

    Under the  laws applicable  in most  states,  a creditor  is entitled  to
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of  the property securing the debtor's loan.  However, some states
impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments, and in many cases
the defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

    Certain  other   statutory  provisions,  including   federal  and   state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a
deficiency judgment.

    Consumer Protection Laws.   The so-called "Holder-in-Due Course"  rule of
the  Federal  Trade Commission  is  intended  to defeat  the  ability of  the
transferor of a consumer  credit contract which is the seller  of goods which
gave rise to the  transaction (and certain related lenders and  assignees) to
transfer such  contract free of  notice of claims  by the  debtor thereunder.
The effect of this rule is to subject the assignee of such  a contract to all
claims  and defenses  which the  debtor could  assert  against the  seller of
goods.    Liability  under this  rule  is  limited to  amounts  paid  under a
contract; however, the obligor also may be able to assert the rule to set off
remaining amounts  due as a  defense against a  claim brought by  the Trustee
against such obligor.   Numerous other federal and  state consumer protection
laws impose  requirements applicable to the origination  and lending pursuant
to the  contracts, including  the Truth  in Lending  Act,  the Federal  Trade
Commission Act, the  Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair  Credit Reporting Act,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair  Debt Collection Practices Act and
the Uniform Consumer  Credit Code.  In  the case of  some of these laws,  the
failure to comply with their provisions may affect the enforceability of  the
related contract.

    Applicability of  Usury Laws.   Title  V of  the Depository  Institutions
Deregulation  and Monetary  Control  Act  of 1980,  as  amended ("Title  V"),
provides that, subject to  the following conditions, state usury  limitations
shall not apply to any  contract which is secured by a first  lien on certain
kinds of consumer  goods.   The contracts  would be covered  if they  satisfy
certain   conditions,  among  other  things,  governing   the  terms  of  any
prepayments, late  charges and  deferral fees and  requiring a  30-day notice
period prior to instituting any action leading to repossession of the related
unit.

    Title V  authorized any state to  reimpose limitations on  interest rates
and finance charges  by adopting before April 1, 1983 a law or constitutional
provision which  expressly rejects application  of the federal law.   Fifteen
states adopted such a law prior to  the April 1, 1983 deadline.  In addition,
even where Title V was not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to
adopt a provision  limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered
by Title V.

INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS

    The  Loans  may  also  consist  of   installment  contracts.    Under  an
installment  contract   ("Installment  Contract")  the   seller  (hereinafter
referred to  in this  section as  the "lender")  retains legal  title to  the
property and enters into an agreement with the purchaser hereinafter referred
to in this section as the "borrower") for the payment  of the purchase price,
plus interest, over the  term of such contract.  Only  after full performance
by the borrower  of the contract is  the lender obligated to  convey title to
the property to the purchaser.  As with mortgage or deed of  trust financing,
during  the effective  period of  the Installment  Contract, the  borrower is
generally responsible for maintaining the  property in good condition and for
paying  real  estate   taxes,  assessments  and  hazard   insurance  premiums
associated with the property.

    The method  of enforcing the  rights of the  lender under an  Installment
Contract varies on a state-by-state basis depending upon  the extent to which
state courts are willing, or able  pursuant to state statute, to enforce  the
contract strictly according to the terms.  The terms of Installment Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his
or her right to occupy the  property, the entire indebtedness is accelerated,
and the buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited.   The lender
in such a situation  does not have to foreclose  in order to obtain title  to
the property, although in some cases a quiet  title action is in order if the
borrower has  filed the  Installment Contract  in local land  records and  an
ejectment action may  be necessary to recover  possession.  In a  few states,
particularly  in cases  of  borrower default  during the  early  years of  an
Installment  Contract, the courts  will permit ejectment  of the  buyer and a
forfeiture of  his or  her interest  in the  property.   However, most  state
legislatures have  enacted provisions by  analogy to mortgage  law protecting
borrowers   under  Installment  Contracts  from  the  harsh  consequences  of
forfeiture.  Under  such statutes, a judicial or  nonjudicial foreclosure may
be required, the  lender may be required  to give notice  of default and  the
borrower  may be  granted  some  grace period  during  which the  Installment
Contract may be  reinstated upon full payment  of the default amount  and the
borrower may  have a post-foreclosure  statutory redemption right.   In other
states, courts in equity may permit a borrower with significant investment in
the property under  an Installment Contract  for the sale  of real estate  to
share in  the proceeds  of sale  of the  property after  the indebtedness  is
repaid   or  may  otherwise   refuse  to   enforce  the   forfeiture  clause.
Nevertheless,  generally  speaking,  the lender's  procedures  for  obtaining
possession and clear title under an Installment Contract in a given state are
simpler  and less  time-consuming  and  costly than  are  the procedures  for
foreclosing and obtaining  clear title to a  property subject to one  or more
liens.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT

    Generally, under  the terms  of the Soldiers'  and Sailors' Civil  Relief
Act of 1940,  as amended (the "Relief  Act"), a borrower who  enters military
service after the  origination of such borrower's Loan  (including a borrower
who is a member of  the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of
the origination of  the Loan and is later  called to active duty)  may not be
charged  interest above  an  annual rate  of  6% during  the  period of  such
borrower's   active  duty  status,  unless  a  court  orders  otherwise  upon
application of the lender.  It is possible that such interest rate limitation
could have an effect, for an indeterminate period  of time, on the ability of
the  Master Servicer to  collect full amounts  of interest on  certain of the
Loans.  Any shortfall in  interest collections resulting from the application
of the Relief Act could result in losses to the  Securityholders.  The Relief
Act  also imposes limitations  which would impair  the ability  of the Master
Servicer to foreclose  on an affected  Loan during the  borrower's period  of
active  duty status.   Moreover, the  Relief Act  permits the extension  of a
Loan's  maturity and  the re-adjustment  of its  payment schedule  beyond the
completion  of military service.   Thus, in  the event that such  a Loan goes
into default, there may be delays  and losses occasioned by the inability  to
realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.

JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES

    To the extent that  the Loans comprising the Trust Fund  for a Series are
secured by  mortgages  which are  junior  to other  mortgages held  by  other
lenders  or  institutional investors,  the  rights  of  the Trust  Fund  (and
therefore the Securityholders),  as mortgagee under any such junior mortgage,
are subordinate  to those of  any mortgagee under  any senior mortgage.   The
senior mortgagee has  the right to receive hazard  insurance and condemnation
proceeds and to cause  the property securing the Loan to be sold upon default
of the  mortgagor, thereby extinguishing  the junior mortgagee's  lien unless
the  junior mortgagee  asserts its  subordinate interest  in the  property in
foreclosure  litigation  and,   possibly,  satisfies  the  defaulted   senior
mortgage.   A junior mortgagee  may satisfy a  defaulted senior loan  in full
and, in some states, may cure such default and bring the senior loan current,
in either event adding the amounts expended to  the balance due on the junior
loan.  In most states, absent  a provision in the mortgage or deed  of trust,
no notice of default is required to be given to a junior mortgagee.

    The standard  form of  the mortgage  used by  most institutional  lenders
confers on  the mortgagee the  right both to  receive all  proceeds collected
under any  hazard insurance  policy and all  awards made  in connection  with
condemnation  proceedings, and  to  apply  such proceeds  and  awards to  any
indebtedness secured  by the  mortgage, in  such order  as the mortgagee  may
determine.  Thus,  in the event improvements  on the property are  damaged or
destroyed by fire or other casualty, or in the event the property is taken by
condemnation,  the mortgagee or beneficiary under underlying senior mortgages
will have the prior right to  collect any insurance proceeds payable under  a
hazard insurance  policy and  any award  of damages  in  connection with  the
condemnation and to apply the same to  the indebtedness secured by the senior
mortgages.  Proceeds in excess of the amount of senior mortgage indebtedness,
in most cases, may be applied to the indebtedness of a junior mortgage.

    Another provision sometimes found in  the form of the mortgage or deed of
trust used  by institutional  lenders obligates the  mortgagor to  pay before
delinquency all  taxes and  assessments on  the property  and, when  due, all
encumbrances,  charges and liens  on the property  which appear  prior to the
mortgage or  deed of  trust, to provide  and maintain  fire insurance  on the
property, to maintain and repair the property and not to commit or permit any
waste  thereof,  and to  appear  in  and  defend  any  action  or  proceeding
purporting to affect  the property or the  rights of the mortgagee  under the
mortgage.    Upon  a  failure  of  the  mortgagor to  perform  any  of  these
obligations,  the mortgagee  is given  the right  under certain  mortgages to
perform the obligation  itself, at its election, with  the mortgagor agreeing
to reimburse the mortgagee  for any sums expended by the  mortgagee on behalf
of the mortgagor.   All sums so expended by the mortgagee  become part of the
indebtedness secured by the mortgage.

    The form  of credit line  trust deed or  mortgage generally used  by most
institutional  lenders which  make  Revolving  Credit  Line  Loans  typically
contains  a  "future  advance"  clause,  which  provides,  in  essence,  that
additional  amounts  advanced  to  or  on  behalf  of  the  borrower  by  the
beneficiary or lender  are to be  secured by the  deed of trust or  mortgage.
Any amounts so advanced  after the Cut-off Date with respect  to any mortgage
will not be included in  the Trust Fund.  The  priority of the lien  securing
any advance made under  the clause may depend in  most states on whether  the
deed of trust  or mortgage is called  and recorded as  a credit line deed  of
trust or mortgage.  If the beneficiary or lender advances additional amounts,
the  advance is entitled  to receive the  same priority  as amounts initially
advanced  under the  trust deed  or mortgage,  notwithstanding the  fact that
there may be  junior trust deeds or mortgages and other liens which intervene
between the date of  recording of the trust deed or mortgage  and the date of
the future  advance, and notwithstanding  that the beneficiary or  lender had
actual  knowledge of  such intervening  junior trust  deeds or  mortgages and
other liens at  the time of the advance.   In most states, the  trust deed or
mortgage lien securing mortgage loans of the type which includes home  equity
credit lines applies retroactively to  the date of the original  recording of
the trust deed or mortgage, provided that the total amount of  advances under
the home equity  credit line does not exceed the  maximum specified principal
amount of  the recorded trust  deed or mortgage,  except as to  advances made
after receipt by the lender of a written  notice of lien from a judgment lien
creditor of the trustor.

THE TITLE I PROGRAM

    General.   Certain of  the Loans contained in  a Trust Fund  may be loans
insured under the FHA  Title I Credit  Insurance program created pursuant  to
Sections  1 and  2(a) of  the  National Housing  Act  of 1934  (the "Title  I
Program").  Under the Title I Program, the FHA is authorized and empowered to
insure qualified lending institutions against  losses on eligible loans.  The
Title I Program operates as a coinsurance program in which the FHA insures up
to 90% of  certain losses incurred  on an individual insured  loan, including
the  unpaid principal  balance of  the loan, but  only to  the extent  of the
insurance  coverage available in the  lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve
account.  The owner of the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.

    The types of loans which are eligible for  insurance by the FHA under the
Title I  Program include  property improvement  loans ("Property  Improvement
Loans"  or "Title I  Loans").  A  Property Improvement  Loan or Title  I Loan
means a loan made  to finance actions or items that  substantially protect or
improve the  basic livability or  utility of  a property and  includes single
family improvement loans.

    There  are two basic methods  of lending or  originating such loans which
include a "direct loan" or  a "dealer loan".  With respect to  a direct loan,
the borrower  makes application directly  to a lender without  any assistance
from a  dealer, which application may be  filled out by the borrower  or by a
person acting at the direction of the borrower who does  not have a financial
interest in  the  loan transaction,  and  the lender  may  disburse the  loan
proceeds solely to  the borrower or jointly to the borrower and other parties
to the transaction.   With respect  to a dealer loan,  the dealer, who  has a
direct or  indirect financial interest  in the loan transaction,  assists the
borrower in preparing the loan  application or otherwise assists the borrower
in obtaining  the loan  from the lender.   The  lender may  disburse proceeds
solely to  the dealer  or the  borrower or  jointly to  the borrower  and the
dealer or other parties to the transaction.  With respect to a dealer Title I
Loan,  a dealer may include  a seller, a  contractor or supplier  of goods or
services.

    Loans insured  under  the Title  I  Program are  required to  have  fixed
interest  rates  and generally  provide  for equal  installment  payments due
weekly, biweekly, semi-monthly or  monthly, except that a loan may be payable
quarterly or semi-annually where a borrower  has an irregular flow of income.
The first or last payments  (or both) may vary in  amount but may not  exceed
150% of the regular  installment payment, and the first payment may be due no
later than  two months from the  date of the loan.   The note must  contain a
provision permitting full  or partial prepayment of  the loan.   The interest
rate must be negotiated and agreed to by the borrower and the lender and must
be fixed for  the term of the loan  and recited in the note.   Interest on an
insured  loan  must  accrue from  the  date  of the  loan  and  be calculated
according to the actuarial method.  The lender  must assure that the note and
all other  documents evidencing  the loan are  in compliance  with applicable
federal, state and local laws.

    Each  insured lender  is required  to  use prudent  lending standards  in
underwriting individual loans and to satisfy the applicable loan underwriting
requirements under the Title I Program prior to its approval of the  loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds.   Generally, the lender must exercise prudence
and diligence to  determine whether the borrower and any  co-maker is solvent
and an acceptable  credit risk, with a reasonable ability to make payments on
the  loan  obligation.   The  lender's  credit  application and  review  must
determine whether the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic
payments required by  the loan, as well  as the borrower's other  housing and
recurring expenses, which  determination must be made in  accordance with the
expense-to-income ratios published by the  Secretary of HUD unless the lender
determines  and documents  in the  loan  file the  existence of  compensating
factors  concerning the borrower's creditworthiness which support approval of
the loan.

    Under the  Title  I Program,  the  FHA does  not  review or  approve  for
qualification for insurance  the individual loans  insured thereunder at  the
time of approval  by the lending institution  (as is typically the  case with
other  federal loan programs).   If, after a loan has  been made and reported
for insurance  under the Title I  Program, the lender  discovers any material
misstatement of  fact or  that the  loan proceeds  have been  misused by  the
borrower,  dealer or any  other party, it  shall promptly report  this to the
FHA.  In  such case, provided that  the validity of any lien  on the property
has not been impaired,  the insurance of the loan  under the Title I  Program
will not be affected unless such material misstatements of fact or  misuse of
loan proceeds was  caused by (or was  knowingly sanctioned by) the  lender or
its employees.

    Requirements  for Title I Loans.   The maximum principal amount for Title
I Loans must  not exceed the actual cost  of the project plus  any applicable
fees and  charges allowed  under  the Title  I  Program; provided  that  such
maximum amount does not exceed $25,000 (or the current applicable amount) for
a  single family property improvement loan.  Generally, the term of a Title I
Loan may not be  less than six months nor greater than 20  years and 32 days.
A  borrower  may obtain  multiple  Title I  Loans  with  respect to  multiple
properties, and a borrower may obtain more than one Title I Loan with respect
to a single property, in  each case as long as the  total outstanding balance
of all Title  I Loans in the same  property does not exceed  the maximum loan
amount for the  type of Title I  Loan thereon having the  highest permissible
loan amount.

    Borrower eligibility for a Title  I Loan requires that the  borrower have
at least a one-half interest in either fee simple title to the real property,
a  lease thereof  for a  term expiring  at least  six months after  the final
maturity of the Title I Loan or a recorded  land installment contract for the
purchase of the real property.   In the case of a  Title I Loan with a  total
principal balance in  excess of $15,000, if  the property is not  occupied by
the owner, the  borrower must have equity  in the property being  improved at
least equal to the principal amount of the loan, as demonstrated by a current
appraisal.   Any Title  I  Loan in  excess of  $7,500 must  be  secured by  a
recorded lien on  the improved property which  is evidenced by a  mortgage or
deed of trust executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.

    The  proceeds from a  Title I Loan  may be used  only to finance property
improvements which substantially protect or  improve the basic livability  or
utility of the property as disclosed in  the loan application.  The Secretary
of HUD has published  a list of items and activities which cannot be financed
with proceeds from any  Title I Loan and  from time to time the  Secretary of
HUD may amend such list of items and activities.  With respect  to any dealer
Title I Loan, before  the lender may disburse funds, the  lender must have in
its possession a completion certificate on a HUD approved form, signed by the
borrower and the dealer.  With respect to any direct Title I Loan, the lender
is required to  obtain, promptly upon completion of  the improvements but not
later than 6 months after disbursement of the loan proceeds with one 6  month
extension  if necessary,  a completion certificate,  signed by  the borrower.
The lender is required to conduct an  on-site inspection on any Title I  Loan
where the principal obligation is  $7,500 or more, and on any direct  Title I
Loan where the borrower fails to submit a completion certificate.

    FHA Insurance Coverage.  Under the  Title I Program, the FHA  establishes
an insurance coverage reserve account for  each lender which has been granted
a  Title I contract of  insurance.  The amount of  insurance coverage in this
account is a maximum of 10% of  the amount disbursed, advanced or expended by
the lender  in originating or  purchasing eligible loans registered  with the
FHA  for Title  I insurance, with  certain adjustments.   The balance  in the
insurance coverage reserve account is  the maximum amount of insurance claims
the FHA is required to pay to the Title I lender.  Loans  to be insured under
the Title  I Program  will be  registered for  insurance by  the FHA and  the
insurance  coverage  attributable to  such  loans  will  be included  in  the
insurance  coverage reserve account for  the originating or purchasing lender
following the receipt and  acknowledgment by the FHA of a  loan report on the
prescribed form pursuant to the Title I regulations.  For each  eligible loan
reported  and  acknowledged  for  insurance,  the  FHA  charges  a  fee  (the
"Premium").  For loans having a maturity of 25 months or less, the FHA  bills
the lender for the  entire Premium in an amount equal to the product of 0.50%
of the original  loan amount and the  loan term.  For  home improvement loans
with a maturity greater than 25 months, each year that a  loan is outstanding
the FHA  bills the lender for  a Premium in an  amount equal to 0.50%  of the
original loan amount.  If a loan is prepaid during the year, the FHA will not
refund or abate the Premium paid for such year.

    Under  the Title  I Program the  FHA will  reduce the  insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account with respect
to loans insured under the lender's  contract of insurance by (i) the  amount
of the FHA  insurance claims approved  for payment  relating to such  insured
loans and (ii) the amount of insurance coverage attributable to insured loans
sold by the  lender, and such insurance coverage  may be reduced for  any FHA
insurance  claims rejected  by the  FHA.   The  balance of  the  lender's FHA
insurance coverage reserve account will be further adjusted as required under
Title  I or by the  FHA, and the insurance coverage  therein may be earmarked
with  respect  to  each  or  any  eligible  loans insured  thereunder,  if  a
determination is made by  the Secretary of HUD that it is  in its interest to
do so.   Originations and acquisitions of new eligible loans will continue to
increase a lender's  insurance coverage reserve account balance by 10% of the
amount  disbursed,  advanced or  expended  in originating  or  acquiring such
eligible  loans  registered with  the  FHA for  insurance under  the  Title I
Program.   The  Secretary  of  HUD may  transfer  insurance coverage  between
insurance  coverage  reserve  accounts  with  earmarking with  respect  to  a
particular  insured loan  or group of  insured loans when  a determination is
made that it is in the Secretary's interest to do so.

    The  lender   may  transfer  (except  as   collateral  in  a   bona  fide
transaction) insured loans  and loans reported for insurance  only to another
qualified lender under  a valid  Title I  contract of insurance.   Unless  an
insured loan is  transferred with recourse or  with a guaranty  or repurchase
agreement, the FHA,  upon receipt of written notification of  the transfer of
such loan in accordance with the Title  I regulations, will transfer from the
transferor's insurance coverage reserve account to the transferee's insurance
coverage reserve account an amount, if available, equal to 10% of  the actual
purchase price or the net unpaid principal balance of such loan (whichever is
less).   However, under the Title I Program not more than $5,000 in insurance
coverage  shall be  transferred  to  or from  a  lender's insurance  coverage
reserve account during any October 1 to September 30 period without the prior
approval  of the Secretary  of HUD.   Amounts which  may be recovered  by the
Secretary  of HUD after  payment of an  insurance claim are not  added to the
amount  of  insurance coverage  in  the related  lender's  insurance coverage
reserve account.

    Claims Procedures Under Title  I.  Under the  Title I Program the  lender
may accelerate an  insured loan following a  default on such loan  only after
the lender or its agent has contacted the borrower in a  face-to-face meeting
or by telephone to discuss the reasons for  the default and to seek its cure.
If  the  borrower  does not  cure  the  default or  agree  to  a modification
agreement or repayment plan, the  lender will notify the borrower in  writing
that, unless within 30 days the default  is cured or the borrower enters into
a  modification agreement or repayment plan, the loan will be accelerated and
that, if  the default  persists, the  lender will  report the  default to  an
appropriate  credit agency.    The  lender may  rescind  the acceleration  of
maturity  after full  payment  is due  and  reinstate the  loan  only if  the
borrower brings the loan current, executes a modification agreement or agrees
to an acceptable repayment plan.

    Following  acceleration of  maturity upon  a  secured Title  I Loan,  the
lender  may  either (a)  proceed  against  the  property under  any  security
instrument, or (b) make a claim under the lender's contract of insurance.  If
the  lender  chooses  to  proceed  against  the  property  under  a  security
instrument (or  if it  accepts a  voluntary  conveyance or  surrender of  the
property),  the  lender may  file  an  insurance claim  only  with the  prior
approval of the Secretary of HUD.

    When  a lender files  an insurance claim with  the FHA under  the Title I
Program, the FHA reviews the claim, the complete loan file and  documentation
of the lender's efforts to obtain recourse  against any dealer who has agreed
thereto, certification of compliance with  applicable state and local laws in
carrying out  any foreclosure or  repossession, and evidence that  the lender
has properly  filed  proofs of  claims,  where the  borrower is  bankrupt  or
deceased.  Generally, a claim for reimbursement for loss on any Title I  Loan
must be filed with  the FHA no later than 9 months after  the date of default
of such loan.  Concurrently with filing the insurance claim, the lender shall
assign to the  United States of America  the lender's entire interest  in the
loan note (or  a judgment in lien of  the note), in any security  held and in
any claim  filed in  any legal  proceedings.   If, at  the time  the note  is
assigned to the United States, the  Secretary has reason to believe that  the
note  is not valid or enforceable against  the borrower, the FHA may deny the
claim and  reassign  the note  to  the lender.    If  either such  defect  is
discovered after the FHA has paid a  claim, the FHA may require the lender to
repurchase the paid claim and to accept a reassignment of  the loan note.  If
the lender subsequently obtains a  valid and enforceable judgment against the
borrower, the lender may resubmit a new insurance claim with an assignment of
the judgment.  Although  the FHA may contest  any insurance claim and  make a
demand  for repurchase of the loan at any  time up to two years from the date
the claim  was certified for payment and may do so thereafter in the event of
fraud or  misrepresentation on the part of the  lender, the FHA has expressed
an  intention to  limit the  period of  time within which  it will  take such
action to one year from the date the claim was certified for payment.

    Under the Title I Program  the amount of an FHA insurance  claim payment,
when made, is equal to  the Claimable Amount, up  to the amount of  insurance
coverage  in  the lender's  insurance  coverage  reserve  account.   For  the
purposes hereof, the "Claimable  Amount" means an amount equal to  90% of the
sum  of:  (a)  the  unpaid  loan obligation  (net  unpaid  principal  and the
uncollected interest earned to the  date of default) with adjustments thereto
if the lender  has proceeded  against property  securing such  loan; (b)  the
interest on the unpaid amount of the loan obligation from the date of default
to the date  of the claim's initial  submission for payment plus  15 calendar
days (but not to exceed 9 months from the date of default), calculated at the
rate of  7% per annum;  (c) the uncollected  court costs; (d)  the attorney's
fees not to exceed $500; and (e) the expenses for recording the assignment of
the security to the United States.

    The Secretary of HUD may  deny a claim for insurance in whole or  in part
for any violations of the regulations governing the Title I Program; however,
the  Secretary  of HUD  may  waive  such  violations  if it  determines  that
enforcement of the regulations would impose an  injustice upon a lender which
has substantially complied with the regulations in good faith.

OTHER LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

    The Loans are also subject to federal  laws, including: (i) Regulation Z,
which requires  certain disclosures to  the borrowers regarding the  terms of
the  Loans; (ii)  the  Equal  Opportunity Act  and  Regulation B  promulgated
thereunder, which prohibit  discrimination on the basis of  age, race, color,
sex,  religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public assistance
or the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the
extension of credit; and (iii) the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates
the  use  and reporting  of  information  related  to the  borrower's  credit
experience.  Violations of certain provisions of these federal laws may limit
the ability  of the Sellers  to collect  all or part  of the principal  of or
interest on the  Loans and in addition  could subject the Sellers  to damages
and administrative enforcement.

              CERTAIN MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

    The  following is  a  summary  of  certain anticipated  material  federal
income tax  consequences of the  purchase, ownership, and disposition  of the
Securities and is based  on the opinion of Brown & Wood  LLP, special counsel
to the Depositor  (in such capacity,  "Tax Counsel").   The summary is  based
upon  the provisions  of  the Code,  the regulations  promulgated thereunder,
including,  where  applicable,  proposed regulations,  and  the  judicial and
administrative rulings and decisions now in effect, all  of which are subject
to change or  possible differing interpretations.   The statutory provisions,
regulations,  and interpretations on  which this interpretation  is based are
subject to change, and such a change could apply retroactively.

    The summary does  not purport to deal with all  aspects of federal income
taxation that  may affect particular  investors in light of  their individual
circumstances.  This  summary focuses primarily upon investors  who will hold
Securities  as "capital  assets" (generally,  property  held for  investment)
within the meaning  of Section 1221 of  the Code.  Prospective  investors may
wish to consult  their own tax advisers concerning the  federal, state, local
and any other tax consequences  as relates specifically to such investors  in
connection with the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities.

    The federal  income tax  consequences to holders  will vary depending  on
whether (i) the  Securities of a Series are classified  as indebtedness; (ii)
an election  is made to treat the Trust  Fund relating to a particular Series
of Securities  as a real  estate mortgage investment conduit  ("REMIC") under
the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as amended  (the  "Code");  (iii) the
Securities  represent an  ownership interest  in some  or  all of  the assets
included in the Trust Fund for a Series; or (iv) an election is made to treat
the  Trust  Fund  relating  to  a particular  Series  of  Certificates  as  a
partnership.   The Prospectus Supplement  for each Series of  Securities will
specify how the  Securities will be  treated for federal income  tax purposes
and will discuss whether a REMIC election,  if any, will be made with respect
to such Series.

TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

    Status as Real  Property Loans.  Except to  the extent otherwise provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, if the Securities are regular interests
in  a REMIC  ("Regular  Interest  Securities") or  represent  interests in  a
grantor trust, Tax Counsel is of the opinion that:   (i) Securities held by a
domestic building  and loan association will constitute  "loans... secured by
an  interest   in  real  property"   within  the  meaning  of   Code  section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v); and (ii) Securities held by a real estate investment trust
will  constitute "real  estate assets"  within  the meaning  of Code  section
856(c)(5)(A)  and interest  on  Securities will  be  considered "interest  on
obligations secured by  mortgages on real  property or  on interests in  real
property" within the meaning of Code section 856(c)(3)(B).

    Interest  and Acquisition  Discount.   In  the  opinion of  Tax  Counsel,
Regular  Interest Securities  are generally  taxable to  holders in  the same
manner as evidences  of indebtedness issued by the REMIC.  Stated interest on
the Regular Interest Securities will be taxable as  ordinary income and taken
into  account using  the  accrual  method of  accounting,  regardless of  the
holder's  normal accounting  method.   Interest  (other  than original  issue
discount) on  Securities (other  than Regular Interest  Securities) that  are
characterized  as  indebtedness for  federal  income  tax  purposes  will  be
includible  in income  by  holders  thereof in  accordance  with their  usual
methods of accounting.   Securities characterized as debt  for federal income
tax purposes and Regular Interest  Securities will be referred to hereinafter
collectively as "Debt Securities."

    Tax Counsel  is of  the opinion  that Debt  Securities that are  Compound
Interest Securities will, and certain of the other  Debt Securities issued at
a  discount  may, be  issued  with "original  issue  discount" ("OID").   The
following discussion is  based in part on  the rules governing OID  which are
set  forth in  Sections 1271-1275  of the  Code and the  Treasury regulations
issued thereunder  on February  2, 1994  (the "OID  Regulations").   A holder
should be aware, however, that the OID  Regulations do not adequately address
certain  issues  relevant  to   prepayable  securities,  such  as  the   Debt
Securities.

    In general, OID,  if any, will  equal the difference  between the  stated
redemption price  at maturity of a Debt Security and its issue price.  In the
opinion of Tax Counsel, a holder of  a Debt Security must include such OID in
gross income as  ordinary interest income as it accrues under a method taking
into account an economic  accrual of the discount.   In general, OID must  be
included in income  in advance of the  receipt of the cash  representing that
income.  The amount of OID  on a Debt Security will be considered  to be zero
if it is less than a de minimis amount determined under the Code.

    The  issue  price of  a  Debt  Security is  the  first price  at  which a
substantial amount of  Debt Securities of that  class are sold to  the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters  or wholesalers).  If less than
a substantial  amount of a  particular class of  Debt Securities is  sold for
cash on or prior to the Closing Date,  the issue price for such class will be
treated as the  fair market value  of such class  on the Closing  Date.   The
issue price of  a Debt Security also  includes the amount paid by  an initial
Debt Security  holder for accrued interest that relates  to a period prior to
the issue date of the Debt Security.  The stated redemption price at maturity
of  a  Debt Security  includes  the  original principal  amount  of  the Debt
Security, but  generally will not  include distributions of interest  if such
distributions constitute "qualified stated interest."

    Under the  OID  Regulations, qualified  stated  interest generally  means
interest  payable at  a  single fixed  rate or  qualified  variable rate  (as
described below)  provided that  such interest  payments are  unconditionally
payable at intervals of one year  or less during the entire term of  the Debt
Security.     The  OID   Regulations   state  that   interest  payments   are
unconditionally payable only if a late  payment or nonpayment is expected  to
be penalized  or reasonable remedies exist  to compel payment.   Certain Debt
Securities may provide for  default remedies in the event of  late payment or
nonpayment of interest.  In the opinion of Tax Counsel, the interest on  such
Debt  Securities will  be unconditionally  payable  and constitute  qualified
stated  interest,  not  OID.    However,  absent  clarification  of  the  OID
Regulations, where Debt  Securities do not provide for  default remedies, the
interest payments will  be included in the Debt  Security's stated redemption
price at maturity and taxed  as OID.  Interest is  payable at a single  fixed
rate  only if  the rate appropriately  takes into  account the length  of the
interval between payments.  Distributions of interest on Debt Securities with
respect to which deferred interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified
stated  interest payments,  in  which  case the  stated  redemption price  at
maturity of  such Debt Securities  includes all distributions of  interest as
well as principal thereon.  Where the interval between the issue date and the
first Distribution Date on a Debt  Security is either longer or shorter  than
the  interval between  subsequent  Distribution  Dates, all  or  part of  the
interest  foregone,  in the  case  of the  longer  interval, and  all  of the
additional interest, in the case of the shorter interval, will be included in
the stated redemption price at maturity and tested under the de  minimis rule
described below.   In the case  of a Debt  Security with a long  first period
which has  non-de minimis  OID, all  stated  interest in  excess of  interest
payable at  the effective  interest rate for  the long  first period  will be
included in  the stated redemption  price at  maturity and the  Debt Security
will generally have OID.  Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own
tax advisors  to determine the  issue price  and stated  redemption price  at
maturity of a Debt Security.

    Under the de minimis rule,  OID on a Debt Security will be  considered to
be zero if  such OID is  less than 0.25%  of the stated  redemption price  at
maturity of the Debt Security multiplied by the  weighted average maturity of
the Debt Security.   For this purpose,  the weighted average maturity  of the
Debt Security is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying
the number of full years (i.e.,  rounding down partial years) from the  issue
date  until each  distribution in  reduction  of stated  redemption price  at
maturity is scheduled to be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
amount  of each  distribution  included  in the  stated  redemption price  at
maturity of  the Debt  Security and the  denominator of  which is  the stated
redemption price  at maturity of the  Debt Security.   Holders generally must
report de minimis OID pro rata  as principal payments are received, and  such
income will  be capital gain if the Debt Security is held as a capital asset.
However, accrual method  holders may elect  to accrue all  de minimis OID  as
well as market discount under a constant interest method.

    Debt Securities  may provide for interest  based on a  qualified variable
rate.    Under the  OID  Regulations, interest  is  treated as  payable  at a
qualified variable  rate and  not as contingent  interest if,  generally, (i)
such interest  is unconditionally payable  at least annually, (ii)  the issue
price  of  the  debt  instrument  does not  exceed  the  total  noncontingent
principal  payments and  (iii) interest  is  based on  a "qualified  floating
rate," an  "objective rate," or  a combination of "qualified  floating rates"
that do  not operate  in a  manner that  significantly accelerates or  defers
interest payments on  such Debt Security.   In the case of  Compound Interest
Securities,  certain Interest Weighted  Securities, and certain  of the other
Debt Securities, none of the payments under the instrument will be considered
qualified stated interest, and thus the aggregate amount of all payments will
be included in the stated redemption price.

    The  Internal Revenue  Services (the  "IRS") recently  issued regulations
(the   "Contingent  Regulations")  governing   the  calculation  of   OID  on
instruments  having contingent interest payments.  The Contingent Regulations
represent the only  guidance regarding the views  of the IRS with  respect to
contingent interest instruments and specifically do not apply for purposes of
calculating OID on debt instruments  subject to Code Section 1272(a)(6), such
as the  Debt  Security.   Additionally, the  OID Regulations  do not  contain
provisions  specifically interpreting  Code Section  1272(a)(6).   Until  the
Treasury issues  guidance to the  contrary, the Trustee  intends to base  its
computation on Code  Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID  Regulations as described
in this Prospectus.  However, because no regulatory guidance currently exists
under  Code  Section  1272(a)(6),  there   can  be  no  assurance  that  such
methodology represents the correct manner of calculating OID.

    The  holder of  a Debt  Security issued  with OID  must include  in gross
income, for  all days during  its taxable  year on which  it holds  such Debt
Security, the  sum of the "daily  portions" of such original  issue discount.
The  amount of  OID includible  in  income by  a holder  will be  computed by
allocating to  each day  during a  taxable year  a pro  rata  portion of  the
original  issue discount that accrued during the relevant accrual period.  In
the case  of a Debt Security that is not  a Regular Interest Security and the
principal payments  on which are  not subject to acceleration  resulting from
prepayments on the Loans, the amount of OID includible in income  of a holder
for an  accrual period (generally  the period over which  interest accrues on
the debt instrument) will equal  the product of the yield to  maturity of the
Debt Security  and the adjusted issue price of  the Debt Security, reduced by
any payments of qualified  stated interest.  The adjusted issue  price is the
sum of  its issue price  plus prior  accruals or  OID, reduced  by the  total
payments made with respect to such Debt Security in all prior  periods, other
than qualified stated interest payments.

    The  amount  of OID  to  be included  in  income by  a  holder of  a debt
instrument, such as  certain Classes of the Debt Securities,  that is subject
to acceleration  due to prepayments  on other debt obligations  securing such
instruments  (a "Pay-Through Security"),  is computed by  taking into account
the anticipated  rate of prepayments  assumed in pricing the  debt instrument
(the "Prepayment Assumption").   The amount of OID that will accrue during an
accrual period on a Pay-Through Security is the excess (if any) of the sum of
(a) the present value of all payments remaining to be made on the Pay-Through
Security  as of the close  of the accrual period  and (b) the payments during
the accrual period of amounts included in the stated redemption price  of the
Pay-Through Security,  over  the  adjusted issue  price  of  the  Pay-Through
Security at the  beginning of the accrual  period.  The present  value of the
remaining payments is  to be determined on the  basis of three factors:   (i)
the original yield to maturity of the Pay-Through Security (determined on the
basis of compounding  at the end of each accrual period and properly adjusted
for the length of the accrual period), (ii) events which have occurred before
the end of  the accrual period  and (iii) the  assumption that the  remaining
payments will be made in  accordance with the original Prepayment Assumption.
The effect of this method is  to increase the portions of OID required  to be
included in income by a holder to  take into account prepayments with respect
to  the Loans  at  a rate  that  exceeds the  Prepayment  Assumption, and  to
decrease (but  not below zero for any period)  the portions of original issue
discount required  to be  included in  income by  a holder  of a  Pay-Through
Security to take into account prepayments with respect to the Loans at a rate
that  is slower  than the  Prepayment  Assumption.   Although original  issue
discount  will be reported to holders  of Pay-Through Securities based on the
Prepayment Assumption, no  representation is made to holders  that Loans will
be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.

    The  Depositor may  adjust  the accrual  of  OID on  a  Class of  Regular
Interest Securities (or other regular interests in a REMIC) in a  manner that
it believes to  be appropriate,  to take  account of realized  losses on  the
Loans, although the  OID Regulations do not provide for such adjustments.  If
the Internal Revenue Service were to require that OID be accrued without such
adjustments, the  rate of  accrual of  OID for  a Class  of Regular  Interest
Securities could increase.

    Certain classes of  Regular Interest Securities  may represent more  than
one  class of  REMIC regular  interests.   Unless  otherwise provided  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Trustee  intends,  based  on  the  OID
Regulations,  to calculate  OID  on such  Securities as  if,  solely for  the
purposes of computing OID, the separate regular interests  were a single debt
instrument.

    A  subsequent holder of a Debt Security  will also be required to include
OID in gross income, but such  a holder who purchases such Debt Security  for
an amount that exceeds its adjusted issue price  will be entitled (as will an
initial holder who  pays more than a  Debt Security's issue price)  to offset
such OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of such excess.

    Effects of Defaults and  Delinquencies.  In the  opinion of Tax  Counsel,
holders  will be  required  to  report income  with  respect  to the  related
Securities  under an  accrual  method  without giving  effect  to delays  and
reductions in distributions  attributable to a default or  delinquency on the
Loans,  except possibly to  the extent that  it can be  established that such
amounts are uncollectible.  As a result, the amount of income (including OID)
reported by  a holder of  such a Security  in any period  could significantly
exceed the amount  of cash distributed  to such holder  in that period.   The
holder will eventually  be allowed a  loss (or  will be allowed  to report  a
lesser  amount  of  income)  to  the  extent  that  the  aggregate  amount of
distributions  on the Securities  is deduced as  a result of  a Loan default.
However, the timing and character of such  losses or reductions in income are
uncertain and,  accordingly, holders of  Securities should consult  their own
tax advisors on this point.

    Interest Weighted  Securities.   It is  not  clear how  income should  be
accrued  with respect to  Regular Interest Securities  or Stripped Securities
(as defined  under "--Tax  Status as  a Grantor  Trust; General"  herein) the
payments on which consist solely or  primarily of a specified portion of  the
interest  payments on  qualified  mortgages held  by  the REMIC  or on  Loans
underlying Pass-Through  Securities  ("Interest Weighted  Securities").   The
Issuer intends to  take the position that  all of the income derived  from an
Interest Weighted  Security should be treated as OID  and that the amount and
rate of accrual  of such OID  should be calculated  by treating the  Interest
Weighted Security as a Compound Interest  Security.  However, in the case  of
Interest Weighted Securities that are  entitled to some payments of principal
and that are  Regular Interest Securities the Internal  Revenue Service could
assert  that income  derived from  an  Interest Weighted  Security should  be
calculated as if the Security were a security purchased at a premium equal to
the excess of the price paid by such holder for such Security over its stated
principal amount, if any.  Under this approach, a holder would be entitled to
amortize  such premium only if it has in effect an election under Section 171
of the Code with respect to all taxable debt instruments held by such holder,
as described below.  Alternatively, the Internal Revenue Service could assert
that  an  Interest  Weighted  Security  should be  taxable  under  the  rules
governing bonds issued with contingent payments.  Such  treatment may be more
likely  in  the  case  of  Interest Weighted  Securities  that  are  Stripped
Securities  as described  below.   See  "--Tax  Status as  a  Grantor Trust--
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities."

    Variable  Rate Debt Securities.   In the  opinion of Tax  Counsel, in the
case of  Debt Securities bearing  interest at  a rate  that varies  directly,
according to a  fixed formula, with an  objective index, it appears  that (i)
the yield  to  maturity of  such  Debt Securities  and (ii)  in  the case  of
Pay-Through Securities,  the present  value of all  payments remaining  to be
made on such Debt Securities, should  be calculated as if the interest  index
remained at its value as of the  issue date of such Securities.  Because  the
proper method of adjusting  accruals of OID on a variable  rate Debt Security
is uncertain, holders  of variable rate Debt Securities  should consult their
own tax advisers  regarding the appropriate treatment of  such Securities for
federal income tax purposes.

    Market Discount.    In the  opinion  of Tax  Counsel,  a purchaser  of  a
Security may be subject to the market discount rules of Sections 1276-1278 of
the Code.  A Holder that acquires a Debt Security with more than a prescribed
de  minimis  amount  of  "market  discount" (generally,  the  excess  of  the
principal amount  of the Debt  Security over the purchaser's  purchase price)
will  be required to  include accrued market  discount in  income as ordinary
income in each  month, but limited to  an amount not exceeding  the principal
payments on the Debt  Security received in that month and,  if the Securities
are  sold, the gain realized.  Such market  discount would accrue in a manner
to  be provided  in  Treasury  regulations but,  until  such regulations  are
issued, such market discount would in general  accrue either (i) on the basis
of a  constant yield  (in the  case of  a Pay-Through  Security, taking  into
account a  prepayment assumption) or (ii) in the ratio  of (a) in the case of
Securities (or in  the case of a  Pass-Through Security, as set  forth below,
the Loans underlying such Security) not originally issued with original issue
discount,  stated interest  payable in  the relevant  period to  total stated
interest remaining to be paid  at the beginning of the  period or (b) in  the
case of Securities  (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described
below, the Loans  underlying such Security) originally issued  at a discount,
OID in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.

    Section 1277  of the  Code provides that,  regardless of the  origination
date of the  Debt Security (or, in  the case of a Pass-Through  Security, the
Loans),  the excess  of  interest paid  or  accrued to  purchase  or carry  a
Security (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described below, the
underlying  Loans)  with  market  discount  over  interest  received  on such
Security is allowed as a current deduction only to the  extent such excess is
greater  than the market  discount that  accrued during  the taxable  year in
which such  interest expense was incurred.   In general, the deferred portion
of any  interest expense  will be  deductible  when such  market discount  is
included in income, including upon the sale, disposition, or repayment of the
Security (or in the case of a Pass-Through Security,  an underlying Loan).  A
holder  may  elect to  include  market  discount in  income  currently  as it
accrues, on  all market discount  obligations acquired by such  holder during
the taxable year  such election  is made  and thereafter, in  which case  the
interest deferral rule will not apply.

    Premium.  In the opinion  of Tax Counsel, a  holder who purchases a  Debt
Security (other  than an Interest  Weighted Security to the  extent described
above)  at  a cost  greater  than its  stated  redemption price  at maturity,
generally will  be considered to  have purchased the  Security at a  premium,
which  it may  elect to  amortize as  an offset  to interest  income on  such
Security (and  not as a separate deduction item)  on a constant yield method.
The legislative  history of  the 1986  Act indicates  that premium  is to  be
accrued in the  same manner as market discount.  Accordingly, it appears that
the  accrual  of  premium  on  a  class  of  Pay-Through  Securities  will be
calculated using the prepayment assumption used in  pricing such class.  If a
holder  makes  an  election to  amortize  premium  on a  Debt  Security, such
election  will apply  to all  taxable debt  instruments (including  all REMIC
regular interests  and all  pass-through certificates  representing ownership
interests  in a  trust holding debt  obligations) held  by the holder  at the
beginning  of the  taxable year  in which the  election is  made, and  to all
taxable  debt instruments  acquired thereafter  by such  holder, and  will be
irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.  Purchasers who pay a premium for
the Securities  should consult their  tax advisers regarding the  election to
amortize premium and the method to be employed.

    Election  to Treat  All Interest  as Original  Issue  Discount.   The OID
Regulations  permit  a holder  of  a Debt  Security  to elect  to  accrue all
interest,  discount (including de minimis market  or original issue discount)
and premium in income as interest, based  on a constant yield method for Debt
Securities acquired on or  after April 4, 1994.  If such  an election were to
be made with respect to a  Debt Security with market discount, the holder  of
the Debt Security  would be  deemed to have  made an election  to include  in
income currently market  discount with respect to all  other debt instruments
having market discount that such holder of  the Debt Security acquires during
the  year of  the  election or  thereafter.   Similarly, a  holder of  a Debt
Security that makes this election  for a Debt Security that is acquired  at a
premium will be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium with
respect to  all debt  instruments having amortizable  bond premium  that such
holder  owns or  acquires.   The election  to accrue  interest, discount  and
premium  on a  constant  yield method  with  respect to  a  Debt Security  is
irrevocable.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS

    General.   In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel,  if a REMIC  election is made
with respect  to a Series  of Securities, then  the arrangement by  which the
Securities of that  Series are issued will be  treated as a REMIC  as long as
all of the provisions  of the applicable Agreement are complied  with and the
statutory  and regulatory  requirements are  satisfied.   Securities will  be
designated  as "Regular  Interests" or  "Residual Interests"  in a  REMIC, as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Except to the  extent specified otherwise in a Prospectus  Supplement, if
a REMIC  election is  made with  respect to a  Series of  Securities, in  the
opinion of Tax  Counsel (i) Securities held  by a domestic building  and loan
association will constitute  "a regular or  a residual  interest in a  REMIC"
within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) (assuming that at least
95%  of the  REMIC's assets  consist of  cash, government  securities, "loans
secured by an interest in real property," and other types of assets described
in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C));  and (ii) Securities held  by a real  estate
investment trust will  constitute "real estate assets" within  the meaning of
Code Section 856(c)(6)(B), and income with respect to  the Securities will be
considered "interest on obligations secured  by mortgages on real property or
on  interests  in   real  property"  within  the  meaning   of  Code  Section
856(c)(3)(B) (assuming, for both purposes, that  at least 95% of the  REMIC's
assets  are  qualifying assets).   If  less  than 95%  of the  REMIC's assets
consist of assets described in clause (i) or (ii) above, then a Security will
qualify  for  the  tax treatment  described  in  clause (i)  or  (ii)  in the
proportion that such REMIC assets are qualifying assets.

REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS

    As a general rule, in the  opinion of Tax Counsel, all of the expenses of
a  REMIC will  be taken  into  account by  holders of  the  Residual Interest
Securities.  In  the case of  a "single class  REMIC," however, the  expenses
will  be allocated,  under Treasury  regulations,  among the  holders of  the
Regular  Interest  Securities  and  the  holders  of  the  Residual  Interest
Securities on a daily  basis in proportion to the relative  amounts of income
accruing to each holder on  that day.  In the case  of a holder of a  Regular
Interest Security  who is an  individual or a "pass-through  interest holder"
(including  certain pass-through  entities  but  not  including  real  estate
investment trusts), such expenses  will be deductible only to the extent that
such  expenses, plus other "miscellaneous itemized deductions" of the holder,
exceed 2% of such  Holder's adjusted gross income.  In  addition, for taxable
years beginning  after December 31,  1990, the amount of  itemized deductions
otherwise allowable  for the  taxable year for  an individual  whose adjusted
gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be adjusted for
inflation for  taxable years  beginning after  1990) will  be reduced  by the
lesser of (i) 3% of  the excess of adjusted gross income over  the applicable
amount, or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized  deductions otherwise allowable
for such taxable year.  The  reduction or disallowance of this deduction  may
have a significant  impact on the yield  of the Regular Interest  Security to
such a holder.  In general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either (i)
would qualify, under existing Treasury regulations,  as a grantor trust if it
were not a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership interests, even if they
would be  classified as  debt for  federal income  tax purposes)  or (ii)  is
similar to such a trust and which is structured with the principal purpose of
avoiding the  single class  REMIC rules.   Unless otherwise specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to
holders of the related residual interest securities.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC

    General.  Although a  REMIC is a separate  entity for federal income  tax
purposes, in the opinion  of Tax Counsel, a REMIC is not generally subject to
entity-level tax.  Rather, the taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken
into account  by the holders of residual interests.   As described above, the
regular interests are generally taxable as debt of the REMIC.

    Calculation  of REMIC Income.  In the opinion of Tax Counsel, the taxable
income  or  net loss  of a  REMIC is  determined under  an accrual  method of
accounting  and in  the same  manner as in  the case  of an  individual, with
certain adjustments.  In general,  the taxable income or net loss will be the
difference  between (i)  the gross  income  produced by  the REMIC's  assets,
including stated interest and any  original issue discount or market discount
on loans and other assets, and (ii) deductions, including stated interest and
original  issue discount accrued on Regular Interest Securities, amortization
of any premium with respect to  Loans, and servicing fees and other  expenses
of the REMIC.  A holder of a Residual Interest Security that is an individual
or a "pass-through interest holder" (including certain pass-through entities,
but not  including real estate  investment trusts)  will be unable  to deduct
servicing fees payable on  the loans or other administrative expenses  of the
REMIC  for  a given  taxable year,  to  the extent  that such  expenses, when
aggregated with  such holder's  other miscellaneous  itemized deductions  for
that year, do not exceed two percent of such holder's adjusted gross income.

    For  purposes of  computing its  taxable income  or net  loss, the  REMIC
should have  an  initial aggregate  tax  basis in  its  assets equal  to  the
aggregate  fair  market value  of  the  regular  interests and  the  residual
interests on  the Startup  Day (generally,  the  day that  the interests  are
issued).   That aggregate  basis will be  allocated among  the assets  of the
REMIC in proportion to their respective fair market values.

    The  OID provisions of the Code  apply to loans of individuals originated
on or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount provisions  apply to loans
originated after July  18, 1984.  Subject  to possible application of  the de
minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such loans
will  be  equivalent  to  the  method  under  which  holders  of  Pay-Through
Securities accrue  original issue discount  (i.e., under  the constant  yield
method taking into account the Prepayment Assumption).  The REMIC will deduct
OID on the Regular Interest Securities in the same manner that the holders of
the Regular Interest Securities include  such discount in income, but without
regard  to the de  minimis rules.   See "Taxation of  Debt Securities" above.
However, a REMIC that  acquires loans at a market discount  must include such
market discount  in income currently,  as it accrues, on  a constant interest
basis.

    To the  extent that the  REMIC's basis allocable  to loans that  it holds
exceeds  their principal amounts,  the resulting premium,  if attributable to
mortgages originated  after September  27, 1985, will  be amortized  over the
life  of  the loans  (taking  into account  the  Prepayment Assumption)  on a
constant  yield method.    Although  the law  is  somewhat unclear  regarding
recovery of premium  attributable to loans originated on or before such date,
it is possible that such premium  may be recovered in proportion to  payments
of loan principal.

    Prohibited Transactions  and  Contributions  Tax.    The  REMIC  will  be
subject  to  a  100%  tax  on  any  net  income  derived  from  a "prohibited
transaction." For this purpose, net  income will be calculated without taking
into account  any  losses  from  prohibited transactions  or  any  deductions
attributable to  any  prohibited transaction  that resulted  in a  loss.   In
general, prohibited transactions include:  (i) subject to limited exceptions,
the  sale or other disposition  of any qualified  mortgage transferred to the
REMIC; (ii) subject to a limited exception, the sale or other  disposition of
a cash  flow investment;  (iii) the  receipt of  any income  from assets  not
permitted to be held by the  REMIC pursuant to the Code; or (iv)  the receipt
of any fees or other compensation for  services rendered by the REMIC.  It is
anticipated that a REMIC  will not engage  in any prohibited transactions  in
which it  would recognize  a material  amount of  net income.   In  addition,
subject to a  number of exceptions, a tax  is imposed at the rate  of 100% on
amounts contributed  to a  REMIC after  the close  of the  three-month period
beginning  on the Startup  Day.  The holders  of Residual Interest Securities
will generally be  responsible for the payment  of any such taxes  imposed on
the REMIC.   To the  extent not paid by  such holders or  otherwise, however,
such taxes  will be paid out of the Trust Fund and will be allocated pro rata
to all outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES

    In the opinion of Tax  Counsel, the holder of a  Certificate representing
a residual interest  (a "Residual Interest Security") will  take into account
the "daily portion" of the taxable income  or net loss of the REMIC for  each
day during the taxable  year on which such holder held  the Residual Interest
Security.   The daily portion is determined  by allocating to each day in any
calendar quarter its ratable portion of the taxable income or net loss of the
REMIC for such quarter,  and by allocating that amount among  the holders (on
such  day)  of  the  Residual  Interest Securities  in  proportion  to  their
respective holdings on such day.

    In  the opinion  of  Tax  Counsel,  the  holder of  a  Residual  Interest
Security  must report  its proportionate share  of the taxable  income of the
REMIC  whether  or  not  it   receives  cash  distributions  from  the  REMIC
attributable to such income or loss.  The reporting of taxable income without
corresponding distributions could occur, for example, in certain REMIC issues
in which the loans  held by the REMIC were issued or  acquired at a discount,
since mortgage  prepayments cause recognition  of discount income,  while the
corresponding portion of the  prepayment could be used in whole or in part to
make  principal  payments on  REMIC  Regular  Interests  issued  without  any
discount or at an insubstantial discount  (if this occurs, it is likely  that
cash  distributions will  exceed taxable  income  in later  years).   Taxable
income  may also  be greater in  earlier years  of certain REMIC  issues as a
result  of the  fact that  interest expense  deductions,  as a  percentage of
outstanding  principal on REMIC  Regular Interest Securities,  will typically
increase over  time as lower  yielding Securities are paid,  whereas interest
income with respect  to loans will generally  remain constant over time  as a
percentage of loan principal.

    In any event, because  the holder of a residual interest is  taxed on the
net income of the REMIC, the taxable income derived from a  Residual Interest
Security  in a given  taxable year will  not be  equal to the  taxable income
associated with investment in a  corporate bond or stripped instrument having
similar cash flow characteristics and pretax yield.  Therefore, the after-tax
yield on the Residual Interest Security may be  less than that of such a bond
or instrument.

    Limitation on Losses.  In  the opinion of Tax Counsel, the amount  of the
REMIC's net loss that a holder may take into account currently is limited  to
the holder's adjusted basis at the end of the calendar quarter in which  such
loss arises.  A holder's basis in a Residual Interest Security will initially
equal such holder's purchase price, and will subsequently be increased by the
amount of the REMIC's  taxable income allocated to the holder,  and decreased
(but not below  zero) by the amount  of distributions made and  the amount of
the  REMIC's net loss  allocated to the  holder.  Any  disallowed loss may be
carried forward indefinitely,  but may be used  only to offset income  of the
REMIC  generated  by the  same REMIC.    The ability  of holders  of Residual
Interest  Securities  to deduct  net  losses  may  be subject  to  additional
limitations under the Code, as to which such holders should consult their tax
advisers.

    Distributions.    In the  opinion  of  Tax Counsel,  distributions  on  a
Residual Interest Security  (whether at their scheduled times or  as a result
of prepayments) will generally not result in any additional taxable income or
loss to  a holder of  a Residual  Interest Security.   If the amount  of such
payment exceeds a holder's adjusted  basis in the Residual Interest Security,
however, the holder will recognize gain (treated as gain from the sale of the
Residual Interest Security) to the extent of such excess.

    Sale or Exchange.  In the opinion of Tax Counsel, a holder of a  Residual
Interest  Security will recognize gain  or loss on the sale  or exchange of a
Residual  Interest Security  equal to  the  difference, if  any, between  the
amount realized  and such  holder's adjusted basis  in the  Residual Interest
Security at the time of such sale or exchange.  Except to the extent provided
in regulations, which have not yet been  issued, any loss upon disposition of
a  Residual  Interest Security  will  be  disallowed  if the  selling  holder
acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage pool within six
months before or after such disposition.

    Excess  Inclusions.  In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the  portion of the
REMIC taxable income of a  holder of a Residual Interest Security  consisting
of "excess inclusion" income may not be offset by other deductions or losses,
including net operating  losses, on such holder's federal  income tax return.
Further, if  the holder  of a Residual  Interest Security is  an organization
subject to the  tax on unrelated business income imposed by Code Section 511,
such holder's excess  inclusion income will be treated  as unrelated business
taxable  income of such holder.   In addition, under Treasury regulations yet
to  be issued,  if a  real  estate investment  trust, a  regulated investment
company, a common trust fund, or certain cooperatives were to own  a Residual
Interest Security,  a portion of  dividends (or other distributions)  paid by
the real estate investment trust (or other entity) would be treated as excess
inclusion income.  If a Residual Security is owned by a foreign person excess
inclusion income is subject to tax at a rate of 30% which  may not be reduced
by treaty,  is not  eligible for  treatment  as "portfolio  interest" and  is
subject to  certain additional  limitations.  See  "Tax Treatment  of Foreign
Investors." The Small Business Job Protection  Act of 1996 has eliminated the
special rule permitting  Section 593 institutions ("thrift  institutions") to
use  net operating  losses and  other  allowable deductions  to offset  their
excess   inclusion  income  from   REMIC  residual  certificates   that  have
"significant value"  within the meaning  of the REMIC  Regulations, effective
for  taxable years beginning after December 31,  1995, except with respect to
residual  certificates  continuously  held  by  a  thrift  institution  since
November 1, 1995.

    In  addition, the  Small Business  Job  Protection Act  of 1996  provides
three  rules  for  determining  the   effect  on  excess  inclusions  on  the
alternative minimum taxable income of  a residual holder.  First, alternative
minimum taxable income for such  residual holder is determined without regard
to  the  special  rule  that  taxable  income  cannot  be  less  than  excess
inclusions.  Second,  a residual holder's alternative  minimum taxable income
for a tax year  cannot be less than  excess inclusions for the year.   Third,
the amount of any  alternative minimum tax net operating loss deductions must
be  computed without  regard  to  any excess  inclusions.    These rules  are
effective for tax years beginning after December 31,  1986, unless a residual
holder elects  to have  such rules apply  only to  tax years  beginning after
August 20, 1996.

    The excess inclusion  portion of a REMIC's  income is generally equal  to
the excess,  if  any,  of  REMIC taxable  income  for  the  quarterly  period
allocable to a  Residual Interest Security, over the  daily accruals for such
quarterly period of (i)  120% of the long term applicable federal rate on the
Startup Day  multiplied by  (ii) the  adjusted issue  price of such  Residual
Interest Security  at the beginning of  such quarterly period.   The adjusted
issue price of a Residual Interest at the beginning of each  calendar quarter
will  equal  its  issue  price  (calculated  in  a  manner  analogous to  the
determination of  the issue price  of a Regular  Interest), increased by  the
aggregate of  the daily accruals  for prior calendar quarters,  and decreased
(but  not below zero)  by the amount  of loss allocated  to a  holder and the
amount of  distributions made  on the Residual  Interest Security  before the
beginning of  the quarter.   The long-term federal  rate, which  is announced
monthly by  the Treasury Department, is an interest rate that is based on the
average  market yield  of  outstanding marketable  obligations of  the United
States government having remaining maturities in excess of nine years.

    Under  the  REMIC Regulations,  in  certain  circumstances, transfers  of
Residual Securities may be disregarded.  See "--Restrictions on Ownership and
Transfer  of Residual  Interest Securities" and  "--Tax Treatment  of Foreign
Investors" below.

    Restrictions on Ownership and  Transfer of Residual Interest  Securities.
As  a condition to qualification as  a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be
made  to  prevent  the  ownership  of  a  REMIC  residual  interest  by   any
"Disqualified Organization."  Disqualified Organizations  include the  United
States, any State  or political subdivision thereof,  any foreign government,
any international  organization, or any  agency or instrumentality of  any of
the foregoing, a rural electric or telephone cooperative described in Section
1381(a)(2)(C) of  the Code,  or any  entity exempt  from the  tax imposed  by
Sections 1-1399 of  the Code, if  such entity  is not subject  to tax on  its
unrelated business income.  Accordingly, the applicable Pooling and Servicing
Agreement will  prohibit Disqualified  Organizations from  owning a  Residual
Interest Security.  In addition, no transfer  of a Residual Interest Security
will be permitted unless the proposed transferee shall have  furnished to the
Trustee  an  affidavit representing  and  warranting  that  it is  neither  a
Disqualified  Organization nor  an agent  or nominee  acting  on behalf  of a
Disqualified Organization.

    If  a  Residual  Interest  Security  is  transferred  to  a  Disqualified
Organization after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above), a substantial  tax will be imposed on the transferor of such Residual
Interest  Security  at  the  time  of  the  transfer.    In  addition,  if  a
Disqualified Organization holds  an interest in  a pass-through entity  after
March 31,  1988 (including, among  others, a partnership, trust,  real estate
investment trust,  regulated  investment company,  or any  person holding  as
nominee),  that owns  a Residual Interest  Security, the  pass-through entity
will be required  to pay an annual  tax on its allocable share  of the excess
inclusion income of the REMIC.

    Under  the  REMIC Regulations,  if  a  Residual Interest  Security  is  a
"noneconomic residual interest," as described below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest Security  to a  United States  person  will be  disregarded for  all
Federal tax  purposes unless  no significant purpose  of the transfer  was to
impede the assessment or collection of tax.  A Residual Interest  Security is
a "noneconomic residual interest" unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the
present value of  the expected future distributions on  the Residual Interest
Security at least equals the product of the present value of  the anticipated
excess inclusions  and the  highest rate  of tax  for the  year in  which the
transfer  occurs,  and  (ii)  the  transferor  reasonably  expects  that  the
transferee will receive distributions from the REMIC at or after the  time at
which  the taxes accrue  on the  anticipated excess  inclusions in  an amount
sufficient  to satisfy  the  accrued taxes.    If a  transfer  of a  Residual
Interest  is disregarded,  the transferor  would  be liable  for any  Federal
income tax  imposed upon  taxable income derived  by the transferee  from the
REMIC.  The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how to determine if a
significant purpose of a  transfer is to impede the assessment  or collection
of  tax.    A similar  type  of  limitation exists  with  respect  to certain
transfers of residual interests by  foreign persons to United States persons.
See "--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors."

    Mark  to  Market Rules.    Prospective  purchasers of  a  REMIC  Residual
Interest Security should be aware that the IRS recently finalized regulations
(the  "Mark-to-Market Regulations")  which  provide  that  a  REMIC  Residual
Interest Security acquired after January  3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market.
Prospective purchasers of a REMIC  Residual Interest Security should  consult
their tax advisors  regarding the possible application of the  Mark to Market
Regulations.

ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

    The  REMIC's books must  be maintained on  a calendar year  basis and the
REMIC must file an annual federal income tax  return.  The REMIC will also be
subject to the procedural and administrative rules of  the Code applicable to
partnerships, including the determination of any adjustments  to, among other
things, items of REMIC  income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit,  by the IRS
in a unified administrative proceeding.

TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST

    General.  As  further specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, if
a REMIC  election is  not made  and the  Trust Fund  is not  structured as  a
partnership, then, in  the opinion of Tax Counsel, the Trust Fund relating to
a Series of Securities will be classified for federal income tax  purposes as
a  grantor trust under Subpart E, Part 1  of Subchapter J of the Code and not
as an association  taxable as a  corporation (the Securities of  such Series,
"Pass-Through  Securities").  In some  Series there will  be no separation of
the principal and interest  payments on the Loans.  In  such circumstances, a
holder will be  considered to have purchased a pro rata undivided interest in
each of  the Loans.   In  other cases  ("Stripped Securities"),  sale of  the
Securities will produce  a separation in the ownership of all or a portion of
the principal payments from all or a portion  of the interest payments on the
Loans.

    In the  opinion of Tax  Counsel, each holder  must report on  its federal
income tax return its share  of the gross income derived from the  Loans (not
reduced by  the amount payable  as fees to the  Trustee and the  Servicer and
similar  fees (collectively, the "Servicing  Fee")), at the  same time and in
the same manner as such items would have been reported under the Holder's tax
accounting method  had it held its  interest in the Loans  directly, received
directly its  share of the  amounts received with  respect to the  Loans, and
paid directly its share  of the Servicing Fees.  In  the case of Pass-Through
Securities other than Stripped Securities, such income will consist of a  pro
rata share of all  of the income derived  from all of  the Loans and, in  the
case of Stripped Securities, such income will consist  of a pro rata share of
the income derived  from each stripped bond  or stripped coupon in  which the
holder owns an interest.  The holder of a Security will generally be entitled
to deduct such Servicing Fees under Section 162 or Section 212 of the Code to
the  extent that such Servicing  Fees represent "reasonable" compensation for
the services rendered  by the Trustee and the Servicer (or third parties that
are  compensated  for the  performance  of  services).    In the  case  of  a
noncorporate  holder, however,  Servicing Fees (to  the extent  not otherwise
disallowed,  e.g., because  they  exceed  reasonable  compensation)  will  be
deductible  in computing  such holder's  regular  tax liability  only to  the
extent that such fees, when added to other miscellaneous itemized deductions,
exceed 2% of adjusted gross income and may not be deductible to any extent in
computing such holder's alternative minimum  tax liability.  In addition, for
taxable  years beginning  after December  31,  1990, the  amount of  itemized
deductions otherwise allowable  for the taxable year for  an individual whose
adjusted gross  income exceeds  the applicable amount  (which amount  will be
adjusted for inflation in taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced
by the  lesser of (i)  3% of  the excess  of adjusted gross  income over  the
applicable amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

    Discount or  Premium on Pass-Through Securities.   In the  opinion of Tax
Counsel, the  holder's purchase  price of  a Pass-Through  Security is to  be
allocated  among  the  Loans  in  proportion to  their  fair  market  values,
determined as  of the  time of purchase  of the Securities.   In  the typical
case,  the  Trustee  (to  the  extent  necessary  to  fulfill  its  reporting
obligations)  will treat each Loan as having a fair market value proportional
to the share of the aggregate principal balances  of all of the Loans that it
represents, since  the Securities, unless otherwise specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, will have a relatively uniform interest rate and other
common characteristics.  To the extent that the portion of the purchase price
of a  Pass-Through Security allocated  to a  Loan (other than  to a  right to
receive   any  accrued  interest  thereon  and  any  undistributed  principal
payments) is  less than or greater than the  portion of the principal balance
of the Loan allocable  to the Security, the interest in the Loan allocable to
the Pass-Through Security  will be deemed to have been acquired at a discount
or premium, respectively.

    The  treatment  of any  discount  will  depend on  whether  the  discount
represents OID or market discount.  In the  case of a Loan with OID in excess
of a prescribed  de minimis  amount or  a Stripped  Security, a  holder of  a
Security will be required to report  as interest income in each taxable  year
its share of  the amount of OID that  accrues during that year  in the manner
described above.   OID with  respect to a  Loan could arise, for  example, by
virtue of the financing of points by the originator of the Loan, or by virtue
of the charging of points by the originator of the  Loan in an amount greater
than  a statutory  de minimis  exception,  in circumstances  under which  the
points are not currently  deductible pursuant to applicable Code  provisions.
Any  market discount  or premium  on  a Loan  will be  includible  in income,
generally in the  manner described above,  except that in  the case of  Pass-
Through Securities, market  discount is calculated with respect  to the Loans
underlying the Certificate,  rather than  with respect  to the  Security.   A
holder that acquires  an interest in  a Loan originated  after July 18,  1984
with more than  a de minimis amount of market discount (generally, the excess
of the principal amount of  the Loan over the purchaser's  allocable purchase
price) will be required  to include accrued market discount in  income in the
manner set forth above.  See "--Taxation of Debt Securities; Market Discount"
and "--Premium" above.

    In the  case of market discount  on a Pass-Through  Security attributable
to Loans originated on  or before July 18, 1984, the holder generally will be
required to allocate the portion of such discount that is allocable to a loan
among  the  principal  payments on  the  Loan  and  to  include the  discount
allocable  to each  principal  payment in  ordinary income  at the  time such
principal payment is made.  Such treatment would generally result in discount
being included in  income at a slower rate than discount would be required to
be included in income using the method described in the preceding paragraph.

    Stripped  Securities.   A  Stripped Security  may  represent a  right  to
receive only  a portion of  the interest  payments on the  Loans, a right  to
receive only principal payments  on the Loans, or a right  to receive certain
payments of both interest and principal.  Certain Stripped Securities ("Ratio
Strip Securities") may represent a  right to receive differing percentages of
both the interest and  principal on each Loan.   Pursuant to Section 1286  of
the Code, the separation of ownership of the right to receive some or all  of
the interest payments on an obligation from ownership of the right to receive
some or all  of the principal payments  results in the creation  of "stripped
bonds" with respect to principal payments and "stripped coupons" with respect
to interest payments.   Section 1286  of the  Code applies the  OID rules  to
stripped  bonds and  stripped coupons.   For  purposes of  computing original
issue discount,  a stripped bond  or a stripped  coupon is treated  as a debt
instrument issued on the  date that such stripped interest  is purchased with
an issue  price equal to  its purchase price  or, if  more than one  stripped
interest is purchased,  the ratable share of the purchase  price allocable to
such stripped interest.

    Servicing  fees   in  excess  of   reasonable  servicing   fees  ("excess
servicing")  will be treated  under the stripped  bond rules.   If the excess
servicing fee is less than  100 basis points (i.e.,  1% interest on the  Loan
principal balance)  or the Securities  are initially  sold with a  de minimis
discount  (assuming no prepayment assumption is required), any non-de minimis
discount  arising from  a subsequent  transfer  of the  Securities should  be
treated as  market discount.   The  IRS  appears to  require that  reasonable
servicing fees be calculated on  a Loan by Loan basis, which  could result in
some Loans being  treated as having  more than 100  basis points of  interest
stripped off.

    The  Code,  OID  Regulations and  judicial  decisions  provide no  direct
guidance  as to  how the interest  and original  issue discount rules  are to
apply to  Stripped Securities and  other Pass-Through Securities.   Under the
method described  above  for  Pay-Through Securities  (the  "Cash  Flow  Bond
Method"), a  prepayment assumption  is used  and periodic  recalculations are
made which  take into account with respect to  each accrual period the effect
of prepayments during  such period.  However,  the 1986 Act does  not, absent
Treasury regulations,  appear specifically to  cover instruments such  as the
Stripped  Securities which technically  represent ownership interests  in the
underlying  Loans,  rather than  being  debt instruments  "secured  by" those
loans.  Nevertheless,  it is  believed that the  Cash Flow  Bond Method is  a
reasonable method of reporting income for such Securities, and it is expected
that OID will  be reported on  that basis unless  otherwise specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement.   In applying the  calculation to Pass-Through
Securities, the Trustee  will treat all payments  to be received by  a holder
with  respect to the  underlying Loans  as payments  on a  single installment
obligation.  The IRS could, however, assert that original issue discount must
be calculated separately for each Loan underlying a Security.

    Under certain  circumstances, if the Loans  prepay at a rate  faster than
the  Prepayment  Assumption,  the  use  of  the Cash  Flow  Bond  Method  may
accelerate  a holder's recognition of income.   If, however, the Loans prepay
at a rate slower  than the Prepayment  Assumption, in some circumstances  the
use of this method may decelerate a holder's recognition of income.

    In  the  case  of  a Stripped  Security  that  is  an  Interest  Weighted
Security, the Trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report income to
Security holders as OID, in the manner described above for  Interest Weighted
Securities.

    Possible Alternative  Characterizations.   The  characterizations of  the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations
of the applicable  Code provisions.  Among other  possibilities, the Internal
Revenue Service could  contend that (i) in certain  Series, each non-Interest
Weighted Security is composed  of an unstripped undivided ownership  interest
in  Loans and  an  installment obligation  consisting  of stripped  principal
payments;  (ii)  the  non-Interest Weighted  Securities  are  subject to  the
contingent  payment provisions  of  the Proposed  Regulations; or  (iii) each
Interest  Weighted Stripped Security  is composed of  an unstripped undivided
ownership  interest  in Loans  and  an installment  obligation  consisting of
stripped interest payments.

    Given   the  variety  of  alternatives  for  treatment  of  the  Stripped
Securities and the different federal income tax consequences that result from
each alternative,  potential purchasers  are urged to  consult their  own tax
advisers regarding the proper treatment  of the Securities for federal income
tax purposes.

    Character  as Qualifying  Loans.   In  the case  of Stripped  Securities,
there is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character
of the Securities,  for federal income tax purposes, will be  the same as the
Loans.   The IRS  could take  the position  that the  Loans character is  not
carried  over  to  the  Securities   in  such  circumstances.    Pass-Through
Securities will be, and, although the matter is not free from doubt, Stripped
Securities should be considered to  represent "real estate assets" within the
meaning  of  Section  856(c)(6)(B) of  the  Code, and  "loans  secured  by an
interest in real property" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of
the  Code; and  interest  income  attributable to  the  Securities should  be
considered to represent "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real
property  or on interests  in real  property" within  the meaning  of Section
856(c)(3)(B) of the  Code.  Reserves  or funds underlying the  Securities may
cause  a proportionate  reduction in  the  above-described qualifying  status
categories of Securities.

SALE OR EXCHANGE

    Subject to the discussion below  with respect to Trust Funds as  to which
a partnership election is made, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, a holder's tax
basis in  its Security  is the price  such holder  pays for a  Security, plus
amounts of original  issue or market discount included in  income and reduced
by any payments received (other  than qualified stated interest payments) and
any amortized  premium.   Gain or  loss recognized  on a  sale, exchange,  or
redemption  of a  Security, measured  by  the difference  between the  amount
realized and the Security's basis as  so adjusted, will generally be  capital
gain or loss, assuming that the Security is  held as a capital asset.  In the
case of a Security  held by a bank, thrift, or  similar institution described
in Section 582  of the Code, however,  gain or loss  realized on the sale  or
exchange of a Regular Interest Security will be taxable as ordinary income or
loss.  In addition, gain from the  disposition of a Regular Interest Security
that might otherwise  be capital gain will  be treated as ordinary  income to
the extent  of the excess,  if any, of  (i) the  amount that would  have been
includible in  the  holder's income  if the  yield on  such Regular  Interest
Security had equaled  110% of the applicable federal rate as of the beginning
of  such holder's holding period, over the amount of ordinary income actually
recognized by the holder with respect to such Regular Interest Security.  For
taxable years  beginning after  December 31,  1993, the  maximum tax  rate on
ordinary income for individual taxpayers is 39.6% and the maximum tax rate on
long-term capital gains  reported after December 31, 1990  for such taxpayers
is 28%.  The maximum  tax rate on both ordinary income  and long-term capital
gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.

MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS

    Backup Withholding.   Subject  to the  discussion below  with respect  to
Trust Funds as to which a partnership election is made, a holder,  other than
a holder of a REMIC Residual  Security, may, under certain circumstances,  be
subject  to  "backup   withholding"  at  a  rate  of  31%   with  respect  to
distributions or the proceeds of a sale of certificates to or through brokers
that  represent interest or original issue  discount on the Securities.  This
withholding generally  applies  if the  holder  of a  Security  (i) fails  to
furnish  the Trustee  with its  taxpayer identification number  ("TIN"); (ii)
furnishes  the Trustee  an  incorrect  TIN; (iii)  fails  to report  properly
interest, dividends or other "reportable payments" as defined in the Code; or
(iv)  under certain  circumstances,  fails  to provide  the  Trustee or  such
holder's securities broker  with a certified statement, signed  under penalty
of perjury, that the TIN  provided is its correct number and that  the holder
is not  subject to  backup withholding.   Backup withholding will  not apply,
however, with respect to certain payments made to holders, including payments
to certain  exempt recipients (such  as exempt organizations) and  to certain
Nonresidents (as defined  below).  Holders should consult  their tax advisers
as  to their  qualification for  exemption  from backup  withholding and  the
procedure for obtaining the exemption.

    The  Trustee will  report to  the holders  and to  the Servicer  for each
calendar  year the amount  of any "reportable payments"  during such year and
the  amount  of tax  withheld,  if  any,  with  respect to  payments  on  the
Securities.

TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

    Subject  to the discussion below with respect  to Trust Funds as to which
a partnership  election is made,  under the Code, unless  interest (including
OID) paid  on  a  Security  (other  than a  Residual  Interest  Security)  is
considered to be  "effectively connected" with a trade  or business conducted
in the United  States by a nonresident alien  individual, foreign partnership
or foreign corporation ("Nonresidents"), in  the opinion of Tax Counsel, such
interest will  normally qualify as  portfolio interest (except where  (i) the
recipient is a  holder, directly  or by attribution,  of 10% or  more of  the
capital  or  profits interest  in  the issuer,  or  (ii) the  recipient  is a
controlled foreign corporation to  which the issuer is a related  person) and
will be  exempt  from  federal  income tax.    Upon  receipt  of  appropriate
ownership statements, the issuer normally  will be relieved of obligations to
withhold tax  from such  interest payments.   These provisions  supersede the
generally applicable  provisions of  United States law  that would  otherwise
require  the issuer to withhold at a  30% rate (unless such rate were reduced
or eliminated by an applicable  tax treaty) on, among other things,  interest
and  other  fixed  or  determinable,   annual  or  periodic  income  paid  to
Nonresidents.   Holders of  Pass-Through Securities and  Stripped Securities,
including Ratio Strip  Securities, however, may be subject  to withholding to
the extent that the Loans were originated on or before July 18, 1984.

    Interest and OID of  holders who are foreign  persons are not subject  to
withholding if they  are effectively connected with a  United States business
conducted by the  holder.  They  will, however, generally  be subject to  the
regular United States income tax.

    Payments  to  holders of  Residual  Interest Securities  who  are foreign
persons will  generally be treated  as interest for  purposes of the  30% (or
lower treaty rate) United States withholding tax.  Holders should assume that
such income does not qualify for exemption from United States withholding tax
as "portfolio  interest." It  is clear  that, to  the extent  that a  payment
represents  a  portion  of  REMIC  taxable  income  that  constitutes  excess
inclusion  income, a  holder  of a  Residual  Interest Security  will not  be
entitled to an exemption from or reduction of  the 30% (or lower treaty rate)
withholding  tax rule.    If  the  payments  are  subject  to  United  States
withholding tax,  they generally will  be taken into account  for withholding
tax purposes  only when paid  or distributed  (or when the  Residual Interest
Security is disposed of).  The Treasury has  statutory authority, however, to
promulgate  regulations which  would require  such amounts  to be  taken into
account  at an earlier time in  order to prevent the  avoidance of tax.  Such
regulations could, for example, require withholding prior to the distribution
of  cash  in  the case  of  Residual  Interest Securities  that  do  not have
significant  value.   Under the  REMIC  Regulations, if  a Residual  Interest
Security  has tax  avoidance potential,  a  transfer of  a Residual  Interest
Security to a  Nonresident will be disregarded for  all Federal tax purposes.
A Residual  Interest Security has tax avoidance potential unless, at the time
of  the  transfer the  transferor  reasonably  expects  that the  REMIC  will
distribute to the transferee residual interest holder amounts that will equal
at  least  30%  of each  excess  inclusion,  and that  such  amounts  will be
distributed at or  after the time at  which the excess inclusions  accrue and
not later  than the calendar year following the calendar year of accrual.  If
a  Nonresident transfers  a Residual  Interest  Security to  a United  States
person, and  if the  transfer has the  effect of  allowing the  transferor to
avoid tax on accrued excess inclusions, then  the transfer is disregarded and
the transferor continues  to be treated as the owner of the Residual Interest
Security for purposes of the withholding tax provisions of the Code.  See "--
Excess Inclusions."

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP

    Tax  Counsel is  of  the  opinion  that  a Trust  Fund  structured  as  a
partnership  will  not be  an  association (or  publicly  traded partnership)
taxable as a  corporation for federal income  tax purposes.  This  opinion is
based  on the assumption  that the terms  of the Trust  Agreement and related
documents will be complied with, and on counsel's conclusions that the nature
of the income  of the Trust Fund  will exempt it  from the rule that  certain
publicly traded partnerships  are taxable as corporations or  the issuance of
the Certificates has been structured as a private placement under an IRS safe
harbor, so that the Trust Fund will not be characterized as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation.

    If the Trust Fund  were taxable as a  corporation for federal income  tax
purposes, in the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the Trust Fund would  be subject to
corporate income tax on its taxable income.   The Trust Fund's taxable income
would include all its income, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the
Notes.  Any such corporate income tax could materially  reduce cash available
to make  payments on  the Notes and  distributions on  the Certificates,  and
Certificateholders could  be liable for  any such tax  that is unpaid  by the
Trust Fund.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

    Treatment of the Notes as  Indebtedness.  The Trust Fund will  agree, and
the Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat  the Notes as
debt for federal  income tax purposes.   In such a circumstance,  Tax Counsel
is, except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, of the
opinion  that the  Notes will be  classified as  debt for federal  income tax
purposes.  The discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is
correct.

    OID, Indexed  Securities, etc.   The  discussion below  assumes that  all
payments on the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are
not Indexed Securities or Strip Notes.  Moreover, the discussion assumes that
the  interest formula  for the  Notes meets  the requirements  for "qualified
stated interest" under  the OID regulations,  and that any  OID on the  Notes
(i.e., any  excess of  the principal  amount of  the Notes  over their  issue
price) does not  exceed a de minimis  amount (i.e., 0.25% of  their principal
amount multiplied by  the number of full  years included in their  term), all
within the  meaning of  the OID  regulations.   If these  conditions are  not
satisfied  with  respect  to  any  given  series  of  Notes,  additional  tax
considerations with respect to such Notes will be disclosed in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.

    Interest Income on the Notes.  Based on the  above assumptions, except as
discussed  in the  following paragraph,  in the opinion  of Tax  Counsel, the
Notes will not  be considered issued with  OID.  The stated  interest thereon
will be taxable to a Noteholder as  ordinary interest income when received or
accrued in accordance with such Noteholder's method of tax accounting.  Under
the OID regulations,  a holder of a Note  issued with a de  minimis amount of
OID must  include such  OID  in income,  on a  pro rata  basis, as  principal
payments are made  on the Note.   It is believed that any  prepayment premium
paid as  a result  of a mandatory  redemption will  be taxable  as contingent
interest when it becomes fixed and  unconditionally payable.  A purchaser who
buys a  Note for more  or less than  its principal  amount will generally  be
subject, respectively, to  the premium amortization or market  discount rules
of the Code.

    A holder of  a Note that has a  fixed maturity date of not more  than one
year from the issue date of such Note (a "Short-Term Note") may be subject to
special rules.   An accrual  basis holder of  a Short-Term Note  (and certain
cash method holders,  including regulated investment companies,  as set forth
in Section 1281 of  the Code) generally would be required  to report interest
income as  interest accrues on  a straight-line basis  over the term  of each
interest  period.  Other  cash basis holders  of a Short-Term  Note would, in
general, be required  to report interest income  as interest is paid  (or, if
earlier, upon the  taxable disposition of  the Short-Term Note).   However, a
cash  basis holder of  a Short-Term Note  reporting interest income  as it is
paid may be  required to defer  a portion of  any interest expense  otherwise
deductible on indebtedness incurred to  purchase or carry the Short-Term Note
until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note.  A cash  basis taxpayer
may elect  under Section 1281  of the Code to  accrue interest income  on all
nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in which case
the taxpayer would  include interest on the  Short-Term Note in income  as it
accrues,  but would  not be  subject to  the interest  expense  deferral rule
referred  to in  the preceding sentence.   Certain  special rules apply  if a
Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.

    Sale  or  Other  Disposition.    In the  opinion  of  Tax  Counsel,  if a
Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will recognize  gain or loss in an amount
equal to  the difference  between the  amount realized  on the  sale and  the
holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note.  The adjusted tax basis of a Note to
a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's cost for  the Note, increased
by  any  market  discount,  acquisition  discount, OID  and  gain  previously
included by such  Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased
by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by the amount
of principal payments previously received  by such Noteholder with respect to
such Note.   Any such gain or loss  will be capital gain or  loss if the Note
was held as  a capital asset,  except for gain representing  accrued interest
and  accrued market  discount not  previously  included in  income.   Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.

    Foreign Holders.  In  the opinion of Tax Counsel, interest  payments made
(or accrued) to a Noteholder who is a nonresident  alien, foreign corporation
or  other non-United  States person  (a "foreign  person") generally  will be
considered "portfolio interest", and generally  will not be subject to United
States  federal  income  tax and  withholding  tax,  if the  interest  is not
effectively connected  with the  conduct of  a trade  or business  within the
United  States  by the  foreign  person and  the  foreign person  (i)  is not
actually or constructively  a "10 percent  shareholder" of the  Trust or  the
Seller (including  a holder  of 10%  of  the outstanding  Certificates) or  a
"controlled  foreign corporation"  with respect  to  which the  Trust or  the
Seller is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code and (ii) provides
the Owner Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to  withhold U.S.
tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or a
similar  form),  signed  under  penalties of  perjury,  certifying  that  the
beneficial owner of  the Note is a  foreign person and providing  the foreign
person's name  and address.  If a Note  is held through a securities clearing
organization or  certain other  financial institutions,  the organization  or
institution  may provide  the relevant  signed statement  to the  withholding
agent; in that case,  however, the signed statement must be  accompanied by a
Form  W-8 or  substitute form provided  by the  foreign person that  owns the
Note.  If such interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to
United States federal  income and withholding  tax at a  rate of 30  percent,
unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

    Any capital  gain realized on the  sale, redemption, retirement  or other
taxable disposition of  a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the  conduct of a trade or business  in the United
States  by the foreign person  and (ii) in the  case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present  in the United States for 183  days
or more in the taxable year.

    Backup Withholding.   Each holder of a Note (other  than an exempt holder
such  as  a  corporation,  tax-exempt  organization,  qualified  pension  and
profit-sharing  trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides  certification as to  status as a  nonresident) will be  required to
provide, under penalties  of perjury, a  certificate containing the  holder's
name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement
that  the holder is  not subject to  backup withholding.   Should a nonexempt
Noteholder fail to provide the required certification, the Trust Fund will be
required  to  withhold 31  percent  of the  amount  otherwise payable  to the
holder, and remit  the withheld  amount to the  IRS as  a credit against  the
holder's federal income tax liability.

    Possible  Alternative Treatments  of  the Notes.    If, contrary  to  the
opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might
be treated  as equity interests in the Trust Fund.   If so treated, the Trust
Fund might be  treated as  a publicly  traded partnership that  would not  be
taxable  as a  corporation because  it would  meet certain  qualifying income
tests.   Nonetheless, treatment  of the Notes  as equity interests  in such a
publicly traded partnership  could have adverse  tax consequences to  certain
holders.   For  example,  income to  certain  tax-exempt entities  (including
pension  funds)  would  be  "unrelated business  taxable  income",  income to
foreign holders generally  would be subject to  U.S. tax and U.S.  tax return
filing and  withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject
to certain limitations  on their ability to  deduct their share of  the Trust
Fund's expenses.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

    Treatment  of the Trust  Fund as a Partnership.   The Trust  Fund and the
Servicer will agree, and the  Certificateholders will agree by their purchase
of Certificates, to  treat the Trust  Fund as a  partnership for purposes  of
federal and  state income tax,  franchise tax and  any other tax  measured in
whole or in  part by income,  with the  assets of the  partnership being  the
assets held by  the Trust  Fund, the  partners of the  partnership being  the
Certificateholders, and  the Notes being  debt of the partnership.   However,
the proper characterization of the  arrangement involving the Trust Fund, the
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Fund and the Servicer is not clear because
there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated
herein.

    A variety  of alternative characterizations  are possible.   For example,
because the  Certificates have certain  features characteristic of  debt, the
Certificates  might  be  considered  debt  of  the  Trust  Fund.    Any  such
characterization  would not result in materially  adverse tax consequences to
Certificateholders  as compared  to the  consequences  from treatment  of the
Certificates  as equity  in a  partnership, described  below.   The following
discussion  assumes that  the Certificates  represent equity  interests in  a
partnership.

    Indexed  Securities, etc.    The following  discussion  assumes that  all
payments  on the Certificates  are denominated in  U.S. dollars,  none of the
Certificates are Indexed Securities or  Strip Certificates, and that a Series
of Securities includes a  single class of Certificates.   If these conditions
are  not  satisfied  with  respect  to  any  given  Series  of  Certificates,
additional  tax  considerations with  respect  to such  Certificates  will be
disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Partnership  Taxation.   If  the  Trust  Fund is  a  partnership,  in the
opinion of Tax  Counsel, the Trust Fund will not be subject to federal income
tax.   Rather, in the opinion of Tax  Counsel, each Certificateholder will be
required to  separately take  into account such  holder's allocated  share of
income, gains, losses, deductions and credits  of the Trust Fund.  The  Trust
Fund's income will  consist primarily of interest and  finance charges earned
on the Loans (including appropriate  adjustments for market discount, OID and
bond  premium) and  any gain upon  collection or  disposition of Loans.   The
Trust Fund's  deductions  will consist  primarily of  interest accruing  with
respect to the Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon
collection or disposition of Loans.

    In  the  opinion of  Tax  Counsel, the  tax  items of  a  partnership are
allocable to the  partners in accordance with the  Code, Treasury regulations
and  the  partnership  agreement  (here,  the  Trust  Agreement  and  related
documents).    The  Trust  Agreement  will  provide,  in  general,  that  the
Certificateholders will  be allocated  taxable income of  the Trust  Fund for
each  month  equal  to the  sum  of  (i)  the interest  that  accrues  on the
Certificates  in  accordance with  their  terms  for  such  month,  including
interest accruing  at the Pass-Through  Rate for  such month and  interest on
amounts previously due on the Certificates but  not yet distributed; (ii) any
Trust  Fund income attributable to discount  on the Loans that corresponds to
any  excess of the  principal amount of  the Certificates over  their initial
issue price  (iii) prepayment premium  payable to the  Certificateholders for
such  month;  and  (iv)   any  other  amounts  of   income  payable  to   the
Certificateholders for  such month.  Such  allocation will be reduced  by any
amortization by the  Trust Fund of premium  on Loans that corresponds  to any
excess of the issue  price of Certificates over their principal  amount.  All
remaining taxable  income  of  the  Trust  Fund  will  be  allocated  to  the
Depositor.  Based on the economic arrangement of the parties, in  the opinion
of Tax  Counsel, this  approach for  allocating Trust  Fund income  should be
permissible  under applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can
be given  that the IRS  would not  require a greater  amount of income  to be
allocated to  Certificateholders.  Moreover,  in the opinion of  Tax Counsel,
even  under the  foregoing  method of  allocation, Certificateholders  may be
allocated  income equal to the entire Pass-Through  Rate plus the other items
described above even though the Trust Fund  might not have sufficient cash to
make  current cash distributions  of such amount.   Thus,  cash basis holders
will in  effect be  required to report  income from  the Certificates  on the
accrual basis  and Certificateholders  may become liable  for taxes  on Trust
Fund  income even if they have  not received cash from  the Trust Fund to pay
such taxes.   In addition, because tax allocations  and tax reporting will be
done on a uniform basis for all Certificateholders but Certificateholders may
be purchasing  Certificates  at  different  times and  at  different  prices,
Certificateholders may  be required  to report on  their tax  returns taxable
income that  is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the Trust
Fund.

    In the opinion  of Tax Counsel, all of the  taxable income allocated to a
Certificateholder that is a pension,  profit sharing or employee benefit plan
or other tax-exempt entity (including  an individual retirement account) will
constitute "unrelated business  taxable income" generally  taxable to such  a
holder under the Code.

    In  the  opinion  of  Tax Counsel,  an  individual  taxpayer's  share  of
expenses of the Trust Fund (including  fees to the Servicer but not  interest
expense) would be miscellaneous itemized  deductions.  Such deductions  might
be disallowed to the individual in whole or  in part and might result in such
holder being  taxed on an  amount of income  that exceeds the amount  of cash
actually distributed to such holder over the life of the Trust Fund.

    The  Trust Fund intends to  make all tax  calculations relating to income
and allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis.  If the IRS were
to require that such calculations be made separately for each Loan, the Trust
Fund might be  required to incur additional  expense but it is  believed that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

    Discount  and Premium.   It is  believed that the  Loans were  not issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income.  However, the
purchase price paid by the  Trust Fund for the Loans  may be greater or  less
than the remaining  principal balance of the  Loans at the time  of purchase.
If so, in the  opinion of Tax Counsel, the Loan will have  been acquired at a
premium or discount, as the case may be.  (As indicated above, the Trust Fund
will make this  calculation on an aggregate  basis, but might be  required to
recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)

    If the  Trust Fund acquires  the Loans at  a market discount  or premium,
the Trust Fund will elect to include any such discount in income currently as
it accrues over the life  of the Loans or to offset any  such premium against
interest  income on the Loans.  As indicated  above, a portion of such market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.

    Section  708 Termination.  In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel, under Section
708 of  the Code,  the Trust  Fund will  be deemed  to terminate for  federal
income  tax purposes if 50% or  more of the capital  and profits interests in
the Trust  Fund are sold or  exchanged within a  12-month period.  If  such a
termination  occurs, the  Trust Fund  will  be considered  to distribute  its
assets  to the partners,  who would then  be treated as  recontributing those
assets to  the Trust  Fund as a  new partnership.   The  Trust Fund will  not
comply  with certain  technical requirements  that  might apply  when such  a
constructive termination occurs.   As a result, the Trust Fund may be subject
to certain tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it  is required
to comply with those requirements.  Furthermore,  the Trust Fund might not be
able to comply due to lack of data.

    Disposition of Certificates.   Generally, in the opinion of  Tax Counsel,
capital gain  or loss  will be  recognized on  a sale  of Certificates in  an
amount  equal to the difference between  the amount realized and the seller's
tax basis in  the Certificates sold.   A Certificateholder's  tax basis in  a
Certificate will generally equal the  holder's cost increased by the holder's
share  of  Trust Fund  income (includible  in  income) and  decreased  by any
distributions received with  respect to such Certificate.   In addition, both
the  tax basis in  the Certificates and  the amount realized  on a  sale of a
Certificate  would  include  the  holder's  share  of  the  Notes  and  other
liabilities  of the Trust Fund.  A holder acquiring Certificates at different
prices may be required to maintain  a single aggregate adjusted tax basis  in
such  Certificates, and,  upon  sale  or other  disposition  of  some of  the
Certificates,  allocate  a  portion  of  such  aggregate  tax  basis  to  the
Certificates  sold (rather  than maintaining  a  separate tax  basis in  each
Certificate  for  purposes  of computing  gain  or  loss on  a  sale  of that
Certificate).

    Any  gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the Receivables would generally be
treated  as ordinary income to the holder  and would give rise to special tax
reporting  requirements.  The  Trust Fund does  not expect to  have any other
assets that would give rise to such special reporting requirements.  Thus, to
avoid  those special  reporting requirements,  the Trust  Fund will  elect to
include market discount in income as it accrues.

    If a  Certificateholder is required to  recognize an aggregate  amount of
income (not including  income attributable to disallowed  itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

    Allocations Between  Transferors and Transferees.   In general, the Trust
Fund's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items
for  a   particular   calendar   month  will   be   apportioned   among   the
Certificateholders  in proportion  to the  principal  amount of  Certificates
owned by  them as of the close of the last day of such month.  As a result, a
holder purchasing Certificates may be  allocated tax items (which will affect
its tax  liability and tax basis)  attributable to periods  before the actual
transaction.

    The use  of such a  monthly convention may  not be permitted  by existing
regulations.   If a  monthly convention is  not allowed  (or only  applies to
transfers  of less  than all  of the partner's  interest), taxable  income or
losses of the  Trust Fund might be reallocated  among the Certificateholders.
The Trust Fund's method of allocation between transferors and transferees may
be revised to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

    Section 754 Election.   In the event  that a Certificateholder sells  its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher  (lower) basis in the Certificates  than the selling Certificateholder
had.   The tax  basis of  the Trust  Fund's assets  will not  be adjusted  to
reflect that higher (or  lower) basis unless the  Trust Fund were to  file an
election under Section 754 of the Code.  In order to avoid the administrative
complexities that would  be involved in keeping accurate  accounting records,
as well as  potentially onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust
Fund will not make such election.   As a result, Certificateholders might  be
allocated a  greater or  lesser amount  of Trust  Fund income  than would  be
appropriate based on their own purchase price for Certificates.

    Administrative Matters.   The Owner Trustee  is required to  keep or have
kept  complete and accurate  books of  the Trust  Fund.   Such books  will be
maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an  accrual basis and
the fiscal  year of the  Trust will be the  calendar year.   The Trustee will
file a partnership information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the  IRS for each
taxable  year of  the Trust  Fund  and will  report each  Certificateholder's
allocable share of items of Trust Fund income  and expense to holders and the
IRS  on  Schedule  K-1.    The  Trust  Fund will  provide  the  Schedule  K-l
information  to  nominees  that fail  to  provide  the  Trust  Fund with  the
information statement described  below and such nominees will  be required to
forward  such  information  to the  beneficial  owners  of the  Certificates.
Generally,  holders  must file  tax  returns  that  are consistent  with  the
information return filed by the Trust Fund or be subject to  penalties unless
the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies .

    Under Section 6031  of the Code, any person that  holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time  during a calendar year is required  to furnish the Trust
Fund  with a  statement containing  certain information  on the  nominee, the
beneficial owners  and the Certificates  so held.  Such  information includes
(i) the name, address  and taxpayer identification number of the  nominee and
(ii) as  to each beneficial  owner (x) the  name, address  and identification
number of  such person, (y) whether such person  is a United States person, a
tax-exempt entity or  a foreign government, an international organization, or
any wholly owned agency  or instrumentality of either  of the foregoing,  and
(z) certain  information on Certificates  that were  held, bought or  sold on
behalf  of  such  person  throughout the  year.    In  addition,  brokers and
financial institutions  that hold Certificates through a nominee are required
to furnish directly to the Trust Fund information as to themselves  and their
ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered under Section 17A of
the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such information statement to
the Trust Fund.  The information referred to above for any calendar year must
be  furnished  to the  Trust  Fund on  or  before the  following  January 31.
Nominees, brokers and  financial institutions that fail to  provide the Trust
Fund with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

    The  Depositor will  be designated  as  the tax  matters  partner in  the
related Trust  Agreement and, as  such, will be responsible  for representing
the Certificateholders in  any dispute with the  IRS.  The Code  provides for
administrative  examination of  a partnership  as if  the partnership  were a
separate and  distinct taxpayer.   Generally, the statute of  limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three  years after the date on which
the  partnership information  return  is filed.    Any adverse  determination
following an audit of the return of  the Trust Fund by the appropriate taxing
authorities  could   result  in   an  adjustment  of   the  returns   of  the
Certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may
be precluded from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of
the  Trust  Fund.    An  adjustment  could  also  result  in  an  audit  of a
Certificateholder's  returns and  adjustments  of items  not  related to  the
income and losses of the Trust Fund.

    Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders.   It is not clear whether
the Trust Fund  would be considered to  be engaged in a trade  or business in
the United States for  purposes of federal withholding taxes with  respect to
non-U.S. persons because there is no clear authority dealing  with that issue
under facts substantially similar to those described herein.  Although it  is
not expected that the Trust  Fund would be engaged in a trade  or business in
the United  States for such purposes, the  Trust Fund will withhold  as if it
were so  engaged in  order to protect  the Trust  Fund from  possible adverse
consequences of a failure to withhold.  The Trust Fund expects to withhold on
the   portion  of   its  taxable   income  that   is  allocable   to  foreign
Certificateholders  pursuant to Section 1446  of the Code,  as if such income
were effectively connected to a U.S. trade  or business, at a rate of 35% for
foreign holders  that are  taxable as  corporations and  39.6% for  all other
foreign holders.  Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance
of other  administrative pronouncements may  require the Trust to  change its
withholding procedures.   In determining  a holder's withholding  status, the
Trust  Fund  may  rely on  IRS  Form  W-8,  IRS  Form  W-9  or  the  holder's
certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

    Each foreign  holder  might be  required to  file  a U.S.  individual  or
corporate income tax  return (including, in  the case of  a corporation,  the
branch profits tax)  on its share of  the Trust Fund's income.   Each foreign
holder must obtain a taxpayer identification  number from the IRS and  submit
that number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting
of the taxes withheld.   A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file
with the IRS a  claim for refund with respect to taxes  withheld by the Trust
Fund taking  the position that no  taxes were due because the  Trust Fund was
not engaged in a U.S. trade or business.  However, interest payments made (or
accrued) to a  Certificateholder who  is a foreign  person generally will  be
considered guaranteed  payments to  the extent  such payments are  determined
without regard to the income of  the Trust Fund.  If these  interest payments
are properly characterized as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not
be considered  "portfolio interest." As a result,  Certificateholders will be
subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax at  a rate of
30 percent,  unless reduced or  eliminated pursuant to an  applicable treaty.
In  such case, a foreign holder would only  be entitled to claim a refund for
that portion of the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with
respect to the guaranteed payments.

    Backup Withholding.  Distributions made on  the Certificates and proceeds
from the  sale of the Certificates will be  subject to a "backup" withholding
tax of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification  procedures, unless  the holder  is an exempt  recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.

                           STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    In addition to the federal income  tax consequences described in "Certain
Material  Federal  Income  Tax Considerations,"  potential  investors  should
consider  the state  and local  income tax  consequences of  the acquisition,
ownership, and disposition of the Securities.  State and local income tax law
may  differ substantially  from  the  corresponding  federal  law,  and  this
discussion does  not purport to describe any aspect of the income tax laws of
any state or  locality.  Therefore, potential investors  should consult their
own tax advisors with respect to the various state and local tax consequences
of an investment in the Securities.

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    The  following describes certain considerations under ERISA and the Code,
which  apply  only  to Securities  of  a  Series that  are  not  divided into
subclasses.  If Securities are divided into subclasses the related Prospectus
Supplement  will contain  information concerning  considerations relating  to
ERISA and the Code that are applicable to such Securities.

    ERISA  imposes requirements  on employee  benefit plans  (and  on certain
other retirement  plans  and arrangements,  including  individual  retirement
accounts and  annuities,  Keogh plans  and  collective investment  funds  and
separate accounts in which such plans, accounts or arrangements are invested)
(collectively "Plans")  subject to ERISA  and on persons who  are fiduciaries
with respect to such Plans.  Generally, ERISA applies to investments  made by
Plans.  Among other  things, ERISA requires that the assets  of Plans be held
in  trust and  that the  trustee, or  other duly  authorized  fiduciary, have
exclusive authority and  discretion to manage and control the  assets of such
Plans.  ERISA also  imposes certain duties on persons who  are fiduciaries of
Plans.    Under ERISA,  any  person who  exercises  any authority  or control
respecting the  management  or  disposition  of  the  assets  of  a  Plan  is
considered to be a fiduciary of such  Plan (subject to certain exceptions not
here relevant).   Certain employee benefit plans, such  as governmental plans
(as defined in ERISA Section  3(32)) and, if no election has been  made under
Section 410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(33)),
are not subject to ERISA requirements.  Accordingly, assets of such plans may
be  invested  in  Securities  without  regard  to  the  ERISA  considerations
described above and below, subject to the provisions of applicable state law.
Any such plan which is qualified and exempt from taxation under Code Sections
401(a) and  501(a), however, is  subject to the prohibited  transaction rules
set forth in Code Section 503. 

    On November 13, 1986, the United  States Department of Labor (the  "DOL")
issued final regulations  concerning the definition  of what constitutes  the
assets of a Plan.  (Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101) Under this regulation, the
underlying  assets and properties  of corporations, partnerships  and certain
other entities in which  a Plan makes an "equity" investment  could be deemed
for purposes  of  ERISA  to  be  assets of  the  investing  Plan  in  certain
circumstances.   However, the regulation provides that, generally, the assets
of a corporation or  partnership in which a  Plan invests will not be  deemed
for purposes  of  ERISA to  be assets  of such  Plan if  the equity  interest
acquired  by  the   investing  Plan  is  a  publicly-offered   security.    A
publicly-offered security,  as defined in the Labor  Reg. Section 2510.3-101,
is a security that is widely  held, freely transferable and registered  under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

    In  addition  to  the  imposition  of  general  fiduciary  standards   of
investment prudence  and diversification,  ERISA prohibits a  broad range  of
transactions involving Plan assets and persons ("Parties in Interest") having
certain specified relationships to a Plan and imposes additional prohibitions
where Parties in Interest are fiduciaries with respect to such Plan.  Because
the Loans may be  deemed Plan assets of each Plan  that purchases Securities,
an investment in the Securities by  a Plan might be a prohibited  transaction
under  ERISA Sections 406  and 407  and subject to  an excise tax  under Code
Section 4975 unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies.

    In Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 83-1  ("PTE  83-1"), which  amended
Prohibited   Transaction  Exemption  81-7,  the  DOL  exempted  from  ERISA's
prohibited transaction rules  certain transactions relating to  the operation
of residential  mortgage pool  investment trusts and  the purchase,  sale and
holding of "mortgage pool pass-through certificates" in the initial  issuance
of  such certificates.   PTE  83-1  permits, subject  to certain  conditions,
transactions which might otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in
Interest with respect to those  Plans related to the origination, maintenance
and termination  of mortgage  pools consisting of  mortgage loans  secured by
first  or second  mortgages or  deeds of  trust on  single-family residential
property,  and the  acquisition and  holding of  certain mortgage  pool pass-
through  certificates representing  an  interest in  such  mortgage pools  by
Plans.    If  the  general  conditions  (discussed  below)  of PTE  83-1  are
satisfied, investments by a Plan in Securities that represent interests in  a
Pool consisting of Loans ("Single Family Securities") will be exempt from the
prohibitions  of  ERISA  Sections  406(a)  and  407  (relating  generally  to
transactions with  Parties in Interest who  are not fiduciaries) if  the Plan
purchases the Single  Family Securities at no more than fair market value and
will  be exempt  from the prohibitions  of ERISA  Sections 406(b)(1)  and (2)
(relating generally to  transactions with fiduciaries)  if, in addition,  the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid
to the pool sponsor,  the Plan does not purchase more than  25% of all Single
Family  Securities,  and at  least 50%  of all  Single Family  Securities are
purchased by persons  independent of the pool  sponsor or pool trustee.   PTE
83-1 does  not provide  an exemption  for transactions  involving Subordinate
Securities.  Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, no transfer  of a Subordinate Security or a Security which is not
a Single Family Security may be made to a Plan.

    The discussion  in this and the next succeeding paragraph applies only to
Single Family Securities.  The Depositor  believes that, for purposes of  PTE
83-1,  the  term  "mortgage  pass-through  certificate"  would  include:  (i)
Securities  issued  in  a  Series  consisting  of  only  a  single  class  of
Securities; and (ii) Securities issued in a Series in which there is only one
class of Trust Securities; provided that the Securities in the case of clause
(i), or the  Securities in the case  of clause (ii), evidence  the beneficial
ownership of both a specified percentage of future interest payments (greater
than 0%)  and a specified  percentage (greater  than 0%) of  future principal
payments  on the Loans.  It  is not clear whether  a class of Securities that
evidences the beneficial ownership in a Trust Fund divided into  Loan groups,
beneficial ownership of  a specified percentage of interest  payments only or
principal payments only, or a notional amount of either principal or interest
payments, or a  class of Securities entitled to receive  payments of interest
and principal on the Loans  only after payments to other classes or after the
occurrence  of certain  specified events  would be  a "mortgage  pass-through
certificate" for purposes of PTE 83-1.

    PTE 83-1 sets forth three  general conditions which must be satisfied for
any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (i) the maintenance of a system
of insurance or other protection  for the pooled mortgage loans and  property
securing  such loans, and for indemnifying Securityholders against reductions
in  pass-through payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments
in an  amount not  less  than the  greater of  one percent  of the  aggregate
principal  balance of  all covered  pooled  mortgage loans  or the  principal
balance of the largest covered pooled mortgage  loan; (ii) the existence of a
pool  trustee  who is  not an  affiliate  of the  pool sponsor;  and  (iii) a
limitation  on  the  amount of  the  payment retained  by  the  pool sponsor,
together with other funds  inuring to its benefit, to not  more than adequate
consideration for selling the mortgage loans plus reasonable compensation for
services provided by  the pool sponsor to  the Pool.  The  Depositor believes
that  the first general  condition referred to  above will  be satisfied with
respect to the Securities in a Series issued without a subordination feature,
or the  Securities only  in a  Series  issued with  a subordination  feature,
provided  that  the  subordination  and  Reserve  Account,  subordination  by
shifting of interests, the pool insurance or other form of credit enhancement
described herein (such subordination, pool  insurance or other form of credit
enhancement being  the system  of insurance or  other protection  referred to
above) with respect to a Series of Securities  is maintained in an amount not
less than the  greater of one percent  of the aggregate principal  balance of
the Loans or the principal  balance of the largest Loan.  See "Description of
the  Securities" herein.    In the  absence of  a ruling  that the  system of
insurance  or  other  protection  with  respect to  a  Series  of  Securities
satisfies  the first  general condition referred  to above,  there can  be no
assurance that these features will be so viewed by the DOL.  The Trustee will
not be affiliated with the Depositor.

    Each  Plan  fiduciary  who  is  responsible  for  making  the  investment
decisions whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold Single Family
Securities must make its own determination as  to whether the first and third
general conditions,  and the  specific conditions  described  briefly in  the
preceding  paragraph,  of  PTE  83-1  have  been  satisfied,  or  as  to  the
availability  of  any other  prohibited  transaction exemptions.    Each Plan
fiduciary   should  also  determine  whether,  under  the  general  fiduciary
standards  of investment prudence  and diversification, an  investment in the
Securities  is appropriate  for the  Plan,  taking into  account the  overall
investment policy of  the Plan and the  composition of the  Plan's investment
portfolio.

    On  September 6, 1990 the DOL  issued to Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.,
an  individual exemption  (Prohibited Transaction Exemption  90-59; Exemption
Application No. D-8374,  55 Fed.  Reg. 36724)  (the "Underwriter  Exemption")
which  applies to  certain sales  and  servicing of  "certificates" that  are
obligations of  a "trust"  with respect to  which Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc. is the underwriter, manager  or co-manager of an underwriting syndicate.
The Underwriter Exemption provides relief  which is generally similar to that
provided by PTE 83-1, but is broader in several respects.

    The Underwriter  Exemption contains several  requirements, some  of which
differ  from those  in  PTE 83-l.    The  Underwriter Exemption  contains  an
expanded  definition  of  "certificate"  which  includes  an  interest  which
entitles the  holder to pass-through  payments of principal,  interest and/or
other payments.  The Underwriter Exemption contains an expanded definition of
"trust"  which  permits the  trust  corpus  to  consist of  secured  consumer
receivables.   The  definition  of  "trust", however,  does  not include  any
investment pool unless, inter alia, (i) the investment pool consists  only of
assets of the type which have  been included in other investment pools,  (ii)
certificates  evidencing interests in  such other investment  pools have been
purchased by investors other  than Plans for at least  one year prior to  the
Plan's acquisition of certificates pursuant to the Underwriter Exemption, and
(iii) certificates  in such other investment pools have  been rated in one of
the  three  highest generic  rating  categories  of  the four  credit  rating
agencies noted  below.  Generally,  the Underwriter Exemption holds  that the
acquisition  of the certificates  by a Plan  must be on  terms (including the
price for  the certificates) that are  at least as  favorable to the  Plan as
they would be in an  arm's length transaction with  an unrelated party.   The
Underwriter Exemption requires that the rights and interests evidenced by the
certificates not be  "subordinated" to the rights and  interests evidenced by
other certificates  of the  same trust.   The Underwriter  Exemption requires
that certificates acquired  by a Plan have  received a rating at the  time of
their  acquisition  that  is in  one  of  the  three  highest generic  rating
categories of Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,
Duff  &  Phelps Inc.  or  Fitch  Investors  Service, Inc.    The  Underwriter
Exemption specifies that  the pool trustee  must not be  an affiliate of  the
pool sponsor, nor  an affiliate  of the Underwriter,  the pool servicer,  any
obligor with  respect to  mortgage loans included  in the  trust constituting
more than five percent of the aggregate unamortized  principal balance of the
assets  in the  trust,  or any  affiliate  of such  entities.   Finally,  the
Underwriter Exemption stipulates that any  Plan investing in the certificates
must be an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D
of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

    Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to  purchase Securities
should consult  with their  counsel concerning the  impact of  ERISA and  the
Code, the  applicability of PTE 83-1  and the Underwriter  Exemption, and the
potential consequences in their specific circumstances, prior to making  such
investment.  Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the
general  fiduciary standards of  investment procedure and  diversification an
investment in the Securities is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account
the overall investment policy of the  Plan and the composition of the  Plan's
investment portfolio.

                               LEGAL INVESTMENT

    The Prospectus  Supplement for  each  series of  Securities will  specify
which,  if any,  of  the  classes of  Securities  offered thereby  constitute
"mortgage related securities"  for purposes of the  Secondary Mortgage Market
Enhancement Act  of 1984 ("SMMEA").   Classes  of Securities that  qualify as
"mortgage related securities" will be legal investments for  persons, trusts,
corporations,  partnerships,  associations,  business  trusts,  and  business
entities  (including depository  institutions, life  insurance  companies and
pension funds) created pursuant to or  existing under the laws of the  United
States or  of any state (including the District  of Columbia and Puerto Rico)
whose authorized  investments are  subject to state  regulations to  the same
extent as,  under applicable law,  obligations issued by or  guaranteed as to
principal and  interest by  the United States  or any  such entities.   Under
SMMEA, if a state enacted  legislation prior to October 4,  1991 specifically
limiting the legal investment  authority of any such entities with respect to
"mortgage  related securities", securities  will constitute legal investments
for entities subject to such legislation only to the extent provided therein.
Approximately twenty-one states adopted such legislation prior to the October
4, 1991  deadline.   SMMEA  provides,  however, that  in  no event  will  the
enactment  of any  such legislation  affect the  validity of  any contractual
commitment to purchase,  hold or invest in securities, or require the sale or
other disposition of  securities, so long as such  contractual commitment was
made or  such  securities  were  acquired prior  to  the  enactment  of  such
legislation.

    SMMEA also  amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan associations and
federal  savings banks may  invest in, sell  or otherwise  deal in Securities
without limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented thereby,
federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related securities, and national
banks may purchase certificates for their  own account without regard to  the
limitations  generally applicable  to investment securities  set forth  in 12
U.S.C.  24 (Seventh),  subject   in  each  case to  such  regulations as  the
applicable  federal authority  may prescribe.   In  this connection,  federal
credit unions should review the National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA")
Letter to Credit  Unions No. 96, as  modified by Letter to  Credit Unions No.
108,  which includes  guidelines to  assist federal  credit unions  in making
investment  decisions  for   mortgage  related  securities  and   the  NCUA's
regulation "Investment  and Deposit Activities"  (12 C.F.R. Part  703), which
sets forth  certain restrictions  on investment by  federal credit  unions in
mortgage related securities.

    All depository institutions considering  an investment in the  Securities
(whether  or not  the class  of Securities  under consideration  for purchase
constitutes   a  "mortgage  related  security")  should  review  the  Federal
Financial Institutions  Examination Council's Supervisory Policy Statement on
the  Securities  Activities  (to  the  extent  adopted  by  their  respective
regulators) (the "Policy Statement") setting forth, in relevant part, certain
securities trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution's
investment portfolio,  and guidelines for (and restrictions  on) investing in
mortgage  derivative products, including "mortgage related securities", which
are  "high-risk mortgage  securities"  as defined  in  the Policy  Statement.
According  to the  Policy  Statement  such  "high-risk  mortgage  securities"
include securities such as Securities not entitled to distributions allocated
to  principal or  interest, or  Subordinated  Securities.   Under the  Policy
Statement,  it  is the  responsibility  of  each  depository  institution  to
determine, prior to purchase (and  at stated intervals thereafter), whether a
particular  mortgage derivative product  is a "high-risk  mortgage security",
and whether the purchase (or retention) of such a product would be consistent
with the Policy Statement.

    The  foregoing  does not  take  into consideration  the  applicability of
statutes,  rules,  regulations,  orders  guidelines  or  agreements generally
governing investments  made  by a  particular  investor, including,  but  not
limited  to  "prudent investor"  provisions  which may  restrict  or prohibit
investment in securities which are not "interest bearing" or "income paying".

    There may  be other  restrictions on  the ability  of certain  investors,
including  depositors institutions,  either  to  purchase  Securities  or  to
purchase  Securities representing  more than  a specified  percentage of  the
investor's  assets.   Investors should  consult their  own legal  advisors in
determining whether  and  to  what  extent the  Securities  constitute  legal
investments for such investors.

                            METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

    The Securities  offered hereby and by  the Prospectus Supplement  will be
offered in Series.  The distribution  of the Securities may be effected  from
time to time in one  or more transactions, including negotiated transactions,
at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices to be determined at the
time of sale or at the  time of commitment therefor.  If so  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the Securities will be distributed  in a firm
commitment  underwriting,  subject   to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the
underwriting agreement, by Greenwich Capital  Markets, Inc. ("GCM") acting as
underwriter with other underwriters,  if any, named therein.   In such event,
the related Prospectus Supplement may also specify that the underwriters will
not  be  obligated  to pay  for  any  Securities agreed  to  be  purchased by
purchasers pursuant to  purchase agreements acceptable to the  Depositor.  In
connection  with  the  sale  of  the  Securities,  underwriters  may  receive
compensation from the  Depositor or from purchasers of  the Securities in the
form  of  discounts, concessions  or  commissions.   The  related  Prospectus
Supplement will describe any such compensation paid by the Depositor.

    Alternatively,  the related  Prospectus Supplement  may specify  that the
Securities will be  distributed by GCM  acting as agent  or in some cases  as
principal  with respect  to Securities  that it  has previously  purchased or
agreed to purchase.  If GCM acts as agent in the sale of Securities, GCM will
receive  a selling  commission with  respect  to each  Series of  Securities,
depending on  market conditions, expressed  as a percentage of  the aggregate
principal balance of  the related Trust Fund  Assets as of the  Cut-off Date.
The exact percentage for  each Series of Securities will be  disclosed in the
related  Prospectus Supplement.   To the  extent that GCM  elects to purchase
Securities as principal,  GCM may  realize losses or  profits based upon  the
difference between  its purchase price and  the sales price.   The Prospectus
Supplement with respect to any Series offered other than through underwriters
will  contain information  regarding  the  nature of  such  offering and  any
agreements  to  be entered  into  between  the  Depositor and  purchasers  of
Securities of such Series.

    The  Depositor will  indemnify GCM  and any  underwriters against certain
civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or
will contribute to payments GCM and any underwriters may be required  to make
in respect thereof.

    In the ordinary  course of business, GCM and the  Depositor may engage in
various   securities   and  financing   transactions,   including  repurchase
agreements to provide  interim financing of the Depositor's  loans or private
asset  backed securities,  pending the  sale of such  loans or  private asset
backed securities, or interests therein, including the Securities.

    The Depositor anticipates  that the Securities will be sold  primarily to
institutional investors.   Purchasers of Securities, including  dealers, may,
depending on the facts and circumstances  of such purchases, be deemed to  be
"underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection
with reoffers and sales by them of  Securities.  Holders of Securities should
consult with their legal advisors in this regard prior to any such reoffer or
sale.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

    The  legality  of  the  Securities  of  each  Series,  including  certain
material federal income tax consequences with respect thereto, will be passed
upon for the Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York 10048.

                            FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    A  new  Trust  Fund  will  be  formed with  respect  to  each  Series  of
Securities and no Trust Fund will  engage in any business activities or  have
any assets  or obligations  prior to the  issuance of  the related  Series of
Securities.  Accordingly,  no financial statements with respect  to any Trust
Fund  will  be included  in  this  Prospectus or  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

                                    RATING

    It  is  a condition  to the  issuance of  the  Securities of  each Series
offered hereby and  by the  Prospectus Supplement that  they shall have  been
rated  in  one of  the  four  highest  rating  categories by  the  nationally
recognized statistical rating  agency or agencies  (each, a "Rating  Agency")
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Any such rating would  be based on, among  other things, the adequacy  of
the value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to
such class  and will reflect  such Rating  Agency's assessment solely  of the
likelihood that  holders of a class of Securities  of such class will receive
payments  to  which  such  Securityholders  are  entitled  under  the related
Agreement.  Such  rating will not constitute an  assessment of the likelihood
that principal  prepayments on the related Loans will  be made, the degree to
which  the  rate  of  such  prepayments might  differ  from  that  originally
anticipated or the likelihood of early  optional termination of the Series of
Securities.  Such rating should  not be deemed a recommendation to  purchase,
hold or sell  Securities, inasmuch  as it  does not address  market price  or
suitability  for a  particular investor.   Such rating  will not  address the
possibility that prepayment at higher or  lower rates than anticipated by  an
investor may cause such investor to experience a lower than anticipated yield
or that an investor purchasing a Security at a significant premium might fail
to recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment scenarios.

    There is  also no assurance  that any such  rating will remain  in effect
for  any given  period of time  or that  it may  not be lowered  or withdrawn
entirely by the Rating Agency in the  future if in its judgment circumstances
in the  future so warrant.  In addition to  being lowered or withdrawn due to
any erosion  in the adequacy  of the value  of the Trust  Fund Assets or  any
credit  enhancement with  respect  to a  Series,  such rating  might  also be
lowered or withdrawn among other reasons, because of an adverse change in the
financial or other condition of a credit enhancement provider or a  change in
the rating of such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

    The amount,  type and nature of  credit enhancement, if  any, established
with respect  to a Series  of Securities will  be determined on the  basis of
criteria established  by each  Rating Agency rating  classes of  such Series.
Such criteria are sometimes based upon  an actuarial analysis of the behavior
of mortgage loans in  a larger group.  Such analysis is  often the basis upon
which each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required
with respect  to  each such  class.   There  can  be  no assurance  that  the
historical  data supporting  any  such  actuarial  analysis  will  accurately
reflect future  experience nor  any assurance  that the  data derived  from a
large pool of mortgage loans accurately predicts the delinquency, foreclosure
or loss experience  of any particular  pool of  Loans.  No  assurance can  be
given that  values of any  Properties have remained  or will remain  at their
levels on the  respective dates of origination of the related  Loans.  If the
residential  real  estate markets  should  experience an  overall  decline in
property values such that the outstanding  principal balances of the Loans in
a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on the related Properties
become equal  to or greater  than the value of  the Properties, the  rates of
delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  could  be  higher  than those  now
generally experienced  in  the mortgage  lending  industry.   In  additional,
adverse  economic conditions  (which  may  or may  not  affect real  property
values) may affect the timely payment by  mortgagors of scheduled payments of
principal  and  interest  on  the   Loans  and,  accordingly,  the  rates  of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses  with respect to  any Trust Fund.   To
the  extent that  such losses  are not  covered  by credit  enhancement, such
losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes
of the Securities of the related Series.

                                   PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*

    The following table sets forth the  estimated expenses in connection with
the issuance and  distribution of the Securities being  registered under this
Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:

SEC Registration Fee             $   303,030.31
Printing and Engraving Fees      $   250,000.00
Legal Fees and Expenses          $ 1,000,000.00
Trustee Fees and Expenses        $   100,000.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses     $   250,000.00
Rating Agency Fees               $   400,000.00
Miscellaneous                    $   200,000.00

Total                            $ 2,503,030.31

____________
*   All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates.  


ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

    The    Registrant's   Certificate    of   Incorporation    provides   for
indemnification  of directors  and officers  of  the Registrant  to the  full
extent permitted by Delaware law.

    Section  145  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  provides,  in
substance,  that Delaware corporations shall  have the power, under specified
circumstances, to indemnify  their directors, officers, employees  and agents
in connection with  actions, suits or  proceedings brought against them  by a
third party or  in the right of  the corporation, by reason of  the fact that
they  were or  are such  directors,  officers, employees  or agents,  against
expenses  incurred in  any such  action, suit  or proceeding.   The  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law  also provides  that  the  Registrant may  purchase
insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee or agent.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.

    1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
    3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
    3.2 By-laws of the Registrant.*
    4.1 Forms of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.*
    4.2 Form of Trust Agreement.*
    4.3 Form of Indenture.*
    5.1 Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Certificates.
    8.1 Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to certain tax matters.
   10.1 Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement.*
   23.1 Consent  of  Brown &  Wood  LLP  (included in  Exhibits  5.1  and 8.1
        hereof).
   24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
__________________________
*Previously filed.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1)  To  file, during any  period in which  offers or  sales are being
    made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

              (i)    To include  any prospectus required by  Section 10(a)(3)
        of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

             (ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
        after the effective  date of the registration statement (or  the most
        recent post-effective amendment  thereof) which,  individually or  in
        the aggregate, represent a  fundamental change in the information set
        forth in the registration statement;

            (iii)    To  include any material information with respect to the
        plan  of distribution  not previously  disclosed in  the registration
        statement  or  any  material  change   to  such  information  in  the
        registration statement.

        (2)  That,  for the  purpose of  determining  any liability  under the
    Act, each  post-effective amendment  that contains a  form of  prospectus
    shall  be deemed  to be  a  new registration  statement  relating to  the
    securities offered therein,  and the offering of such securities  at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3)  To  remove  from  registration  by   means  of  a  post-effective
    amendment any of  the securities being registered which remain  unsold at
    the termination of the offering.

    The undersigned Registrant undertakes  that, for purposes of  determining
any liability  under  the  Act, each  filing  of the  Trust's  annual  report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
1934 that is  incorporated by reference in this  Registration Statement shall
be  deemed  to be  a new  Registration Statement  relating to  the securities
offered therein, and  the offering of such  securities at that time  shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Act  may be
permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the  Registrant
pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the  Registrant has been
advised that in  the opinion of  the Securities and Exchange  Commission such
indemnification  is against  public policy  as expressed in  the Act  and is,
therefore,  unenforceable.   In the  event that  a claim  for indemnification
against  such  liabilities (other  than  the  payment  by the  Registrant  of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Registrant in  the successful defense  of any action, suit  or proceeding) is
asserted by such  director, officer or controlling person  in connection with
the securities being  registered, the Registrant will, unless  in the opinion
of  its counsel the matter has been  settled by controlling precedent, submit
to   a  court  of   appropriate  jurisdiction   the  question   whether  such
indemnification by it  is against public policy  as expressed in the  Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    For purposes  of determining  any liability under  the Securities Act  of
1933, the information  omitted from the form  of prospectus filed as  part of
this registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in  a form
of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant  to Rule 424(b)(1) or  (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act  of 1933 shall be deemed  to be part of  this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    For the purpose of determining any liability  under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that  contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed  to be  a  new registration  statement relating  to the  securities
offered therein, and  the offering of such  securities at that time  shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    The undersigned registrant  hereby undertakes to file an  application for
the  purpose of  determining  the eligibility  of  the trustee  to act  under
subsection  (a)  of  Section  310 of  the  Trust  Indenture  Act  of 1939  in
accordance with the rules and  regulations prescribed by the Commission under
Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

                                  SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act of  1933, as amended,
the Registrant certifies  that it has reasonable  grounds to believe  that it
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this
Registration  Statement  to be  signed  on  its  behalf by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly authorized,  in Greenwich,  Connecticut, on  the 13th  day of
June, 1997.

                         FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.

                         By   /s/Wayne C. Olson               
                             ---------------------------


                         Name:  Wayne C. Olson
                         Title: President


                              POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and  appoints each of John C. Anderson,  Paul D. Stevelman,
Peter McMullin,  Craig Eckes, or any of them,  his true and lawful attorneys-
in-fact and agents,  with full power of substitution  and resubstitution, for
him and  his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or
all  amendments  (including post-effective  amendments)  to  the Registration
Statement,  and to  file  the  same, with  all  exhibits  thereto, and  other
documents  in  connection   therewith,  with  the  Securities   and  Exchange
Commission,  granting unto  said attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each  of
them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby  ratifying and
confirming all  that said attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or any of  them, or
their  or his substitutes,  may lawfully  do or  cause to  be done  by virtue
hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, as  amended,
this Registration Statement  has been signed by the following  persons in the
capacities indicated on the dates indicated.



    SIGNATURES                   TITLE                   DATE
     --------                    -----                   ----



/s/Wayne C. Olson         President (Principal          June 13, 1997 
- ----------------          Executive Officer,
Wayne C. Olson            Principal Financial Officer) 


/s/Kevin C. Piccoli       Controller   (Principal       June 13, 1997
- -------------------       Accounting Officer) 
Kevin C. Piccoli


/s/Konrad R. Kruger       Director                      June 13, 1997
- -------------------
Konrad R. Kruger


/s/Jay N. Levine          Director                      June 13, 1997
- ----------------
Jay N. Levine


/s/John C. Anderson       Director                      June 13, 1997
- -------------------
John C. Anderson


/s/David R. Jones         Director                     June 13, 1997
- ------------------
David R. Jones

                                EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                                   SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT                                                              PAGE    

  NO.                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                  NUMBER  
- -----                         ------------------                    --------

  1.1            --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3.1            --  Certificate   of   Incorporation   of    the
                     Registrant.*
  3.2            --  By-laws of the Registrant.*
  4.1            --  Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.*
  4.2            --  Form of Trust Agreement.*
  4.3            --  Form of Indenture.*
  5.1            --  Opinion of Brown & Wood  LLP as to  legality
                     of the Certificates.
  8.1            --  Opinion of  Brown & Wood  LLP as  to certain
                     tax matters.
 10.1            --  Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement.*
 23.1            --  Consent of  Brown &  Wood  LLP (included  in
                     Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
 24.1            --  Power  of Attorney  (included  on  signature
                     page).

                    
- ----------------
*Previously filed.

                                                                  Exhibit 5.1

                        (BROWN & WOOD LLP LETTERHEAD)

                             June 17, 1997




Financial Asset Securities Corp.
600 Steamboat Road
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830


    Re:  Financial Asset Securities Corp.
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 
         ----------------------------------

 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

    We  have  acted  as  counsel for  Financial  Asset  Securities  Corp.,  a
Delaware corporation (the  "Company"), in connection with  the preparation of
the  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3  (the  "Registration  Statement")
relating to  the Securities  (defined below) and  with the  authorization and
issuance from  time to time in one or more series (each, a "Series") of up to
$1,000,000,000 aggregate  principal amount  of  asset-backed securities  (the
"Securities").   As set forth in  the Registration Statement,  each Series of
Securities will be  issued under and pursuant to the conditions of a separate
pooling  and servicing  agreement, master  pooling  and servicing  agreement,
pooling agreement, trust  agreement or indenture (each, an "Agreement") among
the Company,  a trustee  (the "Trustee") and,  where appropriate,  a servicer
(the "Servicer"), each to be identified in the prospectus supplement for such
Series of Securities.

    We  have examined copies  of the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation,
the  Company's By-laws and forms of  each Agreement, as filed or incorporated
by reference  as exhibits  to the Registration  Statement, and  the forms  of
Securities included in any Agreement so filed or incorporated by reference in
the Registration Statement and such  other records, documents and statutes as
we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion.

    Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

    1.  When  any Agreement relating to a Series  of Securities has been duly
and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and
has been duly  executed and delivered by  the Company, the Servicer,  if any,
the Trustee  and any other  party thereto, such  Agreement will  constitute a
legal, valid  and binding agreement  of the Company, enforceable  against the
Company in  accordance with its terms,  except as enforcement  thereof may be
limited  by bankruptcy,  insolvency or  other laws  relating to  or affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equity principles.

    2.  When  a  Series  of  Securities  has  been  duly  authorized  by  all
necessary action on  the part of  the Company (subject  to the terms  thereof
being  otherwise  in compliance  with  applicable  law  at such  time),  duly
executed and authenticated by the Trustee  for such Series in accordance with
the terms of the  related Agreement and issued and delivered  against payment
therefor  as  described  in  the  Registration  Statement,  such   Series  of
Securities will be legally and  validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
and the  holders thereof  will be  entitled to  the benefits  of the  related
Agreement.

    In rendering  the foregoing  opinions, we  express no  opinion as  to the
laws of  any  jurisdiction other  than  the laws  of the  State  of New  York
(excluding  choice of  law principles  therein) and the  federal laws  of the
United States of America.

    We hereby  consent to  the filing  of this  letter as  an exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement and to the references  to this firm under the heading
"Legal  Matters"  in each  Prospectus  forming  a  part of  the  Registration
Statement, without  admitting that we are "experts" within the meaning of the
Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended,  or the  Rules and  Regulations of  the
Commission issued  thereunder, with respect  to any part of  the Registration
Statement, including this exhibit.  

                             Very truly yours,

                             /s/Brown & Wood LLP

                                                                  Exhibit 8.1

                        (BROWN & WOOD LLP LETTERHEAD)

                             June 17, 1997



Financial Asset Securities Corp.
600 Steamboat Road
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

    Re:  Financial Asset Securities Corp.
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 
         ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    We  have acted  as special  tax  counsel for  Financial Asset  Securities
Corp.,  a  Delaware corporation  (the  "Company"),  in  connection  with  the
preparation  of the  registration statement  on Form  S-3 (the  "Registration
Statement")  relating  to  the  Securities  (defined  below)   and  with  the
authorization and issuance from  time to time in one or  more series (each, a
"Series") of  up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of asset-backed
securities (the  "Securities").   The Registration  Statement is  being filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.   As  set forth  in the  Registration Statement,  each Series  of
Securities will be issued under and pursuant to the conditions of  a separate
pooling  and servicing  agreement, master  pooling  and servicing  agreement,
pooling agreement, trust  agreement or indenture (each  an "Agreement") among
the Company,  a trustee  (the "Trustee") and,  where appropriate,  a servicer
(the "Servicer"), each to be identified in the prospectus supplement for such
Series of Securities.

    We  have  examined  the prospectus  and  forms  of prospectus  supplement
related   thereto  contained   in  the   Registration   Statement  (each,   a
"Prospectus") and  such other documents,  records and instruments as  we have
deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion.

    In  arriving at the  opinion expressed  below, we have  assumed that each
Agreement  will be duly authorized  by all necessary  corporate action on the
part of  the Company,  the Trustee, the  Servicer (where applicable)  and any
other party  thereto for such Series of Securities  and will be duly executed
and delivered by the  Company, the Trustee, the Servicer and  any other party
thereto  substantially  in  the  applicable  form  filed  or incorporated  by
reference as an exhibit  to the Registration  Statement, that each Series  of
Securities will be duly executed and delivered in substantially the forms set
forth  in the  related Agreement  filed or  incorporated by  reference  as an
exhibit to  the Registration Statement, and  that Securities will be  sold as
described in the Registration Statement.

    As special tax  counsel to the Company, we have  advised the Company with
respect  to certain  material  federal  income tax  aspects  of the  proposed
issuance  of each  Series of  Securities pursuant  to the  related Agreement.
Such advice has  formed the  basis for  the description  of selected  federal
income tax consequences for holders of such Securities that  appear under the
headings  "Certain  Material  Federal Income  Tax  Considerations",  "Certain
Federal   Income  Tax   Consequences"  and   "Certain   Federal  Income   Tax
Considerations",  as applicable,  in each  Prospectus forming  a part  of the
Registration Statement.   Such  description does not  purport to  discuss all
possible federal  income tax  ramifications of the  proposed issuance  of the
Securities,  but  with  respect  to  those federal  income  tax  consequences
described therein, such description is accurate in all material respects.

    This opinion is  based on the  facts and circumstances  set forth in  the
Registration  Statement  and in  the  other documents  reviewed by  us.   Our
opinion as  to the matters  set forth herein could  change with respect  to a
particular  Series  of  Securities  as  a  result  of  changes  in  facts  or
circumstances,  changes in  the terms  of the  documents  reviewed by  us, or
changes in  the law subsequent to the date  hereof.  Because the Prospectuses
contemplate Series of Securities with numerous different characteristics, you
should  be  aware that  the  particular  characteristics  of each  Series  of
Securities  must  be considered  in  determining  the  applicability of  this
opinion to a particular Series of Securities.

    We hereby consent  to the  filing of  this letter  as an  exhibit to  the
Registration Statement and to  the references to this firm under  the heading
"Certain  Material  Federal  Income Tax  Considerations"  in  each Prospectus
forming a part  of the Registration Statement, without  admitting that we are
"experts" within the meaning of the 1933  Act or the Rules and Regulations of
the  Commission  issued   thereunder,  with  respect  to  any   part  of  the
Registration Statement, including this exhibit.

                             Very truly yours

                             /s/Brown & Wood LLP



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission